VeriFone PCCharge DevKit payment processing software User’s Manual
Below you will find brief information for payment processing software PCCharge DevKit. The PCCharge DevKit helps you integrate your payment processing software with VeriFone's PCCharge system. The PCCharge DevKit offers several integration methods and provides a comprehensive set of tools and resources for developers.
PDF
Document
Advertisement
Advertisement
Electronic Payment Processing Software User’s Manual Copyright Dec-10, VeriFone, Inc. Version 5.9.2 sp1 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Notice VeriFone, Inc. provides this publication “as is” without warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of non-infringement, merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. VeriFone may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice. Copyright December 10 VeriFone, Inc. All rights reserved. active-Charge, active-Charge SDK, PCCharge Payment Server, PCCharge Pro, PCCharge DevKit, Virtual-Charge, IP-Charge are trademarks and PC-Charge is a registered trademark of VeriFone, Inc. Microsoft is a registered trademark and Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Other brands and their products are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders and should be noted as such. VeriFone, Inc. 8001 Chatham Center Drive, Suite 500 Savannah, Georgia 31405 Development Support: (877) 659-8983 E-Mail: [email protected] Technical Support: (877) 659-8981 E-Mail: [email protected] 2 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Table of Contents Table of Contents ................................................................................ 3 Software License................................................................................. 8 Important Security Notice...................................................................... 9 Introduction and Scope .......................................................................................... 9 Application Best Practice ........................................................................................ 9 Password and Account Settings ................................................................................ 11 Logging ............................................................................................................12 Wireless Networks ............................................................................................... 13 Network Segmentation .......................................................................................... 13 Secure Remote Software Updates ............................................................................. 14 Remote Access ................................................................................................... 15 Encrypting Network Traffic..................................................................................... 16 Training and Communications Program ....................................................................... 16 PA-DSS Version Information .................................................................................... 17 CHAPTER 1 -- PCCharge DevKit Introduction .............................................. 18 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 19 PCCharge DevKit ................................................................................................. 19 PCCharge DevKit Suite .......................................................................................... 19 Product Components ................................................................................................. 20 PCCharge DevKit ................................................................................................. 20 PCCharge DevKit Development Support ...................................................................... 20 PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server ................................................................ 20 CHAPTER 2 -- Getting Started ................................................................ 23 Getting Started........................................................................................................ 24 1) Install the DevKit and the PCCharge Products ............................................................ 24 2) Install the Test Merchant Accounts ........................................................................ 24 3) Verify that PCCharge is Set Up Properly................................................................... 26 4) Determine Which Integration Method Will Be Used...................................................... 29 5) Determine Which PCCharge Product(s) Will Be Supported.............................................. 36 6) Review Payment Processing Basics and Integration Information and Settings ....................... 40 CHAPTER 3 -- Payment Processing Basics .................................................. 41 Credit Card Processing ............................................................................................... 42 Host based and Terminal based Processors .................................................................. 42 Credit Card Transactions........................................................................................ 43 A Normal Credit Card Processing Day ......................................................................... 44 Credit Card Transaction Rates ................................................................................. 45 Debit Card Processing ................................................................................................ 46 Debit Card Transactions......................................................................................... 47 A Normal Debit Card Processing Day .......................................................................... 47 Check Processing...................................................................................................... 48 Check Conversion ................................................................................................ 48 Check Transactions .............................................................................................. 49 A Normal Check Conversion Processing Day .................................................................. 49 EBT Processing ........................................................................................................ 50 A Normal Day of Processing EBT Transactions ............................................................... 51 Gift Card Processing .................................................................................................. 53 A Normal Day of Gift Card Processing......................................................................... 53 3 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 CHAPTER 4 -- Integration Information and Settings ...................................... 54 Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines ..................................................................................... 55 Timeouts ............................................................................................................... 59 Understanding Timeouts ........................................................................................ 59 Transaction Delays............................................................................................... 59 Dial-Up Modem Backup Settings ............................................................................... 60 Setting the Integrated Application’s Timeout Value ........................................................ 60 Handling Timeouts ............................................................................................... 61 Multi-User Support.................................................................................................... 62 Support for Multiple Workstations ............................................................................. 62 Support for Simultaneous Transaction Requests............................................................. 63 Setting up Multi-user support .................................................................................. 64 Additional Users .................................................................................................. 64 Unlimited User License.......................................................................................... 65 Limitations of PCCharge’s Multi-User Feature ............................................................... 66 Alternatives ....................................................................................................... 66 Multi-trans Wait....................................................................................................... 67 Multi-Merchant Support .............................................................................................. 68 Multi-Merchant Integration ..................................................................................... 68 Use Default Processor ........................................................................................... 69 SSL Support ............................................................................................................70 Introduction....................................................................................................... 70 SSL Configuration ................................................................................................ 71 SSL Integration Notes............................................................................................ 72 Custom SSL Certificates ......................................................................................... 73 Manual SSL Certificate Install .................................................................................. 74 Cashier Permissions................................................................................................... 75 Running transactions with cashier credentials............................................................... 83 Follow On Transactions .............................................................................................. 86 Overview .......................................................................................................... 86 Examples .......................................................................................................... 87 Implementing Follow On Transactions ........................................................................ 90 Non-TroutD Post-Authorizations ............................................................................... 91 REF_TROUTD...................................................................................................... 93 Reversals ............................................................................................................... 94 Commercial Card Transactions ..................................................................................... 95 Overview .......................................................................................................... 95 Supporting Commercial Card Transactions ................................................................... 95 Using Bin.mdb .................................................................................................... 95 Submitting Commercial Card Transactions ................................................................... 97 Example ........................................................................................................... 98 Flexible Spending Accounts (FSA/HRA) Transactions ............................................................ 99 Overview .......................................................................................................... 99 FSA/HRA Examples............................................................................................. 101 Discretionary Data .................................................................................................. 104 Restaurant Transactions ........................................................................................... 105 Overview ........................................................................................................ 105 Benefits of XML................................................................................................. 105 Integration ...................................................................................................... 105 Examples ........................................................................................................ 106 Processor Specific Notes ...................................................................................... 109 Gift Card Transactions ............................................................................................. 110 VeriFone Stored Value API (GAPI) ................................................................................ 112 Pre-Paid Credit Card Transactions ............................................................................... 113 Partial Authorization (Partial Auth) .............................................................................. 115 4 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Citi© Transactions/ Credit Plan ................................................................................... Canadian (Interac) Debit Transactions........................................................................... Overview ........................................................................................................ Definitions ...................................................................................................... Integration Notes .............................................................................................. Integration ...................................................................................................... Process Flow when using the processor Global Payments East (NDC) .................................. Process Flow when using the processor Chase Paymentech (GSAR) .................................... Transaction Inquiry ................................................................................................. Overview ........................................................................................................ Usage ............................................................................................................ Example ......................................................................................................... Batch Settlement ................................................................................................... Overview ........................................................................................................ Simple Batch Request ......................................................................................... Multiple Batches ............................................................................................... Batch Inquire ................................................................................................... Batch Inquire with Card Type ................................................................................ Amex Settlement .............................................................................................. Gift Settlement ................................................................................................ Batch Totals Storage .......................................................................................... BatchTotals Table.............................................................................................. Health Message Transaction....................................................................................... Command Line Switches ........................................................................................... 116 121 121 121 122 123 124 127 128 128 128 130 131 131 131 132 133 133 134 138 139 139 140 141 CHAPTER 5 -- DevKit Constants ............................................................ 142 DevKit Constants .................................................................................................... Action Codes .................................................................................................... Address Verification Response Codes ....................................................................... CVV2/CVC2/CID Response Codes ............................................................................ Credit Card Types .............................................................................................. System Error Codes and Descriptions ....................................................................... SYS.PCC Codes and Descriptions ............................................................................. Cashier Permissions Constants ............................................................................... Processing Company Codes ................................................................................... Transaction Result Constants ................................................................................ 143 143 148 149 149 150 151 152 154 156 CHAPTER 6 -- PCCharge Integration Methods............................................ 157 Pseudo-code ......................................................................................................... Credit Card Sale/Pre-Authorization – Retail / Card Present ............................................. Credit Card Sale/Pre-Authorization – Card Not Present .................................................. Level II (Commercial, Purchasing, etc.) Card Sale ........................................................ Credit Card Void ............................................................................................... Credit Card Sale/Pre-Authorization – Restaurant ......................................................... Credit Card Gratuity – Restaurant ........................................................................... Debit Sale ....................................................................................................... Reports .......................................................................................................... OCX (ActiveX) Method .............................................................................................. Charge.OCX ..................................................................................................... Debit.OCX ....................................................................................................... Check.OCX ...................................................................................................... EBT ............................................................................................................... GiftCard.OCX ................................................................................................... Batch.OCX....................................................................................................... Device.OCX ..................................................................................................... SC550.OCX ...................................................................................................... 5 158 159 163 167 171 174 178 181 185 188 191 208 217 224 225 235 242 246 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SC5X.OCX........................................................................................................ SC5X.OCX Error Codes ......................................................................................... Reporting........................................................................................................ DLL (ActiveX) Method .............................................................................................. Charge Class .................................................................................................... Debit Class ...................................................................................................... Debit Class ...................................................................................................... Check Class ..................................................................................................... EBT ............................................................................................................... Gift Class ........................................................................................................ Batch Class...................................................................................................... Offline Class .................................................................................................... Reporting........................................................................................................ OLE/COM Method ................................................................................................... PccCharge Class ................................................................................................ PCCDebit Class ................................................................................................. PccCheck Class ................................................................................................. PCCEBT Class ................................................................................................... PCCGiftCard Class.............................................................................................. PccBatch Class.................................................................................................. PccSettle Class ................................................................................................. PccSettleGift Class............................................................................................. PccPinPad Class ................................................................................................ PccSC550 Class ................................................................................................. PccBin Class..................................................................................................... Reporting........................................................................................................ Utility Related Classes ........................................................................................ Setup Related Classes ......................................................................................... Classes No Longer Supported / Internal Use Classes ...................................................... File Method .......................................................................................................... Introduction..................................................................................................... File Method Integration ....................................................................................... File Layout Specifications .................................................................................... Credit File Layouts............................................................................................. Debit File Layouts.............................................................................................. Check File Layouts ............................................................................................. EBT File Layouts................................................................................................ Gift File Layouts ............................................................................................... Batch File Layouts ............................................................................................. Report File Layouts ............................................................................................ Configuration File Layouts .................................................................................... Various Utility File Layouts ................................................................................... Cashier Configuration File Layout ........................................................................... TCP Interface........................................................................................................ PAYware SIM - SIM.DLL (ActiveX) Method ....................................................................... PAYware SIM .................................................................................................... 255 259 260 264 265 280 280 287 294 295 304 310 312 316 318 332 339 345 352 360 363 366 368 371 373 374 378 382 480 481 481 481 483 486 496 500 504 508 514 517 519 520 522 524 525 525 CHAPTER 7 -- Code Sample Information .................................................. 526 Code Samples........................................................................................................ Java Client ...................................................................................................... Web-based Integration Samples .................................................................................. System Requirements ......................................................................................... PCCharge Virtual Terminal Sample .......................................................................... ASP Sample ..................................................................................................... Cold Fusion...................................................................................................... Java .............................................................................................................. 6 527 527 529 529 530 535 536 537 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 General Troubleshooting........................................................................................... 539 Permissions ..................................................................................................... 539 User In Use ...................................................................................................... 540 Appendix ....................................................................................... 541 Test Credit Cards and Merchant Accounts....................................................................... Test Credit Card Numbers .................................................................................... Test Track Data ................................................................................................ Test Merchant Account Information ......................................................................... Integration Troubleshooting....................................................................................... IODebug.log ..................................................................................................... Transaction Request Duplication ............................................................................ Communication Log............................................................................................ Error Log ........................................................................................................ Troubleshooting a Live Installation.......................................................................... Contacting Support ............................................................................................ Distribution and Deployment...................................................................................... Distribution Methods .......................................................................................... Demo Mode ..................................................................................................... Evaluation Mode................................................................................................ Warehousing/Block Inventory ................................................................................ Activation ....................................................................................................... Support Policy ....................................................................................................... Philosophy....................................................................................................... Contact .......................................................................................................... More Information............................................................................................... 7 541 542 543 544 549 549 550 550 551 551 552 553 553 554 554 554 555 556 556 556 556 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Software License 1. GRANT OF LICENSE. VeriFone, Inc. grants you the right to use a single copy of this Software, including documentation, on one computer of your choice. You may physically transfer each License, without cost, to a different computer, providing it is removed from the first computer. Please remember that when you buy Software, you are actually buying the rights to use the Software on one computer at a time. It is against Federal laws to use this Software on more than one computer at a time. 2. RESTRICTED USE. The Program may not be copied except for backup purposes. Copying of the Manual and Interface Specifications is prohibited. You may not remove any product identification, copyright, or other proprietary notices from the Software or Documentation. 3. WARRANTY. VeriFone, Inc. warrants that the original compact disc is free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of 30 days from the date of purchase. If a defect occurs during this time, VeriFone, Inc. will replace your compact disc free of charge. 4. DISCLAIMER. The PCCharge DevKit package is Licensed on an "as is" basis. There are no warranties, expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, warranties of merchantability, of fitness for a particular purpose, and all such warranties are expressly and specifically disclaimed. VeriFone, Inc. shall have no liability or responsibility to you or any other person or entity with respect to any liability, loss, or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by the PCCharge DevKit. Use of the PCCharge DevKit system signifies agreement with this disclaimer and is subject to the License Agreement provided with the installation compact disc. 8 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Important Security Notice Introduction and Scope PA-DSS / PCI Security Standards Council Requirements: In June 2001, Visa mandated its Cardholder Information Security Program (CISP). This program progressed to the Payment Application Best Practices (PABP). PABP is a standard for securing cardholder data, wherever it is located. Visa requires current DSS / PCI compliance of all entities that store, process, or transmit Visa cardholder data. Starting September 30, 2008 this program advances to the Payment Application Data Security Standard (PA-DSS). This includes all merchants, Integrators and Resellers who use PCCharge to process transactions. The Payment Card Industry (PCI) Security Standards Council is an open global forum for the ongoing development, enhancement, storage, dissemination and implementation of security standards for account data protection. PCI offers a single approach to safeguarding sensitive data for all card brands. The information below gives you further detail on DSS / PCI requirements and what you must do to be compliant for the PADSS Payment Application Data Security Standard. These requirements also include that Microsoft Windows OS restore points be disabled when you are using a Microsoft Windows system to process transactions. What is the Payment Application Data Security Standard? The Payment Application Data Security Standard (PA-DSS) is a set of security standards that were created by the PCI Security Standards Council to guide payment application vendors in implementing secure payment applications. Distribution and Updates This VeriFone PA-DSS Implementation guide will be disseminated to all relevant application users including customers, merchants, resellers and integrators. It is updated with each version release and annually to reflect changes in the PA-DSS standard. The annual review and update will include new software changes (when applicable) as well as changes in the PA-DSS standard. Updates to the PA-DSS Implementation guide can be obtained by going to the VeriFone website. In addition, VeriFone support will publish updates and update notifications as needed. Versions This PA-DSS Implementation guide references both the DSS and PCI requirements. The following versions were referenced in this guide: • DSS version 1.4 • PCI PA-DSS version 1.1 Application Best Practice Merchant Applicability No sensitive Authentication data can be stored. It is the merchant’s responsibility to remove any magnetic stripe data, card validation values or codes, PINs or PIN block data, cryptographic key material, or cryptograms stored by previous versions of the software. Removal of this prohibited historical data is required for PCI compliance. Protect Stored Data • 2.2.1 Mask Account Numbers when Displayed. 9 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 • • • • • All account numbers are masked when displayed after entry. 2.2.2 Render Sensitive Cardholder Data Unreadable. All sensitive cardholder data is rendered unreadable in PCCharge logs, database, history files and trace files. 2.2.3 Protect Encryption Keys against disclosure and misuse. Encryption keys are obfuscated to prevent detection and provide encryption. Secure Deletion Instructions The following instructions can be used to securely delete prohibited cardholder transaction and historical data. All sensitive data is masked. The data at deletion can have a null value written in place of the data and then deleted. Cryptographic data must be removed by a secure delete. Any data deleted from the database is done via a stored procedure using a SQL DELETE command. This includes the historical data that must be removed (magnetic stripe data, card validation codes, PINs, or PIN blocks stored by previous versions of the software). The removal of this data is required for PCI compliance. This policy is to be reviewed at least annually and updated as the environment changes. The PA-DSS Requirements Reference: 1.1.4 Securely delete any magnetic stripe data, card validation values or codes, and PINs or PIN block data stored by previous versions of the software. (PA-DSS 1.1.4) 1.1.5 Securely delete any cryptographic key material or cryptogram stored by previous versions of the software. This could be a cryptographic key used for computation or verification of cardholder data or sensitive authentication data. (PA-DSS 1.1.5) Reseller/Integrator Applicability It is the responsibility of the reseller or integrator to follow the following guidelines: • Resellers/integrators must collect sensitive authentication only when needed to solve a specific problem. • Resellers/integrators must store such data only in specific, known locations with limited access. • Resellers/integrators must collect only the limited amount of data needed to solve a specific problem. • Resellers/integrators must encrypt sensitive authentication data while stored. • Resellers/integrators must securely delete such data immediately after use. PA-DSS Requirements Reference: 1.1.5c Securely delete any log files, debugging files, and other data sources received from customers for debugging or troubleshooting purposes, to ensure that magnetic stripe data, card validation codes or values, and PINS or PIN block data are not stored on software vendor systems. These data sources must be collected in limited amounts and only when necessary to resolve a problem, encrypted while stored, and deleted immediately after use. (PA-DSS 1.1.5.c) 10 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Purging Cardholder Out of Date Data: • The end user merchant will not hold out of date cardholder data. The retention period will be merchant defined. • The PCCharge user’s manual provides for customers, resellers and integrators guidance on data removal and the location of the data to be deleted. The PA-DSS Requirements Reference: 2.1.a Review the Implementation Guide prepared by the vendor and verify the documentation includes the following guidance for customers and resellers/integrators. Cardholder data exceeding the merchant-defined retention period must be purged. All locations where the payment application stores cardholder data (so that merchant knows the locations of the data that needs to be deleted. Password and Account Settings Access Control Merchants, resellers and integrators are advised to control access, via unique username and PCI DSS compliant complex passwords and the granting of restricted user access rights, to any PCs, servers, and databases with payment applications and cardholder data. All activity is logged. This covers all transactions attempted and completed. Audit reports should be run at the end of a shift / end of day to verify all valid and invalid user authentications Passwords The following guidelines should be followed: • Customers and resellers/integrators are advised against using administrative accounts for application logins (e.g., don’t use the “sa” account for application access to the database). (PA-DSS 3.1c) • Customers and resellers/integrators are advised to assign strong passwords to these default accounts (even if they won’t be used), and then disable or do not use the accounts. (PA-DSS 3.1) • Customers and resellers/integrators are advised to assign strong application and system passwords whenever possible. (PA-DSS 3.1c) • Customers and resellers/integrators are advised how to create PCI DSS-compliant complex passwords to access the payment application, per PCI Data Security Standard 8.5.8 through 8.5.15. (PA-DSS 3.1c) • Customers and resellers/integrators are advised to control access, via unique username and PCI DSS-compliant complex passwords, to any PCs, servers, and databases with payment applications and cardholder data. (PA-DSS 3.2) • Customers and resellers/integrators are advised that passwords are encrypted during both transmission and storage, using strong cryptography. (PA-DSS 3.3) • Passwords should meet the requirements set in PCI DSS section 8.5.8 through 8.5.15, as listed here. • Do not use group, shared, or generic accounts and passwords. The username must be unique. Passwords are to complex (min. of 7 characters including 1 capital letter, 1 number and 1 special character) • Change user passwords at least every 90 days • Require a minimum password length of at least seven characters • Use passwords containing both numeric and alphabetic characters • Do not allow an individual to submit a new password that is the same as any of the last four passwords he or she has used • Limit repeated access attempts by locking out the user ID after not more than 6 attempts • Set the lockout duration to thirty minutes or until administrator enables the user ID • If a session has been idle for more than 15 minutes, require the user to re-enter the password to re-activate the terminal 11 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PA-DSS Requirements Reference: 3.1 Application must require unique usernames and complex passwords for all administrative access and for all access to cardholder data. 3.2 Access to PCs, servers, and databases with payment applications must require a unique username and complex password. 3.3 Application must require password files to be encrypted during transmission and storage. ! WARNING: New password requirements in PCCharge version 5.8 are necessary to meet PA-DSS compliance standards. This also requires that all passwords will expire after a maximum of 90 days. Logging Merchant Applicability PCCharge meets all PA-DSS requirements for logging. PCI Guidelines for Logging Implement automated audit trails for all system components to reconstruct the following events: • All individual accesses to cardholder data. • All actions taken by any individual with root or administrative privileges. • Access to all audit trails. • Invalid logical access attempts. • Use of identification and authentication mechanisms. • Initialization of the audit logs. • Creation and deletion of system-level objects. Record at least the following audit trail entries for all system components for each event: • User identification. • Type of event. • Date and time. • Success or failure indication • Origination of event. • Identity or name of affected data, system component, or resource. Configuring Log Settings The PCCharge User’s Manual provides guidance on Configuring the Log Settings. PA-DSS Requirements Reference: Testing Procedure 4.2b If application log settings are by default set to full logging. When this is changed the customer and resellers/integrators will no longer be in compliance. 12 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Wireless Networks Merchant Applicability If the merchant implements the payment application into a wireless environment, or implements wireless networking into a payment application environment, configure the wireless environment to adhere to PCI requirements 1.3.9, 2.1.1, and 4.1.1. PCI Requirements: • (PCI 1.3.8, 1.3.9) Installation and configuration of personal firewalls on employee-owned computers with direct connectivity to the Internet which are used to access the organization's network • (PCI 2.1.1) Modify default wireless settings, including: • Change wireless equivalent privacy (WEP) keys • Change default service set identifier (SSID) • Change default passwords • Change SNMP community strings • Disable SSID broadcasts • Enable WiFi protected access (WPA and WPA2) technology for encryption and authentication when WPA-capable. • (PCI 4.1.1) For wireless networks transmitting cardholder data, encrypt the transmissions by using Wi-Fi protected access (WPA or WPA2) technology, IPSEC VPN, or SSL/TLS. Never rely exclusively on wired equivalent privacy (WEP) to protect confidentiality and access to a wireless LAN. Secure encryption rules apply. If WEP is used, do the following: • Use with a minimum 104-bit encryption key and 24 bit-initialization value • Use ONLY in conjunction with Wi-Fi protected access (WPA or WPA2) technology, VPN, or SSL/TLS • Rotate shared WEP keys quarterly (or automatically if the technology permits) • Rotate shared WEP keys whenever there are changes in personnel with access to keys • Restrict access based on media access code (MAC) address PA-DSS Requirements Reference: Testing Procedure 6.1.c If customer could implement the payment application into a wireless environment, examine PA-DSS Implementation Guide prepared by vendor to verify customers and resellers/integrators are instructed on PCI DSS-compliant wireless settings, per PCI Data Security Standard 1.3.8, 1.3.9, 2.1.1 and 4.1.1. Network Segmentation Merchant Applicability Any machines that can store credit card data should not be directly connected to the Internet. For example, web servers and database servers should not be installed on the same server. A DMZ must be set up to segment the network so that only machines on the DMZ are Internet accessible. PA-DSS Requirements Reference: Testing Procedure 9.1b If customer could store cardholder data on a server connected to the Internet, examine DSS Implementation Guide prepared by vendor to verify customers and resellers/integrators are told not to store cardholder data on Internet-accessible systems (e.g., web server and database server must not be on same server.) 13 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Secure Remote Software Updates Merchant Applicability VeriFone, Inc. uses remote connectivity to deliver patches to the PCCharge. Merchants should develop an acceptable use of critical employee-facing technologies policy as per the guidelines below. If merchant is receiving updates via modem, the modem should only be activated when downloads are needed. Acceptable Use Policy The merchant should develop usage policies for all modems, wired and wireless devices, as per PCI requirement 12.3. These usage policies should include: • Explicit management approval for use • Authentication for use • A list of all devices and personnel with access • Labeling the devices with owner • Contact information and purpose • Acceptable uses of the technology • Acceptable network locations for the technologies • A list of company approved products • Allowing use of modems for vendors only when needed and deactivation after use • Prohibition of storage of cardholder data onto local media when remotely connected Personal Firewall Any "always-on" connections from a computer to a VPN or other high-speed connection should be secured by using a personal firewall product per PCI Data Security Standard 1.3.9. Remote Update Procedures PCCharge version 5.8.0 does not have remote update functionality. PA-DSS Requirements Reference: 10.1 If software updates are delivered via remote access into customers’ systems, software vendors must tell customers to turn on modem only when needed for downloads from vendor, and to turn off immediately after download completes. Alternatively, if delivered via VPN or other high-speed connection, software vendors must advise customers to properly configure a personal firewall product to secure “always-on” connections. 14 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Remote Access Merchant Applicability If Product can be accessed remotely, all network connectivity should be performed using, at minimum, two-factor authentication that supports encrypted communications per PCI requirement 8.3. This is for all remote access to the network by employees, administrators, and third parties. Use technologies such as remote authentication and dial-in service (RADIUS) or terminal access controller access control system (TACACS) with tokens; or VPN (based on SSL/TLS or IPSEC) with individual certificates. NOTE: All servers and network devices, whether managed by employees or by third parties, must be built and deployed in accordance with this policy. Exemptions from this policy will be permitted only if approved in advance and in writing by the Chief Security Officer. Remote Access Software Security Configuration • Implement the following applicable security features for all remote access software used by the merchant, reseller or integrator: • Change default settings in the remote access software (for example, change default Passwords and use unique Passwords for each customer) • Allow connections only from specific (known) IP/MAC addresses. • Use strong authentication or complex passwords for logins. • Enable encrypted data transmission. • Enable account lockout after a certain number of failed login attempts. • Configure the system so a remote user must establish a Virtual Private Network (“VPN”) connection via a firewall before access is allowed. • Enable the logging function. • Restrict access to customer Passwords to authorized reseller/integrator personnel. • Establish customer Passwords according to PCI DSS requirements 8.1, 8.2, 8.4, and 8.5. PA-DSS Requirements Reference: 11.2 Remote access must be authenticated using a two-factor authentication mechanism. 11.3 If vendors, resellers/integrators, or customers can access customers’ applications remotely, the remote access software must be implemented securely. 15 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Encrypting Network Traffic Transmission of Cardholder data Any transmission of cardholder data over public networks should be encrypted. Encryption solutions such as SSL/TLS or IPSEC should be used. Email and Cardholder data Product does not natively support the sending of email. As per PCI requirement 4.2, cardholder data should never be sent unencrypted via email. Non-Console administrative access All non-console administrative access of the application or operating system should be encrypted. Use technologies such as SSH, VPN or SSL/TLS where applicable. PA-DSS Requirements Reference: 12.1 Use strong cryptography and security protocols such as secure sockets layer (SSL) / transport layer security (TLS) and Internet protocol security (IPSEC) to safeguard sensitive cardholder data during transmission over open, public networks. Examples of open, public networks that are in scope of the PCI DSS: • The Internet • Wi-Fi (IEEE 802.11x) • Global System for Mobile communications (GSM) • General Packet Radio Service (GPRS). 12.2 The application must never send unencrypted PANs by e-mail. 13.1 Encrypt all non-console administrative access. Use technologies such as SSH, VPN, or SSL/TLS for web-based management and other non-console administrative access. Training and Communications Program Overview VeriFone Inc. has created a training program, per PA-DSS requirement 14.2, to train resellers and integrators on how to implement PCCharge into a production environment in a PA-DSS compliant manner. Vendor Responsibility VeriFone, Inc. will review and update the training materials annually and after new software versions are released. Materials All parties interested in the reseller and integrator training program should contact VeriFone, Inc. Sales for further information. PA-DSS Requirements Reference: 14.2 Develop and implement training and communication programs to ensure software resellers and integrators know how to implement the application software and related systems and networks in a DSS-compliant manner. Update the training on an annual basis and whenever new software versions are released. 16 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 More Information For more information related to security, visit: http://www.pcisecuritystandards.org http://www.visa.com/cisp http://www.sans.org/resources http://www.microsoft.com/security/default.asp https://sdp.mastercardintl.com/ ! WARNING: Although VeriFone, Inc. has designed PCCharge to properly secure credit card cardholder information according to PCI guidelines; it is ultimately the merchant’s responsibility to secure the system which hosts PCCharge and the environment which hosts the Point of Sale. ! WARNING: VeriFone, Inc. takes security seriously therefore we have enhanced our integration methods to enhance security for sensitive data. If using File Method integration to PCCharge we strongly suggest you consider migrating towards a more secure integration method such as TCP/IP SSL socket integration. PA-DSS Requirements Reference: The following DSS Requirements were referenced in this document: DSS Requirement 1 2 3 4 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 DSS Sub-requirement(s) 1.1.4, 1.1.5, 1.1.6 2.1 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 4.2b 6.1 9.1 10.1 11.2, 11.3 12.1, 12.2 13.1 14.2 PA-DSS Version Information 1.2 Last Modified Date: 11 November, 2008 Printed: 11 November, 2008 PA-DSS Document-Security Section History Revision Author Date Description Consolidate documents. 1.0 CC. 03/14/2008 1.1 SP. 03/14/2008 Format revisions. 1.2 TH. 11/17/2008 PA-DSS Update. 17 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 CHAPTER 1 -- PCCharge DevKit Introduction 18 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Introduction Thank you for purchasing the PCCharge DevKit or the PCCharge DevKit Suite. VeriFone, Inc. is committed to providing integrators and merchants with the most comprehensive electronic payment processing solutions available today. If you have any suggestions as to how we can improve our products, support, or documents, please call us at (877) 659-8983 or e-mail us at [email protected]. This chapter is an introduction to the PCCharge DevKit. It will familiarize you with the various components and typical uses of this bundle of products. PCCharge DevKit The PCCharge DevKit is a bundle of applications, tools, code examples, and documents used to enable electronic payment processing in third party applications. The PCCharge DevKit is designed to guide developers while they are building an interface in their application to PCCharge Payment Server and/or PCCharge Pro. The PCCharge DevKit includes evaluation copies of PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server for use only during integration and testing. Please note: The evaluation copies of PCCharge may not be used to perform live payment processing. Merchants must purchase a licensed copy of either PCCharge Payment Server or PCCharge Pro in order to perform live payment processing. Licenses for distribution to resellers and customers are available by contacting an authorized reseller or by calling (800) 725-9264. PCCharge DevKit Suite The PCCharge DevKit Suite is also a bundle of applications, tools, code examples, and documents used to enable electronic payment processing in third party applications. In fact, the manual, media, code examples, etc. are identical to those in the PCCharge DevKit. The only difference between the two products is that the PCCharge DevKit Suite contains the following licenses which allow live payment processing: • • One (1) live license for either PCCharge Payment Server or PCCharge Pro. One (1) Unlimited User license that can be activated within PCCharge Payment Server or PCCharge Pro. Note: In this manual, both the PCCharge DevKit and PCCharge DevKit Suite are commonly referred to as the “PCCharge DevKit” or “DevKit”. 19 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Product Components PCCharge DevKit The PCCharge DevKit is this manual and a group of examples of the various interface methods available to integrate payment processing into applications. Sample code for FoxPro, VB.Net, VB6, C++.Net, C#.Net, Access, Java, Delphi, ASP, Java, and Cold Fusion is included to demonstrate the OCX (ActiveX), DLL (ActiveX), OLE (COM), TCP Interface, and *File Methods of integration. * VeriFone takes security seriously therefore we have enhanced our integration methods to enhance security for sensitive data. If using File Method integration to PCCharge we strongly suggest you consider migrating towards a more secure integration method such as TCP/IP SSL socket integration. PCCharge DevKit Development Support The PCCharge DevKit includes 30 minutes of telephone developer support to be used within twelve months. After that, additional hours may be purchased in order to receive additional phone support. Telephone/e-mail developer support is provided at a charge of $75.00 per half hour billed in advance in half hour increments. Consultative coding support is $1500 per day at the VeriFone, Inc. offices in Savannah, Georgia or $1500 per day plus travel and expenses at the developer’s location. PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server The PCCharge DevKit includes copies of PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro. PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro are the transaction engines that handle all payment processing requests submitted by the third-party integrated application. Both PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro include a GUI (Graphical User Interface) that is used for setup. This GUI can also be used for reporting, settlement, maintenance, and transaction processing if needed. When distributing an integrated application, either PCCharge Payment Server or PCCharge Pro must be installed and activated on the merchant’s computer or on a computer located in the merchant’s LAN in order to enable payment processing. Note: Merchants should not attempt to process transactions or run reports directly from the PCCharge GUI while the integrated application is processing transactions or settling batches. If the merchant wishes to process transactions or run reports directly with PCCharge (instead of through the integrated application), it is highly recommended that they use the PCCharge Client. The PCCharge Client is included on the PCCharge Pro and Payment Server CD, and can be installed on the same (or on a different) computer as PCCharge. The PCCharge Client has payment processing and reporting capabilities. The following outlines the features of PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server: 20 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Payment Types Supported Credit Cards -- PCCharge supports credit card transaction processing according to specifications of supported payment processors for the following major credit cards: VISA, MasterCard, Discover, American Express, Optima, Carte Blanche, Diner’s Club, and some private label cards. Debit Cards – PCCharge supports debit card transaction processing according to specifications of supported payment processors for both online (ATM) and offline debit cards. Checks – PCCharge supports verification and conversion of a variety of types of paper-based checks including personal, government, payroll, travelers, and so forth. When performing verification transactions, primary and secondary forms of identification are accepted for each check type according to the specifications of the supported check processors. EBT – PCCharge supports EBT transaction processing according to the specifications of the supported payment processors for both food stamp and cash benefit transactions. Gift Cards – PCCharge supports gift card processing according to the specifications of the supported payment processors. PCCharge includes support for the following gift card programs (availability depending on processor): loyalty transactions, points-based transactions, multiple issuance, and standard transactions (Sale, Void, etc.). Hardware Devices Supported The PCCharge graphical user interface (GUI) includes support for many industry-standard hardware devices in addition to new devices that support the OPOS standard. Some of these devices are accessed via a standard COM port, whereas others may be connected to the keyboard (PS2) port. The devices include, but are not limited to the following: • • • • • Report Printers Receipt Printers Magnetic Stripe Readers PINpads Check Readers Note: In order for an integrated application to support these types of devices, the developer must create an interface to each hardware device that will be supported. Some devices simulate keyboard entry (such as Magnetic Stripe Readers) and do not require any special coding to support. However, some devices, such as PINpads, require a complete integration such as a serial port interface. VeriFone, Inc. provides an ActiveX control and an OLE/COM class that can be used to integrate to some PINpads. To support PINpads and other hardware that are not included in the control or the class, check with the various hardware providers for information on hardware integration. For a current list of the hardware devices that are supported by the PCCharge GUI, visit the VeriFone, Inc. website at www.pccharge.com Reporting The following reports are available in PCCharge. All reports contain filters (such as date, card number, member name, and so forth), allowing applications to designate the specific information to appear on the reports. All reports can be viewed on the screen if using the PCCharge GUI. Integrated applications can request that reports be sent to a printer or written to a file. 21 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Transaction Summary Report – This report summarizes information for credit, debit, check, EBT, and gift transactions that have been performed. Detail Report – Each payment type (credit, debit, check, EBT, and gift) has a detail report available. The reports show line item detail for each transaction. Batch Pre-Settle Report – This report lists transactions that have been authorized but not settled. Batch Post-Settle Report – This report lists transactions that have been settled. Security Transaction Database Encryption -- PCCharge automatically encrypts account numbers within the program’s database. Account numbers appearing will show only the first and last four digits of the account number. PIN Encryption -- PCCharge supports PIN data entry devices (as listed in previous sections) for use with online debit card processing. Each PINpad supported by PCCharge supports one or more of the two following PIN encryption standards: 1. Derived Unique Key Per Transaction (DUKPT) -- Derives a transaction key for the current or next transaction from the previous key plus other data. The scheme generates keys based on a finite list known only to the host and PINpad. The key sequence is unique to each PINpad, resulting in a unique key per transaction. DUKPT is the standard in the U.S., with other DUKPT schemes internationally. 2. Master/Session Key Management -- In this method, a key is injected into the PINpad in a secure environment. This "master" key is not used to encrypt PINs. Instead, it is used to decrypt a session or working key that has been encrypted by the host (using the master key) then transmitted over the network to the PINpad. This session key is used to encrypt PINs. The session key can be changed as frequently as every transaction. This encryption method is being phased out in the U.S. Database Support PCCharge uses a Microsoft Access database to store and maintain transaction information. This openarchitecture, industry-standard database is accessible through ODBC drivers, DAO or ADO. Utilities PCCharge includes a number of utilities to facilitate maintenance of the system. These include the ability to back up and restore data files, compact and repair the database, archive transaction history, as well as a number of modem detection and configuration options. 22 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 CHAPTER 2 -- Getting Started 23 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Getting Started It is recommended that several tasks be performed prior to coding. The DevKit and the PCCharge products will need to be installed, the test merchant accounts will need to be set up and tested, the method of integration will need to be chosen, and the differences between PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro should be reviewed. Follow the steps below to set up PCCharge in a development environment: 1) Install the DevKit and the PCCharge Products To install, insert the DevKit CD and follow the installation instructions. Once the DevKit installation has concluded, the installation program will prompt to install both PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro. It is recommended that both products be installed. The default installation options should be chosen while installing the DevKit and the PCCharge products. 2) Install the Test Merchant Accounts The PCCharge DevKit comes with test merchant accounts that can be used while integrating credit card processing into third-party applications. The test merchant accounts should be utilized to avoid testing with live merchant accounts. Follow the procedure below to install the test merchant accounts: 1) Remove any floppy disks from drive A: 2) Start PCCharge Payment Server (use the PCCharge Payment Server shortcut in Start | Programs | Verifone | PCCharge Payment Server). If prompted, enter serial number 1234-1234123456-54. 3) After a modem detection completes, the following message will appear: “Do you have a configuration disk?” 4) Click Yes and then OK. 5) When prompted to insert a disk in Drive A, click Cancel. 6) When the “Copy Configuration Files From…” box appears, browse to the following directory: C:\Program Files\active-charge SDK\Test Merchant Info 7) Several files ending in .pcc will appear. Click Open. 8) When prompted to overwrite files, click Yes each time. 9) PCCharge Payment Server will now shut down. Upon restart it will ask for a configuration disk again. This time click No. 10) When prompted to “Enter Serial Number”, enter the serial number that was provided with the DevKit and click OK. Enter serial number 1234-1234-123456-54. 24 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 11) Click OK to each box that appears. PCCharge Payment Server is now set up for testing. Please repeat this process to setup PCCharge Pro. 25 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Installing the Test Merchant Accounts Manually The following is an alternative method for installing the test merchant accounts. The test merchant accounts are included in text-based configuration files (*.pcc) that are located in the directory C:\Program Files\active-charge SDK\Test Merchant Info. To install the test merchant accounts manually, close PCCharge and then copy these files directly into the directories where PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro reside: • • C:\Program Files\Active-Charge (for PCCharge Payment Server) C:\Program Files\PCCW (for PCCharge Pro ) When prompted to overwrite files, choose Yes. Note: Installing the test merchant accounts will overwrite any existing merchant configuration that was previously set up in PCCharge. A backup of the PCCharge directory is recommended if PCCharge was previously set up on the computer. 3) Verify that PCCharge is Set Up Properly Prior to integrating, it is important to make sure that the test merchant accounts have been set up properly in PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro. This should be done by running test credit card transactions directly from the GUI of each program. Follow the procedure below to run credit card transactions in either PCCharge Payment Server or PCCharge Pro: 1) Start PCCharge Payment Server or PCCharge Pro. Note: After the initial setup of PCCharge Payment Server, its GUI is hidden by default each time the program starts. Double-click the “dollar sign” icon in the system tray to open the GUI. WARNING: As of PCCharge version 5.8.0, you will be required to create a System password at program launch. You will also be required to set up a cashier named Manager. Manager can perform any functions involving transactions, including setting up merchant accounts and devices, processing transactions, settling batches, and running reports within the user interface, this will not affect any existing integration; you do not have to send any cashiers when using an integrated application. Manager cannot access the cashier setup, perform the new key generation function or access the Data Manager. WARNING: PCCharge requires ‘strong’ passwords, and password variety is enforced. Passwords must be changed every 90 days. Reminder prompts will start when there are 14 days or less. A Password cannot be used if it has been one of the last four used. See next warning box for the PCCharge password requirements. WARNING: If the System user attempts to login 5 times incorrectly, PCCharge will shutdown and remain locked for 30 minutes. The System user will be prompted with an option to call Tech Support for a password reset. WARNING: PCCharge requirements for ‘strong’ password: 26 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 • Must be minimum 7 alpha/numeric characters in length. • Must be case sensitive • Must contain at least one upper case character • Must contain at least one numeric character • Must contain at least one special character (e.g., @, $, %, etc.) If a password becomes ‘corrupt’ as if someone has tried to tamper with the system, PCCharge will lock itself, and it may be necessary to call Dev Support. If you did not setup a password previously, Click Log On 27 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ! WARNING: New password requirements in PCCharge version 5.8 are necessary to meet PA-DSS compliance standards. This also requires that all passwords will expire after a maximum of 90 days. 2) From PCCharge, select one of the processors from the drop-down list at the bottom of PCCharge. Note: All processors in this list support dial-up processing, and many of them support direct TCP/IP processing. If testing of dial-up processing is required, refer to the PCCharge Payment Server or PCCharge Pro manual for information on setting up a modem with PCCharge. Refer to the web-based certification list to determine which processors support dial-up and TCP/IP processing: http://www.pccharge.com/products/pccharge_certs.htm Note: Not all processors allow test merchant accounts to be distributed in the PCCharge DevKit. This drop-down list represents only a subset of the processors that PCCharge supports. Note: The sample Chase Paymentech merchant account included with the DevKit will not allow TCP/IP testing as-is. The password must be updated in the Chase Paymentech Advanded Options screen in PCCharge prior to using the NetConnect functionality. See the Chase Paymentech entry in the Test Merchant Account Information section (see page 544) for more information. 3) Click the Visa / MasterCard icon. 4) Key in a transaction using one of the test credit card numbers that appear in the Test Credit Cards and Merchant Accounts section of the Appendix (see page 541). 5) Use 12XX as the expiration date (where XX is the last two digits of the current year: e.g., 1208). 6) Use the amount of $1.00 (many processors will decline test transactions if the amount is different than $1.00). 7) Click Process. If prompted for additional information, click No to each prompt. 8) A result of “CAPTURED” and an auth code will be returned if PCCharge is set up properly. (Note: A “NOT CAPTURED” may also be returned with some sort of a declined response. This is also a valid response from the processor and means PCCharge is set up properly.) Note: Not every card works with every test merchant number. If errors or decline messages are returned by PCCharge, attempt running transactions using different credit card numbers. 28 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 4) Determine Which Integration Method Will Be Used There are six PCCharge integration methods available. This section will help the developer determine which method(s) should be used. The five integration methods are: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) OCX (ActiveX) DLL (ActiveX) OLE/COM File Method TCP Interface * PAYware SIM Note: Integration methods 1-3 (OCX, DLL, and OLE/COM) each create a text file that is sent to and processed by PCCharge. Thus, all three of these integration methods are essentially sending transaction information to PCCharge via the File Method. These three integration methods provide various classes, which include properties and methods to simplify integration. The properties and methods are very similar between the three integration methods, making it relatively easy to migrate from one to the other if needed. * Note: Information regarding PAYware SIM can be found in the “SIM (Secure Integration Method)” folder in your Active-Charge SDK folder. This is typically found in “C:\Program Files\Active-Charge SDK\SIM (Secure Integration Method)”. 29 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 OCX Method The OCX Method should be considered if programming will occur in a visual environment that supports ActiveX technology and all client machines that will process transactions are Windows-based. The OCX controls are visual wrappers around code to create a flat text input file containing transaction data. Also, the OCX controls handle all of the file I/O (Input / Output) and automatically parse the output file that is created and returned by PCCharge. All of these operations are done by setting properties, calling methods, and monitoring events fired by the OCX controls. The use of events allows for asynchronous communication to PCCharge. A choice of two different communication methods is provided with the OCX: file transfer or TCP/IP. If file transfer is selected, the OCX will build a file to be sent to the specified path. If TCP/IP is selected, the OCX will build a string, and send that string through sockets to the IP address specified. To make use of the TCP/IP functionality a dependency file called the DartSecure2.dll will need to be distributed with the OCX file and registered on the client machine. This file is installed with PCCharge Pro or Payment Server and can be found in the System32 folder of any machine that has PCCharge installed on it. When using TCP/IP, it is imparitive that the port be opened in PCCharge. To do this, open the PCCharge interface and select Setup > Configure System. Click advanced and select “Use TCP/IP Connection”. This is the port number setting that will be used in the OCX. Future Versions of PCCharge will have the ability to accept TCP/IP transaction via SSL. This functionality is written into the OCX. For now, this functionality must be turned off. Please consult the OCX documentation for instruction on how to turn this functionality off. Note: For the File Transfer method, in a client/server environment, the directory in which PCCharge resides must be shared so that the clients that are generating transactions have read, write, and execute permissions. DLL Method If programming will occur in a Windows programming environment that does not support the ActiveX OCX technology, then consider using the DLL Method (PSCharge.dll). PSCharge.dll is a wrapper around code to create a flat text input file containing transaction data. Also, PSCharge.dll handles all of the file I/O (Input / Output) and automatically parses the output file that is created and returned by PCCharge. All of these operations are done by setting properties and calling methods that are provided by PSCharge.dll. PSCharge.dll performs processing in a synchronous manner. A choice of two different communication methods is provided with the DLL: file transfer or TCP/IP. If file transfer is selected, the DLL will build a file to be sent to the specified path. If TCP/IP is selected, the DLL will build a string, and send that string through sockets to the IP address specified. To make use of the TCP/IP functionality a dependency file called the DartSecure2.dll will need to be distributed with the DLL file and registered on the client machine. This file is installed with PCCharge Pro or Payment Server and can be found in the System32 folder of any machine that has PCCharge installed on it. When using TCP/IP, it is imparitive that the port be opened in PCCharge. To do this, open the PCCharge interface and select Setup > Configure System. Click advanced and select “Use TCP/IP Connection”. This is the port number setting that will be used in the DLL. 30 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Future Versions of PCCharge will have the ability to accept TCP/IP transaction via SSL. This functionality is written into the DLL. For now, this functionality must be turned off. Please consult the DLL documentation for instruction on how to turn this functionality off. Note: For the File Transfer method, in a client/server environment, the directory in which PCCharge resides must be shared so that the clients that are generating transactions have read, write, and execute permissions. Note: If the application will be web-based (e.g., a shopping cart, eCommerce-enabled website, etc.), and will be hosted on a Windows-based web server, consider using the DLL Method. Web-based languages such as ASP and Cold Fusion support referencing DLLs. 31 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 OLE/COM Method If programming will occur in a Windows programming environment that allows directly referencing the exposed classes of an executable, then consider the OLE/COM method of integration. The OLE/COM Method makes it possible to completely hide the PCCharge interface from the user. All aspects from setup and configuration to processing transactions can be done programmatically. It is possible to make calls to set properties or show PCCharge forms by accessing the classes exposed through OLE/COM. All processing is done by setting properties, calling methods, and monitoring events. The use of events allows for asynchronous communication to PCCharge. The OLE/COM method also supports synchronous communication to PCCharge. Note: In order to use the OLE/COM Method, PCCharge must reside on the same computer as the integrated application. The OLE/COM Method will not typically work in a client/server environment (i.e., multi-user or multi-station). Note: When new versions of PCCharge are released (and the OLE/COM Method is used to integrate with PCCharge), the integrated application must be re-compiled for it to support these new versions. This is a limitation of OLE/COM, not of the PCCharge products. File Method The File Method is typically used by integrators who prefer to handle the creating, reading, and parsing of flat text files themselves. All of the required file I/O and polling must also be handled by the integrator. The widest variety of programming languages support the File Method. Integration via the File Method is required if programming will occur in an environment that does not support ActiveX, OLE/COM, or socket communications. When integrating via the File Method, the message format used to communicate with PCCharge is XML. The primary benefits to using the File Method are: • • It is operating system independent. It can be used in any programming language that supports file I/O. In addition, the PCCharge File Method is very similar to the File Method for RiTA Server. RiTA Server, also designed by VeriFone, Inc., is an enterprise level payment processing product. If the integrator feels that an integration to the RiTA Server product might occur in the future, migration to the RiTA product is easier if the File Method is used when integrating with PCCharge. Note: Although the File Method is operating system independent, PCCharge must be running on a Windows machine somewhere on the network—only the client machines may run on other operating systems. Note: In a client/server environment, the directory in which PCCharge resides must be shared so that the clients that are generating transactions have read, write, and execute permissions. Note: If the application will be web-based (e.g., a shopping cart, eCommerce-enabled website, etc.), the File Method may be used. Many Web based languages support file I/O. 32 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 TCP Interface Any integrator using a programming language that supports the use of TCP/IP communication should consider utilizing the TCP Interface method. The primary advantage of using the TCP Interface method is that it is not file-based. This provides several benefits to the integrator: • • • When PCCharge is used in a client/server environment, the TCP Interface does not require that the PCCharge directory be shared on the network. All other integration methods require that the PCCharge directory be shared on the network in a client/server environment. The TCP Interface utilizes the operating system’s TCP/IP stack and does not require any additional controls or additional object overhead to perform payment processing. The TCP Interface is operating system independent. In addition, the PCCharge TCP Interface method is very similar to the TCP Interface method for RiTA Server. RiTA Server, also designed by VeriFone, Inc., is an enterprise level payment processing product. If the integrator feels that an integration to the RiTA Server product might occur in the future, migration to the RiTA product is easier if the TCP Interface is used when integrating with PCCharge. Note: Although the TCP Interface method is operating system independent, PCCharge must be running on a Windows machine somewhere on the network—only the client machines may run on other operating systems. In a client/server environment, the client machines must have TCP connectivity to the Windows-based computer on which PCCharge resides. Note: If the application will be web-based (e.g., a shopping cart, eCommerce-enabled website, etc.), consider using the TCP Interface. Web based languages usually support socket communication. When integrating via the TCP Method, the message format used to communicate with PCCharge is XML. 33 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Charts of Integration Methods The following chart summarizes several of the characteristics of each integration method. Characteristics that are bold-faced are considered benefits of the integration method. Platforms supported Supports client/server communication Supports Web-based integration Requires PCCharge directory to be shared for client/server communication OCX Windows YES no yes yes YES DLL Windows YES YES yes yes OLE/COM Windows no no n/a yes YES YES File Method All YES YES yes NO no TCP Interface All YES YES NO NO no Integration Method 34 Requires bundling Properties and controls with the methods provided integrated / results parsed application automatically PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 The following chart lists the various Payment Types and functions that can be integrated along with the integration methods that support them. Payment Types / Functions Integration Method Credit Card Transactions OCX (Charge.OCX) DLL (PSCharge.dll Charge Class) OLE/COM (PccCharge Class) File Interface TCP Interface Debit Card Transactions OCX (Debit.OCX & Device.OCX) DLL (PSCharge.dll Debit Class) OLE/COM (PCCDebit & PccPinPad Classes) File Interface TCP Interface Check Transactions OCX (Check.OCX) DLL (PSCharge.dll Check Class) OLE/COM (PccCheck Class) File Interface TCP Interface EBT Card Transactions OCX (Debit.OCX & Device.OCX) DLL (PSCharge.dll Debit Class) OLE/COM (PCCEBT & PccPinPad Classes) File Interface TCP Interface Gift Card Transactions OCX (GiftCard.OCX) DLL (PSCharge.dll Gift Class) OLE/COM (PCCGiftCard Class) File Interface TCP Interface Batch Settle/Close OCX (Batch.OCX) DLL (PSCharge.dll Batch Class) OLE/COM (PccBatch & PccSettle Classes) File Interface TCP Interface Reporting OCX (Charge.OCX) DLL (PSCharge.dll Charge Class) OLE/COM (PccCharge Class) File Interface TCP Interface Configuration OLE/COM (Various Classes) Utilities (Transaction Inquiry, etc.) OCX (Charge.OCX) DLL (PSCharge.dll Charge Class) OLE/COM (PCCDebit Class) File Interface TCP Interface 35 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 5) Determine Which PCCharge Product(s) Will Be Supported The DevKit includes copies of both PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro. Both products are provided so that the integrator can “kick the tires” on each product while integrating and testing. This section is designed to assist integrators in deciding which PCCharge product(s) to support in their applications. Common Questions “What is the difference between PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro?” “Which product should I integrate with?” “What are the advantages of PCCharge Payment Server over PCCharge Pro and vice versa?” These are common questions that are often asked by integrators and merchants. Unfortunately, there is not one correct answer to each of these questions. However, it is important for integrators and merchants to know the differences between the two products so that they can determine which one (or both) will meet their needs. Differences and Similarities The following are the differences between PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro: Directory / Executable • • PCCharge Pro is installed in the c:\Program Files\PCCW directory by default. PCCharge Pro’s executable is named Pccw.exe. PCCharge Payment Server is installed in the c:\Program Files\Active-Charge directory by default. PCCharge Payment Server’s executable is named Active-Charge.exe. GUI (Graphical User Interface) • • PCCharge Pro has a full-featured GUI that loads automatically. PCCharge Payment Server has a hidden GUI. The GUI can be accessed manually by the user by double-clicking a “dollar sign” icon in the system tray. Error Message Suppression • • PCCharge Pro does not support Error Message Suppression. If the PCCharge Pro GUI pops up an error message, processing will halt until the error message is cleared manually by an end-user. PCCharge Payment Server supports Error Message Suppression. If the PCCharge Payment Server GUI is hidden (the default setting), any error messages generated by PCCharge Payment Server will automatically be logged to an error file, thus allowing payment processing to proceed normally. Customer Database and Recurring Billing • • PCCharge Pro has a Customer Database and Recurring Billing feature available via the GUI. Note: These features cannot be integrated. PCCharge Payment Server does not support the Customer Database or Recurring Billing. 36 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Reporting (in the GUI) • Both PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server have reporting capabilities available via the GUI. However, PCCharge Pro has more reports than PCCharge Payment Server. PCCharge Payment Server has fewer reports, mainly because all reports related to the Customer Database and Recurring Billing have been omitted. Batch Management • Both PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server support Batch Management features. These features cannot be integrated. o With PCCharge Payment Server or PCCharge Pro, these features can be accessed from the GUI via the “Batch” menu or via a separate program that is included on the PCCharge Payment Server or PCCharge Pro installation CD. Note: For more information on the Customer Database, Recurring Billing, Reporting (in the GUI), and Batch Management please refer to the PCCharge Pro or PCCharge Payment Server manuals. The following are the similarities of PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro: Transaction Processing Engine • Identical in both PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro API (Application Programming Interface) • Identical in both PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro Processor Certifications • Identical in both PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro Database (Microsoft Access database) • Identical in both PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro Multi-User and Multi-Merchant Number Support • Identical in both PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro 37 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Illustration of Basic Differences and Similarities The following graphic shows the basic differences and similarities of PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro: Description of the diagram from the bottom up: P1, P2, P3, Pn and API: These sections represent the processor interfaces (aka Processor Certifications) that VeriFone, Inc. has coded into the PCCharge products. The processors provide VeriFone, Inc. with an API to code to in order for PCCharge to communicate with the processor’s network. Notice that there is only one set of processor interfaces. The processor interfaces are identical for both PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro. Note: When a processor interface is added and certified or updated by VeriFone, Inc., it is added or updated in all of the PCCharge products. Transaction Processing Engine and API: These sections represent the main PCCharge product and interface. This includes the PCCharge API, database, utilities, etc. Note: The API is identical for both PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro. Graphical User Interface: PCCharge Pro includes a full-featured GUI. This GUI appears when PCCharge Pro is started on a computer. When a user does transaction processing via the PCCharge Pro GUI, the GUI actually communicates to the Transaction Processing Engine via the API using the File Method of integration. In essence, the PCCharge Pro GUI is an integration to the Transaction Processing Engine. Hidden GUI: PCCharge Payment Server also includes a GUI. However, this GUI is not loaded by default and does not appear when PCCharge Payment Server is started on a computer. After PCCharge Payment Server has loaded, the user has the option of loading and viewing the GUI if they wish. Like PCCharge Pro’s GUI, the PCCharge Payment Server GUI also communicates to the Transaction Processing Engine via the API using the File Method of integration. 38 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 The Choice Now that the differences and similarities have been outlined, merchants and integrators should now consider which product(s) will be used and supported. PCCharge Payment Server The following features of PCCharge Payment Server make it an appealing choice for most integrators: • • Hidden GUI Error Message Suppression The Hidden GUI allows the integrator to hide the PCCharge Payment Server interface from the merchant completely—making it appear as if all transaction processing is occurring solely in the thirdparty integration. This is desirable to many integrators. Also, Error Message Suppression is ideal if PCCharge Payment Server is running in an unattended environment (i.e., running in a data center, running in an office behind locked doors, or processing payments on a 24/7 eCommerce website, etc.). If an error message was to pop up in this type of environment, and no operator was immediately available to clear the message, payment processing would halt if Error Message Suppression was not available. Because of the above features, most integrators choose to integrate and support PCCharge Payment Server. PCCharge Pro Many integrators and merchants have found that they require some (or all) of the following features of PCCharge Pro that are not available in PCCharge Payment Server: • Customer Database and Recurring Billing (only available via the GUI) If these features are required, it may be necessary to integrate to and support PCCharge Pro. Keep in mind, though, that PCCharge Pro does not support the Hidden GUI and Error Message Suppression features of PCCharge Payment Server. Both Based on past experience and customer feedback, VeriFone, Inc. has found that most integrators decide to support both products, and then allow their merchants to decide which product works best based on their needs. Because of this, both PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server are included with the DevKit. It is suggested that developers integrate to and support both products. Because the APIs are identical, an integration to PCCharge Payment Server will also work with PCCharge Pro and vice versa. If using the TCP Interface method, there are no differences in the integration whatsoever. With the other integration methods, the main difference between integrating with PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server is the target directory. An integration that supports both products would provide a user-selectable option to select the target directory for PCCharge rather than hard-coding the target directory. 39 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 6) Review Payment Processing Basics and Integration Information and Settings The next chapter, CHAPTER 3 -- Payment Processing Basics, includes information about the basics of processing payments and a description of each payment type supported by PCCharge. This chapter should be reviewed by integrators before any coding begins. The integration of PCCharge will go much smoother if the integrator has an understanding of how transaction processing occurs on a day-to-day basis. It is also recommended that integrators review the information contained in CHAPTER 4 -- Integration Information and Settings (see page 54). This chapter includes warnings, integration tips, and guidelines that should be followed while integrating, and includes important information about Users, Merchant Accounts, Timeouts, Follow On transactions, etc. After PCCharge has been set up and these chapters have been reviewed, the integration may begin. Refer to the DevKit Constants section (see page 143) and CHAPTER 6 -- PCCharge Integration Methods (see page 157) for information on integrating payment processing using PCCharge. 40 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 CHAPTER 3 -- Payment Processing Basics 41 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Credit Card Processing This section provides a general overview of credit card processing and how processing differs between Host based and Terminal based Processors. Host based and Terminal based Processors The most important concept for integrators to understand is what Host based and Terminal based processors are and what the differences are between them. Depending on which type of processor will be used by the merchant, certain tasks must be performed by the merchant either directly from the PCCharge GUI or from the integrated application to enable them to receive funds from their credit card transactions. Processing credit card transactions is a two-step process. When a credit card sale transaction is performed by the merchant, the customer’s “limit to buy” on their credit card account is reduced and the transaction is placed in a batch. A batch is defined as a collection of transactions that are approved but have not yet been submitted for end of day settlement. Before funds can be deposited into the merchant’s bank account, a second step, re-transmission, must occur. When using PCCharge, the re-transmission process is called Batch Settlement or Batch Close. Terminal based processors have batches that are settled, and Host based processors have batches that are closed. Regardless, all credit card transactions in a batch have to be re-submitted to the processing company. With certain processing companies, this step takes place automatically. With others, the process must be performed manually. So, in this context, there are two types of processing companies: 1) Terminal based – If the merchant is using a Terminal based processor, PCCharge stores the batch of transactions in a file in the PCCharge directory. This file is commonly known as a Settlement File. With Terminal based processors, batch settlement must be done manually, usually at the end of each business day. This procedure can be performed, by the merchant, from the PCCharge GUI. This procedure can also be accessed programmatically by the integrator. 2) Host based - With a Host based system, the batch is stored on the credit card processor's computer system. With a Host based system, merchants can be set up in one of two ways: a. Auto (Time Initiated) Close – At a certain time during the day, the Host based system will scan its computer system. If a merchant has an open batch of transactions, the system will automatically close the batch. Usually, the merchant can specify the time when the batch will be closed each day. If a merchant is set up for Auto Close with their Host based processor, there are no steps needed to initiate the batch close process. b. Manual Close – Credit card transactions will sit in an open batch indefinitely. The merchant is responsible for indicating to the Host based processor that the batch should be closed. This step can be performed by the merchant from the PCCharge GUI. This procedure can also be accessed programmatically by the integrator. WARNING: Without settling or closing the batch, the merchant will not receive any funds from credit card transactions! 42 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Credit Card Transactions There are several types of credit card transactions. The different types of transactions are referred to as actions in PCCharge. The following is a list of the various actions with general descriptions. Sale - This action reduces the cardholder's limit to buy, and places the transaction in the open batch. This action is commonly used in retail and restaurant environments. Void Sale - This action removes a sale transaction from the open batch. No funds will be deposited into the merchant’s bank account at settlement/close. The Void Sale action is typically used for same day returns or to correct cashier mistakes. This action can only be performed before the batch is settled/closed (this usually means the action has to be performed on the same day as the sale). Credit - This action is used to refund money to the cardholder. This action is typically used after the batch that contains the Sale (or Post-Authorization) transaction has been settled or closed. This action will increase the cardholder's limit to buy once the batch containing the credit has been settled. Void Credit - This action removes a credit transaction from the batch. This action can only be performed before the batch is settled/closed (this usually means the action has to be performed on the same day as the credit). This transaction is not available with all processing companies. If the Void Credit action is not available, use the Void Sale action. Pre-Authorization - This action only reduces the cardholder’s limit to buy. It does not place a transaction in the open batch. A Pre-Authorization can be considered the first half of a sale. A Pre-Authorization reduces the limit to buy for only a predetermined amount of time, usually 710 days. The credit card’s issuing bank determines the amount of time. To place the transaction in the open batch, a follow-on transaction (called a Post-Authorization) must occur. This action is commonly used in MOTO (Mail Order / Telephone Order) and eCommerce environments. Voice-Authorization – A Voice-Authorization is similar to a Pre-Authorization, except that it is not a PCCharge action. A Voice-Authorization is a way for a merchant to receive an approval and an authorization code from their processing company via a telephone operator or an automated system. This type of authorization is necessary if the processing company’s Internet interface or modems are down, or if the merchant has experienced a power failure, computer crash, or other issue that does not allow them to process electronically. A Voice-Authorization may also need to occur if a credit card transaction is flagged as fraudulent by the credit card issuer. In order to place a Voice-Authorization in the open batch, a follow-on transaction, called a Post-Authorization, must occur. Post-Authorization - This action places an approved Pre-Authorization transaction into the open batch. This action can be considered the second half of a sale. This follow-on transaction must occur before a Pre-Authorization can be settled/closed. This Post-Authorization may also be used to place an approved Voice-Authorization in the batch. Void Post-Authorization - This action removes a Post-Authorization transaction from the open batch. This action can only be performed before the batch is settled/closed (this usually means the action has to be performed on the same day as the Post-Authorization). This transaction is not available with all processing companies. If Void Post-Authorization is not available, use the Void Sale action. Commercial Card Sale - This action reduces the cardholder's limit to buy, and places the transaction in the open batch. This action is similar to a standard credit card sale, but is 43 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 typically used if the card tendered is a procurement, purchasing, business, government, or commercial card. Two additional values, the Tax amount and customer code, must be passed with this type of card in order for the merchant to qualify for the lowest transaction rate. Note: Global East (NDC), terminal based, requires the customer code be all upper case. Commercial Card Credit - This action is typically used after the batch that contains the Procurement Card Sale (or Procurement Card Post-Authorization) transaction has been settled or closed. This action is similar to a standard credit card credit, but is typically used if the card tendered is a procurement, purchasing, business, government, or commercial card. This action will increase the cardholder's limit to buy once the batch containing the credit has been settled. Two additional values, the Tax amount and customer code, must be passed with this type of card in order for the merchant to qualify for the lowest transaction rate. Note: Global East (NDC), terminal based, requires the customer code be all upper case. Commercial Card Post-Authorization - This action places an approved Pre-Authorization transaction into the open batch. This action is similar to a standard credit card PostAuthorization, but is typically used if the card tendered is a procurement, purchasing, business, government, or commercial card. This action can be considered the second half of a sale. This follow-on transaction must occur before a Pre-Authorization can be settled/closed. This PostAuthorization may also be used to place an approved Voice-Authorization in the batch. Two additional values, the Tax amount and customer code, must be passed with this type of card in order for the merchant to qualify for the lowest transaction rate. Note: Global East (NDC), terminal based, requires the customer code be all upper case. Sale with Gratuity – Used only in a restaurant environment, this action allows a server to authorize the amount of the meal plus the gratuity and place the entire amount in the batch. When settled, the amount plus the gratuity is deducted from the cardholder’s account. Gratuity – Used only in a restaurant environment, this action adds or adjusts the gratuity amount on an existing Sale transaction. This action must be performed prior to batch settlement/close. Note: There is no action to void a Pre-Authorization. This is because Pre-Authorization cannot be voided. A Normal Credit Card Processing Day This section discusses a normal day of processing credit card transactions. This section assumes that merchants will have access to the reports provided in the PCCharge GUI and that these reports can be compared to reports available in the integrated application. Processing credit card transactions consists of six steps: 1) By performing the first credit card transaction of the day, the batch is opened. 2) Run transactions throughout the day. 3) After processing has been completed for the day, it is time to prepare for settlement: a. Look at the PCCharge Daily Transaction Summary Report for the day. b. Compare the PCCharge Daily Transaction Summary Report with summary data provided by the integrated application. c. Does the report look correct and do the totals match up with the integrated application’s totals? 44 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 4) If the reports indicate discrepancies, use the PCCharge Credit Card Detail and Batch Pre-Settle Reports (if the processor is Terminal based) to investigate and resolve any discrepancies. 5) If the processor is Host based, settlement will occur automatically. 6) If the processor is Terminal based, settlement must be done manually. Start the settlement process now. Repeat these six steps each day of processing credit card transactions. Credit Card Transaction Rates It is important for integrators to understand credit card transaction rates. The card associations (Visa, MasterCard, etc.) require certain data to be submitted with each transaction in order for the merchant to qualify for the lowest transaction fees. While integrating, it is important that the application be designed to allow merchant to pass any and all “rate-qualifying” data while performing transactions. Below is a general list of information that should be submitted in order for the merchant to receive the best rates: Best Rates -- Card Swiped Fair Rates -- Card Not Present & Ticket Number & Street Address & Zip Code Worst Rates -- Card Not Present & No Address Information Transaction rates are based on risk. They vary based on the size of the merchant organization and that merchant’s ratings, markets, and how transactions occur. For instance, a very large traditional walk-in, multi-store retail organization with check out lanes will have the lowest rates. A new mail order or eCommerce merchant, with no retail facilities and no face-to-face or "card present" transactions, will typically have to pay the highest transaction rates. Based on some of these variables, each transaction can have qualifiers for higher or lower rates. A properly written integrated application can help MOTO or eCommerce merchants get better rates (and reduce fraud) by using the Address Verification Service (AVS). AVS captures ZIP codes and addresses of the cardholder’s billing address. AVS information is then compared to the cardholder’s ZIP code and address that the card issuer has on file. Address and ZIP code mismatches help the merchant to decide whether or not they wish to go through with the transaction, thus helping to reduce fraud. Commercial Cards Note If a merchant will accept procurement, purchasing, business, government, or commercial cards, the integrated application must be written to allow merchants to pass the tax amount and customer code for these types of cards. This information helps the cardholder by allowing them to receive this detail on their monthly statements and also benefits the merchant by allowing them to qualify for the lowest rates when accepting these types of cards. Commercial card transactions that do not include this additional information will be downgraded. Note: Global East (NDC), terminal based, requires the customer code be all upper case. 45 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Debit Card Processing Debit cards were designed to be used more like a check than a credit card. Unlike credit cards with a line of credit, the debit card causes the amount of the purchase to be deducted from the debit cardholder‘s checking account. Like ATM cards, debit cards can be used to withdraw money from a bank account, debiting the account immediately. However, unlike debit cards, ATM-only cards cannot be used as cards for purchases. Some debit cards, called “check cards”, can be used as debit, ATM, and credit cards. If used as a debit or ATM with the PIN, transactions are considered to be online and debited immediately from the cardholder’s account. Debit check cards used as credit cards are considered offline transactions and must go through the credit settlement process; thus, taking several days to reach the bank and be debited from the cardholder’s account. Although merchants accept either credit cards or debit check cards, most merchants are unaware of the distinction by just looking at the card. However, credit cards normally have a percentage of the transaction as the fee while debit transactions are normally a smaller set fee. There are three important points to know about processing debit transactions: 1) There are two types of debit card transactions: a. Online - Online debit refers to debit card processing that requires a debit card to be swiped and a PIN to be entered when processing a transaction. b. Offline - Offline debit refers to debit card processing that allows a debit card to be swiped or keyed in and PIN entry does not occur. Essentially, these card are processed as normal credit cards. A debit card supports offline debit if it has a VISA or MasterCard logo on the front of it. Cards that support offline debit are commonly referred to as “check cards”. Refer to the previous section for general information on processing credit cards. 2) Online Debit Transactions may only be performed in a Retail or "face to face" environment. Mail Order/Telephone Order, and eCommerce businesses cannot perform online debit transactions. 3) Online debit transactions require that the card be swiped and that the customer enters their PIN on a PINpad. Each cash register or computer that will support Online debit transactions must have a card swipe device and PINpad connected to it. As with credit card processing, debit processing is a two-step process. Debit processing requires retransmission of information, referred to as Closing. Typically, Debit processors are Host based. That means the information to be re-transmitted is stored on the host computer systems or the processor's computer system. Merchants can be set up one of two ways: Time Initiated Close – At a certain time during the day (usually specified by the merchant), a Host based system will scan its database. If a merchant has an open batch (transactions that have not been deposited), the host system will automatically close the batch. Manual Close – Authorized transactions will sit in an open batch indefinitely. The merchant is responsible for indicating to the host processor that the batch should be closed. If the merchant is set up for Manual Close, they will need to perform a Close to complete their debit transactions. If the merchant is processing credit card transactions as well as debit transactions, the debit transactions will be closed at the time that the credit card transactions are settled. 46 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Debit Card Transactions There are several types of debit card transactions. The different types of transactions are referred to as actions in PCCharge. The following is a list of the actions with general descriptions. Sale - This action deducts funds from the cardholder's bank account. Return - This action deposits funds into the cardholder's bank account. Void – This action voids a Sale or Return. Note: Not all debit card processors in PCCharge support Debit Void functionality A Normal Debit Card Processing Day This section discusses a normal day of processing Debit transactions. This section assumes that merchants will have access to the reports provided in the PCCharge GUI and that these reports can be compared to reports available in the integrated application. Processing Debit transactions consists of six steps: 1) By performing the first Debit card transaction of the day, the batch is opened. 2) Run transactions throughout the day. 3) After processing has been completed for the day, it is time to prepare for settlement: a. Look at the PCCharge Daily Transaction Summary Report for the day. b. Compare the PCCharge Daily Transaction Summary Report with summary data provided by the integrated integration. c. Does the report look correct and do the totals match up with the integrated application’s totals? 4) If the reports indicate discrepancies, use the PCCharge Debit Summary report to investigate and resolve any discrepancies. 5) If the processor is Host based, settlement will occur automatically. 6) If the processor is Terminal based, settlement must be done manually. Start the settlement process now. Repeat these six steps each day of processing debit card transactions. 47 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Check Processing Check Guarantee and Check Verification services do not involve an electronic transfer of funds. The merchant performs Check Verification to determine that if check writer has an account and if the check writer has any current outstanding (bounced) checks. Check Guarantee services extend a guarantee that the merchant will get his money, even if the check bounces. Normally, a higher fee is charged for guarantee service (usually a fee similar to credit card processing fees). Check Verification and Check Guarantee are one-step processes. There are three types of Check transactions: 1) Check Verification - Verification allows the merchant to verify that the check writer has a checking account and does not have any outstanding bad checks. 2) Check Guarantee - Guarantee allows the merchant to verify that the check writer has an account and guarantees that the funds are available. 3) Check Conversion – Conversion allows the merchant to use the MICR information on a check to electronically deposit funds. This transaction eliminates the need to deposit a paper check. Check Conversion Check Conversion is a process by which a checking account is debited electronically. Check conversion is a two-step process. As with credit cards, there is a secondary transmission of information needed to complete a transaction. The second step is called Truncation Close. The important thing to remember is that without re-transmission of the check information, the merchant will not receive their money. Every day that a merchant performs truncations, they should perform a Truncation Close after all transactions are complete. 48 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Check Transactions There are a few different types of check conversion transactions. The following is a list of actions with general descriptions: Verify – This action allows the merchant to verify that a checking account exists for the customer and guarantees that the amount of the transaction is available. This action also allows the merchant to perform the first half of a sale transaction. This action does not make information available for re-transmission. Sale – This action reduces the balance of the customer’s checking account. A sale actually performs two functions. First, a sale will Verify / Guarantee a check. Second, it will make the transaction available for re-transmission. Void – This action removes a Sale or Force transaction from the re-transmission information. The transaction will be deleted; no funds will be received from this transaction. The Void Sale action is used to correct mistakes and on same day returns. This action can only be performed before retransmission. Force – This action makes a verified check transaction available for re-transmission. A Verify followed by a Force is equivalent to a Sale. A Normal Check Conversion Processing Day This section discusses a normal day of processing check transactions. This section assumes that merchants will have access to the reports provided in the PCCharge GUI and that these reports can be compared to reports available in the integrated application. Processing Check transactions consists of six steps: 1) By performing the first check conversion transaction of the day, the batch is opened. 2) Run transactions throughout the day. 3) After processing has been completed for the day, it is time to prepare for settlement: a. Look at the PCCharge Daily Transaction Summary Report for the day. b. Compare the PCCharge Daily Transaction Summary Report with summary data provided by the integrated integration. c. Does the report look correct and do the totals match up with the integrated application’s totals? 4) If the reports indicate discrepancies, use the PCCharge Check Summary report to investigate and resolve any discrepancies. 5) If the processor is Host based, settlement will occur automatically. 6) If the processor is Terminal based, settlement must be done manually, start the settlement process now. Repeat these six steps each day of processing check conversion transactions. 49 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 EBT Processing Electronic Benefits Transfer (EBT) is a way of issuing and processing certain benefits electronically. The government issues Food Stamps and aid to families with dependent children on EBT cards that resemble credit or debit cards. The government is issuing Social Security payments, Disability payments, and many other government issued payments on these EBT cards. With EBT processing, these payments can processed just as a debit card would be processed. More and more state governments and the federal government will be moving to this form of payment processing to reduce paper work and control fraud. With EBT transactions, keep these two simple rules in mind. 1) EBT transactions can only be performed in a Retail or "face to face" environment. If the merchant is a Mail Order type business, they cannot perform EBT transactions. 2) EBT transactions require that the merchant have a card swipe and PINpad attached to their computer. As with debit card processing, EBT processing is a two-step process. EBT processors are typically Host based. As with every Host based System, merchants may have the ability to be set up for either Time Initiated (Automatic) Close or Manual Close. There are four types of EBT card transactions. The types are based on the kind of benefit being processed. For instance, if the merchant will process a transaction with food stamps, they will want to use the transaction type called Food Stamps. The reason for the different types of transactions is that there are different rules governing each type of benefit. 1) Cash – Use this transaction type to process a transaction with an EBT card that was issued for a Social Security payment. 2) Food Stamp – Use this transaction type to process a food stamp transaction to deduct money from the EBT card. 3) Food Stamp Credit – Use this transaction type to process a food stamp transaction to credit money back onto the EBT card. 4) Account Inquiry – This transaction allows the merchant to inquire into a customer's account. The merchant is able to dial into the EBT processing company and view a customer’s account. This transaction is not specific to a benefit type. Merchants will be able to perform an inquiry, regardless of the type of benefit. In the next four sections, we will break down each transaction type and describe each action available. Cash EBT Transactions All transactions that are not food stamp related should be processed as Cash EBT Transactions. Cash EBT transactions are very similar to debit transactions because customers can receive cash back from transactions. There are three types of cash transactions. To maintain consistency, they will be referred to as actions. 1) Withdrawal – This action deducts from the cardholder's limit to buy. Money will be deducted from the account. 2) Post – This action makes an approved Voice Authorization transaction available for retransmission. This action is the second half of a withdrawal. 3) Void – This action removes a withdrawal transaction from the re-transmission information. The transaction will be deleted. Merchants will not receive funds from this transaction. Use the 50 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Void action to correct mistakes and on same day returns. This action has to be performed on the same day as the original transaction. Food Stamp EBT Transactions When performing a sale transaction using food stamp benefits, use the Food Stamp EBT Transaction. 1) Withdrawal – This action deducts from the cardholder's limit to buy. Money will be deducted from the account. 2) Post – This action makes an approved Voice Authorization transaction available for retransmission. This action is the second half of a withdrawal. 3) Void – This action removes a withdrawal transaction from the re-transmission information. The transaction will be deleted. Merchants will not receive funds from this transaction. Use the Void action to correct mistakes and on same day returns. This action has to be performed on the same day as the original transaction. Food Stamp Credit EBT Transactions When performing a return transaction using food stamp benefits, use the Food Stamp Credit EBT Transactions. 1) Withdrawal – This action increases the cardholder's limit to buy. Funds will be credited back to the account. 2) Post – This action makes an approved Voice Authorization transaction available for retransmission. This action is the second half of a withdrawal. 3) Void – This action removes a withdrawal transaction from the re-transmission information. The transaction will be deleted. Use the Void Sale action to correct mistakes. This action has to be performed on the same day as the original transaction. Account Inquiry EBT Transaction This transaction type is intended only as a maintenance function. It is used when merchants need to verify that there is a certain amount in a customer EBT account. Merchants simply enter the card number and expiration. A Normal Day of Processing EBT Transactions This section discusses an average day of processing EBT transactions. This section assumes that merchants will have access to the reports provided in the PCCharge GUI and that these reports can be compared to reports available in the integrated application. Processing EBT transactions consists of six steps: 1) By performing the first EBT transaction of the day, the batch is opened. 2) Run transactions throughout the day. 3) After processing has been completed for the day, it is time to prepare for settlement: a. Look at the PCCharge Daily Transaction Summary Report for the day. b. Compare the PCCharge Daily Transaction Summary Report with summary data provided by the integrated application. c. Does the report look correct and do the totals match up with the integrated application’s totals? 51 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 4) If the reports indicate discrepancies, use the PCCharge EBT Summary report to investigate and resolve any discrepancies. 5) If the processor is Host based, settlement will occur automatically. 6) If the processor is terminal based, settlement must be done manually. Start the settlement process now. Repeat these six steps each day of processing EBT transactions. 52 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Gift Card Processing A typical gift card program allows the merchant to offer their customers’ full-color, plastic electronic gift cards instead of traditional paper gift certificates. Customers purchase these cards (using cash, check, or credit card), and the card is activated on the spot with a simple 'swipe' through the card reader. This activation records the starting dollar amount in a central location. The card's magnetic strip can also identify the cardholder, card number, and merchant location for which the card has been issued. Gift cards are used just like a credit or debit card to purchase goods or services, and they are authorized using a system similar to that of the credit card processing systems. The dollar value of the purchase is subtracted from the account total in the database, the purchase is logged, and the new card value is recorded. A Normal Day of Gift Card Processing This section discusses a normal day of processing gift card transactions. This section assumes that merchants will have access to the reports provided in the PCCharge GUI and that these reports can be compared to reports available in the integrated application. Note: Gift Card Processors are Host based. Gift Cards do not require settlement. Processing Gift Card transactions consists of three steps: 1) Run transactions throughout the day. 2) After processing has been completed for the day, it is time to reconcile: a. Look at the PCCharge Daily Transaction Summary Report for the day. b. Compare the PCCharge Daily Transaction Summary Report with summary data provided by the integrated application. c. Does the report look correct and do the totals match up with the integrated application’s totals? 3) If the reports indicate discrepancies, use the PCCharge Gift Card report to investigate and resolve any discrepancies. Typically, these three steps should be repeated each day of processing Gift Card transactions. 53 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 CHAPTER 4 -- Integration Information and Settings 54 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines The following are warnings, integration tips, and guidelines to follow while integrating PCCharge. It is suggested that integrators adhere to all guidelines to keep integrated applications running smoothly and to keep merchants compliant with all payment processing rules and regulations. • XML Message Format – It is strongly recommended that the XML message format is used when integrating to PCCharge. Starting with PCCharge version 5.6.0, the PCCharge products were updated to support the XML message format. The XML message format is recommended because: o o o o o Transaction requests and responses are formatted in a flexible, variable-width message format when using XML—thus allowing any number of fields to be passed back and forth to PCCharge. The legacy INP message format is proprietary and transaction requests are restricted to a fixed width (256 characters). When using the INP message format, many transaction requests require the re-use of fields. All new features and enhancements to PCCharge require the use of the XML message format. Some of these features include Follow-On transactions, Transaction Inquiries, Gratuity Adjustments, and Canadian debit. Starting with the 5.7 release of the DevKit, all documentation assumes that the XML message format is being used by the integrator. When using the legacy INP format, some PCCharge reports may not update the transaction status for follow-on transactions. This is a limitation of the legacy INP format. This can be remedied by using the XML message format. The INP message format will eventually be phased out. If an existing integration was written using the INP message format, it is highly recommended that the integration be updated to use the XML message format. The XML message format is available in all five integration methods. To enable the use of the XML message format when using the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM methods of integration, set the message format parameter to “3” when calling the Send method. OCX / DLL: .Send 3 OLE/COM: .Send , 3 To use the XML message format when using the File Method or TCP Interface, simply follow the File Layout Specifications outlined in the File Method section (see page 483). ! WARNING: VeriFone, Inc. takes security seriously therefore we have enhanced our integration methods to enhance security for sensitive data. If using File Method integration to PCCharge we strongly suggest you consider migrating towards a more secure integration method such as TCP/IP SSL socket integration. Note: The legacy INP message format is selected as default in the OCX, DLL, and OLE/COM Methods of integration for backwards compatibility reasons. If the message format parameter is not set to “3” when calling the Send method, the various controls and classes will default to the INP message format. 55 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Note: Older copies of the DevKit that outline the INP message format are available for integrators upon request. Contact VeriFone, Inc. at 800-725-9264 to request a copy of an older DevKit manual. • Cardholder Information Security Program (CISP). It is extremely important to always adhere to CISP guidelines while integrating. The following are the most pertinent to the integrator: o Magnetic Stripe Data – The integrated application should not store or print credit card magnetic stripe data. Make sure that all printouts, files, databases, logfiles, etc. do not contain this information. Refer to the Important Security Notice (see page 9) for more information. o Card Verification Data – The integrated application should not store or print the CVV2, CVC2, or CID data from the back or front of credit cards. Make sure that all printouts, files, databases, logfiles, etc. do not contain this information. Refer to the Important Security Notice (see page 9) for more information. o Credit Card Numbers / Expiration Dates – If the integrated application will store credit card account numbers and expiration dates, these values must be encrypted in all files, databases, logfiles, etc. Refer to the Important Security Notice (see page 9) for more information. • Receipt Printing – If the integrated application will print receipts, it is a good idea to provide an option in the integrated application that allows masking of the digits of the credit card number and the removal of the expiration date on a receipt that will be given to a customer. The integrated application should not print the full card number and expiration date on a customer receipt. Many states have laws regarding the information that is printed on receipts. The merchant should familiarize themselves with the laws that pertain to them. • Transaction Processing - Because of the single-threaded architecture of PCCharge, it is important that the integrated application refrains from submitting (or importing) transactions while PCCharge is performing the following functions: o o o o Settlement / Batch Close Database Repair / Compact Backup or Restore of configuration files and database Database Transaction archive If the integrated application submits transactions while any of the above functions are taking place, database corruption and/or lost transactions may occur. If integrating with the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM methods, always use the PccSysExists method to check if these functions are being performed prior to submitting a transaction. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, do not submit the transaction. See CHAPTER 6 – PCCharge Integration Methods for more information on using the PccSysExists method. If using the File Method, always check for the presence of the SYS.PCC file in the PCCharge directory prior to submitting the transaction. If this file appears in the directory, the integrated application should not submit the transaction. The contents of the SYS.PCC file can be checked to determine what function is being performed by PCCharge. Refer to the section SYS.PCC Codes and Descriptions for more information. If using the TCP Interface, the SYS.PCC check is not necessary. When using the TCP Interface, if PCCharge is "busy" performing tasks, it will either queue up the transaction and process it once the task has been completed (such as in batch settlement) or it will return a "transaction cancelled, system busy" message if other tasks are running. • Direct Database Access - If an integrated application will access the PCCharge database (pccw.mdb) directly, it is important that the integrated application refrains from accessing 56 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 the database while transactions are being processed or while batches are being settled. Because of the limitations of Microsoft Access, if an integrated application tries to access the database (even in read-only mode), PCCharge may not be able to read or update records in the database. This has been known to cause database corruption, settlement errors, and lost transactions. • Remote Access - We currently do not support accessing PCCharge via Windows Remote Desktop, Virtual Private Network (VPN), or any other remote interface application. Programs like these allow PCCharge to initiate multiple instances of itself, causing lost transactions, duplicate charges, and database corruption. Instead, we recommend that you use either PCCharge Client or PCCharge DevKit (via integration) to remotely access PCCharge. • Terminal Service environment - PCCharge is not supported in a Terminal Service environment. Terminal Services allows multiple instances of the same application to run simultaneously. PCCharge cannot be supported in such an environment. Running multiple instances of PCCharge often results in duplicate charges and lost transactions. • PCCharge GUI - Merchants should not attempt to process transactions or run reports directly from the PCCharge GUI while the integrated application is processing transactions or settling batches. If the merchant wishes to process transactions or run reports directly with PCCharge (instead of through the integrated application), it is highly recommended that they use the PCCharge Client. The PCCharge Client is included on the PCCharge Pro and Payment Server CD, and can be installed on the same (or on a different) computer as PCCharge. The PCCharge Client has payment processing and reporting capabilities. • Default User Name - The default user name, User1, should not be renamed under any circumstances. PCCharge relies on this user name to perform several internal functions. If different user names are desired, they should be added in the PCCharge “Users” setup screen. See the section Multi-User Support (see page 62) for more information on users. • Clearing Variables - If the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM methods of integration will be used, always destroy the object (or use the Clear or ClearVariables methods) after the transaction has been processed, the results have been retrieved, and the DeleteUserFiles method has been called. Running the next transaction without clearing the properties and methods from the previous transaction has been known to cause duplicate transactions and double-charges. • Duplicate Transactions – It is very important that merchants always enable the “Require Duplicate Transactions to be Forced” option in the PCCharge configuration screen and that the integrated application handles duplicate transactions properly. A duplicate transaction is defined as a transaction that contains the same account number, the same expiration date, and the same amount on the same day. If the forced duplicates option is enabled and a duplicate transaction is submitted to PCCharge, PCCharge will respond immediately with the error response “Duplicate Trans; F+Card# to Force”. Enabling the forced duplicates option ensures that customers are not double charged because of errors (either human error, an error in the integrated application, or an error in PCCharge). If the duplicate transaction is legitimate, the integrated application should provide the end-user the ability to “force” the transaction—which is defined as adding the character “F” to the beginning of the card number. This character will override the forced duplicates option on a per-transaction basis. Note: The forced duplicates option is enabled by default in PCCharge, but many merchants disable it when the “Duplicate Trans” error message occurs—thus potentially allowing any transaction to be duplicated. 57 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 • Enhanced Transaction Force – PCCharge supports an enhanced transaction force feature. This feature allows forcing a duplicate transaction unless the ticket number is the same as a previous transaction. By placing an “E” in front of the card number, PCCharge is instructed to force the transaction unless all of the standard fields for a duplicate transaction (account number, expiration date, and amount) PLUS the ticket number are identical to a previous transaction. For example, if the “E” is included in front of the account number and the ticket number is different, the transaction will be accepted. However, if the ticket number is the same, the transaction will be considered a duplicate and will return the error response “Duplicate Trans; F+Card# to Force”. • FDMS South / NaBanco Special Note - FDMS South / NaBanco (NB) will occasionally return certain pieces of transaction information that contain spaces. PCCharge changes each of these spaces to an asterisk (*) to make the resulting information more legible. Previous versions of PCCharge did not convert these spaces to asterisks. Therefore, if upgrading from a previous version of the DevKit and the integrated application supports FDMS South / NaBanco, it is recommended that the application be updated to correctly parse the information with asterisks. Unexpected results may occur if the application is not updated. • Global East/NDC Special Note – When processing manual (non-swiped) Visa or Discover card transactions where the CVV or CID values are not supplied, the following data must be passed in the CVV2 parameter: o o o 0 – Deliberated bypassed 2 – CVV value illegible 9 – Card has no CVV value • CES Special Note – When processing manual (non-swiped) Visa or Discover card transactions where the CVV or CID values are not supplied, the following data must be passed in the CVV2 parameter: o o o 0 – Deliberated bypassed 2 – CVV value illegible 9 – Card has no CVV value • Elavon (NOVA) Special Note – When processing manual (non-swiped) Visa or Discover card transactions where the CVV or CID values are not supplied, the following data must be passed in the CVV2 parameter: o o o 0 – Deliberated bypassed 2 – CVV value illegible 9 – Card has no CVV value • ADSI Special Note – When processing manual (non-swiped) Visa or Discover card transactions where the CVV or CID values are not supplied, the following data must be passed in the CVV2 parameter: o o o 0 – Deliberated bypassed 2 – CVV value illegible 9 – Card has no CVV value 58 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Timeouts It is very important that integrated applications handle Timeout errors properly so that customers are not double-charged. Several of the PCCharge integration methods support options for handling Timeout errors. Understanding Timeouts The first step in handling Timeout errors properly is to understand why they occur. A Timeout error will occur if a transaction has not completed processing in PCCharge in the allotted time that the integrated application has provided. For example, if the integrated application has allotted 20 seconds for a transaction to be processed, the integrated application will only poll for a transaction response for 20 seconds. If a response has not been received from PCCharge in that amount of time, a Timeout error will occur in the integrated application. Even if a Timeout error occurs in the integrated application, PCCharge will continue to process the transaction. Imagine, in this example, the transaction was processed by PCCharge in 25 seconds, and was approved. Because the transaction took more than 20 seconds to complete, the integrated application assumes the transaction was not successful. However, PCCharge received an approved response and added the transaction to the batch. The problem this could cause is that a cashier will receive a message stating the transaction timed out will assume it was not approved--when it really was approved. The cashier will then attempt process the transaction again, thus potentially double-charging the customer’s card and creating other reconciliation issues. Transaction Delays Transaction delays are the main reason why Timeout errors occur. Most delays are caused by payment processor issues, but some delays can be caused by modem issues, Internet connectivity issues, or configuration settings. The most typical causes for transaction delays are: • PCCharge is attempting to process a transaction over the Internet, and the Internet connection or the payment processor’s TCP/IP interface is down or is running slow. • PCCharge is attempting to process a transaction using a dial-up modem and the modem is unable to connect, the payment processor’s network is down, or the transaction is simply taking a long time to complete. • PCCharge is attempting to process a transaction using a modem and the primary phone number is busy. PCCharge hangs up, pauses, and then dials the secondary number to receive an authorization. • The Internet connection or the payment processor’s TCP/IP interface is down, and PCCharge attempts to process the transaction using a modem (Dial-Up Modem Backup). • PCCharge has several transactions waiting in the queue during a busy period, thus delaying transaction processing. See the section Multi-User Support (see page 62) for more information on transaction queuing. To determine how much time should be allotted to PCCharge to process transactions, the merchant should take into consideration all of the reasons why transaction delays would occur. 59 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Dial-Up Modem Backup Settings PCCharge provides a Dial-Up modem backup feature for many of the payment processors that support Internet connectivity. When activating this feature, it is important that the default value in the setting “Internet Authorization Timeout Value (seconds)” be reviewed. This setting is located in the Advanced settings of the processor’s extended data screen. This setting determines how long PCCharge will wait for an Internet transaction to complete prior to “failing over” to the modem to process the transaction. Because most Internet transactions take only a few seconds to complete, the default value of 60 seconds should be lowered. If not, a cashier would have to wait for at least a minute (or more) for each transaction to process. If using the Dial-Up Modem Backup feature, this setting’s value will need to be factored in when determining the integrated application’s Timeout value. Setting the Integrated Application’s Timeout Value To allow integrators to handle Timeouts properly, the various integration methods support a Timeout variable. If using the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM Methods of integration, integrators may use the TimeOut property to set this variable. The default Timeout setting in each control and class is 90 seconds. If using the TCP Interface, integrators may use the TXN_TIMEOUT tag to set this variable. Note: There is no Timeout setting for the File Method. Integrators must build in their own support for timeouts when using the File Method (the TXN_TIMEOUT tag has no effect on transactions submitted via the File Method). When setting the Timeout value, several factors should be taken into consideration: 1. The maximum amount of time it would take to process a transaction: a. A typical transaction processed over the Internet takes about 3-5 seconds; a typical transaction that is processed using a modem averages about 25 seconds, but can take longer. b. If using a modem to process transactions, PCCharge will attempt to dial the secondary number if the primary number is busy. This can add 25 seconds or more to the transaction. c. If an Internet transaction fails, PCCharge will attempt to process the transaction using the modem if the Dial-Up Modem Backup feature is activated. The “Internet Authorization Timeout Value (seconds)” setting must be factored in as well as the dial time. (Again, if the primary phone number is busy, PCCharge will attempt to dial the secondary number.) 2. How long the merchant is willing to wait for a response after the “maximum amount of time” has elapsed. Setting the Timeout to a high number (90 seconds, for example) would typically take the above factors into consideration, thus lowering the number of Timeout errors that would occur. However, setting this value too high could cause problems. For example, if a payment processor’s network was down, cashiers would have to wait 90 seconds each time they submitted a transaction to receive an error response. 60 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Setting the Timeout to a low number (10 seconds, for example) would alleviate the cashier wait time, but a greater number of Timeout errors would occur. Most likely, none of the transactions that used the Dial-Up Modem backup feature would register as approved in the integrated application. Cashiers would surely attempt to process the transaction again, thus double-charging a customer’s card. However, if Duplicate Transaction checking is enabled, the cashier would immediately receive a “Duplicate Trans” message. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. The best way to determine how many seconds should elapse before a Timeout error occurs is to test the integrated application thoroughly. Testing will help to determine the normal amount of time that it takes to process transactions. Handling Timeouts OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM If using the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM methods of integration, the Timeout “countdown” begins when the Send method is called. Once the number of seconds set in Timeout has elapsed, an error event will fire or a response with a Result of “Error” will be returned. An error code of “6” will also be set (this can be retrieved using the .GetErrorCode method) to indicate a Timeout error. Once a Timeout error occurs, it is suggested that the Cancel or Abort methods (if available) be called immediately to cancel the transaction. Because there is no guarantee that the Cancel or Abort methods will successfully cancel the transaction, it is suggested that a message be provided to the user of the integrated application that indicates a Timeout error has occurred. It is also suggested that the user review the PCCharge reports to determine whether the transaction was canceled properly or successfully processed. Note: If using the OLE/COM Method of integration, the Timeout value will only be used if the application is written to process transactions in an asynchronous manner. If programming synchronously, PCCharge will ignore the Timeout value and always use pre-set timeouts when processing transactions. Changing the Timeout value when programming in a synchronous manner will not work due to the internal workings of PCCharge. TCP Interface If using the TCP Interface and the TXN_TIMEOUT flag, the “countdown” begins once PCCharge receives the transaction request. Once the number of seconds set in TXN_TIMEOUT have elapsed, PCCharge will return a RESULT of “NOT CAPTURED“ and an AUTH_CODE of ”Timeout“ and will attempt to cancel the transaction in progress. Because there is no guarantee that the transaction will be successfully canceled, it is suggested that a message be provided to the user of the integrated application that indicates a Timeout error has occurred. It is also suggested that the user review the PCCharge reports to determine whether the transaction was canceled properly or successfully processed. File Method Although a tag named TXN_TIMEOUT appears in the File Layout section of the File Method, this tag may only be used when processing transactions using the TCP Interface. The integrated application must provide its own Timeout handling. 61 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ! WARNING: VeriFone, Inc. takes security seriously therefore we have enhanced our integration methods to enhance security for sensitive data. If using File Method integration to PCCharge we strongly suggest you consider migrating towards a more secure integration method such as TCP/IP SSL socket integration. Multi-User Support Multi-user support can be defined as PCCharge’s ability to: • • Support multiple workstations or registers Handle simultaneous transaction requests PCCharge is able to handle multiple workstations and simultaneous request through the use of “Users”. Users are unique PCCharge user names that must be purchased and configured in PCCharge by the merchant. Users must also be supported by the integrated application. The following describes how and why the Multi-User feature of PCCharge should be supported. Note: Both PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server support multiple users. All PCCharge integration methods support multiple users. Support for Multiple Workstations In order for a integrated client/server application to work properly with PCCharge, PCCharge and each of the integrated client stations must support and be configured to use unique PCCharge user names. In a typical client/server environment, PCCharge will be running on a Windows-based computer in a data center (or in the back office of a restaurant). Each employee or clerk (or waiter/waitress) that needs to process payments will typically have the integrated client running on their own workstation (or restaurant station). When a credit card, debit card, check, etc. is swiped (or keyed in), the integrated client will communicate to PCCharge over the LAN. In order for the integrated client and PCCharge to know which transaction response matches each workstation request, the integrated client must be uniquely identified by a user name. When coding to support this scenario, make sure that the user name property can be set for each integrated client by the end-user. Typically, this user name setting would appear in a setup menu or properties page provided in the client. When configuring each client station, the merchant should assign a unique user name to each client station (such as “User1”, “User2”, etc.). Once configured, this setting determines what is set in the “User” property of the Active X controls, OLE/COM classes, or TCP Interface. If using the File Method, the property will determine the name of the text file created by the client. In order to communicate to PCCharge using the user names that have been set up at each client station, each user name must be added in PCCharge. User names are added by utilizing the User settings screen in the PCCharge GUI. This screen can be accessed from the Setup | Users menu in PCCharge. Alternatively, the Unlimited User License can be added rather than adding individual user names – see below for more information. Note: Do not rename the default user name (User1). PCCharge uses this user name for several internal functions. 62 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Support for Simultaneous Transaction Requests PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. However, PCCharge can be configured to handle multiple simultaneous transaction requests. Once configured to support multiple simultaneous transaction requests, PCCharge still only processes these requests one at a time. PCCharge handles multiple requests through the use of queuing. The queuing feature of PCCharge processes the requests in a “first in first out” (FIFO) manner. Simultaneous transaction requests usually occur in the following environments: • • • Client/Server (i.e., multiple terminals, cash registers, or workstations) eCommerce enabled web-sites Multi-threaded applications Support for simultaneous transaction requests is very similar to multiple workstation support. In fact, once multiple workstation support has been configured (see above), the ability to submit simultaneous transaction requests is already supported. However, the use of multiple workstations is not necessarily required to support simultaneous transaction requests. To support simultaneous transaction requests, Multi-user support must be activated in PCCharge. At least two users or the Unlimited User License must be set up. When coding an application to send multiple requests, each request must have a unique user name. For example, “User1”, “User2”, etc. Again, PCCharge will “queue up” these transactions and will process them in the order that they are received. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. To reuse the same user name, the integration must wait until the transaction has been processed completely by PCCharge, the client has received the response, and deleted the response file (except for the socket method, there is no response file). Only then can the user name be reused to send another transaction request. Known Conflict with Simultaneous Transaction Requests PCCharge has a known issue with processing simultaneous transactions that have certain characteristics. “Invalid TroutD” errors may be returned when multiple transactions are submitted to PCCharge and have all the following characteristics: • • The transactions are submitted simultaneously. Specifically, multiple transaction requests are all submitted to PCCharge within 0.5 seconds (0.5 seconds is the default “Queue Timer Interval” setting in PCCharge. This is how often PCCharge polls for incoming transaction request files.) The transactions that are submitted use the same processing company but have different merchant accounts with different communication settings. For example, if TSYS will be used as the processing company, one transaction will use a TSYS merchant account that is set up to process via modem and another transaction will use a TSYS merchant account that is set up to process via the Internet. or Some transactions are processed by the processing company and others are processed via Split-dial directly to AMEX. For example, if Split-Dial is activated, a Visa credit card transaction will be processed by TSYS, and an American Express credit card transaction will be processed via Split-dial directly to American Express. 63 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Again, keep in mind that all of the above characteristics must be met in order for this issue to occur— and this error only occurs when submitting simultaneous transactions. Currently, the only workaround is to avoid submitting simultaneous transactions that have all of the above characteristics. If the error occurs, the transaction should be re-submitted. The issue occurs because of the design of the queuing module in PCCharge. VeriFone, Inc. is currently working on updating the queuing module to handle simultaneous transaction requests properly. This update will be available in a future release of PCCharge. Setting up Multi-user support Each copy of PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro ships, by default, with a single user license activated. If the integration will be multi-threaded, will be used in a client/server environment, or will somehow send more than one transaction at a time to PCCharge, support for additional users or unlimited users is required. The integrator has the option to decide whether the application supports additional users or unlimited users or both. Note: Every single transaction that PCCharge processes has a user name assigned to it. If the transaction originates in the PCCharge GUI or is submitted through the file interface (the OCX, DLL, OLE/COM, or File Methods), the file name that is used is the PCCharge user name. If the transaction is sent through the TCP Interface, the <USER_ID> field assigns the user name to the transaction once the transaction has begun processing in PCCharge. Note: If using the File Method, the name of the file must match the <USER_ID> tag contained in the transaction request message. Additional Users Typically, merchants would add additional users if they have a static number (and usually a small amount) of workstations or client machines that will need to access PCCharge. For example, if a merchant had three “cash registers” or workstations, they would need to purchase two additional users (PCCharge already includes the first user license), and then set up the three registers or workstations with the three unique user names. Now, when the registers or workstations submit transactions, PCCharge can identify each register or workstation by its unique user name. Also, if transactions are sent from more than one register simultaneously, PCCharge can now queue these transactions. In essence, this merchant has enabled “queuing” and the queue can hold up to three transactions. Note: It is recommended that the PCCharge naming convention for users (User + X) be used when adding additional users. PCCharge ships by default with a single user named “User1”. When adding users, VeriFone, Inc., suggests that merchants use “User2”, “User3”, etc. It is not a requirement that this naming convention be followed, however, if there are problems in the future, using the default naming convention may decrease the amount of time needed on a technical support call. Regardless, all user names must be eight characters or less and can be alphanumeric, no spaces. Note: Do not rename the default user name (User1). PCCharge uses this user name for several internal functions. If additional users are not added to PCCharge and a client is set up to send transactions with a user name other than “User1”, the transactions will fail. Specifically, if any client attempts to process 64 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 transactions with user names that do not appear in the PCCharge user screen, the transaction requests will be immediately rejected by PCCharge and the message "User Not Found" will be returned. If the integrated application will support additional users, merchants will need to purchase additional user licenses and activate them in PCCharge to take advantage of the Multi-user features of the application. Once purchased, additional user licenses may be activated by contacting VeriFone, Inc.’s technical support department or by submitting an additional user request via the Support section of VeriFone, Inc.’s website: http://www.pccharge.com. For information on how to add additional users to PCCharge Pro or PCCharge Payment Server, see the product manuals for each product. For information on pricing, merchants my contact an authorized VeriFone, Inc. reseller or call 800-725-9264. Unlimited User License Typically, merchants would opt for an unlimited user license if they have a variable number and/or a large number of workstations or client machines that will need to access PCCharge. For example, if a merchant had twenty “cash registers” or workstations, it is recommended that they purchase and activate an Unlimited Users license. This would allow the merchant to set up as many registers or workstations as needed. The only requirement for Multi-User processing with an Unlimited User License is that all registers or workstations would need to be set up with unique user names. This allows PCCharge to identify each register or workstation by its unique user name. Also, if transactions are sent from more than one register simultaneously, PCCharge can now queue these transactions. In essence, this merchant has enabled “queuing” and the queue can hold an unlimited number of transactions. If the merchant needs to add registers or workstations in the future, there are no additional costs or configuration in PCCharge that would need to occur. The merchant would simply set up any new client machines with unique user names and begin processing. An example of an environment that would require Unlimited Users would be a real-time eCommerceenabled website. The Unlimited User License allows multiple customers to submit payments at the same time. Typically, real-time web applications would use a user naming scheme involving SessionIDs (a variable used by web servers). Note: Some developers prefer integrating to support only the Unlimited User License. This type of integration assumes that the Unlimited User License will be activated in PCCharge. The developer can programmatically create unique user names on the fly, thus simplifying the coding and configuration aspects of a client/server installation or multi-threaded application. Note: By adding the Unlimited User license to PCCharge, the restriction of the client application’s user name having to match a user name set up in PCCharge is removed. Any valid alphanumeric eight character or less user name can be used by the client. However, each user name, when submitted must be unique—it cannot be the same as another transaction’s user name. Once the transaction has been processed, however, the user name can be reused. If the integrated application will support unlimited users, merchants will need to purchase the unlimited user license and activate it in PCCharge to take advantage of the Multi-user features of the application. Once purchased, the unlimited user license may be activated by contacting VeriFone, Inc.’s technical support department or by submitting an additional user request via the Support section of VeriFone, Inc.’s website: http://www.pccharge.com/. For information on how to add additional users to PCCharge Pro or PCCharge Payment Server, see the product manuals for each product. For information on pricing, merchants my contact an authorized VeriFone, Inc. reseller or call 800-7259264. 65 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Limitations of PCCharge’s Multi-User Feature Although there are no technical or programmatic limitations of how many users are supported or how many transactions can be processed by PCCharge, there are realistic limitations. Because PCCharge is a single-threaded application, it can only process one transaction at a time. This could cause throughput issues if a large number of transactions are submitted simultaneously. In addition, if the merchant will be processing transactions via modem, or if PCCharge is used to connect via modem to multiple processors, delays can become severe. For example, if 50 transactions are submitted simultaneously to PCCharge (and PCCharge is configured to support that many simultaneous transactions), PCCharge will queue up all 50 transactions and process them one at a time. If the Internet will be used to connect to the processing company, processing will average about four seconds per transaction. In this scenario, it will take almost 3.5 minutes for PCCharge to process all of the transactions in real-time (meaning the client that submitted the 50th transaction will have to wait almost 3.5 minutes to get a response.) If a customer or clerk is waiting on the response, this amount of time may not be acceptable. Further, if PCCharge is required to dial different processors during this type of scenario, all of the dial and disconnect time would be factored in as well. This could greatly increase the amount of time it takes for the operation to complete. Aside from throughput issues, the way PCCharge stores transaction data should also be taken into consideration. PCCharge stores all transaction data in a Microsoft Access database. Access databases are designed for use in a single-user or small workgroup environment. Access can easily handle a moderate amount of workstations and several hundred transactions per day. But, because of the characteristics of Microsoft Access, PCCharge is not designed to be implemented in an enterprise environment. If PCCharge is expected to store thousands of transactions a day; reporting, archival, settlement, and other operations may become difficult to perform or may take a long time to complete. Alternatives If a single copy of PCCharge is being used to support many workstations (or even multiple store locations), consider implementing multiple copies of PCCharge. Adding additional copies of PCCharge to a location or simply installing a copy of PCCharge at each store may alleviate throughput and data storage issues. Only one copy of PCCharge should be installed on a single machine. Keep in mind that merchants will need to purchase additional copies of PCCharge and may incur additional expenses for supporting multiple merchant accounts in this type of scenario. Merchants should check with their processing company or merchant services provider for more information on additional merchant account fees. If using multiple copies of PCCharge is not an option, consider integrating and supporting RiTA Server or IPCharge. IPCharge is VeriFone’s new gateway product. The IPCharge DevKit is included with the PCCharge DevKit. RiTA Server is a scaleable, multi-threaded application that is designed to support high transaction volumes and unlimited merchant numbers and users. If the File Method or TCP Interface method is used for the PCCharge integration, integration to RiTA Server would be very similar. 66 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Multi-trans Wait Enabling the Multi-trans Wait feature allows PCCharge to attempt to keep the modem connected to the processor for a certain amount of time (usually a few seconds) after each transaction is processed. If PCCharge will communicate to the processing company via dial-up modem, the Multi-trans Wait feature of PCCharge can greatly increase throughput during busy periods or when performing batches of transactions. As long as transactions are submitted to PCCharge within a short period of time (or if transactions are currently queued in PCCharge), each transaction will be processed on the same call and will not require a re-dial to the processing company. If Multi-trans Wait is not supported by the processor, a call will need to be made to the processing company for each transaction that is submitted. Note: If the merchant will connect via the Internet to do payment processing, the Multi-trans Wait feature has no effect on processing. Although PCCharge supports Multi-trans Wait, whether or not this feature will actually hold the modem line open depends completely on the processing company. If the processor doesn’t support Multi-trans Wait, the processor will send a hang up command to PCCharge after each transaction. Also, the length of time that the call will stay connected also depends on the processing company. The length of time can range from half a second to twenty seconds or more. Some processors support Multi-trans by default. If Multi-trans does not appear to be working after the Multi-trans Wait setting has been enabled in PCCharge, the merchant should contact their processing company or merchant services provider to request that the feature be activated for their merchant account(s). In some cases, merchants can also request how long the call will stay connected after each transaction. By default, Multi-trans Wait is disabled in PCCharge. This feature can be enabled in two ways: 1) Through the GUI: The merchant should check the “Multi-trans Wait” option in the GUI of PCCharge Payment Server or PCCharge Pro (Setup | Configure System | Advanced). 2) Through the API: To enable this feature programmatically, set the "Multi" property of the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM methods or the “MULTI_FLAG” property in the File Method or TCP Interface to "1" when submitting a transaction. If this setting is sent programmatically, it will override the GUI’s Multi-trans Wait setting. 67 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Multi-Merchant Support PCCharge is designed to handle multiple merchant accounts. Each PCCharge product (PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server) includes a license for a single merchant account. In order for merchants to use more than one merchant account in PCCharge, they must first purchase and then activate additional merchant accounts. Multi-Merchant Integration In order for an integrated application to support multiple merchant accounts, the integrated application must provide the end-user the ability to choose which merchant account will be used to process transactions and allow this information to be passed to PCCharge. This can be accomplished by providing a setup option that allows the end-user to specify their merchant account information and then populating the proper properties or XML tags with that information. The merchant’s account information is defined as the merchant account number and a valid processor code. For example, assume an end-user has three merchant accounts set up in PCCharge. Two of the merchant accounts are with FDMS South (NB): 67888882701 & 67888882702, and the other merchant account is with Chase Paymentech (GSAR): 999999999999519. In order for the end-user to designate which merchant account should be used to process the transaction, the end-user must have a way to indicate to the integrated application to send the proper merchant account number and the processor code to PCCharge. In this example, if the merchant will use the second FDMS South merchant account to process the transaction, the integration must send the “67888882702” account number and the “NB” processor code to PCCharge. To pass the account number and processor code using the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM Methods of integration, use the MerchantNumber and Processor properties. To pass the account number and processor code using the File Methods or TCP Interface, use the <PROCESSOR_ID> and <MERCH_NUM> tags. Note: Choosing the processor code will be easier (and less error-prone) for the end-user if the integrated application provides a list that allows the end-user to choose their processor code rather than requiring them to type it in. A list of valid processor codes is located in the section DevKit Constants (see page 143). Also, the processor drop-down lists found in the various setup screens in PCCharge serve as accurate lists of the available processor codes. GetMerchantInfo Method The OCX, DLL, and OLE/COM Methods of integration provide a method named “GetMerchantInfo”. This method is located in Charge.OCX, in the Batch class of PSCharge.dll, and in the PccConfig OLE/COM class. This method provides the integrated application with a string that includes a list of merchant numbers and processor codes that are currently set up in PCCharge. In addition, it will also return a character indicating if the processor is Host or Terminal based. Specifically, this method accesses the tid.pcc file that resides in the PCCharge directory, and will return all merchant accounts, processor codes, and terminal/host indicators that are set up in the file. The following is an example of a string that will be returned if three merchant numbers are set up in PCCharge: <STX>CES <FS>000000927996296767<FS>T<GS>GSAR<FS>999999999999519<FS>T<GS>VISA <FS>999999999911<FS>T<ETX> Once retrieving this information at run-time, the integrated application could then display a userfriendly list of all of the merchant accounts that are set up in PCCharge. The end-user could then choose the proper merchant account from the list. This list would eliminate the need for an end-user to key in merchant account numbers and would reduce errors caused by typos. 68 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 OCX / DLL Method Note: PCCharge does not have to be running in order for the GetMerchantInfo method to return the string. However, a valid Path variable must be set prior to calling the GetMerchantInfo method. Use Default Processor Many merchants that use PCCharge require only a single merchant account. If only a single merchant account will be set up in PCCharge, integrators should consider supporting the “Use Default Processor” option. Enabling this option in PCCharge allows the integrator to omit the merchant number and processor code from transaction requests. If the option is enabled and the merchant number and processor code are omitted, PCCharge will automatically use the active merchant account set up in PCCharge to process the transaction. The “Use Default Processor” option is available in the PCCharge Configure System setup screen. This option is disabled by default. 69 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SSL Support Introduction PCCharge now offers a new method of integration. Secure Socket Layer (SSL) via TCP/IP integration allows a developer to send transactions over a secure protocol. Due to its secure nature, this is the method of integration we highly recommend. The SSL protocol is commonly used for managing the security of messages sent over a local network and the Internet. SSL is supported thru the OCX: TCP/IP, the DLL: TCP/IP as well as TCP/IP methods of integration. 70 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SSL Configuration This section will provide steps to install the local SSL Certificate and enable SSL within PCCharge. Follow these steps to select the certificate within PCCharge and enable SSL: 1) Open PCCharge. 2) Go to Setup -> Configure System. 3) Click Advanced on the bottom of the window. 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) Check “Enable Secure TCP/IP Integration”. Use the “Store Location” dropdown box and select “Current User”. Use the “Store Name” dropdown box and select “MY”. Click “Display Store”. Highlight the correct certificate. i) The current certificate being installed by PCCharge is called “PCChargeDefaultCertificateCA”. ii) Prior to the final build of PCCharge 5.8.0 the certificate was called “Test-SSL-PCCharge”. 9) This should complete the setup for SSL integration with PCCharge. 71 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SSL Integration Notes SetSSLCertificate The method “SetSSLCertificate”: User can set the local certificate to authenticate the SSL TCP/IP request. This routine has four parameters as follows. SSLCertStoreName : this is the name of the store. Example: “MY” : this is the location of the store the certificate was Valid values are “0” for Local Machine or “1” SSLCertificateLocation installed into. for Current User. SSLCertIssuedBy details in : Issuer of the certificate. Found by looking at certificate PCCharge. Example: “PCChargeDefaultCertificate-CA” SSLCertSerialNumber in : This is the serial number of the certificate; this is also found the certificate details in PCCharge. Example: “07427b6a70e37f3e” Syntax Example: SetSSLCertificate (SSLCertStoreName As String, SSLCertificateLocation As String, SSLCertIssuedBy As String, SSLCertSerialNumber As String) With the following values: SSLCertStoreName SSLCertificateLocation SSLCertIssuedBy SSLCertSerialNumber : : : : MY 0 PCChargeDefaultCertificate-CA 07427b6a70e37f3e Example: SetSSLCertificate (“MY”, “0”, “PCChargeDefaultCertificate-CA”, “07427b6a70e37f3e”) This will create certificate and authenticate before sending request to SSL Server. EnableSSL This value must be set to True to enable SSL Integration using the OCX or DLL methods of Integration. 72 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Custom SSL Certificates The default PCCharge certificate “PCChargeDefaultCertificate-CA” can be used on the PCCharge server and deployed with a POS on a workstation as well. PCCharge is also capable of using a certificate created and issued by the integrator. The developer must provide a .PFX (PKCS#12) formatted certificate that meets specific requirements. Here is a list of the requirements that must be met by the certificate for use by PCCharge: Certificate Properties Description Version Number The version of the X.509 standard to which the certificate conforms. Serial Number A number that uniquely identifies the certificate and is issued by the certification authority. Certificate Algorithm Identifier The names of the specific public key algorithms that the certification authority has used to sign the digital certificate. Issuer Name The identity of the certification authority who actually issued the certificate. Validity Period The period of time for which a digital certificate is valid and contains both a start date and expiration date. Subject Name The name of the owner of the digital certificate. Subject Public Key Information The public key that is associated with the owner of the digital certificate and the specific public key algorithms associated with the public key. Issuer Unique Identifier Information that can be used to uniquely identify the issuer of the digital certificate. Subject Unique Identifier Information that can be used to uniquely identify the owner of the digital certificate. Extensions Additional information that is related to the use and handling of the certificate. Certification Authority's Digital Signature The actual digital signature made with the certification authority's private key using the algorithm specified in the certificate algorithm identifier field. 73 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Manual SSL Certificate Install PCCharge will install the certificate on the server automatically, but not on the POS workstation. If an integrator needs to manually install the default PCCharge SSL certification or a certificate they’ve created, these are the steps required: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) Click Start then Run. Type “MMC” in the Run dialog box and hit Enter or click OK. Select Add/Remove Snap-in from the File menu. Click Add and select Certificates from the Add Standalone Snap-in dialog. Click Add and select Computer Account from the Certificates Snap-in dialog. Select Local Computer on the Select Computer window. Click Finish and then Close. Click OK to close the Add/Remove Snap-in window. Expand the Certificates (Local Computer) folder and right-click Personal under the Certificates tree. Select Import. The Import Wizard should start, click Next one time. The 2nd screen should allow you to browse to your certificate. You’ll need to change the file type to All files (*.*). Once you have found your certificate click Next, without making further changes, until you get to Finish. 74 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Cashier Permissions To take advantage of the new PCI Cashier Updates, an Integrator will now have to submit the following two tags with every transaction. NOTE: If you do not wish to send anything new, send neither tag. • • CASHIER_NAME PASSWORD ! WARNING: New password requirements in PCCharge version 5.8 are necessary to meet PA-DSS compliance standards. This also requires that all passwords will expire after a maximum of 90 days. NOTE: If the developer is integrating to PCCharge Pro and will be using cashier ids and passwords, their cashiers will have to log into the Pro user interface and change their password before they will be able to process in the POS. The CASHIER_NAME of “System” only functions as PCCharge administrator and does not have full production permissions. A “System” user will not be able to process transactions or settle batches, but will have full access to make changes to other users, merchant setup information, and device setup. A Cashier will not need to log in to the PCCharge user interface as the above tags allow the cashier to basically “log in” during each transaction. If a user attempts to send the CASHIER_NAME of “System” for a financial transaction, they will be blocked just as if they were operating in the PCCharge User Interface. New Cashier Transactions Action Code Description ZP Change Password ZU Add Cashiers ZD Delete Cashier ZR Re-enable Cashier ZL Log out Cashier ZZ Get Expiration Just like within the UI, the Add, Delete and Re-enable commands can only be performed by the ‘System’ cashier. The ‘System’ credentials must be passed with these commands in the request. Additional XML Tags For all commands except ZL: <CASHIER_NAME>, <PASSWORD> For ZU: <ADD_CASHIER_1>, <ADD_CASHIER_2>, <ADD_CASHIER_3>, <ADD_CASHIER_4>, <ADD_CASHIER_5> For ZD and ZR: <TARGET_CASHIER_NAME> For ZP: <NEW_CASHIER_PASSWORD>, <NEW_CASHIER_CONFIRM_PASSWORD> For ZZ: <PWD_EXPIRY> 75 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Note: The <PWD_EXPIRY> tag will not be seen in any INX that is sent through integration. However, you will see these both in the INX and OUX portion of the IODebug and it will be sent to the integrator in the OUX. This tag contains the cashier’s password expiration date. 76 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Format Examples Change Password – ZP Command This allows a user to setup a password after installing PCCharge. This is required prior to submitting transactions. ! WARNING: New password requirements in PCCharge version 5.8 are necessary to meet PA-DSS compliance standards. This also requires that all passwords will expire after a maximum of 90 days. Sample INX <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <CASHIER_NAME>Eric</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>Test123%</PASSWORD> <NEW_CASHIER_PASSWORD>New123%</NEW_CASHIER_PASSWORD> <NEW_CASHIER_CONFIRM_PASSWORD>New123%</NEW_CASHIER_CONFIRM_PASSWORD> <COMMAND>ZP</COMMAND> </XML_REQUEST> Response Code Description 51 SUCCESS 52 “Cashier Not Found” – Cashier is not in the database. 53 “Invalid Password” – Password is incorrect. 54 “New Password not Strong” – New password does not meet minimum standards. 55 “New Password not Confirmed” – New password does not match confirm password. 56 “Password Previously Used” – New password is one of the previous passwords. 57 “Password is in use” – New Password is the same as the current password. 58 “Invalid Information” – Either the Cashier ID or the Password are empty. Add Cashier – ZU Command This allows integrators to setup cashiers without entering the PCCharge UI. It is possible to pass up 5 new cashiers at a time. The information is used in a name value pair setup within each tag/field. Note: Cashier names are not case-sensitive. PCCharge will UCase all cashier names in the background, but mixed case can be used by integrators. The Name Value Pair names ARE case-sensitive and must be submitted in all upper case FORMAT EXAMPLE CASHIER_NAME <Name> PASSWORD <Password> PERMISSIONS <Permissions> CASHIER_NAME ANGIE1 PASSWORD P@ssw0rd PERMISSIONS |||||| Note: The Name Value Pairs with each ADD_CASHIER tag must be separated by spaces. No carriage returns are allowed. The transaction will not be processed if carriage returns are present within the ADD_CASHIER tags. 77 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Permissions Bitmap The Permissions Bitmap will have a 0 (not allowed) or a 1 (allowed) for each permission. There should be a total of 8 sections, each section is separated by a pipe character “|” for a total of 7 pipes (do not add an additional “|” at the end). If a permissions value is left out, it is defaulted to 0 (not allowed). This means a PERMISSIONS of “|||||||” that is sent defaults a cashier to no permissions. A table of permissions is located in Chapter 5-- DevKit Constants under the section Cashier Permissions Constants. EXAMPLE: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <CASHIER_NAME>System</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>Test123%</PASSWORD> <ADD_CASHIER_1> CASHIER_NAME Eric PASSWORD P@ssw0rd PERMISSIONS 11110|000|111|100|101111000011|1100|001111|01 </ADD_CASHIER_1> <ADD_CASHIER_2> CASHIER_NAME System PASSWORD P@ssw0rd PERMISSIONS 11110|000|111|100|001111000011|1100|001111|01 </ADD_CASHIER_2> <ADD_CASHIER_3> CASHIER_NAME Phil PASSWORD P@ssw0rd PERMISSIONS 11110|000|111|100|001111000011|1100001111|01 </ADD_CASHIER_3> <ADD_CASHIER_4> CASHIER_NAME Beatrice PASSWORD P@ssw0rd PERMISSIONS 11110|000|111|100|001111000011|1100|001111|01 </ADD_CASHIER_4> <ADD_CASHIER_5> CASHIER_NAME YourMother PASSWORD Passw0rd PERMISSIONS 11110|000|111|100|001111000011|1100|001111|01 </ADD_CASHIER_5> <COMMAND>ZU</COMMAND> </XML_REQUEST> This example should come back with a response of “03451”. 0 = Successful – ADD_CASHIER_1 was successfully added. 3 = Invalid Username – ADD_CASHIER_2 ‘System’ is an invalid username. 4 = Invalid Permissions - ADD_CASHIER_3 had invalid or incorrectly formatted permissions. 5 = Illegal Permissions - ADD_CASHIER_4 was unsuccessful due to permissions conflict. 1 = Password is not Strong - ADD_CASHIER_5 failed, the password did not meet strong requirements. NOTE: The response will come back in the auth field. It will either be “Success” if all 5 cashiers are successfully added, or it will be a five-digit number. Each digit corresponds to the corresponding cashier. It is theoretically possible to have a successful NOT CAPTURED. This can occur if some of the cashiers are successfully setup and some aren’t. Therefore, the integrator should pay close attention 78 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 to the response. If, however, the “unsuccessful” cashiers are just ones that aren’t sent in, then the transaction will still be CAPTURED. Example: Two cashiers are sent in (and they are successful) a response of “00999” will come back. This will be CAPTURED. The three “9”s at the end signify that nothing was sent in this case. Example: Three cashiers are sent in, and the third one was an attempt to set up System, then the response would be “00399”. This would be NOT CAPTURED. This would tell the integrator that at least one of the sent in cashiers was unsuccessful. ! WARNING: New password requirements in PCCharge version 5.8 are necessary to meet PA-DSS compliance standards. This also requires that all passwords will expire after a maximum of 90 days. Cashier Transaction Response Description 0 SUCCESSFUL 1 Password is not Strong 2 Password is Previous 3 Invalid Username (SYSTEM was passed in) 4 Invalid Permissions (Less than 7 pipes in the map) 5 Illegal Permissions (Debit Voids cannot be setup without Debit Transactions for example) 9 No Cashier Sent (Cashier Name was empty.) Add Cashier Example Example of “Add Cashier” Request: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESP_TYPE>3</RESP_TYPE> <COMMAND>ZU</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>System</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>System123%</PASSWORD> <ADD_CASHIER_1>CASHIER_NAME CreditR PASSWORD CreditR123% PERMISSIONS 10000|000|000|000|000000000000|0000|000000|00</ADD_CASHIER_1> <ADD_CASHIER_2>CASHIER_NAME CreditV PASSWORD CreditV123% PERMISSIONS 01000|000|000|000|000000000000|0000|000000|00</ADD_CASHIER_2> <ADD_CASHIER_3>CASHIER_NAME CreditB PASSWORD CreditB123% PERMISSIONS 00100|000|000|000|000000000000|0000|000000|00</ADD_CASHIER_3> <ADD_CASHIER_4>CASHIER_NAME CreditX PASSWORD CreditX123% PERMISSIONS 00010|000|000|000|000000000000|0000|000000|00</ADD_CASHIER_4> <ADD_CASHIER_5>CASHIER_NAME CreditI PASSWORD CreditI123% PERMISSIONS 00001|000|000|000|000000000000|0000|000000|00</ADD_CASHIER_5> </XML_REQUEST> Example of “Add Cashier” Response: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>PROCESSED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Success</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1892</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> 79 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Change Cashier Permissions (ZU) The ZU (Add) command is also used to change an existing cashier’s permissions. You would submit the same XML tags as you would for an actual Add Cashier, but can omit the PASSWORD Name Value Pair in the request. Just like with regular Add Cashier, you can change the permissions of up to 5 cashiers at a time. It follows all the same conventions. INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>ZU</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>System</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>P@ssw0rd1</PASSWORD> <ADD_CASHIER_1>CASHIER_NAME EricH PERMISSIONS 11110|111||||||</ADD_CASHIER_1> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>09999</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13079</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> Change Password – Forgotten Password (ZU) The ZU command can also be used to reset a cashier’s password in situations where the cashier has forgotten the original password. The entire set of Name Value Pairs must be sent with the request just as if this was adding a new cashier. The integrator will have to know the PERMISSIONS bitmap for that particular cashier – if they send seven pipes (||||||), it will reset the permissions of that cashier to base permissions (only credit card sales/preauths allowed). ! WARNING: New password requirements in PCCharge version 5.8 are necessary to meet PA-DSS compliance standards. This also requires that all passwords will expire after a maximum of 90 days. Note: This command should only be used if the cashier has forgotten their original password. If they know their original password, a ZP command should be used to change their password. INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>ZU</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>System</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>Test123$</PASSWORD> <ADD_CASHIER_1>CASHIER_NAME EricH PASSWORD Test123% PERMISSIONS |||||||</ADD_CASHIER_1> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> 80 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>09999</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13136</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> Change cashier password – ZP Command Example of “Change Cashier password” Request: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>ZP</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>CreditR</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>CreditR123%</PASSWORD> <NEW_CASHIER_PASSWORD>CreditR789%</NEW_CASHIER_PASSWORD> <NEW_CASHIER_CONFIRM_PASSWORD>CreditR789% </NEW_CASHIER_CONFIRM_PASSWORD> </XML_REQUEST> Example of “Change Cashier password” Response: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>PROCESSED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Success</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1882</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> Delete cashier – ZD Command Example of “Delete Cashier” Request: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>ZD</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>System</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>System123%</PASSWORD> <TARGET_CASHIER_NAME>CreditR</TARGET_CASHIER_NAME> </XML_REQUEST> Example of “Delete Cashier” Response: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>PROCESSED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Cashier deleted</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1897</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> Re-enable cashier – ZR Command Example of “Re-enable Cashier” Request: <XML_REQUEST> 81 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>ZR</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>System</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>System123%</PASSWORD> <TARGET_CASHIER_NAME>CREDITR</TARGET_CASHIER_NAME> </XML_REQUEST> Example of “Re-enable Cashier” Response: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>PROCESSED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Cashier Reenabled</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1937</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> Get Password Expiration Date – ZZ Command Example of Get Expiration Request: This command will allow an integrator to pass in just the cashier credentials and get back when the cashier’s password will expire. The OUX will return a “Processed” response. The password expiration date will be returned in the <PWD_EXPIRY> tag. ! WARNING: New password requirements in PCCharge version 5.8 are necessary to meet PA-DSS compliance standards. This also requires that all passwords will expire after a maximum of 90 days. INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>ZZ</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>Shelly</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>Test123%</PASSWORD> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>PROCESSED</RESULT> <PWD_EXPIRY >MMDDYY</ PWD_EXPIRY > </XML_REQUEST> Log out Cashier - ZL Command The ZL command is used behind the scenes by Client to log out the logged in cashier on the server application. This command is triggered if a cashier attempts to process unsuccessfully in Client (possible hack attempt). It is possible for this same cashier id to be logged into the server application. Therefore, when a cashier lockout occurs in Client, the ZL command is sent to the server to log out whoever is logged in. This is a fraud protection. This forces ‘System” to log in and re-enable that cashier id. An integrator can submit this command to log out the cashier if they suspect tampering as well. INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>ZL</COMMAND> 82 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 </XML_REQUEST> If no one is currently logged into PCCharge, the integrator will receive the following response. OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>PROCESSED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Nobody Logged In</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13087</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> Successful logout returns the following response. OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>PROCESSED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Logged Out</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13089</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> Running transactions with cashier credentials PCCharge will support sending cashier credentials with the transaction data as well as not sending these credentials (for backwards compatibility). If the integrator chooses to send the cashier credentials, these credentials must be for valid cashier/password combinations. Note: It should be stressed to integrators that in order to be PCI compliant to the PABP Guidelines, they need to be setting up cashiers and sending cashier credentials with their transaction requests. Sample of Incorrect Password being sent: INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>1</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>EricH</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>P@ssw0rd1</PASSWORD> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>888000001005</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>5439750001500347</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1210</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>1.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>13074</TROUTD> <RESULT>Error</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Invalid Login Info</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>Invalid Password</REFERENCE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13074</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> 83 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 </XML_REQUEST> Sample of Invalid Cashier Name being sent: INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>1</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>BettyJ</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>P@ssw0rd1</PASSWORD> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>888000001005</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>5439750001500347</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1210</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>1.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>13075</TROUTD> <RESULT>Error</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Invalid Login Info</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>CashierID Not Found</REFERENCE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13075</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> Note: Unlike the UI, there is no cashier locking in the event of incorrect credential submission with a transaction sent through integration. The integrator will continue to receive the “Invalid Password” response until such time as they submit the correct credentials for that cashier. Example of successful transaction sent with cashier credentials. INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>1</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>Shelly</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>Test123$</PASSWORD> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>888000001005</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>5439750001500347</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1210</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>1.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>13090</TROUTD> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>TAS756</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>813021502892</REFERENCE> <AVS_CODE>0</AVS_CODE> 84 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 <TRANS_DATE>050908</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13090</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>0000123456789</TRANS_ID> <TICODE>CK</TICODE> <MSI>A</MSI> <PEM>5</PEM> <TIM>170652</TIM> <ACI>A</ACI> <PROC_RESP_CODE>00</PROC_RESP_CODE> <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CMRCL_FLAG>N</CMRCL_FLAG> <CARD_ID_CODE>M</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>T</ACCT_DATA_SRC> </XML_REQUEST> 85 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Follow On Transactions Overview When integrating to PCCharge, developers must make a decision on whether or not to support “follow on” transactions in their application. While a few integrators decide to support only basic transactions such as Sales or Pre-Authorizations in their application, most integrators choose to support the majority of available follow on transactions, such as Voids, Reversals, Post-Authorizations, and Gratuities. PCCharge requires that follow on transaction requests include the TroutD (Transaction ROUTing ID) from the original Sale or Pre-Authorization when they are submitted. The TroutD is a PCChargeassigned unique number associated with a single transaction--or, in the case of follow on transactions, a TroutD can be associated with an interrelated series of transactions. For simplicity, PCCharge usually requires that only the TroutD of the original Sale or Pre-Authorization transaction and the action code be set in order to perform follow on transactions. The TroutD enables PCCharge to pull all needed information (merchant number, card number, expiration date, auth code, etc.) from the transaction record in the PCCharge database in order to submit the follow on transaction. In some cases, additional values may be sent with the follow on transaction. For example, if performing a Post-Authorization for a different amount than the original Pre-Authorization, the different amount may be sent in with the Post-Authorization. This is also true with Reversals. An integrator may send an amount with the troutd. This will alert PCCharge to Reverse the amount specified instead of the entire transaction amount. Note: Support for TroutD “follow on” transactions was added starting with PCCharge version 5.6.0. Follow on transaction support is available in all integration methods. 86 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Examples The following examples show common uses for follow on transactions: File Method / TCP Interface Examples: This example demonstrates performing a Void on a Sale using the File Method or TCP Interface. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for more information on the File Method or TCP Interface API. 1. A Sale transaction is processed and PCCharge assigns a unique TroutD number (1024) to it. Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>1</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999911</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>5424180279791765</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1211</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>10.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Response: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>1024</TROUTD> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>124954</AUTH_CODE> <TRANS_DATE>1231</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1024</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>0412MCC364698</TRANS_ID> <RET>A014</RET> <ACI>P</ACI> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> 87 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 2. Later, a second Sale transaction is processed and PCCharge assigns a unique TroutD number (1025) to it. Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>1</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999911</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>5424180279791765</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1211</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>11.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Response: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>1025</TROUTD> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>124956</AUTH_CODE> <TRANS_DATE>1231</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1025</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>0412MCC729964</TRANS_ID> <RET>A014</RET> <ACI>P</ACI> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> 3. The merchant decides to process a Void transaction on the first Sale transaction. To Void the transaction, the integrated application sends the action code for a Void transaction (action code 3) and the TroutD number of the transaction to be voided (1024, in this example). Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>3</COMMAND> <TROUTD>1024</TROUTD> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Response: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>1024</TROUTD> <RESULT>VOIDED</RESULT> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1026</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> 4. PCCharge does not need any additional information to process the Void. Of course, if a follow on transaction will be performed that modifies some aspect of the original transaction (such as a Post-Authorization whose amount is less than the original Pre-Authorization), that information would need to be sent to PCCharge in addition to the action code and TroutD. 88 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 File Method / TCP Interface Restaurant Example: Assume the merchant above is operating in a restaurant environment. This merchant still has one transaction left in the batch. Now, the merchant wishes to modify the second Sale transaction by adding a gratuity to it. (Note: The processor used must support restaurant transactions in order to add gratuities) 1. To add the gratuity to the second transaction, the application sends the action code for a Gratuity transaction (action code 13), the TroutD of the Sale transaction (1025, in this example), and the gratuity amount in the <GRATUITY_AMNT> tag ($2.51, in this example). Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>13</COMMAND> <TROUTD>1025</TROUTD> <GRATUITY_AMNT>2.51</GRATUITY_AMNT> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Response: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>1025</TROUTD> <RESULT>GRATUITY ADDED</RESULT> <AVS_CODE>0</AVS_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1027</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <ACI>N</ACI> <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CARD_ID_CODE>N</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>T</ACCT_DATA_SRC> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> 2. If, prior to settlement, the merchant wishes to adjust the gratuity amount of this transaction for some reason, the same information (Action code 13, TroutD 1025) for the transaction can be sent in with the new gratuity amount ($3.51, in this example). Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>13</COMMAND> <TROUTD>1025</TROUTD> <GRATUITY_AMNT>3.51</GRATUITY_AMNT> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> The gratuity amount has been adjusted. 89 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Implementing Follow On Transactions In order to allow an integrated application to process follow on transactions effectively, it is recommended that the application: 1) Store the TroutD value 2) Store the status of the transaction: a. Whether it has been voided b. Whether it has been post-authorized c. Whether the gratuity has been added d. Whether it has been settled (and is not eligible for further follow on transactions) The TroutD for each transaction can be retrieved either from the <TroutD> tag of the response (in the File or TCP Methods) or by using the GetTroutD method (available in the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM methods). Once this information is available to the application, lists or menu options should be provided by the application that allow merchants to perform follow on transactions easily. Alternatively, the merchant can be instructed to view the PCCharge detail reports to acquire TroutD values and manually enter them in a screen provided by the application or even into the PCCharge GUI. The following is a list of credit card transactions that can be processed using TroutD follow on support: Credit • • • • • Card Transactions: Void Sale Post-Authorization (amount is optional) Void Credit Void Post-Authorization Procurement Card Post-Authorization (amount is optional, tax and customer code should be passed for lowest rates). Note: Global East (NDC), terminal based, requires the customer code be all upper case. • Gratuity (gratuity amount is required) • Void Book 90 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Non-TroutD Post-Authorizations Post-Authorizations In some cases, non-TroutD Post-Authorizations may need to occur. Specifically, if the merchant has called the processor’s voice authorization center to receive an authorization code, the merchant will need to be able to manually enter the entire transaction as a Post-Authorization (action code 5). In this case, all fields that would typically be used for a standard Sale or Pre-Authorization should be entered plus the authorization code that the merchant received from the voice operator. Once this transaction is submitted to PCCharge, the transaction will be placed into the open batch. Note: Voice-Authorizations will not qualify for the most favorable rates. The processor’s VoiceAuthorization system should be used only when absolutely necessary. The following is an example of a Post-Authorization used to add a Voice-Authorization to the open batch: Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>5</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999911</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>5424180279791765</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1211</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>6.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> <REFERENCE>123456</REFERENCE> <TICKET_NUM>999999999</TICKET_NUM> <CARDHOLDER>VERIFONE TEST 1</CARDHOLDER> <TOTAL_AUTH>6.00</TOTAL_AUTH> <AUTH_CODE>123456</AUTH_CODE> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Response: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>1078</TROUTD> <RESULT>PROCESSED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>123456</AUTH_CODE> <TICKET>999999999</TICKET> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1078</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <AUTH_SRC_CODE>E</AUTH_SRC_CODE> <CARD_ID_CODE>N</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>@</ACCT_DATA_SRC> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Notice that the AVS data (the street and zip code) and Card Verification data (CVC2) were omitted in this Post-Authorization. It is not necessary to pass this information because the transaction has already been authorized. 91 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Note: If a post-authorization is sent with a TroutD and an authorization code, PCCharge will reject the transaction with an error of "Invalid TroutD or Auth Code". The format above for a voice-authorization must be followed if an authorization code is sent. Note: When using the processor National Bankcard Services (NBS), Voice-Authorizations are not supported for Fuelman or Fleet One cards, an error will be returned. The transaction should be submitted as a standard Post-Authorization. Stored Voice-Authorizations Another type of Non-TroutD Post-Authorization is a “Stored Voice-Authorization”. This type of transaction is similar to a Post-Authorization except that a stored Voice-Authorization is not added to the open batch. Instead, it essentially becomes a Pre-Authorization. A second transaction, a TroutD Post-Authorization, must be submitted to add the Stored Voice-Authorization to the batch. A Stored Voice-Authorization would be useful in a MOTO environment if an authorization was received from a voice operator the day a product was ordered, and product was not scheduled to ship until a few days later. The Stored Voice-Authorization would be processed the day the product was ordered, and the TroutD Post-Authorization would be processed the day that the product shipped. To submit a stored Voice-Authorization, use action code 5, and set the Store or TRANS_STORE flag. The following is an example of a Stored Voice-Authorization: Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>5</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999911</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>5424180279791765</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1211</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>7.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> <REFERENCE>987654</REFERENCE> <TICKET_NUM>123456789</TICKET_NUM> <CARDHOLDER>VERIFONE TEST 1</CARDHOLDER> <TOTAL_AUTH>7.00</TOTAL_AUTH> <TRANS_STORE>1</TRANS_STORE> <AUTH_CODE>987654</AUTH_CODE> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Note: Only some processors support stored Voice-Authorizations. If the processor does not support stored Voice-Authorizations, an error will be returned. The transaction should be submitted as a standard Post-Authorization. 92 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 REF_TROUTD REF_TROUTD Transactions An integrator may want to be able to take an existing transaction and reuse the card data to process a new transaction. In the case a TroutD from a successful transaction may be used to take the place of a Card Number and Expiration Date in a new, unrelated, transaction. This is supported only through the PCCharge API and will be allowed for transactions that are either settled or unsettled. As long as they were successful and still appead in the transaction database, they can be used. • Supported Tender Types: Credit, Gift, Check, pinless Debit, and pinless EBT. However, PCCharge will allow the integrator to submit REF_TROUTD for any type of transaction. If the transaction requires track data or PIN data, then it will be rejected. • The tender type must be the same as the original transaction. For example, PCCharge will not allow the integrator to attempt to pass in a REF_TROUTD Credit transaction using a TroutD from a Debit transaction. 93 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Reversals New mandates require that merchants have the ability to run Full and Partial Reversal transactions. Previously Reversals were tied to Pre-Paid Credit Cards and FSA/HRA transactions. Now, as long as we have certified for it and the processor supports it, the transaction can be reversed. This sends a transaction to PCCharge which actively goes to the processor in order to reverse the authorization hold placed on a credit card. The PCCharge GUI will have a new transaction tab marked “Reversal”. Integrators can use the Action Code P2 in order to process Reversals. Reversals should be treated like a Void, it should only be processed prior to End Of Day/Settlement/Batch Close. The Action Code P2 has been available to use for Reversals since PCCharge version 5.8.1. Processors that support Reversal transactions as of PCCharge version 5.9.1: • BAMS FACTS (NPC) • Elavon (NOVA) – Host and Terminal • Fifth Third (BPS) – Terminal • First Data North (CES) • First Data Noth-Nash (FDNN) • First Data Nashville (FDCN) • Global Payments (NDC) – Host • Heartland Payment Systems (HPTS) • RBS WorldPay (LYNK) • TSYS Acquiring (VISA) Important Note: If the processor supports reversals and PCCharge has certified it, then merchants are being required to use a Reversal transaction in lieu of Void. This will allow the bank to remove the authorization hold on the Cardholder’s available funds immediately rather than waiting for it to drop off naturally. Also, this is only supported with VISA, MasterCard, and Discover transactions. Any other card type attempted will receive a “Not Captured: Serv Not Allowed” response. Example Full Reversal: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>P2</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999911</MERCH_NUM> <TROUTD>1024</TROUTD> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Example Partial Reversal: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>P2</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999911</MERCH_NUM> <TROUTD>1024</TROUTD> <TRANS_AMOUNT>2.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> 94 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Commercial Card Transactions Overview A Commercial Card transaction is defined as any credit card transaction that requires the customer code and the tax amount of the transaction to be submitted. This information, commonly known as “Level II” data, is submitted for the customer’s records and is required for the merchant to qualify for the lowest transaction rates. In general, if a customer is using one of the following types of credit cards, Level II data must be submitted: • • • • • Commercial Cards Government Cards Purchasing Cards Procurement Cards Fleet Cards If the end-user of an integrated application will accept Commercial Cards, the integrated application must be able to support the action codes and Level II data required to process Commercial Card transactions. Treating a Commercial Card transaction as a standard credit card transaction will cause the transaction to downgrade, thus increasing the fees the merchant must pay. Note: Some processors do not support Level II data. A list of processors and what features they support can be found on VeriFone, Inc.’s website (http://www.verifone.com/). Click “Developers” and then “PCCharge Certified Processors” to view the list. The column labeled “P-Card II” indicates which processors support Level II data. Supporting Commercial Card Transactions The key to supporting Commercial Card transactions is the ability to identify a Commercial Card and then prompt for the Level II data. The first six digits of each credit card account number is called the Bank Identification Number (BIN) and the next three digits determine the card type. These first nine digits of credit card account numbers allow merchants to identify what type of credit card is being used. A database that includes valid Commercial Card BIN ranges is installed with each of copy of PCCharge. This database is named Bin.mdb and is installed automatically in the PCCharge directory. If the first nine digits of the credit card being submitted is within one of the ranges included in Bin.mdb, the integrated application should then prompt for Level II data. Using Bin.mdb OCX or DLL Method If using the OCX or DLL Methods of integration, the Charge.OCX and the PSCharge.dll Charge class provide two methods that can be used to access the Commercial Card information contained in the Bin.mdb database. 95 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 The first method, CommercialCardType, is used to determine if a credit card is a commercial card. To use this method, set the Path variable, and then pass the credit card number as a parameter to the method. The method will return TRUE if the card is a Commercial Card, FALSE if it is not. For example: If .CommercialCardType(“Account Number”) Then ‘Prompt for Level II data Else ‘Do not Prompt for Level II data End If The second method, GetCommercialCardType, is used to determine the Commercial Card type. To use this method, set the Path variable, and then pass the credit card number as a parameter to the method. This method will return a character that indicates the Commercial Card Type. For example: CommercialCardTypeChar = .getCommercialCardType(“Account Number”) OLE/COM Method If using the OLE/COM Method of integration, the PccBin class provides two functions that can be used to determine if a credit card is a commercial card and what type of commercial card it is. The first function, CommercialCard, is a Boolean function that is used to determine if a credit card is a commercial card. To use this function, pass the credit card number as a parameter. This function will return TRUE if the card is a Commercial Card, FALSE if it is not. For example: If .CommercialCard(“Account Number”) then ‘Prompt for Level II data Else ‘Do not Prompt for Level II data End If The second function, CommercialCardType, is used to determine the Commercial Card type. The function does not require any parameters and must called after the CommercialCard function has been used. This function returns the commercial card type for the credit card number that was submitted via the CommercialCard function. This function will return a character that indicates the Commercial Card Type. For example: CommercialCardTypeChar = .CommercialCardType File Method or TCP Interface If using the File Method or TCP Interface, integrated applications must access the Bin.mdb database directly. The following code sample is a Visual Basic 6 function that checks if a credit card account number falls into one of the Commercial Card BIN ranges in the Bin.mdb database. Note: This code sample assumes that a reference to the "Microsoft DAO 2.5/3.51 Compatibility Library" has been set in the project. Public Function CommercialCard (CreditCard As String) As Boolean ‘Returns true if the credit card account number’s BIN falls within a 96 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ‘valid commercial card BIN range, else, returns false. Dim dbBin As Database Dim rsRange As Recordset Dim CCBIN, strQuery As String CCBIN = Left(CreditCard, 9) ‘The Credit Card BIN is the first 9 ‘digits of the account number Set dbBin = OpenDatabase(“C:\Program Files\Pccw\Bin.mdb") strQuery = "SELECT * FROM BIN WHERE LowRange <= " & CCBIN & _ " AND HighRange >= " & CCBIN Set rsRange = dbBin.OpenRecordset(strQuery) If Not rsRange.EOF Then ‘if the account number BIN was found in the database, return True CommercialCard = True ‘Also, to determine the Commercial Card type, use the following ‘command to check the Type column: rsRange("Type").Value End If End Function Submitting Commercial Card Transactions Once it has been determined that the credit card is a Commercial Card, the integrated application should perform the following steps: 1. Prompt for Level II data from the end-user and/or customer. 2. Create the Commercial Card transaction request. Pass the following values in the transaction request (refer to CHAPTER 6 -- PCCharge Integration Methods (see page 157) for information on the properties or tags that are used to pass the data): a. The request should contain all of the standard credit card Sale, Credit, or PostAuthorization values (card number, expiration date, amount, etc.) b. The request should contain Level II data (customer code and tax amount). The request should also indicate if the purchase is tax exempt (if applicable). The request should also include the Destination Zip Code if processing an American Express card and using American Express as your processor or via split dial. Note: Global East (NDC), terminal based, requires the customer code be all upper case. c. The request should contain the Commercial Card Flag character. (This is the character returned by the various methods above and is the character that appears in the Type column of the Bin.mdb database) d. Make certain that the request uses the proper Commercial Card action code. Valid Commercial Card codes are 8, 9, and 10. See the section DevKit Constants section (see page 143) for more information 3. Submit the transaction to PCCharge. 97 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Example The following is an example of a Commercial Card Sale using the File Method or TCP Interface. Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>8</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999911</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>4055011111111111</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1211</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>1</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>5.30</TRANS_AMOUNT> <TRACK_DATA>4055011111111111=08121011000001234567</TRACK_DATA> <CUSTOMER_CODE>02</CUSTOMER_CODE> <TAX_AMOUNT>0.30</TAX_AMOUNT> <TICKET_NUM>123456789</TICKET_NUM> <CARDHOLDER>John Doe</CARDHOLDER> <CMRCL_FLAG>P</CMRCL_FLAG> <TAX_EXEMPT>0</TAX_EXEMPT> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Response: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>1138</TROUTD> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>TSYS 4</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>411921002550</REFERENCE> <AVS_CODE>0</AVS_CODE> <TRANS_DATE>042804</TRANS_DATE> <TICKET>123456789</TICKET> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1138</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>000000000009548</TRANS_ID> <MSI>E</MSI> <PEM>5</PEM> <TIM>173952</TIM> <ACI>E</ACI> <PROC_RESP_CODE>00</PROC_RESP_CODE> <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CARD_ID_CODE>@</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>D</ACCT_DATA_SRC> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> 98 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Flexible Spending Accounts (FSA/HRA) Transactions Overview FSA - Flexible Spending Account HRA - Health Reimbursement Arrangement IIAS - Inventory Information Approval System FSA/HRA transactions are now supported with PCCharge Payment Server and PCCharge Pro version 5.8.1. An IIAS program is an inventory control system that helps to categorize saleable items. FSA/HRA deals with the healthcare-related categories. With this system in place, the merchant will know based on an item’s SKU number whether or not it is FSA/HRA eligible. When a customer purchases items, the IIAS system will automatically flag the healthcare-related items so that the customer can purchase using an FSA/HRA card. Note: PCharge has nothing to do with IIAS. PCCharge assumes that there is an IIAS system in place and that the merchant will input the proper amounts for the various healthcare categories. Processors That Support FSA/HRA transactions. Processor PCCharge Availablity (In Version) Partial Auth Supported Alliance Data (ADSI) Future Release N/A TANDEM BAMS (NPC) 5.8.1 Yes Echo (ECHO) Future Release N/A Elavon (NOVA) 5.8.1 Yes Fifth Third St. Pete (BPS) Host 5.8.1 Yes Fifth Third St. Pete (BPS) Terminal 5.8.1 N/A First Data Atlanta/ Buypass (BPAS) 5.8.2 Yes First Data Omaha (FDC) Future Release N/A First Data South (NB) Future Release N/A Global Payments East (NDC) Future Release N/A Heartland Payments (HPTS) 5.8.1 Yes First Data New Nashville (FDNN) 5.8.2 Yes First Data North (CES) 5.8.1 Yes First Data Nashville (FDCN) Future Release N/A National Bankcard (NBS) Future Release N/A Paymentech Tampa (GSAR) 5.8.1 Yes RBS WorldPay (LYNK) 5.8.2 Yes TSYS Acquiring (VISA) 5.8.1 Yes Multi-purpose FSA Cards FSA/HRA cards can be loaded for the purchase of just healthcare-related items or they can be loaded with other benefits as well (multi-purse). 99 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 • If the FSA/HRA card is not multi-purse, and the customer wants to purchase a combination of healthcare and non-healthcare items, a Partial Approval situation will occur. The processing platform will approve the healthcare amount, if available on the card, and the customer will be asked to pay for the remainder of the bill with some other tender type. • If the FSA/HRA card is a multi-purse, the customer can purchase whatever items they choose using this card and a Partial Approval will only be triggered if there is not enough open to buy on the card to satisfy the bill. FSA/HRA cards are similar to Pre-Paid credit cards. The only difference is that the FSA value on the card may only be used to for healthcare-related purchases. There are two ways to load money onto the cards: • Payroll Deduction • The employer can load the value directly to the card. Note: HRA cards can only be loaded by the employer as this is reimbursement for healthcare expense. IRS Mandated Guidelines According to IRS guidelines, merchants will be mandated to participate in the IIAS program in order to accept FSA/HRA cards beginning in 2009 if they do not have a Drug Store or Pharmacy Merchant Category Code (MCC/SIC). The current MCC/SICs affected are: MCC 5411 5310 5300 5499 5960 5964 5965 5969 5912 5122 Description Grocery Stores and Supermarkets Discount Stores Discount Goods – Wholesale Clubs Convenience Stores Online Pharmacies Drug Stores and Pharmacies (effective 01/01/09) Drugist/Druggist Proprietaries (effective 01/01/09) Other MCC/SICs not listed above can also be affected as long as they are non-healthcare related MCCs which sell healthcare related items. Split Tender Due to the nature of the program, it will be possible for the cardholder to use an FSA/HRA card for a partial payment for eligible items and then use a different tender type or card for the remainder of the items that do not qualify as eligible. This partial payment can also occur if all items are eligible but there is not enough available on the card to pay for the entire purchase. Eligible Purchases Eligible items currently include: • Prescriptions (including over the counter medications) • Vision care • Clinical (doctor visits, labs, etc) • Dental 100 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Note: The list of eligible medical expenses is part of the Internal Revenue Code. The merchant is responsible for the maintenance of all eligible SKUs so that when a purchase is made, the eligible items can purchased using a FSA/HRA card. Card Types Currently Supported FSA/HRA cards currently are only Visa/MC. There are specific BIN ranges for these cards. Note: FSA/HRA transactions are NOT supported for the Restaurant industry. Therefore, any FSA settings/enablement will be greyed out in the setup for processing platforms that support both FSA and Restaurant when Restaurant is the selected industry. For example, if you go to the TSYS Extended Data fields and choose Retail, MOTO or Ecommerce as the industry, you can enable FSA/HRA. If you choose Restaurant as the industry, the FSA enablement will be greyed out and unavailable. FSA/HRA Examples Successful FSA transaction. INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>1</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>NPC</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>000000000011</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>5439750001500347</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1210</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>5.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> <FSA>1</FSA> <AMOUNT_HEALTHCARE>5.00</AMOUNT_HEALTHCARE> <AMOUNT_PRESCRIPTION>1.00</AMOUNT_PRESCRIPTION> <AMOUNT_CLINIC>1.00</AMOUNT_CLINIC> <AMOUNT_VISION>1.00</AMOUNT_VISION> <AMOUNT_DENTAL>1.00</AMOUNT_DENTAL> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>10540</TROUTD> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>TAS992</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>830120501440</REFERENCE> <AVS_CODE>0</AVS_CODE> <TRANS_DATE>102708</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10540</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>0000123456789</TRANS_ID> <TICODE>CK</TICODE> <MSI>A</MSI> <RET>M</RET> <PEM>5</PEM> <TIM>155502</TIM> <ACI>A</ACI> <PROC_RESP_CODE>00</PROC_RESP_CODE> 101 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CMRCL_FLAG>N</CMRCL_FLAG> <CARD_ID_CODE>M</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>T</ACCT_DATA_SRC> </XML_REQUEST> Failed FSA/HRA transaction. INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>1</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>NPC</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>000000000011</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>4387753333333333</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1210</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>5.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> <FSA>1</FSA> <AMOUNT_HEALTHCARE>4.00</AMOUNT_HEALTHCARE> <AMOUNT_PRESCRIPTION>1.00</AMOUNT_PRESCRIPTION> <AMOUNT_CLINIC>1.50</AMOUNT_CLINIC> <AMOUNT_VISION>1.25</AMOUNT_VISION> <AMOUNT_DENTAL>1.00</AMOUNT_DENTAL> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>10495</TROUTD> <RESULT>Error</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Invalid Dollar Amount</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>Health Care Amount must be greater than Sub Amounts</REFERENCE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10495</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> 102 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Partial Approval of an FSA/HRA Transaction: INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>1</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>NPC</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>000000000011</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>4387753333333333</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1210</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>5.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> <FSA>1</FSA> <AMOUNT_HEALTHCARE>4.00</AMOUNT_HEALTHCARE> <AMOUNT_PRESCRIPTION>1.00</AMOUNT_PRESCRIPTION> <AMOUNT_CLINIC>0.50</AMOUNT_CLINIC> <AMOUNT_VISION>1.25</AMOUNT_VISION> <AMOUNT_DENTAL>1.00</AMOUNT_DENTAL> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>10496</TROUTD> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>TAS185</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>829814501105</REFERENCE> <AVS_CODE>0</AVS_CODE> <TRANS_DATE>102408</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10496</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>000000000894349</TRANS_ID> <TICODE>CK</TICODE> <MSI>N</MSI> <RET>M</RET> <PEM>5</PEM> <TIM>104858</TIM> <ACI>N</ACI> <PROC_RESP_CODE>10</PROC_RESP_CODE> <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CARD_ID_CODE>M</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>T</ACCT_DATA_SRC> <AMOUNT_DUE>1.00</AMOUNT_DUE> <AUTH_AMOUNT>4.00</AUTH_AMOUNT> </XML_REQUEST> Note : Integrators will use either the AMOUNT_DUE or the AUTH_AMOUNT tags to have the POS indicate the remaining purchase amount to the end user. Note : When total cost of the transaction is covered by the initial purchase PCCharge will not return AMOUNT_DUE and AUTH_AMOUNT tags. 103 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Discretionary Data This allows an integrator to submit transaction descriptions with certain transaction types and processors. Once enabled, PCCharge will store the data and submit it to the processor during settlement. This is typically enabled on the Extended Data setup screen within PCCharge. Processors That Support Discretionary Data Processor Transaction Type Tender Type NBS Sale, Credit, Pre-Auth Credit TANDEM BAMS (NPC) Sale, Credit, Pre-Auth, Book, VoiceCredit, Debit, EBT Auth Example transaction with Discretionary Data : INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>1</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>NPC</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999911</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>4387753333333333</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1212</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>2.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> <ZIP_CODE>85284</ZIP_CODE> <STREET>8320</STREET> <TICKET_NUM>11</TICKET_NUM> <CVV2>999</CVV2> <PRESENT_FLAG>1</PRESENT_FLAG> <PRODUCT_DETAIL_CODE_1>Line Item 1 - Test</PRODUCT_DETAIL_CODE_1> <PRODUCT_DETAIL_CODE_2>Line Item 2 - Test</PRODUCT_DETAIL_CODE_2> <PRODUCT_DETAIL_CODE_3>Line Item 3 - Test</PRODUCT_DETAIL_CODE_3> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>1176</TROUTD> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>TAS680</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>833116503763</REFERENCE> <AVS_CODE>Y</AVS_CODE> <TRANS_DATE>112608</TRANS_DATE> <TICKET>11</TICKET> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1176</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>000000000301523</TRANS_ID> <TICODE>CK</TICODE> <MSI>N</MSI> <PEM>5</PEM> <TIM>113023</TIM> <ACI>N</ACI> <PROC_RESP_CODE>00</PROC_RESP_CODE> <CVV2_CODE>M</CVV2_CODE> <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CMRCL_FLAG>N</CMRCL_FLAG> <CARD_ID_CODE>M</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>T</ACCT_DATA_SRC> 104 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 </XML_REQUEST> Restaurant Transactions Overview Integrating PCCharge into a restaurant point-of-sale system is similar to integrating PCCharge into any other type of retail point-of-sale system. Once Restaurant is selected as the business type in the processor's extended data fields, PCCharge will be able to send "restaurant certified" transactions to the processor. Note: Some processors do not support restaurant transactions. A list of processors and what features they support can be found on VeriFone, Inc.’s website (http://www.pccharge.com/). Click “Support” and then “PCCharge DevKit” and then “PCCharge Certified Processing Companies” to view the list. The column labeled “Restaurant” indicates which processors support restaurant transactions. Benefits of XML Starting with PCCharge version 5.6.0, the PCCharge products were updated to support restaurant integration using the XML message format. If an existing integration was written using the INP message format, it is highly recommended that the integration be updated to use the XML message format. Problems may occur with reports and when adding gratuities when using the INP message format—these problems have been resolved with the XML message format. In addition, the XML message format supports gratuity adjustments, the INP message format does not. o The INP message format will eventually be phased out. Note: The XML message format is available in all five integration methods. To activate the XML message format when using the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM methods of integration, use the parameter “3” when calling the Send method. For example: OCX / DLL: .Send 3 OLE/COM: .Send , 3 Integration To properly send restaurant transactions from an integrated application to PCCharge, restaurant transactions should basically be treated as standard retail transactions. In addition, include the following information in restaurant transaction requests: • Estimated gratuity – This amount may be sent with a Sale (action code 1) or a Pre-Authorization (action code 4) transaction. The amount that PCCharge sends to the processor for authorization is the sale amount + the estimated gratuity. Sending the estimated gratuity helps to assure that the customer has enough available credit to leave a tip. The amount that is recorded for settlement by PCCharge (or the processor, if Host based) is the sale amount only. Note: It is recommended to check with the processor or merchant service provider for guidance on what amount to set this value to. Incorrectly setting this value can result in downgrades. • Gratuity – Sending the gratuity is the second step of a restaurant transaction. If the original transaction was a Sale, send the gratuity amount in a gratuity transaction (action code 13). A 105 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Gratuity transaction adds the actual gratuity to the amount recorded for settlement. If the original transaction was a Pre-Authorization, a Post-Authorization (action code 5) should be used to complete the Pre-Authorization. This completion records the sale amount plus the gratuity for settlement. A Sale with Gratuity (action code 14) transaction authorizes and records the sale amount plus gratuity in one step. A Gratuity transaction (action code 13) may also be used to adjust an existing gratuity prior to settlement. Server ID -- This value should be sent with all restaurant Sale (action code 1), Pre-Authorization (action code 4), or Sale with Gratuity (action code 14) transactions. This two digit ID is stored in the transaction record and is used in PCCharge’s gratuity reports to determine the amount of Gratuity each server has received. This value is required by some processors. To force entry of this value for each transaction, the Require Server ID box should be checked in the processor's extended data fields in PCCharge. Use the MCSN tag or property to pass the Server ID. Processor specific note: The Server ID is required for AMEX card transactions. Also required when using the processor NB and GSAR in restaurant business type. Examples The following are examples, using the File Method or TCP Interface, that show common transactions used in a restaurant environment. For more information on the File Method of integration, refer to the section File Method (see page 481). Restaurant Sale The following is an example of a restaurant sale for $6.00 with an estimated gratuity of $0.85. The total amount that will be authorized is $6.85. However, only $6.00 will be added to the settlement file. A gratuity transaction must be submitted later to finalize (add the actual gratuity amount to) this transaction. Note about estimated gratuity: It is recommended to check with the processor or merchant service provider for guidance on what amount to set this value to. Incorrectly setting this value can result in downgrades. Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>1</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>GSAR</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999999519</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>4012000033330026</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1211</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>1</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>6.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> <TRACK_DATA>4012000033330026=08121011000001234567</TRACK_DATA> <TICKET_NUM>9999</TICKET_NUM> <CARDHOLDER>VERIFONE TEST 3</CARDHOLDER> <MCSN>02</MCSN> <PRESENT_FLAG>1</PRESENT_FLAG> <GRATUITY_AMNT_EST>0.85</GRATUITY_AMNT_EST> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> 106 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Response: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>1102</TROUTD> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>096899</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>00000000</REFERENCE> <TRANS_DATE>0404</TRANS_DATE> <TICKET>9999</TICKET> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1102</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Because the Sale transaction was successful, the Restaurant Point-of-Sale should store the TroutD value (1102 for this transaction) to enable the server to add the gratuity. 107 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Gratuity The following is an example of a Gratuity Transaction used to finalize a sale. In this example, the Gratuity transaction is finalizing the Restaurant sale from above. To finalize the Sale, pass the Gratuity action code (13), the TroutD from the original Sale (1102 for this transaction), and the actual Gratuity amount ($1.00 for this transaction). A Result of “GRATUITY ADDED” indicates the gratuity was successfully added to the Sale. Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>13</COMMAND> <TROUTD>1102</TROUTD> <GRATUITY_AMNT>1.00</GRATUITY_AMNT> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Response: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>1102</TROUTD> <RESULT>GRATUITY ADDED</RESULT> <TRANS_DATE>0404</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1103</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Gratuity Adjustment A gratuity adjustment is defined as a transaction that modifies a gratuity that has already been processed. Typically, a gratuity adjustment would be used to correct order-entry errors. The syntax for a gratuity adjustment is exactly the same as a gratuity. Simply pass in the Gratuity action code (13), the TroutD from the original Sale (1102 for this transaction), and the new Gratuity amount ($2.00 for this transaction). Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>13</COMMAND> <TROUTD>1102</TROUTD> <GRATUITY_AMNT>2.00</GRATUITY_AMNT> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Response: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>1102</TROUTD> <RESULT>GRATUITY ADDED</RESULT> <TRANS_DATE>0404</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1109</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> </XML_REQUEST> 108 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 </XML_FILE> Processor Specific Notes The processors Global Payments East (NDC) and FDMS South (NB) have unique restrictions related to gratuity based transactions. These two processors will not allow the actual total sale plus gratuity amount to exceed 120% of the originally authorized total sale plus gratuity amount. Example: 1. The customer’s bill is $10.00. The server estimates the gratuity will be $1.00 (10%). The restaurant application will then submit a Sale transaction (action code 1) with the amount of $10.00 and the estimated gratuity of $1.00. Therefore, PCCharge will request an authorization for $11.00. This authorization is approved by the processor. 2. After the meal has concluded, the customer decides to leave a gratuity of $5.00 This gratuity amount would result in a total amount of $15.00, which is greater than 120% of the originally authorized total of $11.00. The merchant could not, in this situation, add the gratuity by performing a Gratuity transaction. 3. Instead, the server will need to perform a Void Sale (action code 3) on the original transaction, and then enter a Sale with Gratuity (action code 14) with the amount of $10.00 and a gratuity amount of $5.00. 109 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Gift Card Transactions This section details the various action codes and transaction types that are applicable for each Gift Card processor. Although several of the transaction types are similar among all Gift Card processors (such as Balance or Redemption transactions), most Gift Card processors support very unique transaction types. It is recommended that the developer review the various screens in the PCCharge GUI to determine what values should be set for each transaction type. Also, many Gift Card processors also recommend that developers contact them directly to discuss the usage and integration of their services. Note: VeriFone, Inc. does not provide test merchant accounts for any of the Gift Card processors. Developers should contact the various Gift Card processors directly to request test merchant accounts. Givex (GVEX) 18 25 26 27 28 29 0Q 0N – – – – – – – – Balance Redemption Register Increment Activate Cancel Adjustment (amount may be either positive or negative) Points Valuetec (VTEC) 18 25 26 27 28 29 0A 0C 0D – – – – – – – – – Balance Redemption (Loyalty) / Sale (Non-Loyalty) Replace Purchase (Loyalty) / Add Value (Non-Loyalty) Activation Void Deactivate Current Day Totals Previous Day Totals ValueLink (VLNK) 18 28 25 27 29 0H 0I 0P 0Q 0R 0S 0T – – – – – – – – – – – – Balance Activate Redemption Reload Void (Restaurant OR E-Commerce) with Simulate Pre-Auth Set up: Balance with Lock (Restaurant OR E-Commerce) with Simulate Pre-Auth Set up: Redemption Unlock Balance Merge Balance Adjustment Balance Transfer Report Lost/Stolen Cash Out 110 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Chase Paymentech (GSAR) 18 25 27 29 0A 0E – – – – – – Balance Inquiry Redemption & Prior Redemption Issuance/Add Value Void Deactivate Reactivate World (WRLD) 18 25 27 28 0N – – – – – Balance Sale Add Value Activate Redeem Points Fifth-Third Bank-St Pete (BPS) 18 25 27 28 29 0A 0B 0Q 0V 0I – – – – – – – – – – Balance Redemption Reload Activate Void Close Refund Unload Pre-Auth Post-Auth RBS WorldPay (LYNK) 18 25 27 29 E1 – – – – – Balance Redemption Add Value Void Add value Gift Settlement Datamark Gift Card (DMRK) 18 25 27 29 0A 0E – – – – – – Balance Inquiry Redemption & Prior Redemption Issuance/Add Value Void Deactivate Reactivate Smart Transaction Systems (SMTS) 18 – Balance Inquiry 25 – Redemption 27 – Add Value 111 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 28 29 0B 0C 0N 0R 0U – – – – – – – Activation Void Credit Totals Inquiry (Current only) Redeem Points Balance Transfer Add Tip Secure Payment Systems (SPS) 18 25 27 28 29 0B 0C 0R 0N 0A – – – – – – – – – – Balance Inquiry Redemption Add Value/Points Activation Void Credit Totals Inquiry Balance Transfer Redeem Points Deactivate Points Stored Value Systems (SVSI) 18 25 27 28 29 0B 0I 0Q 0T 0U 0V – – – – – – – – – – – Balance Inquiry Redemption Issuance Activation Void Refund Post-Auth Recharge Cash Out Tip Pre-Auth TSYS Acquiring Solutions (VISA) 18 25 27 0B 0A 0Q – – – – – – Balance Redemption Reload Refund Deactivate (Only Supported for Fifth Third RIID) Unload (Only Supported for Fifth Third RIID) VeriFone Stored Value API (GAPI) The VeriFone Stored Value API (GAPI) is a proprietary specification that allows for stored value card processors to add themselves to PCCharge. Applications using GAPI can also integrate with PCCharge using the various integration methods. For more information on adding a stored value card processor to PCCharge, and how to obtain the VeriFone Stored Value API, please contact VeriFone sales at 1-800725-9264. 112 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Pre-Paid Credit Card Transactions Pre-paid credit cards are similar to regular credit cards, the only difference is that they carry a fixed amount. PCCharge supports Visa, MasterCard, American Express and Discover pre-paid card. Pre-Paid Credit Card processing was added in PCCharge version 5.7.1 release I sp6, but not made configurable until PCCharge version 5.7.1 release I sp9a. Action Codes: P1 - Balance Inquiry P2 - Partial Authorization Reversal Regular Credit card action codes can be used. P1: Used to determine the balance available in a pre-paid credit card. P2: This transaction format is used to submit a POS generated “Reversal” message for a previously approved “Partial Authorization” Credit Card transaction. This transaction type is only supported for the Visa, MasterCard and Discover card types and will return “SERV NOT ALLOWED” for any other transaction. This transaction type is not supported for any PIN Based Debit card transactions. Note: Reversals are not available for American Express pre-paid credit cards. Pre-Paid functionality was originally added in PCCharge version 5.7.1 release I sp6. This feature was defaulted to “on” and the setting could not be changed. The merchant was required to contact their merchant account representative and opt-out of the program. Starting with PCCharge version 5.7.1 release I sp9a and now version 5.8, VeriFone has provided the merchant with a choice within the PCCharge user interface. When enabled: A merchant runs a Pre-Paid card and the amount being processed is greater than the amount on the card. The processor will send an approval message with the approved amount. PCCharge will then calculate the AMOUNT DUE and passes it to the integrator. When disabled: A merchant runs a Pre-Paid card and the amount being processed is greater than the amount on the card. The processor will send a declined message. If the card is Pre-Paid and the amount being processed is less than the card has open to buy, The processor will approve the transaction as if it is a normal credit card. Note: If “Enable Pre-Paid Cards” is not checked, the merchant will not be able to run Credit or Debit Balance Inquiries as this functionality is tied to the Partial Authorization functionality. 113 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Note: “Enable Pre-Paid Cards” option within PCCharge MUST be checked for this feature to work. The option is located under Setup>Credit Card Company>Extended. This option is only configurable in PCCharge version 5.7.1 release I sp9a and above. 114 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Partial Authorization (Partial Auth) In order for an integrator to process transactions where the initial form of payment does not cover the entire authorization amount, the POS must be ready to accept an AMOUNT_DUE that is returned from PCCharge. When this tag is present it indicates that an amount smaller than the original transaction amount was authorized. The next step is for the POS to send a new transaction with the remaining payment amount. As with Pre-Paid Transactions and FSA/HRA Partial Authorization may be an option that can be turned on or off within PCCharge and is usually found on the Extended Data screen for supporting processors. Example of a Partial Auth Transaction: INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>1</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>NPC</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>000000000011</MERCH_NUM> <ACCT_NUM>4387753333333333</ACCT_NUM> <EXP_DATE>1210</EXP_DATE> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>5.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>10496</TROUTD> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>TAS185</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>829814501105</REFERENCE> <AVS_CODE>0</AVS_CODE> <TRANS_DATE>102408</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10496</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>000000000894349</TRANS_ID> <TICODE>CK</TICODE> <MSI>N</MSI> <RET>M</RET> <PEM>5</PEM> <TIM>104858</TIM> <ACI>N</ACI> <PROC_RESP_CODE>10</PROC_RESP_CODE> <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CARD_ID_CODE>M</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>T</ACCT_DATA_SRC> <AMOUNT_DUE>1.00</AMOUNT_DUE> <AUTH_AMOUNT>4.00</AUTH_AMOUNT> </XML_REQUEST> Note : Integrators will use either the AMOUNT_DUE or the AUTH_AMOUNT tags to have the POS indicate the remaining purchase amount to the end user. Note : When total cost of the transaction is covered by the initial purchase PCCharge will not return AMOUNT_DUE and AUTH_AMOUNT tags. 115 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Citi© Transactions/ Credit Plan PCCharge 5.8.0 will now have the ability to process Credit Applications as well as Account Lookups for Citi©. Action Code Description P3 Credit Application P4 Account Lookup P5 Counter Offer Note: Follows a P3 when the result is OFFER. Additional XML tags for the INX: <MIDDLE_INITIAL>, <SUFFIX>, <APT_SUITE>, <EMAIL>, <EMP_NAME>, <HOME_OWNER>, <ANNUAL_INCOME>, <PHOTO_ID_STATE>, <WORK_PHONE_NUM>, <SOURCE_CODE> Additional XML tags for the OUX: <CORRELATION_UID>, <PENDING_NUMBER>, <REPLY_FLAG>, <OPEN_TO_BUY> Credit Application (P3) Approved INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>P3</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>CITI</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>512771092345</MERCH_NUM> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>1233.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> <ZIP_CODE>85284</ZIP_CODE> <STREET>8320</STREET> <STATE>GA</STATE> <PHONE_NUM>9123646469</PHONE_NUM> <DOB>02022002</DOB> <CUSTOMER_FIRSTNAME>Andy</CUSTOMER_FIRSTNAME> <CUSTOMER_LASTNAME>Apple</CUSTOMER_LASTNAME> <CUSTOMER_CITY>SAV</CUSTOMER_CITY> <ID_TYPE>D</ID_TYPE> <ID_NUMBER>121321313</ID_NUMBER> <SS_NUM>999999999</SS_NUM> <WORK_PHONE_NUM>9123665659</WORK_PHONE_NUM> <MIDDLE_INITIAL>Ad</MIDDLE_INITIAL> <APT_SUITE>8320</APT_SUITE> <EMAIL>[email protected]</EMAIL> <EMP_NAME>Verifone</EMP_NAME> <HOME_OWNER>O</HOME_OWNER> <ANNUAL_INCOME>12125</ANNUAL_INCOME> <PHOTO_ID_STATE>GA</PHOTO_ID_STATE> <SOURCE_CODE>AP</SOURCE_CODE> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> 116 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>10587</TROUTD> <RESULT>APPROVAL</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Please write down the Acct# & credit limit on Customer Application.</AUTH_CODE> <TRANS_DATE>072208</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10587</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TIM>153055</TIM> <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CARD_ID_CODE>@</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>T</ACCT_DATA_SRC> <ACCT_NUM>1234123412341234</ACCT_NUM> <CREDIT_LIMIT>1.00</CREDIT_LIMIT> </XML_REQUEST> Rejected INX: This transaction rejected as the <SOURCE_CODE> was sent as ‘AO” and the Opt Out trigger was not turned ON in the PCCharge setup <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>P3</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>CITI</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>512771092345</MERCH_NUM> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>1233.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> <ZIP_CODE>85284</ZIP_CODE> <STREET>8320</STREET> <STATE>GA</STATE> <PHONE_NUM>9123646469</PHONE_NUM> <DOB>02022002</DOB> <CUSTOMER_FIRSTNAME>Andy</CUSTOMER_FIRSTNAME> <CUSTOMER_LASTNAME>Apple</CUSTOMER_LASTNAME> <CUSTOMER_CITY>SAV</CUSTOMER_CITY> <ID_TYPE>D</ID_TYPE> <ID_NUMBER>121321313</ID_NUMBER> <SS_NUM>999999999</SS_NUM> <WORK_PHONE_NUM>9123665659</WORK_PHONE_NUM> <MIDDLE_INITIAL>Ad</MIDDLE_INITIAL> <APT_SUITE>8320</APT_SUITE> <EMAIL>[email protected]</EMAIL> <EMP_NAME>Verifone</EMP_NAME> <HOME_OWNER>O</HOME_OWNER> <ANNUAL_INCOME>12125</ANNUAL_INCOME> <PHOTO_ID_STATE>GA</PHOTO_ID_STATE> <SOURCE_CODE>AO</SOURCE_CODE> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>10586</TROUTD> <RESULT>Error</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Invalid Alt Source Code</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>Invalid Alt Source Code</REFERENCE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10586</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> 117 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Counter Offer (P5) Counter Offers are always generated as a result of an Offer response on a Credit Application (P3) transaction. Approved Credit Application that generated OFFER: INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>P3</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>CITI</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>512771092345</MERCH_NUM> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <TRANS_AMOUNT>4000.00</TRANS_AMOUNT> <ZIP_CODE>75038</ZIP_CODE> <STREET>4210 MADERA</STREET> <STATE>TX</STATE> <PHONE_NUM>5043646469</PHONE_NUM> <DOB>10101951</DOB> <CUSTOMER_FIRSTNAME>CYNTHIA </CUSTOMER_FIRSTNAME> <CUSTOMER_LASTNAME>ROBINSON </CUSTOMER_LASTNAME> <CUSTOMER_CITY>IRVING</CUSTOMER_CITY> <ID_TYPE>D</ID_TYPE> <ID_NUMBER>121321313</ID_NUMBER> <SS_NUM>298580650</SS_NUM> <WORK_PHONE_NUM>5043665659</WORK_PHONE_NUM> <EMAIL>[email protected]</EMAIL> <EMP_NAME>Verifone</EMP_NAME> <HOME_OWNER>O</HOME_OWNER> <ANNUAL_INCOME>12125</ANNUAL_INCOME> <PHOTO_ID_STATE>TX</PHOTO_ID_STATE> <SOURCE_CODE>AP</SOURCE_CODE> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>10588</TROUTD> <RESULT>OFFER</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Offered Amount $1000.00. Does customer accept the offer?</AUTH_CODE> <TRANS_DATE>072208</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10588</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TIM>161918</TIM> <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CARD_ID_CODE>@</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>T</ACCT_DATA_SRC> <CREDIT_LIMIT>1000.00</CREDIT_LIMIT> <PENDING_NUMBER>072208ZG04552</PENDING_NUMBER> <CORRELATION_UID>0820400DOE</CORRELATION_UID> </XML_REQUEST> 118 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Counter Offer Submission (Acceptance of Counter): INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>P5</COMMAND> <TROUTD>10588</TROUTD> <PROCESSOR_ID>CITI</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>512771092345</MERCH_NUM> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <PENDING_NUMBER>072208ZG04552</PENDING_NUMBER> <CORRELATION_UID>0820400DOE</CORRELATION_UID> <REPLY_FLAG>Y</REPLY_FLAG> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>10588</TROUTD> <RESULT>APPROVAL</RESULT> <TRANS_DATE>072208</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10589</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TIM>162225</TIM> <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CARD_ID_CODE>@</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>T</ACCT_DATA_SRC> <ACCT_NUM>6035511112200672</ACCT_NUM> <CREDIT_LIMIT>1000.00</CREDIT_LIMIT> </XML_REQUEST> Account Lookup (P4) Account Lookup by Account Number INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>P4</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>CITI</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>512771092345</MERCH_NUM> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <ACCT_NUM>6035511110201185</ACCT_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>10602</TROUTD> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>The available credit displayed should be considered as a guideline only.</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>Actual available credit could be different at the time of sale</REFERENCE> <TRANS_DATE>072408</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10602</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TIM>113005</TIM> 119 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CARD_ID_CODE>@</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>T</ACCT_DATA_SRC> <ACCT_NUM>6035511110201185</ACCT_NUM> <CREDIT_LIMIT>500.00</CREDIT_LIMIT> </XML_REQUEST> Account Lookup by Social Security Number INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>P4</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>CITI</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>512771092345</MERCH_NUM> <MANUAL_FLAG>0</MANUAL_FLAG> <SS_NUM>426124765</SS_NUM> <DOB>03271980</DOB> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>10603</TROUTD> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>The available credit displayed should be considered as a guideline only.</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>Actual available credit could be different at the time of sale</REFERENCE> <TRANS_DATE>072408</TRANS_DATE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10603</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TIM>113106</TIM> <CMRCL_TYPE>0</CMRCL_TYPE> <PURCH_CARD_TYPE>0</PURCH_CARD_TYPE> <CARD_ID_CODE>@</CARD_ID_CODE> <ACCT_DATA_SRC>T</ACCT_DATA_SRC> <ACCT_NUM>6035511110201193</ACCT_NUM> <CREDIT_LIMIT>500.00</CREDIT_LIMIT> </XML_REQUEST> 120 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Canadian (Interac) Debit Transactions Overview Starting with PCCharge 5.7, the integration of Canadian (Interac) debit transactions is supported when using Global Payments East (NDC) as the processing company and the VeriFone SC5000 PINpad. Canadian debit transactions are also supported when using the processing company Chase Paymentech (GSAR) and the VeriFone SC5000 PINpad. Specifically, the use of these processors and PINpad allows merchants to process transactions for customers using Interac debit cards. Currently, PCCharge only supports a dial-up connection to Global Payments East (NDC). For the processor Chase Paymentech (GSAR), TCP/IP and dial-up connectivity are supported. Also, the programming language used by the integrator must support ActiveX OCX controls in order to support Canadian Debit transactions. Note: The integration of Canadian debit transactions is more complicated than the integration of U.S. debit transactions. Prior to coding, it is highly recommended that integrators review this section, review the various API layouts that are referenced in this section, and then contact VeriFone, Inc.’s Development Support department to discuss the integration. Note: If the processor Global Payments East (NDC) is used, once the integration is completed, the integration must be certified by Global Payments East (NDC). If the processor Chase Paymentech (GSAR) is used, no certification may be required. Contact VeriFone, Inc.’s Development Support department for more details. Note: Canadian Debit is only supported when using the XML message format. Definitions MAC - Message Authentication Code – Canadian banks require “MACing” when performing debit transactions. MACing provides security when processing transactions because it ensures that the messages used to communicate to the PINpad and to the processor are authentic. (Note: This acronym is commonly pronounced as “mack”.) MAC Block – String data generated by the PINpad and the processor based on the transaction data submitted. Interac Association – Interac is a Canadian organization responsible for the development of Canada's national debit service. This service is known as “Interac Direct Payment” (IDP). IDP was rolled out across Canada in 1994. Interac request string - The Interac request string is a string of text that is sent from the integrated application to the PINpad—the transaction-specific data contained in this string is used by the PINpad to prompt the customer to verify the amount of the transaction, choose which back account will be used, enter their PIN, and optionally, specify a tip amount. Once this information has been entered by the customer, the encrypted PIN, MAC Block, and other data is returned to the integrated application in an Interac response string. OMC (Out MaCing) and IMC (In MaCing) files – Files that PCCharge creates in the background to perform MACing and data validation. ReMACing – ReMACing is the process of sending the MAC data portion of the Interac request string to the PINpad to retrieve a new MAC Block from the PINpad. During the ReMACing process, the customer is not prompted to enter any data on the PINpad. ReMACing will need to performed if the transaction 121 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 details change during the process of building the debit transaction. Specifically, ReMACing is necessary when adding a tip to a transaction or when the bank account type changes during the transaction. Integration Notes • • • • • • • • • Prior to sending the first Canadian debit transaction with the Verifone SC5000 PINpad, a key change must occur. A key change is performed from the PINpad setup menu in the PCCharge GUI. Choose Verifone SC5000 from the list and the appropriate radio button, either Global Payments East (NDC) or Chase Paymentech (GSAR), modify the Com port settings if necessary, and then click the Key Change button. PCCharge will connect via modem to Global Payments East (NDC) or Chase Paymentech and perform the key change. A message will be returned indicating whether or not the key change operation was successful. An error code 63, returned from Global Payments East (NDC) when processing transactions, indicates that a key change request must be performed. This error can occur even after the initial key change request has been performed. Canadian debit transactions must be coded to process in a single threaded manner for each PINpad used. For example, for each PINpad, the first transaction must fully complete prior to sending the second transaction. Only two transaction types are supported when processing Canadian debit transactions with Global Payments East (NDC). These transaction types are Purchase (action code 41) and Refund (action code 42). With Chase Paymentech (GSAR), Sale (action code 41), Return (action code 42), Online Void Sale (action code D1), Online Void Return (action code D2), and Current Key Request/Key Change Request (action code M1) are supported. When testing (or running live) Canadian debit transactions, Interac debit cards must be used. Standard U.S. credit cards or debit cards will not work. The track II information is encoded differently on Interac debit cards than it is on U.S. credit or debit cards. Specifically, Interac debit cards have a character encoded on track II that indicates the language code of the card (English or French), U.S. cards do not. The option Allow Duplicate Transactions in the NDC Debit Setup extended screen must be checked if the same card and amount will be sent to Global Payments East (NDC) more than once. Duplicate transactions are common in testing. If this option is not set and a duplicate transaction is sent to the processor, the response “AP DUP” will be returned. After a transaction has been successfully processed by Global Payments East (NDC), the PinSC550.Initialize and PinSC550.GetSerialBlock methods must be called, in that sequence, to reset the PINpad prior to calling the PinSC550.StartMSR method. If these methods are not called in this sequence, the PINpad’s chip serial number will not be passed properly to Global Payments East (NDC). This will cause transactions to decline. When using the processor Global Payments East (NDC), it is highly recommended that the integrator set the option to automatically process OMC files. To activate this option, first, set the PinSC550.ServerPath property to the PCCharge directory, and then set the PinSC550.AutoProcess property to TRUE. If the integrator chooses to manually process the data in OMC and IMC files on their own (not recommended), the PinSC550 class provides three methods to facilitate manual processing. Base64Decode and Base64Encode allow integrators to encode and decode the Base 64 data in the OMC files. Encoding and decoding is required because the XML message format does not support the non-standard characters that appear in these files. InteracAnalysis allows integrators to send the string in the OMC file (after it is decoded) to the PINpad for verification. Once the string is verified by the PINpad, the merchant is assured that the transaction message returned by the processor is genuine. Again, these three methods will not be used if the OMC files will be processed automatically by the PinSC550 class. Global Payments East (NDC) requires the use of a POS Sequence Number for each PINpad used to process transactions. The POS Sequence Number for each PINpad is stored by Global Payments East (NDC) and passed to PCCharge with each transaction response. Because of this, 122 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 • • • • when using a new PINpad, the first transaction should be processed with a blank POS Sequence number—this transaction will decline and return a result of “NOT CAPTURED” and reference of “Invalid Seq. Num”. This error indicates that Global Payments East (NDC) has passed the current POS Sequence Number to PCCharge, and that PCCharge has updated a file located in the PCCharge directory named NDCDebitMsg.txt with the correct sequence number. At this point, future transactions with this PINpad will be able to retrieve the correct POS Sequence Number and process successfully. The GetPOSSequenceNumber method is provided in the OCX, DLL, and OLE/COM methods of integration to retrieve the POS Sequence Number from a text file. This text file is named NDCDebitMsg.txt and appears in the PCCharge directory. The POS Sequence Number is unique to each PINpad and is required when processing transactions. If the File Method or TCP Interface will be used to process transactions, the integrator must manually retrieve the POS Sequence Number from this text file. The POS Sequence Number is stored in the file in the format: <ChipSN><POSSeqNum>. For example, “658A3P777” would indicate the Chip Serial Number of “658A3P” and the POS Sequence Number of “777”. Note: If multiple PINpads are used, this file will contain multiple Chip Serial Number / POS Sequence Number entries. When processing transactions that include tips, Global Payments East (NDC) only processes the total amount of the transaction (the total amount is defined as the amount of the sale plus the tip). However, PCCharge requires that two properties, Amount and Gratuity, be populated when submitting transactions that include tips. Once these two properties are set, their values will be added together automatically by PCCharge when the transaction is submitted to Global Payments East (NDC). The PinSC550 class has a communications monitor that can be used by the integrator to troubleshoot integration and processing issues. To activate the communication monitor, set the CommVisible property to TRUE. The OLE/COM method of integration may also be used to integrate Canadian Debit transactions. When using the OLE/COM method, the class must be declared asynchronously in order to activate events. For example, use “Dim WithEvents” in the declaration section. When calling the .Send method in the PCCDebit class, pass the “TRUE” parameter to execute the transaction asynchronously. This is only supported with Global Payments East (NDC). Integration Tools The DevKit includes a control named SC550.OCX and the SC5X.OCX. This control contains two classes that are used to communicate to the Verifone SC5000 PINpad and to build and parse Interac request strings: • SC550.PinSC550 – This class provides properties and methods that allow client applications to communicate with the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Tables with the descriptions of the properties and methods that are available in the SC550.PinSC550 class can be found starting on page 247. Only used for the processor Global Payments East (NDC). • SC550.clsInteracReq – This class provides properties and methods to build and parse the Interac strings that are required to communicate to the PINpad. Tables with the descriptions of the properties and methods that are available in the SC550.clsInteracReq class can be found starting on page 253. Only used for the processor Global Payments East (NDC). • SC5X.OCX – This OCX provides the properties and methods to communicate with the SC5000 pinpad. Only used for the processor Chase Paymentech (GSAR). 123 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 The DevKit also includes three tools that are also used to process Canadian debit card transactions with PCCharge: • • • Debit.OCX (OCX Method) Debit Class (DLL Method) PCCDebit Class (OLE/COM Method) Depending on the integration method, one of the above tools should be used to enable the client application to communicate to PCCharge. Refer to tables found in the applicable sections in CHAPTER 6 -- PCCharge Integration Methods (see page 157) for descriptions of the properties and methods used while integrating. Process Flow when using the processor Global Payments East (NDC) The following explains the steps that are required to integrate Canadian Debit transactions. There are three general categories: 1. Start Up – The steps outlined in Start Up should typically be performed each time the integrated application is started. 2. Transaction Processing – The steps outlined in Transaction Processing should typically be performed each time a debit card transaction is processed. 3. Shut Down – The steps outline in Shut Down should typically be performed when the integrated application shuts down. Note: In the steps below, when referencing the various properties and methods in the Debit.OCX, the Debit class in PSCharge.dll, and the PCCDebit OLE class, all three of these tools will be referred to as “the debit control” for simplicity. Start Up – When the integrated application starts up, the following steps should be performed: 1. Set the initial properties. In the PinSC550 class, set the initial communication properties for the PINpad. These properties are marked with a ° in the SC550.PinSC550 Class Properties table. 2. Open the port. Use the OpenPort Method in the PinSC550 class to open the Com port that the PINpad is connected to. 3. Initialize the PINpad. Use the Initialize Method in the PinSC550 class to initialize the PINpad. 4. Retrieve the PINpad’s Chip Serial Number. Use the GetSerialBlock Method in the PinSC550 class to retrieve the PINpad’s Chip Serial Number. Once the serial number has been retrieved from the PINpad, the PinSC550 class will fire the ActionUpdate event and the GPSPinPadAction will be set to “ENUM_ACTION_REQ_SERIAL” (5). The ChipSN property in the PinSC550 class will contain the PINpad’s Chip Serial Number. Store the Chip Serial Number value as a variable—it will need to be passed to the debit control. 124 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 5. Activate the automatic processing of OMC files (recommended). To active the automatic processing of OMC files, set the properties marked with a °° in the SC550.PinSC550 Class Properties table. The values that should be set are noted below: • Set the ServerPath property of the PinSC550 class to the PCCharge directory • Set the AutoProcess property of the PinSC550 class to TRUE (default is FALSE) • Set the AutoInterval property of the PinSC550 class. This property determines often the class will poll for the OMC files. Default is “1000” (milliseconds). Transaction Processing – Once all of the Start Up steps have been completed, perform the following steps to process transactions: 1. Indicate to the PINpad to prompt the customer to swipe their debit card. Use the StartMSR Method in the PinSC550 class to prompt the customer to swipe their debit card. The message “SWIPE CARD” / “GLISSER CARTE” will appear on the PINpad’s screen. 2. Wait for the customer to swipe the card. After it is swiped, retrieve and parse the track II data and retrieve the language code. Once the card has been swiped in the PINpad, the PinSC550 class will fire the ActionUpdate event and the GPSPinPadAction will be set to “ENUM_ACTION_MSR_RECEIVED_DATA” (7). The TrackII property of the PinSC550 class will now contain the track II string from the card. Parse this string to retrieve the card number and expiration date. Store the track II data, card number, and expiration date values as variables—they will need to be passed to the debit control. Also, the LanguageCode property of the PinSC550 class will contain the language code that was retrieved from the track II data. Store the language code value as a variable—it will need to be passed back to the PinSC550 class when calling the RequestInterac method. 3. Retrieve the POS Sequence Number from PCCharge. PCCharge stores the POS Sequence Number for each PINpad in a file in the PCCharge directory named NDCDebitMsg.txt. In order to retrieve this number, set the debit control’s Path property to the PCCharge directory and then call the GetPOSSequenceNumber method in the debit control. Note: The PINpad’s Chip Serial Number must be passed as a parameter when calling the GetPOSSequenceNumber method. Store the POS Sequence Number value as a variable—it will need to be passed back to the clsInteracReq class when calling the BuildInteracRequest method. 4. Build the Interac request string. To build the Interac request string, instantiate the clsInteracReq class, populate the required properties, and then call the BuildInteracRequest method in the clsInteracReq class. The properties that are required when building the string are marked with a ° in the SC550.clsInteracReq Class Properties table. The method will return the Interac request string. Store the Interac request string as a variable—it will need to be passed back to the PinSC550 class when calling the RequestInterac method. IMPORTANT: Do not clear or change any of the properties in the clsInteracReq class or destroy the object at this point. If ReMACing is required when processing this transaction, many of the properties that have already been set will be re-used. 5. Send the Interact request string (from step 4) and the card’s language code (from step 2) to the PINpad. This will instruct the PINpad to prompt the customer to confirm the transaction amount, enter a tip amount (optional), choose the bank account type (Chequing or Savings), and enter their PIN. 125 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Use the RequestInterac method in the PinSC550 class to send the Interac request string to the PINpad. This will instruct the PINpad to prompt for the customer for various information. The RequestInterac method requires two parameters: the Interact request string from step 4 and the language code from step 2. Once the RequestInterac method is executed, the PINpad will prompt the customer to 1) confirm the transaction amount; 2) specify the tip amount (optional); 3) choose their bank account type; and 4) enter their PIN. 6. Wait for the transaction-specific data to be entered by the customer on the PINpad. When the PINpad indicates the data has been entered, parse the data. Once data entry by customer has completed on the PINpad, the PinSC550 class will fire the ActionUpdate event and the GPSPinPadAction will be set to “ENUM_ACTION_INTERAC_RECEIVED_DATA” (16). The Interac response string returned by the PINpad will be placed in the DeviceData property of the PinSC550 class. To parse the string, pass it to the ParseResponseData method in the clsInteracReq class. When the ParseResponseData method returns TRUE, the properties marked with a °° in the SC550.clsInteracReq Class Properties table will be populated with the transaction-specific data. Store the value returned in TipAmount as a variable—it may need to be passed to the debit control. Also, store the values returned in MacBlock and PinBlock as variables—they will need to be passed to the debit control. 7. Determine if ReMACing must occur. If ReMACing is not necessary, skip to step 9. To determine if ReMACing must occur, check the value of the Boolean property RequireReMac in the PinSC550 class. If this property is set to TRUE, then ReMACing is required. Otherwise, ReMACing is not required, skip to step 9. 8. Request a new MAC block from the PINpad. If RequireReMac is set to TRUE, a new MAC block must be retrieved from the PINpad. The ReMacData property will contain a string of data that must be sent to the PINpad to retrieve a new MAC block. To perform the ReMAC, pass the string in the ReMacData property to the PINpad by using the RequestMAC method in the PinSC550 class. The RequestMAC method requires one parameter, the string of MAC data, to be passed to it. Once the PINpad creates and returns the new MAC block, the MACBlock property of the PinSC550 class will contain the new MAC block. Store the value returned in the MACBlock property as a variable—it will need to be passed to the debit control. 9. Process the transaction. To process the transaction, set the path to the PCCharge directory in the debit control, check if SYS.PCC exists, and then populate the required properties in the debit control with the variables that have been stored by the application. The properties required to process a transaction are marked with a °° in the various debit control tables in CHAPTER 6 -- PCCharge Integration Methods (see page 157). Once the properties are populated, call the Send method. The Send method will instruct the debit control to send the transaction to PCCharge. PCCharge will then dial out to Global Payments East (NDC) and submit the transaction request. Once the transaction is processed by Global Payments East (NDC), a response is returned to PCCharge and the POS Sequence Number is updated. If the option to automatically process the OMC files is selected, PCCharge will validate the response message automatically, and then return the status of the transaction via the debit control to the integrated application. The most important information is returned in the GetResult, GetAuth, and GetRefNumber methods. Once all response data has been retrieved from the debit control, call the Clear or ClearVariables method to reset all of the properties. Note: If the OMC files will not be processed automatically, the integrator must poll for and then process the data returned in the OMC files to validate the transaction. 126 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 10. Prepare the PINpad for the next transaction. Once the transaction has completed, the PINpad’s screen will display to the customer whether or not the transaction was approved. After a few moments, the message “OBTAIN CARD” will appear on the PINpad’s screen. In order to prepare the PINpad for the next transaction, call the Initialize Method in the PinSC550 class. The PINpad’s screen will display the message “WELCOME/BONJOUR”. To process the next transaction, return to step 1 of “Transaction Processing”. Shut Down – When the integrated application has finished processing transactions, the following step should be followed: 1. Shut down the Port. In the PinSC550 class, shut down the port by calling the ClosePort method in the PinSC550 class. Note: All steps listed above are only applicable when using the processor Global Payments East (NDC). Process Flow when using the processor Chase Paymentech (GSAR) 1. Initialize the VeriFone SC5000 PINpad. Using the SC5X.OCX, initialize the VeriFone SC5000 PINpad by setting the required properties (see p. 193 for SC5X.OCX properties). The RetrieveCreditSwipe method can be called to set the PINpad to a ready state and will prompt for the swipe. Once the swipe occurs, if successful, the .Card, .Member, .ExpDate, and .Track properties will be populated automatically, and the PINpad will prompt for the PIN number. 2. Send the transaction to PCCharge. Send the transaction to PCCharge by calling the .Send 3 method of the SC5X.OCX. The transaction will be sent to the Path specified in the .ServerPath property of the SC5X.OCX. 3. Retrieve the response. Once PCCharge has processed the transaction request, call the various .Get methods to retrieve the response. Once the response has been retrieved, parse the results to determine the outcome of the transaction (see p. 194 for SC5X.OCX methods). 127 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Transaction Inquiry Overview The PCCharge integration methods provide the ability to submit Transaction Inquiry requests. A Transaction Inquiry request (action code ZI) retrieves transaction data stored in the PCCharge database (pccw.mdb) based on the TroutD or account number that is submitted. The response provided by PCCharge will include all available transaction records returned in XML tags that correspond to the appropriate database fields. All five integration methods support the Transaction Inquiry request. Note: Sensitive information such as credit card numbers are encrypted in the PCCharge database. The transaction inquiry command will not return credit card numbers in plain text. If credit card numbers from past transactions are needed, these numbers must be stored in the integrated application. See the sections Important Security Notice (see page 9) and Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines (see page 55) for more information on the storage of sensitive cardholder data and the regulations related to data storage. Usage OCX Method and DLL Method To submit a Transaction Inquiry request via the OCX or DLL Methods, use the Charge.OCX control or the Charge class of PSCharge.dll. Populate the following properties: • • • • User – A valid user name in PCCharge Path – The path to the PCCharge directory Command – “ZI” TroutD or Card – Populate only one of these properties. The request will return the results based on the value passed in either one of these properties. Once the properties are populated, call the Send method. Once the request is processed, the response can be retrieved by calling the GetXMLResponse method. This method returns the contents of the .oux file that is returned by PCCharge. OLE/COM Method To submit a Transaction Inquiry request via the OLE/COM Method, use the debit class (the charge class cannot be used because charge’s action property is defined as long and this property will not accept the “ZI” action code. Populate the following properties in the debit class: • • • • User – A valid user name in PCCharge Path – The path to the PCCharge directory Action – “ZI” TroutD or Card – Populate only one of these properties. The request will return the results based on the value passed in either one of these properties. 128 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Once the properties are populated, call the Send method. Once the request is processed, the response can be retrieved by calling the GetXMLResponse method. This method returns the contents of the .oux file that is returned by PCCharge. File Method / TCP Interface To submit a Transaction Inquiry request via the File Method or TCP Interface, pass a request to PCCharge that contains the following tags: • • • USER_ID - A valid user name in PCCharge COMMAND - ZI TROUTD or ACCT_NUM - Use only one of these tags. The request will return the results based on the value passed in either one of these tags. Once the request is processed, PCCharge returns the response in an .oux file. General Note: The RECORD_COUNT tag in the XML response indicates how many transaction records are returned for each account number or TroutD value. Multiple transaction records will be returned (as nested XML tags) if this is the case. For example, if a Pre-Authorization was completed with a PostAuthorization, and then Voided, RECORD_COUNT would indicate “3” and three transaction records would be returned. 129 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Example This example demonstrates performing a Transaction Inquiry request using the File Method or TCP Interface. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for more information on the File Method or TCP Interface API. Request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>ZI</COMMAND> <TROUTD>1003</TROUTD> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Response: <TRANS_INQUIRY> <RECORD_COUNT>1</RECORD_COUNT> <TRANS_RECORD> <TABLE>Trans</TABLE> <Number>1003</Number> <Ticket>123456789</Ticket> <Date>5/6/2004</Date> <Time>10:32:25</Time> <Station>User1</Station> <Processor>NOVA</Processor> <TID>99988836</TID> <Issuer>Visa</Issuer> <Member>VERIFONE TEST 3</Member> <ExpDate>1208</ExpDate> <Action>1</Action> <Manual>False</Manual> <Amount>$1.00</Amount> <Ref>00000000</Ref> <Result>CAPTURED</Result> <Auth>TESTVI</Auth> <Result_Ref>035</Result_Ref> <Tax_Amount>$0.00</Tax_Amount> <Total_Auth>$1.00</Total_Auth> <Trans_Indicator>1</Trans_Indicator> <ReqACI>Y</ReqACI> <RetACI>B</RetACI> <TransDate>0506</TransDate> <TransTime>103226</TransTime> <Card>4012........0026</Card> <PeriodicPayment>False</PeriodicPayment> <BatchNumber>0</BatchNumber> <ItemNumber>35</ItemNumber> <CVV2_Resp>X</CVV2_Resp> <Selected>False</Selected> <Commercial_Card>N</Commercial_Card> <Offline>N</Offline> <Status>A</Status> <TroutD>1003</TroutD> <CardPresent>0</CardPresent> <Business_Type>0</Business_Type> </TRANS_RECORD> </TRANS_INQUIRY> 130 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Batch Settlement Overview To submit a batch settlement request via the File Method or TCP Interface, pass a request to PCCharge that contains the following tags: • • • • USER_ID - A valid user name in PCCharge COMMAND – (see below) MERCH_NUM – The merchant number PROCESSOR_ID – The processor ID Once the request is processed, PCCharge returns the response in an .oux file if using the File Method interface. If using TCP, the response is returned in the data stream. Action Code Description 30 Batch Inquiry 31 Batch Close/Settle 32 Private Label Batch Close 33 Amex Split Settle 39 Close/Settle Batches for all merchant numbers* * When using action code 39, an appropriate timeout value must be set to allow for closing/settling of all merchant numbers set up in PCCharge. If action code 39 is chosen, a default value of 1200 seconds is selected. If a longer time is needed, the timeout property must be set to an adequate value. Simple Batch Request Example: 1) Example of batch settlement request: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>31</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>GSAR</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999999519</MERCH_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Example of batch settlement response: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>Accepted</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>026 0207 9999</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>999999999999519</REFERENCE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1.00</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>026 0207 9999</TRANS_ID> <TICODE>1</TICODE> <RET>1</RET> <TIM>1</TIM> 131 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 <BATCH_NUMBER>26</BATCH_NUMBER> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Example: 2) When the batch exceeds the maximum size allowed or that is configured in PCCharge, a response file should look similar to this: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>Accepted</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>00001</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>000192000903</REFERENCE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>8.00</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>00001</TRANS_ID> <TICODE>5</TICODE> <RET>2</RET> <TIM>1</TIM> <BATCH_NUMBER>001</BATCH_NUMBER> </XML_REQUEST> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>Accepted</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>00002</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>000192000903</REFERENCE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13.00</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>00002</TRANS_ID> <TICODE>5</TICODE> <RET>1</RET> <TIM>2</TIM> <BATCH_NUMBER>002</BATCH_NUMBER> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Multiple Batches Note: In the event there are multiple batches waiting to be settled in one settlement, the integrated application will need to be designed to loop through the settlement response to retrieve the response for each batch. 132 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Batch Inquire Before submitting transactions for settlement, some merchant will prefer to perform a Batch Inquire. Depending on the process this will return batch information to give the merchant more information regarding the batch and the totals. Example Batch Inquire: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>30</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>GSAR</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999999519</MERCH_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Batch Inquire with Card Type Beginning with PCCharge version 5.9.2 there is now the ability to perform a Batch Inquiry by Card Type. This involves sending the same type of transaction for Batch Inquire and adding one new request tag. New Request Tag: Valid Values: New Response Tag: Pre-existing XML Response Tags: <CARD_TYPE> MC, VISA, AMEX, DISC, DEBIT, EBT, PL, JCB <VISA_COUNT>, <VISA_AMOUNT>, <MC_COUNT>, <MC_AMOUNT>, <DISC_COUNT>, <DISC_AMOUNT>, <PL_COUNT>, <PL_AMOUNT>, <JCB_COUNT>, <JCB_AMOUNT> <DEBIT_COUNT>, <DEBIT_TOTAL_AMOUNT>, <EBT_COUNT>, <EBT_TOTAL_AMOUNT>, <AMEX_COUNT>, <AMEX_AMOUNT>, <TOTAL_COUNT>, <TOTAL_BALANCE> Example Batch Inquire with Card Type <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>30</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>GSAR</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999999519</MERCH_NUM> <CARD_TYPE>MC</CARD_TYPE> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> 133 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Amex Settlement Action Code Description 33 Settlement Request 35 Reverse Batch 36 Resubmit Batch 37 Get Results 38 Finalize Batch Additional XML tag: <BATCH_NUMBER> AMEX Split Settlement Split settle is the ability to connect directly to American Express to settle AMEX card transactions. Both split dial and split settle will typically get lower per-transaction rates on American Express transactions. Thru integration sending a command of 33 will allow developer to send an AMEX split settlement request to PCCharge. At the completion of settlement file transfer, a message of completion or error status will be returned to the integrator. Once the transactions have successfully been transferred to AMEX, you may request the AMEX settlement results as described in the Getting Amex settlement section below. Alternatively, merchants may visit AMEX's website to view their settlement results. The following information (supplied to VeriFone by AMEX) illustrates this concept: "For questions regarding your American Express merchant account, American Express offers a free Internet service, Online Merchant Services, which supports online account management specific to payments, customer disputes and more. For information on how to enroll in Online Merchant Services, please contact your account representative or visit http://www.americanexpress.com/merchant. For merchants that are not enrolled in the online account management tool, paper statements are issued for general account maintenance. For general customer service, please call 800-528-5200." A Credit card detail report request also is a good way to obtain those transactions that were sent to American Express, the request should specify Card Type:, Start:, and End: filters to specify AMEX and the date of the transactions to be viewed). Getting Amex Settlement Result – This feature will allow you to view the confirmation and acknowledgement files that have been obtained from AMEX regarding the settlement. The request should include the action code 37 as well as the merchant account whose confirmation files developer wishes to retrieve. Upon Request, PCCharge contact AMEX and download any confirmation/acknowledge files for the selected merchant. Note that after settling, the acknowledgement file could take up to 30 minutes and the confirmation file could take up to 4 hours. The files will be located in the AMEXARCH folder in PCCharge Install directory. Finalize Transactions – The request to mark AMEX transactions as settled. Reverse – submit a reversal of an archived file. Resubmit - To re-transmit a settlement file to American Express, simply send a request with action code 36, a batch should not be re-transmitted to American Express unless directed by a Technical Support Representative. Example of an AMEX Split batch settlement request: 134 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>33</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>999999999911</MERCH_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Example of an AMEX Split batch settlement response: <XML_FILE> <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>Accepted</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>FTP transmission successful.</AUTH_CODE> <REFERENCE>888000000359</REFERENCE> <TICODE>0</TICODE> <RESULT_CODE>2</RESULT_CODE> <BATCH_NUMBER>5</BATCH_NUMBER> <MERCH_NUM>888000000359</MERCH_NUM> <PROCESSOR_ID>AMEX</PROCESSOR_ID> </XML_REQUEST> </XML_FILE> Note: I have included cashier tags in the examples below. For backwards compatibility, these tags are not mandatory. However, if the integrator does pass in these tags, validation will take place for both cashier name/password accuracy and permissions. Reverse Batch (35) Use this action code to reverse an entire batch so that it can be edited and resubmitted. INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>35</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>Manager</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>Test123$</PASSWORD> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>888000000359</MERCH_NUM> <BATCH_NUMBER>004</BATCH_NUMBER> <TXN_TIMEOUT>5000</TXN_TIMEOUT> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Reversal File Sent Successfully</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10596</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <MERCH_NUM>888000000359</MERCH_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> 135 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Resubmit Batch (36) Use this action code to resubmit a previously settled batch. Would use this action if Amex did not receive the previous settlement or if you have reversed and edited a batch and need to re-settle. INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>36</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>Manager</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>Test123$</PASSWORD> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>888000000359</MERCH_NUM> <BATCH_NUMBER>006</BATCH_NUMBER> <TXN_TIMEOUT>5000</TXN_TIMEOUT> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Resubmittal File Sent Successfully</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>10597</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <MERCH_NUM>888000000359</MERCH_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> Get Results (37) Use this action code in order to retrieve any results files available on the Amex ftp site. Please note that even though the integrator submits a batch number, this transaction will pull any files available at Amex for this particular merchant setup. Therefore, this action may or may not return files for the batch number that the integrator supplied in the request. The user would still have to go to the UI to actually view the results. INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>37</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>Manager</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>Test123$</PASSWORD> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>888000000359</MERCH_NUM> <BATCH_NUMBER>004</BATCH_NUMBER> <TXN_TIMEOUT>5000</TXN_TIMEOUT> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Files Retrieved</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13167</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <MERCH_NUM>888000000359</MERCH_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> 136 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 If no files are present on the Amex site, the integrator will receive the following OUX. OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>NOT CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>No File Present</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13168</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <MERCH_NUM>888000000359</MERCH_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> If the account is not configured for Amex direct settlement, the integrator will receive the following OUX. OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>NOT CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>AMEX Settlement Not Set Up</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13166</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <MERCH_NUM>888000001005</MERCH_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> Finalize Batch (38) Use this action code to update the database to mark all the transactions in the batch as “Settled”. Should only be done after the ACK and CON files have been retrieved and the merchant has verified that the batch did indeed settle without errors. INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>38</COMMAND> <CASHIER_NAME>Manager</CASHIER_NAME> <PASSWORD>Test123$</PASSWORD> <PROCESSOR_ID>VISA</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>888000000359</MERCH_NUM> <BATCH_NUMBER>006</BATCH_NUMBER> <TXN_TIMEOUT>5000</TXN_TIMEOUT> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>CAPTURED</RESULT> <AUTH_CODE>Transactions Finalized</AUTH_CODE> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>13171</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <MERCH_NUM>888000000359</MERCH_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> 137 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Gift Settlement RBS WorldPay (LYNK) To submit gift settlement with RBS WorldPay we send an Action “E1”, this action invokes a gift settlement routine. The settlement is processed then returns a response. The response string contains the settlement response. The response will state whether the batch is Accepted, a Batch Record Count, and the Batch Net Total. Example: INX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>E1</COMMAND> <PROCESSOR_ID>LYNK</PROCESSOR_ID> <MERCH_NUM>000001000041</MERCH_NUM> <TXN_TIMEOUT>5000</TXN_TIMEOUT> </XML_REQUEST> OUX: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <TROUTD>1038</TROUTD> <RESULT>Accepted</RESULT> <INTRN_SEQ_NUM>1038</INTRN_SEQ_NUM> <TRANS_ID>000000003</TRANS_ID> <TICODE>1</TICODE> <RESULT_CODE>2</RESULT_CODE> <AUTH_AMOUNT>1.00</AUTH_AMOUNT> <RECORD_COUNT>3</RECORD_COUNT> <MERCH_NUM>000001000041</MERCH_NUM> </XML_REQUEST> 138 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Batch Totals Storage PCCharge stores batch totals in the BatchTotals table of the PCCharge database. Developers can access this table by building database queries. The data in this table can be used to write custom reports that can assist merchants with reconciliation. Note: This functionality is currently available only for FDMS Atlanta dial, lease-line, and TCP/IP Pass through connections. Other processors and connection types will be added in future releases. BatchTotals Table PCCharge stores batch totals received from the processor in the PCCW.mdb database. These totals are stored in the BatchTotals table after the completion of an inquiry or settlement. Information stored includes: Column Name Database Data Type Description TransNum Text 10 characters Transaction number from PCCharge Date Date/time Date of transaction Time Text 8 characters Time of transaction Action Text 2 characters Action code of transaction: 30 = Inquiry 31 = Settlement TID Text 32 characters Terminal ID number for merchant account GrandTotal Currency Gross amount of settlement/inquiry (includes totals plus returns plus voids) Net Currency Net amount of settlement/inquiry (includes totals minus returns minus voids) Additional columns include the following processor dependent columns: fee amount, returns, voids, debit, EBT, check, stored value totals, and totals for each card issuer along with transaction counts. More columns will be added in the future. The totals information can be tracked using transaction number, date, time, action code, merchant number, or any combination thereof. Queries can be linked with the settlement table. 139 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Health Message Transaction This is a transaction that will tell the state of PCCharge to determine if it is available accept transactions. The Action Code for this transaction is ‘ZH’. No parameters other than this action and the user are needed. This function will return a string with a code that reflects PCCharge’s state. Note: PCCharge must be running for the ZH command to function. The codes are as follow: 0 = OK response, transactions should process fine (No sys.pcc exists) 2 = Sys.pcc exists with no predefined code in it 3 = A Batch is in progress (Sys.pcc exists with a code 1 in the sys.pcc file) 4 = Database is being repaired (Sys.pcc exists with a code 2 in the sys.pcc file) 5 = Backup Zip is in progress (Sys.pcc exists with a code 3 in the sys.pcc file) 6 = Modem is being initialized (Sys.pcc exists with a code 4 in the sys.pcc file) 7 = Database is being archived (Sys.pcc exists with a code 5 in the sys.pcc file) 8 = The settlement file is locked (Sys.pcc exists with a code 6 in the sys.pcc file) 9 = A Reversal is in process 10 = A reversal is waiting (Only used for FDMS Atlanta) 11 = Reserved 12 = Reserved 13 = Reserved For testing purposes, create a sys.pcc with the codes outlined above; verify that the response contains the correct associated result code. Request Example: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <COMMAND>ZH</COMMAND> </XML_REQUEST> Response Example: <XML_REQUEST> <USER_ID>User1</USER_ID> <RESULT>0</RESULT> </XML_REQUEST> 140 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Command Line Switches The following table lists various command line switches that can be used to customize how PCCharge Pro or Payment Server runs. Simply add these switches to the end of target line of the PCCharge Pro or Payment Server shortcut. Command Line Switch Description /UI Loads the PCCharge Payment Server graphical user interface (GUI) on initialization. (PCCharge Payment Server only) /IOL Turns on the IODebug.log file. This file is used for troubleshooting purposes. /D Activates Demo mode. In Demo Mode, PCCharge will operate with all five integration methods if the XML message format is used. Important Note: Prior to activation, the Demo mode command line switch must be deleted to enable LIVE mode. Command Line Switch Format "C:\Program Files\PCCW\Pccw.exe" [/IOL] [/D] "C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\Active-Charge.exe" [/UI] [/IOL] [/D] Text inside [ ] is optional. The command line switches must appear in the order specified above. 141 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 CHAPTER 5 -- DevKit Constants 142 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 DevKit Constants Action Codes Refer to CHAPTER 3 -- Payment Processing Basics (see page 41) for further descriptions of the various transactions. Credit Card Action Code Description 1 Sale 2 Credit 3 Void Sale Note: Reversals should be processed when supported instead of Void. See page 93 4 Pre-Authorization 5 Post-Authorization 6 Void Credit 7 Void Post-Authorization 8 Commercial Card Sale 9 Commercial Card Credit 10 Commercial Card Post-Authorization 11 Pre-Authorization Return Note: Only available for processor NBS 13 Gratuity (finalizes or modifies a Restaurant Sale) 14 Sale with Gratuity 15 Book 17 Void Ship P1 Pre-Paid Credit Card Balance Inquiry P2 Credit Card Authorization Reversal P3* Credit Application – Citi© Private Label Only P4 Account Lookup – Citi© Private Label Only P5* Counter Offer – Citi© Private Label Only Note: Follows a P3 when the result is OFFER. * * These Action Codes are available as of PCCharge version 5.8. They are the result of the new Citi© Credit Plan functionality. Note: See Citi Credit Plan on page 116 for examples. 143 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Debit Action Code Description 40 Pre-Authorization Note: Only available for processor NBS 41 Sale 42 Return 43 Void Note: Not all debit card processors in PCCharge support debit void functionality 44 Debit Card Balance Inquiry Note: Only available for processor Elavon (NOVA) 46 Void Return 47 Post-Authorization Note: Only available for processor NBS 48 Sale Recovery 49 Return Recovery M1 Key Change Request (Canadian Debit only) D1 Online Void Sale (Canadian Debit via Chase Paymentech GSAR only) D2 Online Void Return (Canadian Debit via Chase Paymentech GSAR only) D3 Debit Reversal S21°° Gratuity (Canadian Debit via Chase Paymentech GSAR only) °°The SC5X.OCX supports gratuity with the S21 action code. Gratuity is input by the user into the VeriFone SC5000 exclusively before the transaction is sent to PCCharge. Gratuity adjustments after the transaction are not available. Check Verification Action Code Description 20 MICR (verify) 21 COD / Phone (verify) 22 Driver’s License (verify) 23 Double ID (verify) 50 MICR (verify in truncation mode) 54 Manager Override Check Conversion Action Code Description 24 Void Check 51 Sale (MICR) 52 Void (MICR) 53 Force (MICR) 59 Settle (MICR) 144 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Check Conversion (Telecheck Only) Action Code 51 Transaction ECA Sale Description PCCharge sends the ECA request and automatically handles the status request 52 ECA Void PCCharge sends the void request to TeleCheck 56 ECA Adjustment PCCharge sends the Adjustment request to TeleCheck C4 ECA Authorization PCCharge sends only the ECA Auth request and waits for the POS to send either a C5 or C6 prior to sending the status message C4 (continued) 145 Properties Required: .User .Path .Processor .MerchantNumber .Amount .MICRStatus .CHECK_READER_C ODE .CheckType .MICR_DATA or .Check_Number .Account_Number .Transit_Number Conditional .DL_TRACK_II or .Drivers_License .State .Phone_Number Optional: .CustomerCity .CustomerStreet .Zip_Code .CustomerName .Birth_Date .Ticket Required: .User .Path .TroutD Optional: .Ticket Required: .User .Path .TroutD .Amount Optional: .Ticket Required: .User .Path .Processor .MerchantNumber .Amount .MICRStatus .CHECK_READER_C ODE .CheckType .MICR_DATA or .Check_Number .Account_Number .Transit_Number Conditional .DL_TRACK_II or .Drivers_License .State .Phone_Number Optional: .CustomerCity .CustomerStreet .Zip_Code PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 C5 ECA Completion Accepted PCCharge sends the status message indicating the ECA has been Accepted C6 ECA Completion Refused PCCharge sends the status message indicating the ECA as been Refused. The merchant may still hold the check for paper deposit. .CustomerName .Birth_Date .Ticket Required: .User .Path .TroutD Optional: .Ticket Required: .User .Path .TroutD Optional: .Ticket EBT Action Code Description 60 Account Inquiry (GSAR and TSYS: Cash Benefits / Food Stamp Balance Inquiry) 61 Cash Withdrawal 62 Food Stamp Purchase (GSAR: Food Stamp Sale) 63 Food Stamp Credit (Return) (GSAR: Food Stamp Return) 64 Cash Post-Authorization (GSAR: Cash Benefits Prior Auth Sale) 65 Food Stamp Post-Authorization (Electronic Voucher) (GSAR: Food Stamp Prior Auth Sale) 66 Food Stamp Credit Post-Authorization 67 Cash Void 68 Food Stamp Void 69 Food Stamp Credit Void 70 Purchase or Purchase w/Cashback (GSAR: Cash Benefits Sale with or w/o Cash Back) 71 Foodstamp Purchase Recovery 72 Foodstamp Credit Recovery 73 Foodstamp Post-Auth Recovery 74 Cash Withdrawal Recovery 75 Cash Purchase Recovery 146 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Gift Note: Refer to the section Gift Card Transactions (see page 110) for a list of Gift Card processors and the action codes they support. Action Code Description 18 Balance Inquiry 25 Redemption / Sale 26 Register / Replace 27 Add Value / Add Points / Prior Issuance / Increment / Reload 28 Activation / Activate 29 Void / Cancel 0A Deactivate / Close 0B Refund / Credit 0C Totals Inquiry / Current Day Totals 0D Previous Day Totals 0H Balance with Lock 0I Post-Authorization / Redemption Unlock 0N Redeem Points 0P Balance Merge 0Q Balance Adjustment / Unload 0R Balance Transfer 0S Report Lost / Stolen 0T Cash Out / Cash Back 0U Add Tip 0V Pre-Auth Batch Action Code Description 30 Batch Inquiry 31 Batch Close/Settle 32 Private Label Batch Close 33 Amex Split Settle 35 Reversing Batches for Amex Split Settle 36 Resubmitting Batches for Amex Split Settle 37 Getting Result Files for Amex Split Settle 39 Close/Settle Batches for all merchant numbers* E1 LYNK Gift Settlement * When using action code 39, an appropriate timeout value must be set to allow for closing/settling of all merchant numbers set up in PCCharge. If action code 39 is chosen, a default value of 1200 seconds is selected. If a longer time is needed, the timeout property must be set to an adequate value. Report Action Code Description 81 Credit Card Detail report 82 Batch Pre-Settle report 83 Batch Post-Settle report 84 Check Summary report *Action code 80 is no longer a supported action code. 147 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Miscellaneous Action Code Description 90 Reinitialize Modem 99 Pre-Dial ZA Transaction Archive ZC Database Archive Configuration ZI Transaction Inquiry ZH Health Message Zm Minimize PCCharge window ZM Maximize PCCharge window ZS Shut down PCCharge ZD Delete Cashier ZL Logout ZP Change Password ZR Reenable Cashier ZU Add Cashier Address Verification Response Codes Response Code Address Match A Address matches, ZIP code does not B Address matches, postal code does not C No match on address or postal code D Street address and postal code matches E AVS error G Service not supported by non-US issuer I Address not verified for international transaction M Street address and postal code matches N No match on address or ZIP code P Postal code matches, address does not R Retry, system is unavailable or timed out S Service not supported by issuer (card type does not support AVS) U Address information is unavailable W 9-digit ZIP code matches, address does not X Exact match Y Address and 5-digit ZIP code match Z 5-digit ZIP code matches, address does not 0 No response sent 148 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 CVV2/CVC2/CID Response Codes Response Code Address Match M CVV2/CVC2/CID match N CVV2/CVC2/CID mismatch P Not processed -- Either the CVV2/CVC2/CID was not provided, or the card does not have a CVV2/CVC2/CID value. If the CVV2/CVC2/CID was left blank, resubmit as a zero dollar amount for the transaction so the customer's credit line won't be affected by the second CVV2/CVC2/CID request. S Issuer indicates that the CVV2/CVC2/CID data should be present on the card, but the merchant has indicated that the CVV2/CVC2/CID data is not present on the card. U Issuer has not certified for CVV2/CVC2/CID or issuer has not provided Visa/MasterCard with the CVV2/CVC2/CID encryption keys. Credit Card Types Credit Card Issuer Credit Card Type American Express "AMEX" Carte Blanche "CBLN" Diner’s Club "DCCB" Discover "DISC" Enroute "ENRT" Fleet One "FLT1" Fuelman "FUEL" JAL "JAL " JCB "JCB " MasterCard "MC Wright Express "WEX " Visa "VISA" Voyager "VGER" " Note: All card types are padded with spaces to four characters. 149 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 System Error Codes and Descriptions If an error occurs while using the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM methods of integration, the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods available in each class should be used to determine to cause of the error. The table below shows the errors and descriptions that are returned by these methods. Error Code Error Description Description -14 A valid tid.pcc file does not exist in the directory provided in the Path property. -1 PC-Charge not running If an error occurred while calling PccSysExists (and PccSysExists did not set the error code), this error code will be set. -1 Invalid Card Number When processing a credit card transaction, if the Send is called and the CheckCard property is set to TRUE, Send will attempt to verify the credit card. If the card fails that test, this error code will be set. File Error If there was an error while using the DeleteUserFiles method, “File Error” will be placed in the Error Description field (GetErrorDesc). 0 No Error Indicates that there were no errors while the function was being performed. 1 PC-Charge not running This error will occur if PCCharge is not running. 2 Batch function in progress This error will occur If PCCharge is running a batch function (close/inquire/settle). 3 Repair/Compact in progress This error will occur if PCCharge is running a repair or compact 4 Backup or restore in progress This error will occur If PCCharge is in the process of backing up or restoring its system files. 5 Unable to initialize Modem If PCCharge was unable to initialize the modem, this error will occur. 6 Timeout If the transaction times out waiting for a reply from PCCharge, a timeout error will occur. 7 Database backup in progress This error will occur if a database backup is in progress in PCCharge. 8 Invalid Credit Card Number If the credit card is not a valid credit card and VerifyCreditCard is called, VerifyCreditCard will set the error code and description to Invalid Credit Card Number (for the OCX Method, it will not fire the error event.) 9 Check Service not supported If the Service property is set to a service that the processor specified does not support, this error will occur. 10 Invalid Expiration Date If the expiration date is not a valid date and VerifyExpDate is called, VerifyExpDate will set the error code and description to invalid expiration date (for the OCX Method, it will not fire the error event.) 11 Invalid Amount If the amount is set to a negative amount or no decimal is provided and VerifyAmount is called, VerifyAmount will set the error code and description to invalid amount (for the OCX Method, it will not fire the error event.) 12 Invalid Last Valid Date If the LastValidDate property is set to an invalid format the Charge.OCX will set the error code and description (for the OCX Method, it will not fire the error event). 13 Settlement File Locked This error will occur if a settlement file in PCCharge is locked. 14 Configuration Change This error will occur if there is a configuration change in progress. 15 Unable to erase system files If the files cannot be erased before processing the function, this error will occur. 16 Sys.pcc unknown state This error will occur if the sys.pcc file is an unknown state. 17 Transaction Canceled If the .pro file is deleted while the function is being processed and the class never receives an .oux file, this error will occur. 18 Invalid Birth Date If the Birth_Date property is set to an invalid format (Example: 11/02), this error will occur. 19 Invalid Format If the Amount property is set to an invalid format, “.2”, (for the OCX Method, the ERROR event will fire). 30 No Key Serial Number Retrieved Debit.OCX – Did not retrieve a Key Serial Number to process pin-based debit. 31 No Pin Block Retrieved Debit.OCX – Did not retrieve a Pin Block to process pin-based debit. 50 Need to enter Driver’s License when transaction amount is greater than $XX.XX For SPS check, the Driver’s License number must be supplied when the amount of the sale transaction is greater than the DL Limit amount specified in the PCCharge SPS settings. 150 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 51 Need to enter State Code when transaction amount is greater than $XX.XX For SPS check, the State Code (GA, CA, NY, FL, etc) must be supplied when the amount of the sale transaction is greater than the DL Limit amount specified in the PCCharge SPS settings. 52 Need to enter Date of Birth when For SPS check, the Date of Birth must be supplied when the amount of the sale transaction amount is greater transaction is greater than the DL Limit amount specified in the PCCharge SPS than $XX.XX settings. 53 Need to enter Phone Number For SPS check, the Phone number must be supplied on all transactions. 100 Invalid File Name If no file name or merchant number are provided before calling a method that accesses a file in the PSCharge.Offline class, this error will occur. 110 File Not Found If the file name that was provided is not a valid file name, and a method in the PSCharge.Offline class tries to access the file, this error will occur. 120 Invalid Record Number If attempting to void a record in a .bch file and that record does not exist, this error will occur. 150 Invalid Pccw Path If PccwPath was not provided while performing the ProcessFile method, this error will occur. 200 Error Erasing TMP File If there is a problem sending the .tmp file to the Recycle Bin while performing the Compact method, this error will occur. SYS.PCC Codes and Descriptions The presence of a file named SYS.PCC in the PCCharge directory indicates a busy or an error state. The following are PCCharge system (application) codes that will appear the SYS.PCC file if it is present. The SYS.PCC file will be written to the PCCharge directory and contain one of the following code only if PCCharge shuts down or if it is in the middle of a function that will not allow transactions to be processed. Once PCCharge is ready to process transactions again, the file will be deleted automatically. Code Description 0 PCCharge is not running 1 Batch Function in progress 2 Repair / Compact in progress 3 Backup or restore in progress 4 Unable to initialize modem 5 Database backup in progress 6 Settlement file locked 7 Configuration change in progress Note: If using the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM methods of integration, the following methods may be used: • • • PccSysExists – use to check for the existence of the SYS.PCC GetErrorCode – if SYS.PCC exists, use to retrieve the code from SYS.PCC GetErrorDesc – if SYS.PCC exists, use to retrieve the error description associated with the code 151 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Cashier Permissions Constants An integrator that desires to grant Cashier Permissions through integration will be required to create and send a bitmap. This will be sent as part of the <ADD_CASHIER></ADD_CASHIER> string submitted to PCCharge. Each bit (0 = Not Allowed, 1 = Allowed) will create a section separated by pipes “|”. An integrator wanting to pass a string giving a cashier only base permissions the bitmap would appear as as 6 pipes “||||||”. This will default all permissions to false. NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. Sections Permissions 1: Credit Refund Function (Credit Refunds) Value Void Functions (Credit Voids) Batch Functions (Batch and Settlement) AMEX_Settlement (AMEX Settlement Management) Each Permission must be represented with either a 0 (Not Allowed) or a 1(Allowed) Import Functions (Importing) 2: Debit Debit Authorizations (Debit Transactions) Each Permission must be represented with either a 0 (Not Allowed) or a 1(Allowed) Debit Refund Debit Void 3: Check Check Authorizations Each Permission must be represented with either a 0 (Not Allowed) or a 1(Allowed) Check Refunds Check Voids 4: EBT EBT Auth (EBT Transaction) Each Permission must be represented with either a 0 (Not Allowed) or a 1(Allowed) EBT Refund EBT Void 5: Gift Gift Authorization Gift Increment Gift Cancel/Void Gift Activate Gift Register Each Permission must be represented with either a 0 (Not Allowed) or a 1(Allowed) Gift Points Gift Balance Merge Gift Balance Adjustment Gift Balance Transfer Gift Report Lost Stolen Gift Cash Out Gift Deactivate 152 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 6: Account Information Account Info Reports (Reporting) Each Permission must be represented with either a 0 (Not Allowed) or a 1(Allowed) Customer Database Account Access Customer Database Entry 7: System Information Merchant Setup System Configuration Each Permission must be represented with either a 0 (Not Allowed) or a 1(Allowed) Hardware Configuration Purge Trans Access User Information System Shutdown 8: CITI Private Label Each Permission must be represented with either a 0 (Not Allowed) or a 1(Allowed) Credit Application Account Lookup 153 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Processing Company Codes Note: The processor drop-down lists found in the various setup screens in PCCharge also serve as accurate lists of the available processor codes. Credit Card Processing Company Processor Code Alliance Data Systems, Inc. ADSI American Express AMEX FDMS Atlanta BPAS Citibank Private Label CITI ECHO ECHO FDMS Nashville / Envoy FDCN FDMS New Nashville FDNN FDMS North / Cardnet CES FDMS Omaha / FDR FDC FDMS South / NaBanco NB Fifth-Third Bank – St. Pete BPS Global Payment-East NDC Heartland Payment Systems HPTS RBS WorldPay LYNK National Bankcard Services NBS National Processing Company NPC Elavon (NOVA) NOVA Chase Paymentech GSAR TSYS (Formerly Vital) VISA Debit Processing Company Processor Code Alliance Data Systems, Inc. ADSI FDMS Atlanta BPAS FDMS New Nashville FDNN FDMS North / CardNet CES FDMS Omaha / FDR FDC FDMS South / NaBanco NB Fifth-Third Bank – St. Pete BPS Global Payments / East NDC Heartland Payment Systems HPTS RBS WorldPay LYNK National Bankcard Services NBS National Processing Company NPC Elavon (NOVA) NOVA Chase Paymentech GSAR TSYS (Formerly Vital) VISA 154 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Check Verification / Conversion Processing Company Processor Code Alliance Data Systems, Inc. ADSI ArJay/SCAN Data Corporation ARJ Certegy EFAX Check Services powered by RMRS EZCK CrossCheck CRCK FDMS North / CardNet CES Fifth-Third Bank – St. Pete BPS National Check Network RMRS Elavon (NOVA) Check Services NOVA Chase Paymentech Check Services GSAR Secure Payment Systems SPS TeleCheck International, Inc. TECK EBT Processing Company Processor Code Alliance Data Systems, Inc. ADSI FDMS Atlanta BPAS Fifth-Third Bank – St. Pete BPS FDMS New Nashville FDNN National Processing Company NPC Chase Paymentech GSAR RBS WorldPay LYNK TSYS (Formerly Vital) VISA Gift Processing Company Processor Code FDMS Atlanta BPAS Datamark Gift Card DMRK Fifth-Third Bank – St. Pete BPS Givex GVEX RBS WorldPay LYNK Mellennia MELL Chase Paymentech GSAR Secure Payment Systems SPS Smart Transaction Systems SMTS Stored Value Systems SVSI ValueLink VLNK Valutec VTEC TSYS (Formerly Vital) VISA World WRLD 155 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Transaction Result Constants Result Transaction Type Description CAPTURED Monetary Successful online transaction now ready for settlement NOT CAPTURED Varies Unsuccessful online transaction APPROVED Non-Monetary Successful offline transaction for Terminal based processors, or successful Pre-Authorization for Host based processors) NOT APPROVED Varies Unsuccessful offline transaction or unsuccessful Pre-Authorization for Host based processors PROCESSED Off-line Transaction, Report Transaction was processed (Terminal based processors only); report was generated CANCELLED Any Transaction canceled by operator or modem never connected VOIDED Void Successful (with most Terminal based processors) SALE NOT FOUND Follow On (Void, Gratuity, etc.) Unsuccessful (with most Terminal based processors) GRATUITY ADDED Gratuity Successful (Offline Transaction for Terminal based processors. Depending on the processor and amount, some Gratuity transactions may be authorized online for Terminal based processors ) Error Varies Unsuccessful transaction Problem Report Unsuccessful Report Request SALE RECOVERED Debit Sale Recovery Successful Debit Sale Recovery RETURN RECOVERED Debit Return Recovery Successful Return Recovery Settle Error Settlement Unsuccessful Settlement Closed Batch Close Successful Batch Close not closed Batch Close Unsuccessful Batch Close OPEN TO BUY Private Label Successful Open to Buy Inquiry on an ADSI Private Label card INVALID PARAM Transaction Inquiry Account number or TroutD not passed to Transaction Inquiry command Accepted Settlement Successful Settlement Result Code = 2 Settlement Batch Closed/Settled Result Code = 6 Settlement Batch Declined Result Code = 8 Settlement Batch Deferred 156 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 CHAPTER 6 -- PCCharge Integration Methods 157 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Pseudo-code This section includes several programming algorithms that may be followed when using the OCX, DLL, or OLE/COM methods of integration to perform payment processing. These examples are intended to be general pseudo-code type of examples and are not intended to reflect any one particular programming environment. The examples in this section represent the most common transactions that integrators may want to support when enabling payment processing in their application. Integrators can refer to the API, code samples, or contact Development support for questions about any of the transactions that are not covered in this section. 158 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Credit Card Sale/Pre-Authorization – Retail / Card Present This algorithm demonstrates the coding required to perform a swiped credit card transaction in a retail environment. Note: The processor must be configured for “Retail” or “Restaurant” in the Credit Card Company Setup in PCCharge to support swiped transactions. ‘Create A Charge Object Set Charge = new ChargeComponentOrReference With Charge ‘Set Required Initial Properties .Path = “C:\Program Files\active-charge\” ‘Set path to the PCCharge directory .User = “User1” ‘The username set up in PCCharge .Processor = “PROC” ‘Processor Code set up in PCCharge .MerchantNumber = “12345” ‘Merchant Number set up in PCCharge .Action = “1” ‘1 = sale, 4 = pre-Authorization ‘Set Optional Initial Properties .TimeOut = 45 .Multi = “1” .LastValidDate = “12” .PrintReceipts = “1” ‘TimeOut value in seconds ‘Multi-trans Wait flag ‘Last Valid Date that can be accepted ‘Number of receipts printed by PCCharge ‘Check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions If .PccSysExists then ‘Notify user of error and exit procedure Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc Else ‘PCCharge is running and ready to process transactions ‘Collect the transaction data from card reader and user input and set the ‘credit card transaction properties: .Card = “Account Number” ‘Credit Card Account Number. It is required that this value is trimmed to remove spaces. - REQUIRED .ExpDate = “MMYY” ‘Expiration Date on the Credit Card – ‘REQUIRED .Amount = “1.00” ‘The transaction amount in two decimal places ‘format without commas - REQUIRED .Member = “Cardholder Name” ‘The Cardholder Name - OPTIONAL .Manual = 1 ‘Manual flag. .Track = “Track II data” ‘Track II data from the credit card – ‘REQUIRED Track II data qualifies the 159 1 = card is swiped - REQUIRED PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ‘merchant for the best transaction rate .Ticket = “123456789” ‘Invoice or ticket number assigned by the ‘integrator or merchant – CONDITIONAL ‘(required by some processors) ‘Validate the input. The various .Verify methods can be used to validate the ‘credit card number, expiration date, and amount. Validation should also ‘occur at input time. If .VerifyCreditCard (“Account Number”) = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input If .VerifyExpDate = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input If .VerifyAmount = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input ‘Process the transaction by calling the .Send method .Send 3 ‘OCX / DLL - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format .Send , 3 ‘OLE/COM - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format NOTE: Some languages such as Delphi and C++ require that a variable be set and that all optional arguments must be passed. Check with language documentation for variable settings and syntax. Var TTYPE_XML: LongWord; ‘C++ equivalent would be a long TTYPE_XML := 3; .Send(FileType(TTYPE_XML)); ‘The .Send method with the “3” parameter creates a file called ‘<username>.inx that contains the transaction request and drops it in the ‘PCCharge directory. Depending on how integration occurs, the Send ‘method is either a blocking (synchronous) or a non-blocking ‘(asynchronous) call. The OCX supports asynchronous (event-driven) ‘programming. The DLL Method supports synchronous programming. The ‘OLE/COM method supports both synchronous and asynchronous programming. ‘If the integration is event-driven (asynchronous), the FINISH event will ‘fire within a few moments indicating that the transaction has completed ‘processing. If the transaction cannot be submitted or a TimeOut occurs, ‘an ERROR event will fire instead. These events should kick off result ‘checking sub-routines in the application. ‘If the integration is not event-driven, place the result checking sub‘routines immediately after the .Send method. ‘Check the results of the transaction using the GetResult method Select Case Trim(.GetResult) 160 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ‘If the transaction is approved, display the results of the transaction on ‘the user’s screen, print a receipt, etc. Case “CAPTURED” , “APPROVED” Print Print Print Print Print ‘Successful results “TRANSACTION SUCCESSFUL” .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant .GetAuth ‘Authorization code from Issuing bank .GetRefnumber ‘Reference number .GetTroutD ‘PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Use any of the other .Get methods in the class to display ‘information about the transaction. ‘If the transaction is approved, store pertinent information such as the ‘TroutD, Authorization code, Result, Amount, Cardholder name, etc. in a ‘database table or other storage medium. This information can used for ‘reporting purposes and to enable “follow-on” transactions such as Reversals, ‘Voids and Post-Authorizations. INSERT INTO DatabaseTable (.GetTroutD, .GetAuth, .GetResult, .Amount, .Member) VALUES ‘The PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Authorization code from Issuing bank ‘Transaction result constant ‘Transaction amount ‘Cardholder name ‘Store any other data desired. Please note that the credit card ‘associations prohibit the storing any type of Track I or Track II ‘data. If the credit card number and expiration date are to be ‘stored, they must stored in an encrypted state. ‘If the transaction is not approved, display the results to the user. Case "NOT CAPTURED", "NOT APPROVED", "CANCELED", “Error” Print “TRANSACTION NOT SUCCESSFUL” Print .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant Print .GetAuth ‘The reason why transaction was not approved. ‘This value is provided by the processor. ‘If an error occurs (such as a TimeOut error), display the error code and ‘description to the user. If the integration is event-driven, this code ‘would be placed in the ERROR event. Case Else Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc End Select ‘Once the transaction has completed and all data has been extracted from the ‘result file, delete the file from the PCCharge directory. .DeleteUserFiles ‘Deletes all files associated with the transaction. If ‘the integration is event-driven, DeleteUserFiles should 161 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ‘be called in both the FINISH and ERROR events to avoid ‘double-charging or reconciliation issues. .Clear ‘Resets all properties and provides a clean environment to ‘process the next transaction. End if ‘.PccSysExists check End With ‘IMPORTANT - Destroy the Charge object to reset all properties and methods. ‘Also, the Clear method or ClearVariables method can be used to reset all ‘properties and methods in the object. Set Charge = Nothing 162 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Credit Card Sale/Pre-Authorization – Card Not Present This algorithm demonstrates the coding required to perform a manually keyed credit card transaction in the following industries: Retail, eCommerce, and Mail Order/Telephone Order ‘Create A Charge Object Set Charge = new (ChargeComponentOrReference) With Charge ‘Set Required Initial Properties .Path = “C:\Program Files\active-charge\” ‘Set path to the PCCharge directory .User = “User1” ‘The username set up in PCCharge .Processor = “PROC” ‘Processor Code set up in PCCharge .MerchantNumber = “12345” ‘Merchant Number set up in PCCharge .Action = “1” ‘1 = sale, 4 = pre-Authorization ‘Set Optional Initial Properties .TimeOut = 45 .Multi = “1” .LastValidDate = “12” .PrintReceipts = “1” ‘TimeOut value in seconds ‘Multi-trans Wait flag ‘Last Valid Date that can be accepted ‘Number of receipts printed by PCCharge ‘Check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions If .PccSysExists then ‘Notify user of error and exit procedure Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc Else ‘PCCharge is running and ready to process transactions ‘Collect the transaction data from user input and set the credit card ‘transaction properties: .Card = “Account Number” ‘Credit Card Account Number. It is required that this value is trimmed to remove spaces. - REQUIRED .ExpDate = “MMYY” ‘Expiration Date on the Credit Card – ‘REQUIRED .Amount = “1.00” ‘The transaction amount in two decimal places ‘format without commas - REQUIRED .Member = “Cardholder Name” ‘The Cardholder Name - OPTIONAL .Manual = 0 ‘Manual flag. ‘REQUIRED .Ticket = “123456789” ‘Invoice or ticket number assigned by the ‘integrator or merchant – REQUIRED for lowest ‘rate (also required by some processors) 163 0 = card is manually keyed – PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 .Street = “Billing Street” ‘Cardholder’s street address – REQUIRED for ‘lowest rate .Zip = “Billing Zip” ‘Cardholder’s zip code – REQUIRED for lowest ‘rate .CVV2 = “123” ‘Card Verification Value - OPTIONAL ‘Validate the input. The various .Verify methods can be used to validate the ‘credit card number, expiration date, and amount. Validation should also ‘occur at input time. If .VerifyCreditCard (“Account Number”) = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input If .VerifyExpDate = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input If .VerifyAmount = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input ‘Process the transaction by calling the .Send method .Send 3 ‘OCX / DLL - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format .Send , 3 ‘OLE/COM - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format ‘The .Send method with the “3” parameter creates a file called ‘<username>.inx that contains the transaction request and drops it in the ‘PCCharge directory. Depending on how integration occurs, the Send ‘method is either a blocking (synchronous) or a non-blocking ‘(asynchronous) call. The OCX supports asynchronous (event-driven) ‘programming. The DLL Method supports synchronous programming. The ‘OLE/COM method supports both synchronous and asynchronous programming. ‘If the integration is event-driven (asynchronous), the FINISH event will ‘fire within a few moments indicating that the transaction has completed ‘processing. If the transaction cannot be submitted or a TimeOut occurs, ‘an ERROR event will fire instead. These events should kick off result ‘checking sub-routines in the application. ‘If the integration is not event-driven, place the result checking sub‘routines immediately after the .Send method. ‘Check the results of the transaction using the GetResult method Select Case Trim(.GetResult) Case “CAPTURED” , “APPROVED” ‘Successful results ‘If the transaction is approved, display the results of the transaction on ‘the user’s screen, print a receipt, etc. Print Print Print Print “TRANSACTION SUCCESSFUL” .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant .GetAuth ‘Authorization code from Issuing bank .GetRefnumber ‘Reference number 164 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Print .GetAVS Print .GetCVV2 Print .GetTroutD ‘Address Verification Response from card issuer ‘Card Verification Response from card issuer ‘PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Use any of the other .Get methods in the class to display ‘information about the transaction. ‘If the transaction is approved, store pertinent information such as the ‘TroutD, Authorization code, Result, Amount, Cardholder name, etc. in a ‘database table or other storage medium. This information should used for ‘reporting purposes and to enable “follow-on” transactions such as Voids and ‘Post-Authorizations. INSERT INTO DatabaseTable (.GetTroutD, .GetAuth, .GetResult, .Amount, .Member) VALUES ‘The PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Authorization code from Issuing bank ‘Transaction result constant ‘Transaction amount ‘Cardholder name ‘Store any other data desired. Please note that the credit card ‘associations prohibit the storing of the CVV2, CVC2, or CID values. ‘If the credit card number and expiration date are to be stored, they ‘must stored in an encrypted state. ‘If the transaction is not approved, display the results to the user. Case “NOT CAPTURED”, “NOT APPROVED”, “CANCELED”, “ERROR” Print “TRANSACTION NOT SUCCESSFUL” Print .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant Print .GetAuth ‘The reason why transaction was not approved. ‘This value is provided by the processor. ‘If an error occurs (such as a TimeOut error), display the error code and ‘description to the user. If the integration is event-driven, this code ‘would be placed in the ERROR event. Case Else Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc End Select ‘Once the transaction has completed and all data has been extracted from the ‘result file, delete the file from the PCCharge directory. .DeleteUserFiles ‘Deletes all files associated with the transaction. If ‘the integration is event-driven, DeleteUserFiles should ‘be called in both the FINISH and ERROR events to avoid ‘double-charging or reconciliation issues. .Clear ‘Resets all properties and provides a clean environment to ‘process the next transaction. End if ‘.PccSysExists check 165 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 End With ‘IMPORTANT - Destroy the Charge object to reset all properties and methods. ‘Also, the Clear method or ClearVariables method can be used to reset all ‘properties and methods in the object. Set Charge = Nothing 166 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Level II (Commercial, Purchasing, etc.) Card Sale This algorithm demonstrates the coding required to perform a swiped Level II Sale transaction. Typically, commercial, purchasing, procurement, business, and government card transactions require additional information in order for them to qualify for the lowest rates. ‘Create A Charge Object Set Charge = new ChargeComponentOrReference With Charge ‘Set Required Initial Properties .Path = “C:\Program Files\active-charge\” ‘Set path to the PCCharge directory .User = “User1” ‘The username set up in PCCharge .Processor = “PROC” ‘Processor Code set up in PCCharge .MerchantNumber = “12345” ‘Merchant Number set up in PCCharge ‘If Level II card processing will supported in the application, use the ‘.CommercialCardType method (in Charge.OCX or in the DLL’s Charge class) ‘or the .CommercialCard function (in the PccBin OLE Class) to determine ‘whether the credit card is a commercial card prior to assigning the ‘.Action. For example, if the transaction is a sale, and the card is a ‘commercial card, the action code should be set to “8” and customer should ‘be prompted for the level II data (tax and customer code). Otherwise, the ‘action code should be set to “1” for a standard credit card sale. .Action = “8” ‘8 = Level II card sale ‘Set Optional Initial Properties .TimeOut = 45 .Multi = “1” .LastValidDate = “12” .PrintReceipts = “1” ‘TimeOut value in seconds ‘Multi-trans Wait flag ‘Last Valid Date that can be accepted ‘Number of receipts printed by PCCharge ‘Check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions If .PccSysExists then ‘Notify user of error and exit procedure Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc Else ‘PCCharge is running and ready to process transactions ‘Collect the transaction data from card reader and user input and set the ‘credit card transaction properties: .Card = “Account Number” ‘Credit Card Account Number. It is required that this value is trimmed to remove spaces. – REQUIRED 167 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 .ExpDate = “MMYY” ‘Expiration Date on the Credit Card – ‘REQUIRED .Amount = “1.00” ‘The transaction amount in two decimal places ‘format without commas - REQUIRED .Member = “Cardholder Name” ‘The Cardholder Name - OPTIONAL .Manual = 1 ‘Manual flag. 1 = card is swiped - REQUIRED .Track = “Track II data” ‘Track II data from the credit card – ‘REQUIRED Track II data qualifies the ‘merchant for the best transaction rate .Ticket = “123456789” ‘Invoice or ticket number assigned by the ‘integrator or merchant – CONDITIONAL ‘(required by some processors) ‘rates .CustCode = “Customer Code” ‘Cardholder’s Customer code – REQUIRED for ‘lowest rates .TaxAmt = “0.05” ‘The amount of tax included in the total ‘amount (inclusive). Set to 0.00 if customer ‘is tax exempt - REQUIRED .TaxExempt = False ‘Tax Exempt Flag – REQUIRED ‘If using the OCX or DLL Method, use the following code to set the ‘.CommercialCardFlag: .CommercialCardFlag = .getCommercialCardType(“Account Number”) ‘If using the OLE/COM Method, the PccBin class must also be used. ‘following code to set the .CmrclCardFlag: Use the If PccBin1.CommercialCard(“Account Number”) Then .CmrclCardFlag = PccBin1.CommercialCardType End If ‘Validate the input. The various .Verify methods can be used to validate the ‘credit card number, expiration date, and amount. Validation should also ‘occur at input time. If .VerifyCreditCard (“Account Number”) = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input If .VerifyExpDate = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input If .VerifyAmount = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input ‘Process the transaction by calling the .Send method 168 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 .Send 3 ‘OCX / DLL - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format .Send , 3 ‘OLE/COM - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format ‘The .Send method with the “3” parameter creates a file called ‘<username>.inx that contains the transaction request and drops it in the ‘PCCharge directory. Depending on how integration occurs, the Send ‘method is either a blocking (synchronous) or a non-blocking ‘(asynchronous) call. The OCX supports asynchronous (event-driven) ‘programming. The DLL Method supports synchronous programming. The ‘OLE/COM method supports both synchronous and asynchronous programming. ‘If the integration is event-driven (asynchronous), the FINISH event will ‘fire within a few moments indicating that the transaction has completed ‘processing. If the transaction cannot be submitted or a TimeOut occurs, ‘an ERROR event will fire instead. These events should kick off result ‘checking sub-routines in the application. ‘If the integration is not event-driven, place the result checking sub‘routines immediately after the .Send method. ‘Check the results of the transaction using the GetResult method Select Case Trim(.GetResult) ‘If the transaction is approved, display the results of the transaction on ‘the user’s screen, print a receipt, etc. Case “CAPTURED” , “APPROVED” Print Print Print Print Print ‘Successful results “TRANSACTION SUCCESSFUL” .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant .GetAuth ‘Authorization code from Issuing bank .GetRefnumber ‘Reference number .GetTroutD ‘PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Use any of the other .Get methods in the class to display ‘information about the transaction. ‘If the transaction is approved, store pertinent information such as the ‘TroutD, Authorization code, Result, Amount, Cardholder name, etc. in a ‘database table or other storage medium. This information can used for ‘reporting purposes and to enable “follow-on” transactions such as Voids and ‘Post-Authorizations. INSERT INTO DatabaseTable (.GetTroutD, .GetAuth, .GetResult, .Amount, .Member) VALUES ‘The PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Authorization code from Issuing bank ‘Transaction result constant ‘Transaction amount ‘Cardholder name ‘Store any other data desired. Please note that the credit card ‘associations prohibit the storing any type of Track I or Track II ‘data. If the credit card number and expiration date are to be ‘stored, they must stored in an encrypted state. ‘If the transaction is not approved, display the results to the user. 169 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Case "NOT CAPTURED", "NOT APPROVED", "CANCELED", “Error” Print “TRANSACTION NOT SUCCESSFUL” Print .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant Print .GetAuth ‘The reason why transaction was not approved. ‘This value is provided by the processor. ‘If an error occurs (such as a TimeOut error), display the error code and ‘description to the user. If the integration is event-driven, this code ‘would be placed in the ERROR event. Case Else Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc End Select ‘Once the transaction has completed and all data has been extracted from the ‘result file, delete the file from the PCCharge directory. .DeleteUserFiles ‘Deletes all files associated with the transaction. If ‘the integration is event-driven, DeleteUserFiles should ‘be called in both the FINISH and ERROR events to avoid ‘double-charging or reconciliation issues. .Clear ‘Resets all properties and provides a clean environment to ‘process the next transaction. End if ‘.PccSysExists check End With ‘IMPORTANT - Destroy the Charge object to reset all properties and methods. ‘Also, the Clear method or ClearVariables method can be used to reset all ‘properties and methods in the object. Set Charge = Nothing 170 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Credit Card Void This algorithm demonstrates the coding required to perform a credit card void transaction. A void is considered a PCCharge “follow-on” transaction because of its use of the TroutD functionality. ‘Create A Charge Object Set Charge = new (ChargeComponentOrReference) With Charge ‘Set Required Initial Properties .Path = “C:\Program Files\active-charge\” ‘Set path to the PCCharge directory .User = “User1” ‘The username set up in PCCharge .Action = “3” ‘3 = void; 6 = void credit; 7 = void ‘post-authorization; 17 = void ship ‘Set Optional Initial Properties .TimeOut = 45 .Multi = “1” .PrintReceipts = “1” ‘TimeOut value in seconds ‘Multi-trans Wait flag ‘Number of receipts printed by PCCharge ‘Check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions If .PccSysExists then ‘Notify user of error and exit procedure Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc Else ‘PCCharge is running and ready to process transactions ‘The third-party application should provide a list of transactions that can ‘be voided (or other similar option). The application should allow the user ‘to pick the transaction to be voided from the list. The third-party ‘application should now pass the transaction’s stored TroutD value to ‘PCCharge: .TroutD = “1234” ‘Transaction Routing ID from the original Sale ‘or Post-Authorization that will be voided – ‘REQUIRED ‘Process the transaction by calling the .Send method .Send 3 ‘OCX / DLL - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format .Send , 3 ‘OLE/COM - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format ‘The .Send method with the “3” parameter creates a file called ‘<username>.inx that contains the transaction request and drops it in the ‘PCCharge directory. Depending on how integration occurs, the Send ‘method is either a blocking (synchronous) or a non-blocking ‘(asynchronous) call. The OCX supports asynchronous (event-driven) ‘programming. The DLL Method supports synchronous programming. The ‘OLE/COM method supports both synchronous and asynchronous programming. 171 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ‘If the integration is event-driven (asynchronous), the FINISH event will ‘fire within a few moments indicating that the transaction has completed ‘processing. If the transaction cannot be submitted or a TimeOut occurs, ‘an ERROR event will fire instead. These events should kick off result ‘checking sub-routines in the application. ‘If the integration is not event-driven, place the result checking sub‘routines immediately after the .Send method. ‘Check the results of the transaction using the GetResult method Select Case Trim(.GetResult) Case “VOIDED”, “CAPTURED” ‘Successful results ‘If the transaction is voided, display the results of the transaction on ‘the user’s screen, print a receipt, etc. Print Print Print Print Print “TRANSACTION SUCCESSFUL” .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant .GetAuth ‘Void Response (may be returned) .GetRefnumber ‘Reference number (may be returned) .GetTroutD ‘PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Use any of the other .Get methods in the class to display ‘information about the transaction. ‘If the transaction is voided successfully, update the transaction’s status ‘in the third-party application’s database table. SELECT * FROM DatabaseTable WHERE TroutD=”1234” "Status".Value = "VOIDED" ‘If the void fails for some reason, display the results to the user. Case “Sale Not Found”, “Error” Print “TRANSACTION NOT SUCCESSFUL” Print .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant Print .GetAuth ‘The reason why transaction was not approved. ‘This value is provided by the processor. ‘If an error occurs (such as a TimeOut error), display the error code and ‘description to the user. If the integration is event-driven, this code ‘would be placed in the ERROR event. Case Else Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc End Select ‘Once the transaction has completed and all data has been extracted from the ‘result file, delete the file from the PCCharge directory. 172 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 .DeleteUserFiles ‘Deletes all files associated with the transaction. If ‘the integration is event-driven, DeleteUserFiles should ‘be called in both the FINISH and ERROR events to avoid ‘reconciliation issues. .Clear ‘Resets all properties and provides a clean environment to ‘process the next transaction. End if ‘.PccSysExists check End With ‘IMPORTANT - Destroy the Charge object to reset all properties and methods. ‘Also, the Clear method or ClearVariables method can be used to reset all ‘properties and methods in the object. Set Charge = Nothing 173 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Credit Card Sale/Pre-Authorization – Restaurant This algorithm demonstrates the coding required to perform a swiped credit card transaction in a restaurant environment. Note: The processor must support and be configured for “Restaurant” in the Credit Card Company Setup in PCCharge to support restaurant transactions. Note: Manually keyed transactions are also supported in a restaurant environment. If transactions will be manually keyed, make sure the appropriate rate qualifying information is sent with each transaction. See the Credit Card Sale/Pre-Authorization – Card Not Present algorithm (see page 163) for more information. ‘Create A Charge Object Set Charge = new (ChargeComponentOrReference) With Charge ‘Set Required Initial Properties .Path = “C:\Program Files\active-charge\” ‘Set path to the PCCharge directory ‘The username set up in PCCharge ‘Processor Code set up in PCCharge ‘Merchant Number set up in PCCharge ‘1 = sale, 4 = pre-Authorization .User = “User1” .Processor = “PROC” .MerchantNumber = “12345” .Action = “1” ‘Set Optional Initial Properties .TimeOut = 45 .Multi = “1” .LastValidDate = “12” .PrintReceipts = “1” ‘TimeOut value in seconds ‘Multi-trans Wait flag ‘Last Valid Date that can be accepted ‘Number of receipts printed by PCCharge ‘Check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions If .PccSysExists then ‘Notify user of error and exit procedure Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc Else ‘PCCharge is running and ready to process transactions ‘Collect the transaction data from card reader and user input and set the ‘credit card transaction properties: .Card = “Account Number” ‘Credit Card Account Number. It is required that this value is trimmed to remove spaces. - REQUIRED .ExpDate = “MMYY” ‘Expiration Date on the Credit Card – ‘REQUIRED .Amount = “10.00” ‘The transaction amount in two decimal places ‘format without commas - REQUIRED 174 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 .Member = “Cardholder Name” ‘The Cardholder Name - OPTIONAL .Manual = 1 ‘Manual flag. 1 = card is swiped - REQUIRED .Track = “Track II data” ‘Track II data from the credit card – ‘REQUIRED to qualify the merchant for the ‘best transaction rate .Ticket = “123456789” ‘Invoice or ticket number assigned by the ‘integrator or merchant – CONDITIONAL ‘(required by some processors) .EstGratuityAmount = “1.50” ‘The estimated gratuity amount (not added to ‘settlement amount) in two decimal places ‘format without commas- OPTIONAL .MCSN = “02” ‘The Server ID – OPTIONAL Processor specific note: The Server ID is required for AMEX card transactions in restaurant setting. ‘Validate the input. The various .Verify methods can be used to validate the ‘credit card number, expiration date, and amount. Validation should also ‘occur at input time. If .VerifyCreditCard (“Account Number”) = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input If .VerifyExpDate = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input If .VerifyAmount = False Then ‘Exit and return to credit card input ‘Process the transaction by calling the .Send method .Send 3 ‘OCX / DLL - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format .Send , 3 ‘OLE/COM - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format ‘The .Send method with the “3” parameter creates a file called ‘<username>.inx that contains the transaction request and drops it in the ‘PCCharge directory. Depending on how integration occurs, the Send ‘method is either a blocking (synchronous) or a non-blocking ‘(asynchronous) call. The OCX supports asynchronous (event-driven) ‘programming. The DLL Method supports synchronous programming. The ‘OLE/COM method supports both synchronous and asynchronous programming. ‘If the integration is event-driven (asynchronous), the FINISH event will ‘fire within a few moments indicating that the transaction has completed ‘processing. If the transaction cannot be submitted or a TimeOut occurs, ‘an ERROR event will fire instead. These events should kick off result ‘checking sub-routines in the application. ‘If the integration is not event-driven, place the result checking sub‘routines immediately after the .Send method. ‘Check the results of the transaction using the GetResult method 175 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Select Case Trim(.GetResult) Case “CAPTURED” , “APPROVED” ‘successful results ‘If the transaction is approved, display the results of the transaction on ‘the user’s screen, print a receipt, etc. Print Print Print Print Print “TRANSACTION SUCCESSFUL” .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant .GetAuth ‘Authorization code from Issuing bank .GetRefnumber ‘Reference number .GetTroutD ‘PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Use any of the other .Get methods in the class to display \ ‘information about the transaction. ‘If the transaction is approved, store pertinent information such as the ‘TroutD, Authorization code, amount, cardholder name, etc. in a database ‘table or other storage medium. This information should used for reporting ‘purposes and to enable “follow-on” transactions such as Gratuity, Voids and ‘Post-Authorizations. INSERT INTO DatabaseTable (.GetTroutD, .GetAuth, .GetResult, .Amount, .Member) VALUES ‘The PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Authorization code from Issuing bank ‘Transaction result constant ‘Transaction amount ‘Cardholder name ‘Store any other data desired. Please note that the credit card ‘associations prohibit the storing any type of Track I or Track II ‘data. If the credit card number and expiration date are to be ‘stored, they must stored in an encrypted state. ‘If the transaction is not approved, display the results to the user. Case "NOT CAPTURED", "NOT APPROVED", "CANCELED", “Error” Print “TRANSACTION NOT SUCCESSFUL” Print .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant Print .GetAuth ‘The reason why transaction was not approved. ‘This value is provided by the processor. ‘If an error occurs (such as a TimeOut error), display the error code and ‘description to the user. If the integration is event-driven, this code ‘would be placed in the ERROR event. Case Else Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc End Select ‘Once the transaction has completed and all data has been extracted from the ‘result file, delete the file from the PCCharge directory. 176 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 .DeleteUserFiles ‘Deletes all files associated with the transaction. If ‘the integration is event-driven, DeleteUserFiles should ‘be called in both the FINISH and ERROR events to avoid ‘double-charging or reconciliation issues. .Clear ‘Resets all properties and provides a clean environment to ‘process the next transaction. End if ‘.PccSysExists check End With ‘IMPORTANT - Destroy the Charge object to reset all properties and methods. ‘Also, the Clear method or ClearVariables method can be used to reset all ‘properties and methods in the object. Set Charge = Nothing 177 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Credit Card Gratuity – Restaurant This algorithm demonstrates the coding required to perform a gratuity in a restaurant environment. A Gratuity is considered a PCCharge “follow-on” transaction because of its use of the TroutD functionality. Note: The processor must support and be configured for “Restaurant” in the Credit Card Company Setup in PCCharge to support restaurant transactions. Note: PCCharge supports gratuity adjustments. If, for any reason, an existing gratuity is incorrect or the gratuity must be changed after it has been added to the transaction, the gratuity action (action code 13) can be used to correct or change the amount as many times as needed prior to settlement. ‘Create A Charge Object Set Charge = new (ChargeComponentOrReference) With Charge ‘Set Required Initial Properties .Path = “C:\Program Files\active-charge\” ‘Set path to the PCCharge directory .User = “User1” ‘The username set up in PCCharge .Action = “13” ’13 = Gratuity add / adjustment ‘Set Optional Initial Properties .TimeOut = 45 .Multi = “1” .PrintReceipts = “1” ‘TimeOut value in seconds ‘Multi-trans Wait flag ‘Number of receipts printed by PCCharge ‘Check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions If .PccSysExists then ‘Notify user of error and exit procedure Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc Else ‘PCCharge is running and ready to process transactions ‘The third-party application should provide a list of transactions that can ‘be voided (or other similar option). The application should allow the user ‘to pick the transaction to be voided from the list. The third-party ‘application should now pass the transaction’s stored TroutD value to ‘PCCharge: .TroutD = “1234” ‘Transaction Routing ID from the original Sale ‘or Post-Authorization that will be voided – ‘REQUIRED .GratuityAmount = “1.50” ‘The estimated gratuity amount - REQUIRED ‘Process the transaction by calling the .Send method 178 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 .Send 3 ‘OCX / DLL - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format .Send , 3 ‘OLE/COM - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format ‘The .Send method with the “3” parameter creates a file called ‘<username>.inx that contains the transaction request and drops it in the ‘PCCharge directory. Depending on how integration occurs, the Send ‘method is either a blocking (synchronous) or a non-blocking ‘(asynchronous) call. The OCX supports asynchronous (event-driven) ‘programming. The DLL Method supports synchronous programming. The ‘OLE/COM method supports both synchronous and asynchronous programming. ‘If the integration is event-driven (asynchronous), the FINISH event will ‘fire within a few moments indicating that the transaction has completed ‘processing. If the transaction cannot be submitted or a TimeOut occurs, ‘an ERROR event will fire instead. These events should kick off result ‘checking sub-routines in the application. ‘If the integration is not event-driven, place the result checking sub‘routines immediately after the .Send method. ‘Check the results of the transaction using the GetResult method Select Case Trim(.GetResult) Case “Gratuity Added” ‘Successful result ‘If the gratuity is added or adjusted, display the results of the transaction ‘on the user’s screen, print a receipt, etc. Print Print Print Print Print “TRANSACTION SUCCESSFUL” .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant .GetAuth ‘Void Response (may be returned) .GetRefnumber ‘Reference number (may be returned) .GetTroutD ‘PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Use any of the other .Get methods in the class to display ‘information about the transaction. ‘If the gratuity is added or adjusted successfully, in the third-party ‘application’s database table: add the gratuity to the transaction and update ‘the transaction’s status. SELECT * FROM DatabaseTable WHERE TroutD=”1234” "Status".Value = "Gratuity Added" "Gratuity Amount".Value = .GratuityAmount ‘If the gratuity transaction fails for some reason, display the results to ‘the user. Case “Sale Not Found”, “Error” Print “TRANSACTION NOT SUCCESSFUL” Print .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant Print .GetAuth ‘The reason why transaction was not approved. ‘This value is provided by the processor. 179 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ‘If an error occurs (such as a TimeOut error), display the error code and ‘description to the user. If the integration is event-driven, this code ‘would be placed in the ERROR event. Case Else Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc End Select ‘Once the transaction has completed and all data has been extracted from the ‘result file, delete the file from the PCCharge directory. .DeleteUserFiles ‘Deletes all files associated with the transaction. If ‘the integration is event-driven, DeleteUserFiles should ‘be called in both the FINISH and ERROR events to avoid ‘reconciliation issues. .Clear ‘Resets all properties and provides a clean environment to ‘process the next transaction. End if ‘.PccSysExists check End With ‘IMPORTANT - Destroy the Charge object to reset all properties and methods. ‘Also, the Clear method or ClearVariables method can be used to reset all ‘properties and methods in the object. Set Charge = Nothing 180 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Debit Sale This algorithm demonstrates the coding required to perform an online debit transaction in a retail environment. Specifically, this algorithm demonstrates processing a debit transaction using DUKPT encryption using a Verifone 1000/101 PINpad. Also, this algorithm only applies to U.S.-based debit processing companies. To integrate a PINpad, use Device.OCX or the PccPinPad OLE class provided with the DevKit. Alternatively, a direct integration to the PINpad may also be used. Contact the PINpad manufacturer(s) for details on integrating directly to PINpads. ‘Declare local variables to store the Key Serial Number and the PIN that are ‘retrieved from the PINpad. Dim KSN, EncryptedPIN as String ‘Initialize the PINpad. To initialize using Device.OCX or the PccPinPad OLE ‘class, set required properties such as the baud rate, parity, etc. and then ‘call the .Initialize method. If PinPad.Initialize Then MsgBox “PINpad Initialized” ‘Create A Debit Object Set Debit = new DebitComponentOrReference With Debit ‘Set Required Initial Properties .Path = “C:\Program Files\active-charge\” ‘Set path to the PCCharge directory .User = “User1” ‘The username set up in PCCharge .Processor = “PROC” ‘Processor Code set up in PCCharge .MerchantNumber = “12345” ‘Merchant Number set up in PCCharge .Action = “41” ‘41 = Debit sale ‘Set Optional Initial Properties .TimeOut = 45 ‘TimeOut value in seconds ‘Check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions If .PccSysExists then ‘Notify user of error and exit procedure Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc Else ‘PCCharge is running and ready to process transactions ‘Collect the debit transaction information from the card reader and user ‘input. Once the debit transaction information has been collected, prompt ‘the cardholder for their PIN. 181 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ‘If using the Device.OCX: ‘Set the .Card and .Amount properties and then call the .GetPin method: PinPad.Card = “Account Number” PinPad.Amount = “25.00” ‘Must send Debit Card Number to PINpad ‘Must send transaction Amount + CashBack ‘amount to PINpad ‘Collect the data by calling the .GetPin and .GetKeySerialNumber methods: EncryptedPIN = .GetPin ‘Prompts the ‘returns the ‘Returns the ‘returned by KSN = .GetKeySerialNumber customer for the PIN and Encrypted PIN value Key Serial Number – not all PINpads ‘If using the PccPinPad OLE class: ‘Set the .Card and .Amount properties and then call the .GetPin method: PinPad.Card = “Account Number” PinPad.Amount = “25.00” ‘Must send Debit Card Number to PINpad ‘Must send transaction Amount + CashBack ‘amount to PINpad If PinPad.GetPin Then ‘Prompts the customer for the PIN. After ‘the customer has successfully entered ‘the PIN into the PINpad, the .GetPin ‘method will return TRUE. The encrypted ‘PIN and Key Serial Number are available ‘in the .PIN and .KeySerialNumber ‘properties EncryptedPIN = .PIN KSN = .KeySerialNumber ‘The Encrypted PIN value ‘The Key Serial Number – not returned by ‘all PINpads End If ‘If using a direct integration to a PINpad, collect the Encrypted PIN and Key ‘Serial Number from the PINpad and assign these values to the proper ‘variables. ‘Set the debit card transaction properties: .Card = “Account Number” ‘Debit Card Account Number - REQUIRED .ExpDate = “MMYY” ‘Expiration Date on the Debit Card - REQUIRED .Amount = “20.00” ‘The transaction amount in two decimal places ‘format without commas – REQUIRED .CashBack = “5.00” ‘The CashBack amount in two decimal places ‘format without commas - OPTIONAL .Member = “Cardholder Name” ‘The Cardholder Name - OPTIONAL 182 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 .Manual = 1 ‘Manual flag. 1 = card is swiped - REQUIRED .Track = “Track II data” ‘Track II data from the debit card – REQUIRED .Ticket = “123456789” ‘Invoice or ticket number assigned by the ‘integrator or merchant – CONDITIONAL ‘(required by some processors) .Pin = EncryptedPIN ‘PIN from PINpad - REQUIRED .KeySerialNumber = KSN ‘Key Serial number from PINpad – CONDITIONAL ‘(populate if returned by the PINpad) ‘Process the transaction by calling the .Send method .Send 3 ‘OCX / DLL - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format .Send , 3 ‘OLE/COM - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format ‘The .Send method with the “3” parameter creates a file called ‘<username>.inx that contains the transaction request and drops it in the ‘PCCharge directory. Depending on how integration occurs, the Send ‘method is either a blocking (synchronous) or a non-blocking ‘(asynchronous) call. The OCX supports asynchronous (event-driven) ‘programming. The DLL Method supports synchronous programming. The ‘OLE/COM method supports both synchronous and asynchronous programming. ‘If the integration is event-driven (asynchronous), the FINISH event will ‘fire within a few moments indicating that the transaction has completed ‘processing. If the transaction cannot be submitted or a TimeOut occurs, ‘an ERROR event will fire instead. These events should kick off result ‘checking sub-routines in the application. ‘If the integration is not event-driven, place the result checking sub‘routines immediately after the .Send method. ‘Check the results of the transaction using the GetResult method Select Case Trim(.GetResult) ‘If the transaction is approved, display the results of the transaction on ‘the user’s screen, print a receipt, etc. Case “CAPTURED” , “APPROVED” Print Print Print Print ‘Successful results “TRANSACTION SUCCESSFUL” .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant .GetAuth ‘Authorization code from Issuing bank .GetTroutD ‘PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Use any of the other .Get methods in the class to display ‘information about the transaction. ‘If the transaction is approved, store pertinent information such as the ‘TroutD, Authorization code, Result, Amount, Cardholder name, etc. in a ‘database table or other storage medium. This information can used for ‘reporting purposes. 183 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 INSERT INTO DatabaseTable (.GetTroutD, .GetAuth, .GetResult, .Amount, .Member) VALUES ‘The PCCharge Transaction Routing ID ‘Authorization code from Issuing bank ‘Transaction result constant ‘Transaction amount ‘Cardholder name ‘Store any other data desired. Please note that the card ‘associations prohibit the storing any type of Track I or Track II ‘data or PIN information. If the debit card number and expiration ‘date are to be stored, they must stored in an encrypted state. ‘If the transaction is not approved, display the results to the user. Case "NOT CAPTURED", "NOT APPROVED", "CANCELED", “Error” Print “TRANSACTION NOT SUCCESSFUL” Print .GetResult ‘Transaction Result Constant Print .GetAuth ‘The reason why transaction was not approved. ‘This value is provided by the processor. ‘If an error occurs (such as a TimeOut error), display the error code and ‘description to the user. If the integration is event-driven, this code ‘would be placed in the ERROR event. Case Else Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc End Select ‘Once the transaction has completed and all data has been extracted from the ‘result file, delete the file from the PCCharge directory. .DeleteUserFiles ‘Deletes all files associated with the transaction. If ‘the integration is event-driven, DeleteUserFiles should ‘be called in both the FINISH and ERROR events to avoid ‘double-charging or reconciliation issues. .Clear ‘Resets all properties and provides a clean environment to ‘process the next transaction. End if ‘.PccSysExists check End With ‘IMPORTANT - Destroy the Debit object to reset all properties and methods. ‘Also, the Clear method or ClearVariables method can be used to reset all ‘properties and methods in the object. Set Debit = Nothing 184 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Reports This algorithm demonstrates the coding required to submit a report request to PCCharge. To submit a report request using the OCX Method, use Charge.OCX, for the DLL Method, use PSCharge.charge, and for OLE/COM, use ActiveCharge.PccCharge. ‘Create A Charge Object Set Charge = new (ChargeComponentOrReference) With Charge ‘Set Required Initial Properties .Path = “C:\Program Files\active-charge\” .User = “User1” .CheckCard = False .Action = “81” ‘Set path to the PCCharge directory ‘The username set up in PCCharge ‘Turns of credit card validity testing. ‘Only necessary for the OCX and DLL ‘methods ‘81 = Credit Card Detail; 82 = Batch Pre‘Settle; 83 = Batch Post-Settle; 84 = ‘Check Summary ‘Set Optional Initial Properties .TimeOut = 45 ‘TimeOut value in seconds ‘If no other parameters are passed, PCCharge will print a report for the ‘current 24 hour period to the default report printer that is set up in ‘PCCharge once the Send method is called. Integrators may pass in optional ‘parameters for output and filtering to customize the reports and how they ‘are delivered. ‘Set Optional Output parameters .PeriodicPayment = "1" ‘Output type: 0 – Print to PCCharge’s ‘default report printer; 1 – Print to ‘file using filename specified in TRANSID .Track = "C:\Documents and Settings\JohnD\Desktop\" ‘Destination directory ‘for output file (40 ‘characters max) .CustCode = "ReportDirectory\" ‘Continuation of destination directory if ‘directory name is greater than 40 ‘characters. The values in Track and ‘CustCode are concatenated together once ‘submitted. The last character of the ‘directory name must be “\”. (25 ‘characters max) .TRANSID = Report.pdf ‘Filename and extension of the report ‘file. The extension determines the file ‘type returned. Valid extensions: .pdf, ‘.rtf, or .txt 185 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ‘Set Optional Filter parameters .Card = "User1" .MerchantNumber = "999999999911" .Street = 04/07/08 12:00:00 PM .Member = 04/08/08 11:00:00 AM .Manual = 1 ‘User name Filter ‘Merchant Number Filter ‘Starting Date / Time Filter ‘Ending Date / Time Filter ‘Transaction Result Filter: 0 = all ‘(default); 1 = approved; 2 = declined ‘Check to see if PCCharge is running and available to accept requests If .PccSysExists then ‘Notify user of error and exit procedure Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc Else ‘PCCharge is running and ready to process transactions ‘Submit the report request by calling the .Send method .Send 3 ‘OCX / DLL - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format .Send , 3 ‘OLE/COM - the “3” parameter activates the XML message format ‘The .Send method with the “3” parameter creates a file called ‘<username>.inx that contains the transaction request and drops it in the ‘PCCharge directory. Depending on how integration occurs, the Send ‘method is either a blocking (synchronous) or a non-blocking ‘(asynchronous) call. The OCX supports asynchronous (event-driven) ‘programming. The DLL Method supports synchronous programming. The ‘OLE/COM method supports both synchronous and asynchronous programming. ‘If the integration is event-driven (asynchronous), the FINISH event will ‘fire within a few moments indicating that the report request has ‘completed. If the report request cannot be submitted or a TimeOut ‘occurs, an ERROR event will fire instead. These events should kick off ‘result checking sub-routines in the application. ‘If the integration is not event-driven, place the result checking sub‘routines immediately after the .Send method. ‘Check the results of the report request using the GetResult method Select Case Trim(.GetResult) Case “Processed” ‘If the report request is successful, notify the user that the report has ‘been printed or the report file is available. If accessing the report ‘programmatically, begin parsing the report. Print “REPORT NOW AVAILABLE” Case “Problem” ‘If the report request fails for some reason, display a message to the user. 186 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Print “REPORT REQUEST UNSUCCESSFUL” ‘If an error occurs (such as a TimeOut error), display the error code and ‘description to the user. If the integration is event-driven, this code ‘would be placed in the ERROR event. Case Else Print “Error: “ & .GetErrorCode Print “Description: “ & .GetErrorDesc End Select ‘Once the report request has completed and all data has been extracted from ‘the result file, delete the file from the PCCharge directory. .DeleteUserFiles ‘Deletes all files associated with the transaction. If ‘the integration is event-driven, DeleteUserFiles should ‘be called in both the FINISH and ERROR events. .Clear ‘Resets all properties and provides a clean environment to ‘process the next transaction. End if ‘.PccSysExists check End With ‘IMPORTANT - Destroy the Charge object to reset all properties and methods. ‘Also, the Clear method or ClearVariables method can be used to reset all ‘properties and methods in the object. Set Charge = Nothing 187 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 OCX (ActiveX) Method Several OCX controls are included with the DevKit. These controls allow developers to access various processing functions using any Windows-based visual programming environment that supports OCX controls. Before an OCX control can be used, the control must be added to the visual programming language toolbox or equivalent. For example, in Microsoft Visual Basic 6, follow the procedure below: 1. Choose Project | Components from the Visual Basic menu bar. 2. After the Components window opens, from the list, scroll to and check the box next to the control(s) that will be used: • • • • • • • • VeriFone’s Charge ActiveX Control (for Credit card integration) VeriFone’s Debit ActiveX Control (for Debit card or EBT integration) VeriFone’s Check ActiveX Control (for Check integration) VeriFone’s GiftCard ActiveX Control (for Gift/Loyalty integration) VeriFone’s Batch ActiveX Control (for Batch/Settlement integration) VeriFone’s Device ActiveX Control (for PINpad integration) VeriFone's SC550 ActiveX Control (for VeriFone SC5000 PINpad integration-Canadian debit for Global Payments East NDC) VeriFone’s SC5X ActiveX Control (for VeriFone SC5000 PINpad integration-Canadian debit for Chase Paymentech GSAR) and click OK. Note: The DevKit installation registers the controls by default. If the controls are not yet registered on the system, use regsvr32.exe to register them, or use the Browse button on the Components window to register the component and add it to the toolbar. 3. The control(s) will now be added to the toolbar. Each control can be added to the project by placing it in the desired area on the form. Each control’s properties, methods, and events can be viewed through the object browser. If MS VB6 is not being used, refer to the language documentation for instructions on using ActiveX OCX Controls. 188 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Note to .Net Framework Users The OCX method is available in .Net through the use of the provided Charge-net.OCX, Debit-net.OCX and Batch-net.OCX. The regular Check.OCX, GiftCard.OCX, Device.OCX can be used with .Net. Note to Delphi Users The OCX method is available in Delphi through use of the provided Type Library Files (.tlb) for the corresponding Control. Rather than importing the OCX components to the tool palette, import the Type Libraries and create a wrapper. This can be done by following the procedure below: 1. Select Project | Import Type Library from the menu bar. (In Delphi 2005 / 2006, select Component | Import Component from the menu bar. Make sure that the radio button for Import a Type Library is selected, and then click the Next button) 2 A list of Libraries (.dll, .ocx, .olb, .tlb) will be available from which to choose. Click on the Add button, and browse to the location of the Type Library Files you wish to import. Once the new Library is highlighted (click the Next button in Delphi 2005 / 2006), there will be property fields indicating the classes of the Library, the palette page, the Unit Dir Name, and the Search Path. These fields can be left as default. Make sure that Create Wrapper is checked (Delphi 7 and below), and select Create Unit (click the Next button in Delphi 2005 / 2006 and then Create Unit). 3. This will add a text wrapper the Delphi Project. The name of this wrapper will be the name of the Library plus _TLB.pas. (For example: if importing the Charge.tlb, the wrapper name will be Charge_TLB.pas). Save this file to your project’s working directory. It then must be added to the Uses clause of the .pas file in which it is intended to be used. unit Unit1; Interface Uses Windows, Messages, SysUtils, Variants, Classes, Graphics, Controls, Forms, Dialogs, StdCtrls, StrUtils, Charge_TLB; 4. The next step would be to instantiate the main class of the Library, and load the OCX into memory so that the properties are accessible. One way to dynamically load the OCX into memory is to declare a THandle variable and a variable to hold the class, use LoadLibrary.The following example shows how to load the Charge OCX using this method: Type TCharge1 = class(OCXCharge) End; // // Instantiate the main class of the Library // procedure TForm1.ProcessButtonClick(Sender: TObject); var hCharge: THandle; // Create a handle for the Library Charge: TCharge1; // Variable to hold the Charge Class Begin hCharge := LoadLibrary(‘Charge.ocx’); if (hCharge = 0) then Begin ShowMessage(‘Error Loading Library’); Exit; End Else If (hCharge <> 0) then Begin Charge := TCharge1.Create(Self); End; 189 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 5. Now all of the Properties for the main class of the Charge OCX will be available. Note to Visual FoxPro 6 Users The instruction "application.autoyield = .F." must be executed before the Send method can be called for any of the ActiveX controls. A sample Visual FoxPro 6 application is included. It is located in the directory C:\Program Files\active-charge SDK\Ocx\FoxPro\. Note to Visual C++ Users The standard versions of the OCX controls can be used in a Visual C++ project. The control can be added by going to Project | Components | Add Registered Controls. Visual C++ will provide a wrapper that will give the project access to the various properties and methods in the control. A sample Visual C++ application is included. It is located in the directory C:\Program Files\active-charge SDK\Ocx\Cpps\. 190 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Charge.OCX Charge.OCX provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit credit card transactions to PCCharge. To use Charge.OCX to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed and validate the values using the various .Verify methods. (The properties marked with a ° in the Charge.OCX properties table are the minimum required to process a Sale or Pre-Authorization transaction.) NOTE: Beginning with PCCharge version 5.8 the transaction messages may include the CashierName and CashierPassword properties to take advantage of PCI Cashier Changes. ! WARNING: New password requirements in PCCharge version 5.8 are necessary to meet PA-DSS compliance standards. This also requires that all passwords will expire after a maximum of 90 days. 3. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 4. Wait for the Error or Finish event to occur. 5. Call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction. The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 6. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 7. Call the Clear method to reset all the properties and methods related to the transaction or destroy the object. Consult the Pseudo-code section (see page 158) for various examples that may be followed when using the Charge.OCX to perform transaction processing. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. Charge.OCX Dependencies The following dependencies are required for the Charge.ocx to operate properly upon deployment. Most of these files are already installed with the Windows© operating system. File name Version File name Version USER32.DLL RPCRT4.DLL OLEAUT32.DLL OLE32.DLL NTDLL.DLL MSVCRT.DLL GDI32.DLL MSVBVM60.DLL KERNEL32.DLL ADVAPI32.DLL 5.1.2600.2622 5.1.2600.2180 5.1.2600.2180 5.1.2600.2726 5.1.2600.2180 7.0.2600.2180 5.1.2600.2818 6.0.97.82 5.1.2600.2945 5.1.2600.2180 DARTCERTFICATE.DLL DARTSECURE2.DLL DARTSOCK.DLL MSXML3.DLL N/A N/A N/A N/A 191 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Charge.OCX Properties Property Data Type Description - Charge.OCX Properties Action° Long The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. String The American Express Charge Description. This is a general description describing merchandise: the AMEX representative and the merchant will decide on an appropriate description. Note: Only Required for Retail, MOTO and Restaurant transactions when using AMEX direct settlement or TSYS. Max Length: 23 bytes String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS String The Authorization code. This value is returned by the issuing bank and should only be set in a transaction request if processing a Post-Authorization and the Post-Authorization is being used to add a Voice-Authorization to the batch or to “store” a Voice-Authorization. (For information on stored VoiceAuthorizations, see page 91). The AuthCode property does not need to be set if the Post-Authorization completes a standard Pre-Authorization using the TroutD value of the Pre-Authorization. See the section Follow On Transactions for more information (see page 70). String Only valid for Visa debit and credit transactions. It is used to indicate the transaction is being processedfor payment of a bill (ultilty, monthly gym dues, etc.) Valid values: 0 – Non-Bill payment transaction 1 – Bill payment transaction Amount° AmxChargeDescription AmxDescription_1 AmxDescription_2 AmxDescription_3 AmxDescription_4 AuthCode Billpay 192 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge.OCX Properties String The credit card number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. Example: 5424180279791765 NOTE: Is it the integrator’s responsibility to remove spaces in the card number if there are spaces in the Track II card number data. Boolean Flag that indicates whether to activate credit card validity testing. Valid Values: TRUE; FALSE. Default value: TRUE. This value must be set to FALSE when performing Follow on transactions such as Voids or Gratuities because the card number is omitted from these transaction requests. String The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Valid Values: 1-10, 13-15, ZI, ZH. Example: If running a credit card sale, set the action code to “1”. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Note: Because the Action property is defined as “long”, this property was added to allow action codes that contain strings (such as Transaction Inquiry - ZI). If the Command property is set, it’s value will override the value set in Action. String The type of commercial card being submitted. The getCommercialCardType method should be used to retrieve the 1 character value from PCCharge that indicates what type of commercial card will be submitted. See the section Commercial Card Transactions (see page 93) for more information. Max Length: 1 character Valid values: B – Business P,L,G -- Purchase C – Corporate F – Fleet Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. CustCode String Customer code for purchasing/commercial cards. This property must be set for commercial card transactions in order to get the best discount rate. Additionally, the transaction’s action code must indicate that the transaction is a commercial card transaction. Note: Global East (NDC), terminal based, requires the customer code be all upper case. Max Length: 25 characters, alphanumeric only. CreditPlanNumber String The credit plan number, only applicable when using Citi as the processor for private label cards. String The CVV2 value for the transaction. The card verification value (CVV2 for Visa, CVC2 for MasterCard, and CID for AMEX and Discover) is a 3 or 4 digit number that is embossed in the signature panel for Visa, MasterCard, and Discover and on the front of the card for AMEX. All AMEX cards utilize a 4 digit CID. Max Length: 4 characters. CVV2 should only be passed on nonswiped transactions. Boolean The demo mode flag. In demo mode, a simulated response is returned in which even amounts return approved, and odd amounts return declined. Valid Values: TRUE – Activates demo mode FALSE – Deactivates demo mode (default) DEST_ZIP_CODE String Destination Zip Code for American Express purchasing/commercial cards. This property must be set for American Express commercial card transactions when using American Express as the processor (or via split dial) in order to get the best discount rate. Additionally, the transaction’s action code must indicate that the transaction is a commercial card transaction. DriverID String Driver identification field. Only required for Wright Express, Voyager and Fleet One cards. DriverPIN String Driver personal identification number. Only required for Fuelman cards. EnableSSL Boolean For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. Card° CheckCard Command CommercialCardFlag CommMethod CVV2 Demo 193 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge.OCX Properties For use with Restaurant transactions only. The estimated gratuity amount for a Sale (action code 1) or Pre-Authorization (action code 4) transaction. If the EstGratuityAmount is populated, PCCharge will submit the sum of the values in the Amount and EstGratuityAmount fields for authorization. If the transaction is authorized, only the value in the Amount field will be placed in the PCCharge settlement file (if running a Sale). By using the EstGratuityAmount, the merchant can help ensure that the customer has enough available credit on their card to leave a tip. Once the customer indicates the amount of the tip that will be left, a gratuity transaction (action code 13) must be performed on the sale prior to settlement in order to add the actual gratuity to the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. See the section Restaurant Transactions (see page 105) for more information. Note: It is recommended to check with the processor or merchant service provider for guidance on what amount to set this value to. Incorrectly setting this value can result in downgrades. EstGratuityAmount String ExpDate° String The expiration date associated with the credit card number that will be processed. Must be exactly four characters long. Format: MMYY Example: 1208 GratuityAmount String For use with Restaurant transactions only. The actual gratuity amount for a Sale with Gratuity (action code 14) , Gratuity (action code 13) , or PostAuthorization (action code 5) transaction. See the section Restaurant Transactions (see page 105) for more information. IDNumber String Only required for Voyager cards, dependant on Restriction Code. Four to six digits. Note: Only used for Pre-Authorization transactions Update: Beginning with PCCharge version 5.8, this is also used for Citi© Private Label. IPAddress String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. IPAddress of machine where PCCharge is running. Defaults to 127.0.0.1 String The Item ID for the transaction. This field is only used for Chase Paymentech (GSAR) and can store five (5) four-digit codes that are defined by Chase Paymentech. Example: If the ItemID is set to 00010002000300040005, it stores 5 item IDs (0001, 0002, 0003, 0004, and 0005). These numbers must be obtained from Chase Paymentech. LastValidDate String The last year that will be considered a valid expiration date. Currently, the default value in the control is “09”. It is recommended that a setting is provided by which the end-user can change this property; otherwise, in the future, end users will require a new control to be distributed to resolve expiration date issues. Length: 2 digits. Format: YY Example: If LastValidDate is set to 05, then cards between 06 and 99 are considered to be 1906 to 1999, and cards between 00 and 05 are 2000 to 2005. Manual° Long Flag that indicates whether the transaction was manually entered or swiped. If the transaction was swiped, the Track property must also be set. Valid values: 0 = manual transaction, 1 = swiped transaction MCSC String The Multiple Count Sequence Count. This is the total number of installments that will be charged in a non-restaurant recurring billing scenario. Max Length: 2 characters. Example: If there are 5 payments to be made, set this property to “5”. ItemID 194 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge.OCX Properties In a restaurant environment: The server or cashier id. Max Length: 2. This field should be passed for reporting and reconciliation purposes. See the section Restaurant Transactions (see page 105) for more information. Processor specific note: The Server ID is required for AMEX card transactions. Also required when using the processor NB and GSAR in restaurant business type. MCSN String Member String The cardholder’s name. Max Length: 20 characters. MerchantNumber° *** String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Credit Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. MSMQEncrypted Boolean No longer supported MSMQOffSite Boolean No longer supported MSMQServerName String No longer supported MSMQTransaction Boolean No longer supported Multi String Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. If set, this value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Default value: 0. See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 67). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. Odometer String The odometer reading. Only required for Fleet One (7 digits), Voyager (7 digits), and Fuelman (6 digits) cards. String Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should process the transaction offline. If the offline flag is set, PCCharge will put the transaction into a .BCH file that resides in the PCCharge directory for importing at a later time. The file can only be imported from the PCCharge GUI. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Single The delay time before the PCCharge directory is polled for a transaction response file (.oux file). The default is 0.25 seconds. This value should only be modified if the integration is not performing properly. This could be caused if the client machine is slow or there is network lag that causes the server to spend more time checking for .oux files than processing transactions. Offline OutDelay In a non-restaurant environment, this field is the Multiple Count Sequence Number. This is the transaction number within the total number of payment installments in a recurring billing scenario. Max Length: 2 characters. Example: If there are 5 payments to be made and this transaction is the first transaction, set this property to “1”. The first transaction should also include the CVV property, but this value should not be stored or sent for subsequent transactions. For use with File_Tranfer CommMethod only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". PeriodicPayment String Flag that indicates whether the transaction is a recurring transaction. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Note: If periodic payment is set to true, the recurring billing properties must also be set to achieve the best processing rates. Port String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. String The number of receipts that PCCharge should print for the transaction. This value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. PCCharge will retain this value for subsequent transactions. Valid values: 0-9. Setting the property to 0 will disable receipt printing. PrintReceipts 195 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge.OCX Properties String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). ProductDetailAmount_XX String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. This is the total dollar amount for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX being authorized. For example, PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_1 has a PRODUCT_DETAIL_QUANTITY_1 = 2 and a PRODUCT_DETAIL_UNIT_PRICE_1 = $2.00, therefore the PRODUCT_DETAIL_AMOUNT_1 = $4.00 ProductDetailCount String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. All card types are configurable except for Fleet One which is limited to 7 records. Only 1 – 10 records are currently supported through PCCharge for all card types. ProductDetailCode_XX String Note: This is the number of items for RODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. PCCharge will support 1 – 10. • NBS supports using 1 – 10. • BAMS Tandem (NPC) supports using 1 – 3. ProductDetailQuantity_XX String Note: Only used for the processor NBS. This is the unit price for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. This is only used for Fleet One and Fuelman. Currently, PCCharge will support 1 – 10. String The reference number from the original transaction (returned by the processor). Set this property only if processing a Post-Authorization and the Post-Authorization is being used to add a Voice-Authorization to the batch or to “store” a Voice-Authorization. (For information on stored VoiceAuthorizations, see page 91). The Reference property does not need to be set if the Post-Authorization completes a standard Pre-Authorization using the TroutD value of the Pre-Authorization. See the section Follow On Transactions for more information (see page 70). Max Length: 8 characters. Note: NBS/ Fleet One cards require a Reference Number to be sent with each transaction. This is a minimum of 2 digits and a max of 15. This must be all numeric. RestrictionCode String Only required for Voyager cards. This is used to determine the level of identification and which fields are required. Two digits. Valid Values: 00 - No ID Number or Odometer required. Fuel and Other allowed. 01 - No ID Number or Odometer required. Fuel only allowed. 10 - ID Number only required. Fuel and Other allowed. 11 - ID Number only required. Fuel only allowed. 20 - Odometer only required. Fuel and Other allowed. 21 - Odometer only required. Fuel only allowed. 30 - ID Number and Odometer required. Fuel and Other allowed. 31 - ID Number and Odometer required. Fuel only allowed. Note: Required for both manual and swiped transactions. RFID String Set to 1 if card information was read from RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) device. If card was read from from RFID, track data must be populated and manual flag must be set to 1. Set to 0 otherwise. String Flag indicating whether a Voice Authorization transaction should be stored. This flag should only be submitted when performing a Post-Authorization transaction (action code 5) that includes an authorization code from the voice operator. For more information on stored Voice-Authorizations, see page 91. Valid Value: 1 - Store the Voice Authorization transaction. String The cardholder's billing street address. The Street property is used for address verification. Address verification can only be performed on nonswiped transactions. For FDC: Use first 5 digits only. Note: For manually keyed transactions, Street is required to qualify for the lowest transaction rates. Max Length: 20 characters Citi© - When used with Citi Plan PO Box’s are not allowed. String The tax amount. This is the portion of the amount that is tax. Providing the tax amount is required to obtain the best rate on commercial card transactions. Max Length: 9 characters (including the decimal). Format: DDDDDD.CC. The transaction's action code must indicate that it is a commercial transaction. Tax amount should be included in the amount field. Processor° *** Reference Store Street TaxAmt 196 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge.OCX Properties TaxExempt String Tax Exempt Flag. This flag is used to indicate if the purchase is tax exempt. Used only for Commercial Card Transactions. Valid Values: 1 – Purchase is tax exempt; 0 – Purchase is not tax exempt. String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all processors support alphanumeric characters. Note: For manually keyed transactions, Ticket is required to qualify for the lowest transaction rates. Note: When using NDC, lower case characters must not be used in the ticket number. Note: When using Elavon (NOVA), ticket numbers can only be alphanumeric, no hyphens. TimeOut Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the control. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. TotalAmount String No longer needed String The track II data captured from the magnetic strip of the credit card. The track II data is required to ensure the lowest per-transaction rate from the processing company when performing swiped transactions (Retail and Restaurant). Sending the track II data is not allowed if the merchant's industry type is MOTO or eCommerce. Max Length: 40 characters. Example: 5424180279791765=08121011000001234567 Note: The characters that are appended to the beginning and ending of track II (usually ; and ?) should not be passed in. Alternatively, the GetParseData method can be used to parse the track data and set the Card, ExpDate, and Track properties automatically. String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. User° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). VehicleID String Only required for Wright Express cards (5 digits) and Voyager cards (8 digits). Note: Required for both manual and swiped transactions. XMLtran Boolean Set to True to activate the XML message format. It is recommended that the “3” parameter be passed to the Send method to activate the XML message format instead of using the XMLtran property. See the description for the Send method for more information. Zip String The cardholder's zip code. The Zip property is used for address verification. Max Length: 9 digits. Address verification can only be performed on nonswiped transactions. Note: For manually keyed transactions, the Zip is required to qualify for the lowest transaction rates. Note: For manually keyed transactions, the Zip is required to qualify for the lowest transaction rates. Note: If submitting the 9-digit zip, do not include the dash. Citi© - When used with Citi Plan the zip is limited to 5-digits. CfgType Long Ticket Track TroutD The database archive configuration type setup in PCCharge. Valid value: Currently, only 0 is supported. 0 = CFG_TXN_ARCHIVE = Configure Transaction Archive. Use action code ZC. CfgEnabled Boolean Enable or disable current database archive configuration (1 = Enable, 0 = Disable). CfgPath String Specify path for saved output files (Example: backed up transaction database). Must end with a backslash “\”. CfgSizeLimit String Transaction archive size limit for GUI archive prompting and validation. Specified in megabytes. 197 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge.OCX Properties CfgKeepDays String Transaction archive preservation range. All transactions within the past number of “keep days” will remain in the pccw.mdb database following a transaction archive command. CashierName°° String Submit Cashier’s login name. CashierPassword°° String Submit Cashier’s password. NewCashierPassword String Submit a new password for the Target Cashier. Note: case-sensitive Must be complex: • minimum 7 characters • must have at least one upper case character • one numeric character • one special character (e.g., @, $, %, etc.) NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. NewCashierConfirmPassword String Resubmit the password for verification. Note: Must match the original NewCashierPassword NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. AddCashier1 String AddCashier2 String AddCashier3 String AddCashier4 String AddCashier5 String TargetCashierName String Submitted when performing a function to edit a cashier’s settings. This specifies which cashier’s information to alter. NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. String Applicant’s first name. String Applicant’s middle initial. String Applicant’s last name. String Applicant’s suffix. (Ex. M.D., Ph.D, Jr.) String Applicant’s apartment or suite number. String Applicant’s city. CustomerFirstName MiddleInitial 1 CustomerLastName Suffix 1 AptSuite 1 CustomerCity 1 1 1 Allows the integrator to submit new cashiers up to 5 at a time. Requires 3 Name Value pairs to be entered for each AddCashier tag submitted. CASHIER_NAME <Name> PASSWORD <Password> PERMISSIONS <Permissions> Example: <ADD_CASHIER_1>CASHIER_NAME CreditR PASSWORD CreditR123% PERMISSIONS 10000|000|000|000|000000000000|0000|000000 </ADD_CASHIER_1> NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. State 1 String Applicant data. (Ex: GA, FL, MA…) Email 1 String Applicant data. (Ex: [email protected]) String Applicant data. Format xxxxxxxxxx 10-digits No Dashes String Applicant data. Format xxxxxxxxx 9-digits No Dashes Phone_Number SSNum 1 1 Birth_Date EmpName 1 1 WorkPhoneNumber 1 String Applicant data. Format is MMDDYYYY. String Applicant data. Employer name. String Applicant data. Employer phone number. Applicant data. HomeOwner 1 String AnnualIncome 1 PhotoIDState 1 CorrelationUID PendingNumber 1 1 Format: 'O' = Own 'R' = Rent 'B' = Board 'P' = Live w/ parents 'M' = Military String Applicant data. Format: Up to 6 digits. Whole dollar amount with no decimals. String Applicant data. (Ex: GA, FL, MA…) String Received as a response to a Credit App (P3) String Received as a response to a Credit App (P3) 198 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge.OCX Properties Reply notification. ReplyFlag 1 Boolean Format: Y = Accept N = Decline Citi Plan SourceCode 1 String Format: Opt In – “AP” Opt Out – “AO” Applicant data. Type of identification being submitted. IDType 1 FraudFlag String 1 HealthCareAmount # PrescriptionAmount # Format: ‘D’ – Driver’s License ‘O’ – Other Boolean Code 10. Values are 1 or 0: 1 = True, 0 = False String Total Healthcare Amount. This amount must be greater than or equal to the sum of the other amount categories. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC String (Optional) Total amount of the prescription-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC VisionAmount # String (Optional) Total amount of the vision-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC ClinicAmount # String (Optional) Total amount of the clinic-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC DentalAmount # String (Optional) Total amount of the dental-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC String (Optional) Reserved for future use. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC String (Optional) Reserved for future use. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC Boolean Indicates the transaction is FSA. This will bypass PCCharge BIN checking as PCCharge will assume that the POS has verified that this card has met the BIN requirements for an FSA transaction. 1 = True, 0 = False Note: If this is not passed it defaults to False. TransitAmount CopayAmount FSA # # # ° These properties are the minimum required to process a Sale or Pre-Authorization transaction. °° These properties are additional requirements beginning in PCCharge version 5.8 and are in addition to the preceeding requirements for a Sale or Pre-Authorization transaction. These are only necessary if taking advantage of the new PCI Cashier Changes. ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. *** If the “Use Default Processor” option is enabled in the PCCharge preferences, and the Processor and MerchantNumber properties are omitted from the transaction request, PCCharge will process all transactions using the “Default Processor”. The “Default Processor” is defined as the first merchant number that is set up PCCharge. Consult the Multi-Merchant Support section (see page 68) for more information on the “Use Default Processor” option. In addition, Processor and MerchantNumber should not be set when doing follow-on transactions. Refer to the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. 1 These properties are required to process Citi applications. For more information and examples see Citi Credit Plan on page 116. # Additional tags used to process FSA/HRA transactions. For more information please see the section about FSA on page 99. 199 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ! WARNING: New password requirements in PCCharge version 5.8 are necessary to meet PA-DSS compliance standards. This also requires that all passwords will expire after a maximum of 90 days. 200 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Charge.OCX Methods Returned Value Description - Charge.OCX Methods Abort Boolean The Abort method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress and will return a Boolean value that indicates whether or not the transaction was canceled. Note: This method is not available when integrating using FoxPro. Use the Cancel method instead. About MsgBox The About method will display the About box associated with the control. Cancel None The Cancel method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress. Calling the Cancel method does not guarantee that the transaction will be canceled; it simply attempts to cancel the transaction. None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: a. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods b. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called c. prior to running the next transaction String The CommercialCardType method is used to determine whether or not a credit card is a commercial card. CommercialCardType requires that a string parameter, the credit card number, is passed when calling the method, that the Path property is set to a valid PCCharge directory, and that a valid Bin.mdb database resides in that directory. CommercialCardType returns TRUE if the BIN range of the card appears in the Bin.mdb database, FALSE if it does not. DeleteUserFiles None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). *Not for use with TCP/IP CommMethod. GetAcctDataSrc String Returns the entry method of the transaction. GetACI String Returns the VPS indicator to indicate wherever the card is a VISA, MC or AMEX card PS2000 data. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetAddText1 String Only supported on Fleet One, this field contains miscellaneous additional text returned from host. Currently PCCharge will support GetAddText1GetAddText4. Boolean The GetApproved method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "APPROVED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. An “APPROVED” response indicates that a Pre-Authorization has been approved, but not placed in the open batch. Method Clear CommercialCardType GetApproved Returns the amount due, only for Elavon (NOVA) pre-paid and FSA functionality. Format is DDD.CC GetAmountDue String Note: “Enable Pre-Paid Cards” option within PCCharge MUST be checked for this feature to work. The option is located under Setup>Credit Card Company>Extended Data and only with the Credit Card Company set to Elavon (NOVA). This option is only configurable in PCCharge version 5.7.1 release I sp9a and above. Note: For this to work with FSA transactions, one must enable FSA and Partial Auth within the Extended Data Screen for supported processors. GetAuth String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetAuthAmount String Used in partial redemption transactions where only part of the amount was authorized. Returns the actual authorized amount. 201 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Charge.OCX Methods GetAVS String Returns the AVS response code from the issuing bank. If performing Address Verification on card-not-present transactions, this code indicates how well the AVS information passed in matches what the issuing bank has on file for the cardholder. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a description of values that may be returned (see page 143). GetCCAvailBalance String Pre-paid credit cards with Elavon (NOVA) - Returns the PrePaid card balance. FSA – Returns the available balance on the FSA/HRA card. Format: DDD.CC GetCaptured Boolean The GetCaptured method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "CAPTURED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. The GetCaptured method is used to determine if a transaction that will result in a monetary transfer (Sale, Credit, Post-Authorization, etc.) is approved or declined. A “CAPTURED” response indicates that the transaction has been approved, and that the transaction has been placed in the open batch. GetCardIDCode Boolean Returns a code that is used to verify the identity of the cardholder. getCommercialCardType String The getCommercialCardType method requires a string parameter, the credit card number, and will determine the credit card number’s commercial card type. This method requires that the Path variable be set to a valid PCCharge directory and it uses the Bin.mdb database in the PCCharge directory to determine the commercial card type. Valid return values: B – Business P,L,G -- Purchase C – Corporate F – Fleet Example: getCommercialCardType(“4055011111111111”) will return “P”. GetCreditCardIssuer String The GetCreditCardIssuer method returns the abbreviation of the credit card issuer's name for the card number that is present in the Card property. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a description of values (see page 143). GetCreditCardType String The GetCreditCardType method returns either the abbreviation of the credit card issuer of the card that is present in the Card property, or the optional card parameter that is passed to the GetCreditCardType method. Consult the section DevKit Constants for descriptions of values (see page 143). (GetCreditCardType is the same as GetCardIssuer). GetCurrentDBSize String Current transaction database size in bytes. GetConfigDBSize String Current configured size limit for transaction archive in bytes. GetCVV2 String Returns the CVV2/CVC2/CID response code from the issuing bank. If performing CVV2/CVC2/CID validation on card-not-present transactions, this code indicates if the CVV2/CVC2/CID code passed in matches what the issuing bank has on file for the cardholder. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a description of values that may be returned (see page 143). GetDCAvailBalance String Returns the available balance on pre-paid debit cards. Only for pre-paid debit cards with Elavon (NOVA). GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetEstGratuityAmount String The GetEstGratuityAmount echoes the estimated gratuity from the original transaction. GetGratuityAmount String The GetGratuityAmount echoes the gratuity amount from the original transaction. Method 202 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Charge.OCX Methods GetHostType Integer The GetHostType method returns an integer that indicates if a processor / merchant number is Host based or Terminal based. GetHostType requires three parameters: 1) Processor code - Consult the section DevKit Constants (see page 143) for a list of valid processor codes 2) Merchant account - Must be a valid merchant account set up in PCCharge 3) TID type - Valid Values for TID type: 0 – Credit; 1 – Check; 2 – Debit; 3 – EBT; 4 – GiftCard GetHostType will return one the following values based on the parameters passed in: 0 – The processor is Host based 1 – The processor is Terminal based -1 – The processor is a Hybrid (supports both Host and Terminal processing) or invalid processor / merchant number. Example: .GetHostType(“VISA”, “999999999911”, 0) will return 0 Note: Chase Paymentech (GSAR), Elavon (NOVA), and FDMS South / NaBanco (NB) are considered hybrid processors. GetHostType will return a -1 for these processors. GetIND String Returns the IND code. The IND code is a transaction description code and an Interchange compliance field. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetItemID String The GetItemID echoes the item ID from the original transaction. GetMerchantInfo String The GetMerchantInfo method returns a string containing all of the merchant numbers and processors set up in PCCharge. The string will also indicate whether the processor is Host based (H), Terminal based (T), or a hybrid (Y). The string will begin with STX and will end with ETX. GS will separate each record, and FS will separate fields within a record. Example: <STX>CES <FS>000000927996296767<FS>T<GS>GSAR<FS> 999999999999519<FS>T<GS>VISA<FS>999999999911<FS>T<ETX> Refer to the section Multi-Merchant Support (see page 68) for more information on the GetMerchantInfo method. GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetMSI String Returns the Market Specific Indicator. This value indicates the transaction’s market segment. This value is assigned by the card associations and is not returned with all transactions. GetParseData String The GetParseData method will parse a string (containing credit card track data) passed to it and populate the Card, ExpDate, Member, and Track properties with the appropriate data. GetParseData will return an integer indicating its success. Valid return values: 0 (error parsing data), 1 (track I successful), or 2 (track I & II successful). GetPLProcessor String Retrieves the private label Processor ID currently setup in PCCharge. The .path property must be specified. GetPLMerchantNumber String Retrieves the private label Merchant Number currently setup in PCCharge. The .path property must be specified. GetPCard String The GetPCard method returns the PurchaseCard field from the .oux file. Not all processing companies support this field. Valid values: 1 = Purchasing card, 0 = Otherwise GetPEM String Returns the Point of Entry Mode that is associated with the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetPS2000 String PS2000 Data. This data will be as received during the original authorization processing. It will not be present for offline transactions. PS2000 Data is a variable; it will either be one character or up to 20. It is data concerning the card type and transaction that the processor will send back during the authorization process. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetRecordCount String The number of records matching the inquiry Method 203 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Charge.OCX Methods GetRefNumber String Returns the reference number associated with the transaction. The reference number is assigned by the card associations. The reference number is used to help identify the transaction and is useful for the cardholder and merchant when doing research. This value is not returned with all transactions. GetRespCode String Returns the response code that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetResponseCommercialType String Returns the type of commercial card that was used for the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. Method GetResponsePurchaseCardType String Returns a flag indicating whether the processor indicated whether the card was a Purchasing Card or not. This value is not returned by all processing companies. Valid values: 1 = Purchasing Card, 0 = Otherwise GetRestrictCode String Note: Only supported on Fleet One. The product restriction code. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetRET String Returns the Retrieval reference number. This value is not returned by all processing companies GetTraceNumber String Returns the trace number from the processor. Only for pre-paid credit cards with Elavon (NOVA). GetTBatch String Returns the active batch number for the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTerminationStatus String Retrieves Termination Status which returns a “6” upon successful transaction. If anything other than a “6” is returned there may be an issue with the settlement file and should be investigated. This applies to : GSAR and NBS Response: 6 = Successful Transaction GetTDate String Returns the date that the transaction was processed. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTI String This will indicate the transaction Identifier for VISA or AMEX, it will also return the MC Bank Net reference if the card is a MasterCard. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTicket String Returns the ticket number or invoice of the transaction. This value is echoed back from the original transaction or is generated by PCCharge if one is required to complete the transaction. GetTICode String Returns the validation code for VISA or the Bank Net Date if the card is a MasterCard.This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTIM String Returns the Time of the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTitem String Returns the Transaction Item number or the number that is associated with the transaction in the settlement file. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTransNum String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. GetTransRecord String Contains nested XML tags providing information on transaction(s) pulled from Trans table in the PCCharge database (pccw.mdb) GetTransactionReferenceNumb String er Returns the transaction reference number from the processor. Only for prepaid credit cards with Elavon (NOVA). String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. GetTroutD 204 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method GetXMLResponse GetXMLRequest PccSysExists Returned Value Description - Charge.OCX Methods String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved from the .oux file can be used to view the results of a Transaction Inquiry (ZI) transaction. Refer to the section Transaction Inquiry (see page 128) for more information. The text can also be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. String This method is used to echo the text that is sent in the request file associated with the transaction. The request (.inx) file contains XML string data. The text that is sent in the .inx file can be used to view the message of any transaction sent to the server. Note: This method must be called after the calling send and before DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. *Not for use with TCP/IP CommMethod. The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the control will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Send Integer The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only—do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. ValidCardLength Boolean The ValidCardLength method returns TRUE if the card is of the correct length, or FALSE if it is not. ValidCardLength has an optional string parameter in which a card can be passed. If that parameter is blank, ValidCardLength will analyze the value set in the Card property. ValidDate Boolean The ValidDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is valid, or FALSE if it is not. Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). VerifyAmount 205 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Charge.OCX Methods Boolean The VerifyCreditCard method returns TRUE if the credit card number’s format is valid and meets the requirements set forth by the credit card companies, FALSE if it does not. If FALSE is returned, use the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the reason for failure. VerifyCreditCard has an optional string parameter in which a credit card number can be passed. If the parameter is left blank, VerifyCreditCard will analyze the value set in the Card property. Boolean The VerifyExpDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is correct and in the right format, or FALSE if it is not. VerifyExpDate calls the ValidDate function to validate the expiration date. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). VerifyMerchantNumber Boolean The VerifyMerchantNumber method returns TRUE if the merchant number that is passed to it is set up in PCCharge, otherwise, FALSE is returned. Specifically, this method checks for the merchant number in the file TID.PCC, which is located in the PCCharge directory. The Path property must be set before calling this Method. VerifyProcessor Boolean No longer supported Method VerifyCreditCard VerifyExpDate User can set the local certificate to authenticate the SSL TCP/IP request. Note: This routine has four parameters. None SetSSLCertificate CertificateName store CertificateLocation CertificateIssuesby CertificateSerialNumber : this will store the Store name of the : this will assign the store location : This will assign Certificate issued by : This will assign certificate serial number Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. GetPasswordExpiry GetCorrelationUID GetPendingNumber 1 1 String Returns MMDDYY when the cashier password will expire. String Returned from Citi, needed for Counter Offer Submission. String Returned from Citi, needed for Counter Offer Submission. GetReplyFlag 1 String ‘Y’ or ‘N’ sent to Citi to notify message is a reply to an offer. GetOpenToBuy 1 String Only present in the response if the “Display OTB” is turned ON. Decimal is included. String Only present the in the response. Retrieves credit limit. GetCreditLimit 1 1 These properties are required to process Citi applications. For more information and examples see Citi Credit Plan on page 116. Charge.OCX Events Event Description – Charge.OCX Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the control. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. 206 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 207 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Debit.OCX Debit.OCX provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit debit card and EBT transactions to PCCharge. To use Debit.OCX to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Retrieve pertinent data, such as the PIN, the Key Serial Number (if DUKPT), etc., from the PINpad. Device.OCX may be used to collect data from the PINpad. See page 242 for more information on Device.OCX. 3. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed and validate the values using the various .Verify methods. (The properties marked with a ° in the Debit.OCX properties table are the minimum required to process a Debit Sale transaction.) 4. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 5. Wait for the Error or Finish event to occur. 6. Call the various Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction. The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 7. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 8. Call the Clear method to reset all the properties and methods related to the transaction or destroy the object. When processing debit cards, a PINpad is required to allow the customer to enter their PIN. In addition, debit card information is always collected via a card swipe device, never via keyboard entry. Because of this, a card reader is also required. (Some EBT transactions can be manually entered). Refer to the Device.OCX section (see page 242) for information on integrating to a PINpad device. Device.OCX gives the application the ability to retrieve the PIN from the PINpad and use it to process debit card transactions. When processing U.S. debit card transactions, merchants have the option of allowing the customer to receive cash back on a transaction. For instance, the customer purchases $50 of products and wants $25 cash back, set the Amount to 50.00 and CashBack to 25.00. This will withdraw a total of $75 from the debit card account, $50 for the products and $25 for cash to give to the customer. Consult the Pseudo-code section (see page 158) for an example that may be followed when using the Debit.OCX to perform transaction processing. 208 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 For information on integrating Canadian Debit, see the section Canadian (Interac) Debit Transactions (see page 113). Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. 209 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Debit.OCX Properties Property Name Data Type Description – Debit.OCX Properties Long The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Amount° °° String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. AuthCode String EBT Only: For an EBT Post (Prior Auth Sale) or Force transaction: The Authorization code from the original voice authorization. Billpay String Only valid for Visa debit and credit transactions. It is used to indicate the transaction is being processed for payment of a bill (ultilty, monthly gym dues, etc.) Valid values: 0 – Non-Bill payment transaction 1 – Bill payment transaction Card° °° String The Debit/EBT card number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. Example: 5424180279791765 NOTE: Is it the integrator’s responsibility to remove spaces in the card number if there are spaces in the Track II card number data. CashBack String The amount of cash back that the customer will receive. This amount is in addition to value entered in Amount property. For example, if the total amount of the sale is $10 and the customer has requested $5 cash back, Amount should be set to $10 and CashBack should be set to $5. The CashBack property should be formatted the same the Amount property. Max Length: 9 characters. Note: Some debit processors do not support the cash back feature. Command String Because the Action property is defined as “long”, this property was added to allow action codes that contain strings. This property is only used for action code M1 (Key Change Request). Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. DebitType°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Set this to the bank account type that the customer specified when entering transaction data into the PINpad. Valid Values: “Chequing” or “Savings” EnableSSL Boolean For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. ExpDate° °° String The expiration date associated with the Debit/EBT card number that will be processed. Must be exactly four characters long. Format: MMYY Example: 1208 Set this property if there is an expiration date associated with the Debit/EBT card. FoodStamp Boolean EBT Only: Indicates what type of EBT transaction will be performed. Valid Values: 1 – Food stamp transaction; 0 – Cash benefits transaction Gratuity°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. This is the Gratuity Amount of the transaction. Action° °° CommMethod 210 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – Debit.OCX Properties String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. IPAddress of machine where PCCharge is running. Defaults to 127.0.0.1 String If a Key Serial Number is returned from the PINpad, this property should be populated with that number. If processing transactions with a PINpad using DUKPT encryption, this value is sixteen or twenty characters long (depending on the processor’s encryption). The PCCharge DevKit provides several tools for retrieving data from PINpads. If the PCCharge integration method chosen doesn’t support these tools or the tools do not support the PINpad being used, a direct interface to the PINpad must be written by the integrator. If processing transactions with a Verifone SC5000 PINpad, set this property to the Chip Serial Number of the PINpad. LanguageCode°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Set this to the language that is indicated by the Language Code that is encoded in the track II data on the customer’s card. Valid Values: “English” or “French” (pass in the literal string) MACData°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Set this to the MAC Block value returned by the PINpad. Manual° °° Boolean Flag that indicates whether the transaction was swiped or manually entered. This property must be set to 1 (swiped) for Debit transactions or swiped EBT transactions. If the transaction was swiped, the Track property must also be set. If performing a manually keyed EBT transaction, such as a Force or Voucher, set this property to 0 (manually entered). Member String The cardholder’s name. Max Length: 20 characters. MerchantNumber° °° *** String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Debit Card Setup window or EBT Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. OrigPurchData String The Original Purchase Data. Used when performing a Debit Return with the processors TSYS, Heartland, RBS WorldPay, and NPC. This is the original transaction date. Format: DDMMhhmm Single The delay time before the PCCharge directory is polled for a transaction response file (.oux file). The default is 0.25 seconds. This value should only be modified if the integration is not performing properly. This could be caused if the client machine is slow or there is network lag that causes the server to spend more time checking for .oux files than processing transactions. IPAddress KeySerialNumber°° OutDelay For use with File_Tranfer CommMethod only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° °° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". Pin° °° String The encrypted PIN block that is retrieved from the PINpad. The PIN is provided to the processor for verification. Length: 16 characters. The PCCharge DevKit provides several tools for retrieving data from PINpads. If the PCCharge integration method chosen doesn’t support these tools or the tools do not support the PINpad being used, a direct interface to the PINpad must be written by the integrator. Port String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. PrintReceipts String The number of receipts that PCCharge should print for the transaction. This value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. PCCharge will retain this value for subsequent transactions. Valid values: 0-9. Setting the property to 0 will disable receipt printing. 211 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – Debit.OCX Properties String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). ProductDetailAmount_XX String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. This is the total dollar amount for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX being authorized. For example, PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_1 has a PRODUCT_DETAIL_QUANTITY_1 = 2 and a PRODUCT_DETAIL_UNIT_PRICE_1 = $2.00, therefore the PRODUCT_DETAIL_AMOUNT_1 = $4.00 ProductDetailCount String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. All card types are configurable except for Fleet One which is limited to 7 records. Only 1 – 10 records are currently supported through PCCharge for all card types. ProductDetailCode_XX String Note: This is the number of items for RODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. PCCharge will support 1 – 10. • NBS supports using 1 – 10. • BAMS Tandem (NPC) supports using 1 – 3. ProductDetailQuantity_XX String Note: Only used for the processor NBS. This is the unit price for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. This is only used for Fleet One and Fuelman. Currently, PCCharge will support 1 – 10. Reference String Required by some processors for returns. The reference number is returned with the original transaction. Note: NBS/ Fleet One cards require a Reference Number to be sent with each transaction. This is a minimum of 2 digits and a max of 15. This must be all numeric. RFID String Set to 1 if card information was read from RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) device. If card was read from from RFID, track data must be populated and manual flag must be set to 1. Set to 0 otherwise. ShiftID String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. The Shift ID. This value is optional. Format: Alphanumeric Max Length: 1 character. String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all processors support alphanumeric characters. Note: When using NDC, lower case characters must not be used in the ticket number. Note: When using Elavon (NOVA), ticket numbers can only be alphanumeric, no hyphens. Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the control. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. Track° °° String The track II data captured from the magnetic strip of the card. The track II data is required for Debit transactions and for swiped EBT transactions. Max Length: 40 characters. Example: 5424180279791765=08121011000001234567 Note: The characters that are appended to the beginning and ending of track II (usually ; and ?) should not be passed in. TransNum String No longer needed String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. User°° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). Voucher String EBT Only: The voucher number for an EBT force transaction. The voucher is provided by the processor at the time of authorization and must be supplied to clear the voucher. Processor° °° *** Ticket TimeOut TroutD 212 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – Debit.OCX Properties XMLtran Boolean Set to True to activate the XML message format. It is recommended that the “3” parameter be passed to the Send method to activate the XML message format instead of using the XMLtran property. See the description for the Send method for more information. CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. CashierPassword String Submit Cashier’s password. ° These properties are required to process a Debit Sale transaction. °° These properties are required to process a Canadian Debit Sale transaction using Global Payments East (NDC) and the SC5000 PINpad. ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. *** If the “Use Default Processor” option is enabled in the PCCharge preferences, and the Processor and MerchantNumber properties are omitted from the transaction request, PCCharge will process all transactions using the “Default Processor”. The “Default Processor” is defined as the first merchant number that is set up PCCharge. Consult the Multi-Merchant Support section (see page 68) for more information on the “Use Default Processor” option. In addition, Processor and MerchantNumber should not be set when doing follow-on transactions. Refer to the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. Debit.OCX Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - Debit.OCX Methods About Boolean The About method will display the About box associated with the control. Cancel None The Cancel method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress. Calling the Cancel method does not guarantee that the transaction will be canceled; it simply attempts to cancel the transaction. Clear None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: a. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods b. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called c. prior to running the next transaction Connect Boolean No longer supported DeleteUserFiles None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). For use with file transfer CommMethod only Disconnect None No longer supported GetApproved Boolean The GetApproved method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "APPROVED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. GetAuth String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetAuxRespCode String When using the SC5000 PINpad, returns the ISO response code GetAvlBalance String EBT Only: The GetAvlBalance method returns the available balance on the EBT card. This value is not returned by all processing companies. 213 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Debit.OCX Methods GetCaptured Boolean The GetCaptured method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "CAPTURED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. The GetCaptured method is used to determine if a transaction that will result in a monetary transfer (Sale, Credit, Post-Authorization, etc.) is approved or declined. A “CAPTURED” response indicates that the transaction has been approved, and that the transaction has been placed in the open batch. GetEBTCashBalance String EBT Only: Returns the remaining balance on a Cash Benefits card. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetEBTFoodBalance String EBT Only: Returns the remaining balance on a Food Stamp card. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetMSI String For Debit Master Session: Returns the new master key (if one exists) sent by the processor that should be passed to the PINpad. GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetPOSSequenceNumber String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Returns the current POS Sequence Number for the PINpad. The Path property must be set to the PCCharge directory and the PINpad’s Chip Serial Number must be passed as a parameter when calling the GetPOSSequenceNumber method. GetRefNumber String Returns the reference number associated with the transaction. The reference number is used to help identify the transaction and is useful for the cardholder and merchant when doing research. This value is not returned with all transactions. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetSurchargeAmount String For GSAR Debit US only: Returns the surcharge amount that was charged by the bank when using debit with GSAR. This value has to be called in order for the developer to know how much the card was actually charged in addition to the transaction amount and cash back. GetTermFee String For GSAR EBT: Returns terminal fee sent back by processor. The terminal fee is any surcharge defined and set up by Chase Paymentech and the EBT network of the cardholder’s EBT card. GetTI String For Debit Master Session: Returns the new working key (if one exists) sent by the processor that should be passed to the PINpad for the next transaction. For GSAR EBT: Returns the ledger balance. GetTraceNum String For GSAR EBT: Returns the trace number sent back by processor. The trace number is a reference number generated by Chase Paymentech. GetTransNum String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. Method Name GetTroutD 214 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name GetXMLResponse GetXMLRequest PccSysExists Returned Value Description - Debit.OCX Methods String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. String This method is used to echo the text that is sent in the request file associated with the transaction. The request (.inx) file contains XML string data. The text that is sent in the .inx file can be used to view the message of any transaction sent to the server. Note: This method must be called after the calling send and before DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. For use with File_Transfer CommMethod only The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the control will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Send None The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. VerifyAmount Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). User can set the local certificate to authenticate the SSL TCP/IP request. Note: This routine has four parameters. SetSSLCertificate None CertificateName store CertificateLocation CertificateIssuesby CertificateSerialNumber : this will store the Store name of the : this will assign the store location : This will assign Certificate issued by : This will assign certificate serial number Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. 215 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Debit.OCX Events Event Description - Debit.OCX Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the control. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. 216 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Check.OCX Check.OCX provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit check verification, guarantee, and conversion transactions to PCCharge. To use Charge.OCX to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed. (The properties marked with a ° in the Check.OCX properties table are the minimum required to process a check verification transaction.) 3. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 4. Wait for the Error or Finish event to occur. 5. Call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction. The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 6. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 7. Call the Clear method to reset all the properties and methods related to the transaction or destroy the object. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. 217 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Check.OCX Properties Property Name Data Type Description - Check.OCX Properties Account_Number°° String For Check, MICR, or Double ID: The account number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. Action° String The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Amount° String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. AdjustmentAmount String Total amount of the transaction after adjustment (i.e. if the original transaction was $5.00 and it should have been $50.00, the adjustment transaction request should have the .Amount property set equal to 50.00). Birth_Date°° String The date of birth of the check writer. Length: Exactly six characters. Format: MMDDYY. The birth date is required for DL (Driver’s License) check transactions. Cash_Back String The amount of cash back that the customer will receive. This amount is in addition to value entered in Amount property. For example, if the total amount of the sale is $10 and the customer has requested $5 cash back, Amount should be set to $10 and CashBack should be set to $5. The CashBack property should be formatted the same the Amount property. Max Length: 9 characters. Note: Some processors do not support the cash back feature. CashierNum String The Cashier Number CheckType String Valid Values: 0 = Personal check, 1 = Business check Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. Check_Number° String The check number of the check that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 10 characters. CommMethod Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. CustomerCity String The customer’s city. Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. CustomerName String The first and last name of the customer. Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. 218 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - Check.OCX Properties CheckReaderCode Enum Passes the type of Check Reader that is being used. Currently only used by Telecheck and will only be set if TECK is the set processor. Cannot be configured in the PCCharge GUI. Valid Values: 1 - Magtek_mini_micr 2 - EnCheck_3000 3 - IVI_2500 4 - IVI_430 5 - IVI_431 6 - ICE_5700 7 - MagtekImager 8 - VeriFone_CR1000i 9 - Epson_TMH6000 10 - Epson_TMH6000Imager 11 - WelchAllyn_ScanTeam 8300 12 - VeriFone_CR600 13 - Magtek_Imager_with_Modem 14 - IBM_4610_reader_printer 15 - Ingenico_EC2600 16 - RDM_EC5000 17 - RDM_EC6000 18 - NCR_7158_and_7167 19 - LS_100 20 - Magtek_Excella 21 - Magtek_Excella_DLCapture_FBChkImg 22 - Verifone_Model_Quartet CustomerStreet String The street address of the customer. Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. DLTrackII String The parsed TrackII data from the driver’s license. Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. Drivers_License°° String The driver’s license number of the individual writing the check. Max Length: 20 characters. The driver’s license is required for DL (Driver’s License) transactions and when performing Double ID transactions. EnableSSL Boolean For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. IPAddress String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. The IPAddress of the computer on which PCCharge is running. ManagerNum String Used for BPS Double ID transactions. Optional Manager Number for manager override. Manual° String Flag that indicates whether the transaction was manually entered or swiped. Valid values: 0 = manual transaction, 1 = swiped transaction MerchantNumber° String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Check Services Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. MICR_DATA String The raw MICR data from the bottom of the check. Used for conversion transactions. MICRStatus String Valid Values: 15 = Valid read by MICR reader, 15I = Valid read by MICR reader with imaging capability, 9 = Manual only Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. String Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. If set, this value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Default value: 0. See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 67). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. Single The delay time before the PCCharge directory is polled for a transaction response file (.oux file). The default is 0.25 seconds. This value should only be modified if the integration is not performing properly. This could be caused if the client machine is slow or there is network lag that causes the server to spend more time checking for .oux files than processing transactions. Multi OutDelay 219 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - Check.OCX Properties For use with File_Transfer Method only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". Phone_Number°° String The phone number of the individual writing the check. Max Length: 7 digits. Format: digits only. The phone number is required for COD (Checks On Delivery). Port String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). Processor° Services The type of check verification to be performed. This property may be specified by using a numerical value or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values. Valid values: 0 (MICR) – MICR 1 (COD) – Checks-On-Delivery ServicesType 2 (DL) – Driver’s License 3 (DI) – Double ID 4 (SPS) – Use if Check processor is SPS Note: The value set in the Services property overrides the value set in the Action property. PrintReceipts String The number of receipts that PCCharge should print for the transaction. This value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. PCCharge will retain this value for subsequent transactions. Valid values: 0-9. Setting the property to 0 will disable receipt printing. State°° String The state code of the state that issued the check writer’s driver’s license. The state code is required for DL (Driver’s License). Format: 2 characters. String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all processors support alphanumeric characters. Note: When using NDC, lower case characters must not be used in the ticket number. Note: When using Elavon (NOVA), ticket numbers can only be alphanumeric, no hyphens. TimeOut Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the control. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. Transit_Number°° String The Transit Routing Number / ABA number that will be used when processing the transaction. This value indicates which bank issued the check. Max Length: 9 characters. This value is required for MICR transactions and when performing Double ID transactions. TroutD String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. User° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). Ticket 220 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - Check.OCX Properties XMLtran Boolean Set to True to activate the XML message format. It is recommended that the “3” parameter be passed to the Send method to activate the XML message format instead of using the XMLtran property. See the description for the Send method for more information. Zip_Code°° String The check writer’s ZIP code. Max Length: 9 characters. Format: digits only. This value is required for COD transactions. Note: If submitting the 9-digit zip, do not include the dash. CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. CashierPassword String Submit Cashier’s password. Note: To perform Double ID, both the MICR_DATA and Drivers_License fields must be populated. ° These properties are required, regardless of service type. ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. °° COD -- required for Checks-On-Delivery DL -- required for Driver’s License MICR -- required for MICR Check.OCX Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - Check.OCX Methods About None The About method will display the About box associated with the control. Cancel None The Cancel method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress. Calling the Cancel method does not guarantee that the transaction will be canceled; it simply attempts to cancel the transaction. None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: a. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods b. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called c. prior to running the next transaction DeleteUserFiles None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). For use only with File_transfer CommMethod GetApproved String The GetApproved method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "APPROVED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. An “APPROVED” response indicates that a Verification has been approved. GetAuth String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. Boolean The GetCaptured method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "CAPTURED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. The GetCaptured method is used to determine if a conversion transaction that will result in a monetary transfer is approved or declined. A “CAPTURED” response indicates that the transaction has been approved, and that the transaction has been placed in the open batch. Clear GetCaptured 221 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Check.OCX Methods Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetMerchantNumher String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetRespCode String Returns the response code that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetResultCode String Returns the result code that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetReturnCheckFee String Returns the response from the processor which indicates the fee for returned checks. Note: Only used for the processor TECK GetReturnCheckNote String Returns the response from the processor which displays a note for returned checks. Note: Only used for the processor TECK GetReference String Returns the reference number that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies GetTransNum String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. GetTroutD String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. GetTraceID String Only for TECK. Returns the Trace ID associated with the transaction. String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved from the .oux file can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. String This method is used to echo the text that is sent in the request file associated with the transaction. The request (.inx) file contains XML string data. The text that is sent in the .inx file can be used to view the message of any transaction sent to the server. Note: This method must be called after the calling send and before DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. For use only with File_Transfer CommMethod Method Name GetErrorCode GetXMLResponse GetXMLRequest PccSysExists 222 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - Check.OCX Methods The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the control will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Send None The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only—do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. VerifyAmount Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). User can set the local certificate to authenticate the SSL TCP/IP request. Note: This routine has four parameters. SetSSLCertificate None CertificateName store CertificateLocation CertificateIssuesby CertificateSerialNumber : this will store the Store name of the : this will assign the store location : This will assign Certificate issued by : This will assign certificate serial number Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. Check.OCX Events Event Description – Check.OCX Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the control. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. 223 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 EBT The structure of EBT transactions is similar enough to debit transactions that both are handled via the Debit.OCX. Consult the section Debit.OCX for more information on this ActiveX Control (see page 208). 224 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 GiftCard.OCX GiftCard.OCX provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit gift card transactions to PCCharge. To use GiftCard.OCX to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed and validate the values using the various .Verify methods. (The properties marked with a ° in the GiftCard.OCX properties table are the minimum required to process a Gift Card Redemption / Sale transaction.) 3. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 4. Wait for the Error or Finish event to occur. 5. Call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction. The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 6. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 7. Call the Clear method to reset all the properties and methods related to the transaction or destroy the object. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. VeriFone Stored Value API (GAPI) The VeriFone Stored Value API (GAPI) is a proprietary specification that allows for stored value card processors to add themselves to PCCharge. Applications using GAPI can also integrate with PCCharge using the various integration methods. For more information on adding a stored value card processor to PCCharge, and how to obtain the VeriFone Stored Value API, please contact VeriFone sales at 1-800725-9264. 225 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 GiftCard.OCX Properties Property Name Data Type Description – GiftCard.OCX Properties String The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. For Valuelink (VLNK) Balance Adjustment: Format: +/-DDDDD.CC. Authcode String Used for VTEC, VLNK and GSAR Void transactions. For VTEC and VLNK, set to auth code of original transaction (the one to be voided). For GSAR and MELL, set to reference number of the original transaction (the one to be voided). For BPS, set to retrieval reference number of original transaction (the one to be voided). For BPS, set to retrieval reference number of original transaction (the one to be voided). Card° String The gift card number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. CardSeqNum String For GSAR multi Issuance, sequence number of cards issued at time of transaction. Example: Ten cards are being issued. The fifth is being sent, so set CardSeqNum to 5. CashierID String VTEC and VLNK – (optional) – numeric value that identifies the cashier performing the transaction. CheckCard Boolean Flag that indicates whether to activate gift card validity testing. Valid Values: TRUE; FALSE. Default value: TRUE. This value must be set to FALSE when performing Follow on transactions because the card number is omitted from these transaction requests. Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. Demo String The demo mode flag. In demo mode, a simulated response is returned in which even amounts return approved, and odd amounts return declined. Valid Values: 1 – Activates demo mode 0 – Deactivates demo mode (default) EnableSSL Boolean For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. ExpDate String The expiration date associated with the gift card that will be processed. Must be exactly four characters long. Format: MMYY Example: 1208 Note: Most gift cards do not have an expiration date. FORCE Boolean Set to TRUE to process a transaction for which an approval code has already been issued -- only valid for a GSAR Redemption transaction or a single GSAR Issuance/Add Value transaction. GratuityAmount String The gratuity amount for the transaction. Tip should be no more than 9 characters long (including the decimal). Format: DDDDDD.CC. GiftPin String Only used for the processor SVS. To retrieve pin, call GetGfitPin upon activation. Used for only for virtual gift card transactions. Action° Amount° CommMethod 226 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – GiftCard.OCX Properties Industry°° String Indicates industry type (1 = retail, 2 = restaurant). For VLNK (0 = retail, 1 = restaurant, 2 = e-Commerce). IPAddress String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. IPAddress of machine where PCCharge is running. Defaults to 127.0.0.1 LastValidDate String The last year that will be considered a valid expiration date. Currently, the default value in the control is “09”. It is recommended that a setting is provided by which the end-user can change this property; otherwise, in the future, end users will require a new control to be distributed to resolve expiration date issues. Length: 2 digits. Format: YY Example: If LastValidDate is set to 05, then cards between 06 and 99 are considered to be 1906 to 1999, and cards between 00 and 05 are 2000 to 2005. Loyalty Boolean VTEC loyalty transaction flag (0 = non-loyalty, 1 = loyalty). Manual° Long Flag that indicates whether the transaction was manually entered or swiped. If the transaction was swiped, the Track property must also be set. Valid values: 0 = manual transaction, 1 = swiped transaction Multi String Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. If set, this value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Default value: 0. See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 58). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. MerchantNumber° String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Gift Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. OldCard String For VTEC Replace transaction. Set to account number of old card. For VLNK, Balance Merge and Balance Transfer. OutDelay Single The delay time before the PCCharge directory is polled for a transaction response file (.oux file). The default is 0.25 seconds. This value should only be modified if the integration is not performing properly. This could be caused if the client machine is slow or there is network lag that causes the server to spend more time checking for .oux files than processing transactions. Partial Boolean For GSAR: Flag indicating whether the transaction is a partial redemption transaction. For use with File_Transfer CommMethod method only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a “\”. Points String For GVEX Points transactions. Set to number of loyalty points for account. Port String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. String The number of receipts that PCCharge should print for the transaction. This value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. PCCharge will retain this value for subsequent transactions. Valid values: 0-9. Setting the property to 0 will disable receipt printing. Processor° String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). PromoCode String Used for GVEX: A code defined by the merchant that affects the calculation from amount and units to points. PrintReceipts 227 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – GiftCard.OCX Properties Refund String Flag that indicates whether to provide the customer a refund when performing a VTEC Deactivate transaction. Valid Values: 1 – Provide refund 0 – Do not provide refund RFID String Set to 1 if card information was read from RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) device. If card was read from from RFID, track data must be populated and manual flag must be set to 1. Set to 0 otherwise. Ticket String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all gift processors support ticket numbers. TimeOut Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the control. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. TIP String The tip amount for the transaction. TIP should be no more than 9 characters long (including the decimal). Format: DDDDDD.CC. Currently, tips are supported via the TIP property only for VTEC and VLNK restaurant transactions. TotalCardNum String For GSAR multi Issuance, total number of cards being issued at time of transaction. String The track II data captured from the magnetic strip of the card.. Max Length: 40 characters. Example: 5424180279791765=08121011000001234567 Note: The characters that are appended to the beginning and ending of track II (usually ; and ?) should not be passed in. Alternatively, the GetParseData method can be used to parse the track data and set the Card, ExpDate, Member, and Track properties automatically. TroutD String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. User° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). VirtualGiftCardFlag Boolean 0 - False, 1-True – Only used for the processor SVS. Only used on an activation to determine if a pin should be returned. XMLtran Boolean Set to True to activate the XML message format. It is recommended that the “3” parameter be passed to the Send method to activate the XML message format instead of using the XMLtran property. See the description for the Send method for more information. TableNumber String Only used for GAPI in restaurant mode. This is the table number of the gift card holder TrackI String Only used for GAPI. The Track I information associated with the card CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. CashierPassword String Submit Cashier’s password. Track 228 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name SkuLoyalty Data Type Description – GiftCard.OCX Properties String GIVEX ONLY – Integration Only Pass this tag in order to send product codes, quantities and amounts for loyalty transactions. Format: Single Product Code: <SKU_LOYALTY>Product Code,Amount,Quantity</SKU_LOYALTY> Multi-Product Codes (Separated with a semi-colon): <SKU_LOYALTY>Product Code,Amount,Quantity; Product Code,Amount,Quantity</SKU_LOYALTY> ° These properties are required to process a gift card redemption or sale transaction. °° Required for VTEC gift card transactions ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. 229 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 GiftCard.OCX Methods Method Name Returned Value Description – GiftCard.OCX Methods Abort Boolean The Abort method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress and will return a Boolean value that indicates whether or not the transaction was canceled. Note: This method is not available when integrating using FoxPro. Use the Cancel method instead. About MsgBox The About method will display the About box associated with the control. Cancel None The Cancel method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress. Calling the Cancel method does not guarantee that the transaction will be canceled; it simply attempts to cancel the transaction. None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: a. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods b. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called c. prior to running the next transaction DeleteUserFiles None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). For use only with File_Transfer CommMethod GetActivationCount String Returns the number of activations in the current batch GetActivationTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of activations in the current batch GetAddPointsCount String Returns the number of AddPoints Transactions in the current batch GetAddPointsTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of AddPoints transactions in the current batch GetAddValueCount String Returns the number of AddValue transactions in the current batch GetAddValueTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of AddValue transactions in the current batch Clear Returns the amount due when Partial Auth is enabled. GetAmountDue String Note: With Elavon (NOVA) as the processor, “Enable Pre-Paid Cards” option within PCCharge MUST be checked for this feature to work. The option is located under Setup>Credit Card Company>Extended Data. This option is only configurable in PCCharge version 5.7.1 release I sp9a and above. GetAuth String The GetAuth method returns the authorization number for approved transactions or the reason the transaction was declined (if the processor provides one). For GVEX Balance transaction: GetAuth will return the balance remaining on an account. For all other GVEX transactions: GetAuth will return the transaction’s reference/error message. For VTEC, returns the Auth Code. For a VTEC Batch function: use this method to retrieve the number of sales done that day and the total amounts of sales in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>. GetAuthAmount String Used in partial redemption transactions where only part of the amount was authorized. Returns the actual authorized amount. GetBalanceTransferCount String Returns the number of Balance Transfers in the current batch GetBalanceTransferTotalAmou String nt GetCaptured Boolean Returns the total dollar amount of Balance Transfers in the current batch The GetCaptured method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns “CAPTURED” as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. The GetCaptured method is used to determine if a transaction that will result in a monetary transfer (Sale, Credit, Post-Authorization, etc.) is approved or declined. A “CAPTURED” response indicates that the transaction has been approved. 230 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description – GiftCard.OCX Methods GetCashBack String Used in redemption for remaining balance transactions where the transaction amount is so close to the balance of the card that the entire balance is authorized. Returns the remainder that is owed to the customer. GetCreditCount String Returns the number of credits in the current batch GetCreditTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of credits in the current batch GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetExp String Returns the expiration date for processors who issue expiration dates in the response. GetGiftCardBalance String Returns the gift card balance. GetGiftCardIssuer String Returns the gift card issuer. Consult the section DevKit Constants for description of values (see page 143). GetGiftCardType String Returns type of gift card represented by card property. Consult the section DevKit Constants for description of values (see page 143). GetGiftPin String Only used for the processor SVS. Returned on activation if the virtual gift card tag is set to “1”. GetLevel String Returns the customer’s loyalty level. Only used for VTEC loyalty gift cards. GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetParseData String The GetParseData method will parse a string (containing credit card track data) passed to it and populate the Card, ExpDate, and Track properties with the appropriate data. GetParseData will return an integer indicating its success. Valid return values: 0 (error parsing data), 1 (track I successful), or 2 (track I & II successful). GetPointsBalance String Returns points balance for loyalty cards GetPointsCount String Returns the number of points transactions in the current batch GetPointsTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of points transactions in the current batch GetProcRespCode String The processor response code. Only returned by the processor SVS. GetRefNumber String The GetRefNumber returns the Reference field from the .oux file. The Reference field is used for different purposes (depending on the gift card processor). For GVEX Register transaction: The first eleven digits of an account number will be returned. For all VTEC transactions: The account’s remaining balance will be returned. For a VTEC batch function: use this method to retrieve the number of activations done that day and the total amounts of activations in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>.>. For a BPS Redemption transaction, returns the retrieval reference number. GetRespCode String Returns the response code that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetRet String For GVEX: Returns the loyalty balance. For VLNK: Returns the trace number. For a VTEC batch function: : use this method to retrieve the number of Gift Transactions Voids performed that day. You can call GetVoidBalance to determine the total amount of the voids. GetSaleCount String Returns the number of redemptions in the current batch GetSaleTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of redemptions in the current batch 231 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description – GiftCard.OCX Methods String The GetTI method returns the TI field from the .oux file. The TI field is used for different purposes (depending on the gift card processor and transaction type). For GVEX Register: The remaining digits of an account number will be returned. For GVEX Redemption, Increment, and Cancel: The balance remaining on the card will be returned. For a VTEC batch function: : use this method to retrieve the number Add Value Transactions done that day and the total amounts of Add Value in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>>. GetTicket String The GetTicket method returns the Ticket field from the .oux file. The Ticket field will return the ticket for all transactions except for a VTEC batch function. For a VTEC batch function: use this method to retrieve the number of gift card that has been de-activated that day and the total amounts of de-activations in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>.>. GetTIM String Returns the Time of the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. For VTEC, returns the Amount Due. GetTipCount String Returns the number of Tip transactions in the current batch GetTipTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of Tip transactions in the current batch GetTransDateTime String Returns the transaction date and time when passed back by a processor. GetTransNum String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. GetTroutD String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. GetUpdateData String Used internally GetVoidBalance String Returns the Void Balance GetVoidCount String Returns the number of voids in the current batch GetVoidTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of Voids in the current batch String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved from the .oux file can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. String This method is used to echo the text that is sent in the request file associated with the transaction. The request (.inx) file contains XML string data. The text that is sent in the .inx file can be used to view the message of any transaction sent to the server. Note: This method must be called after the calling send and before DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. For use only with File_Transfer CommMethod Method Name GetTI GetXMLResponse GetXMLRequest PccSysExists 232 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description – GiftCard.OCX Methods The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the control will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Send None The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only—do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. ValidCardLength Boolean Returns TRUE for card of correct length ValidDate Boolean The ValidDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is valid, or FALSE if it is not. ValidIssuer Boolean Returns TRUE for valid card issuer Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Boolean The VerifyAmount2 method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (+/-DDDDD.CC). or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). The difference between VerifyAmount and VerifyAmount2 is that VerifyAmount2 allows a + or – to be in the first position of the Amount property. This is needed for Balance Adjustment transactions. VerifyExpDate Boolean The VerifyExpDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is correct and in the right format, or FALSE if it is not. VerifyExpDate calls the ValidDate function to validate the expiration date. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). VerifyGiftCard Boolean The VerifyGiftCard method verifies that a card is provided and the card is the expected length and return TRUE is it passes, otherwise FALSE will be returned. VerifyMerchantNumber Boolean No Longer Supported VerifyProcessor Boolean No Longer Supported GetPreAuthCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total number of gift card pre-auth transactions processed that day. GetPreAuthAmount String Only for GAPI , this returns the total amount of gift card pre-auth transaction processed that day. GetPostAuthCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the number of the gift card post-auth transactions processed that day. GetPostAuthAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of the post-auth transactions processed that day. VerifyAmount VerifyAmount2 233 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description – GiftCard.OCX Methods GetIssuanceCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total number of gift cards issued that day. GetIssuanceTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, returns the total amount of the gift cards issued that day. GetDeactivateCount String Only for GAPI, this returns how many gift cards where deactivated that day. GetDeactivateTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of gift card deactivations that day. GetBalanceAdjustCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total number of gift cards that were balance adjusted that day. GetBalanceAdjustTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of balance adjustments on gift cards that day. GetBalanceMergeCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the number of the gift cards that were balance merged that day. GetBalanceMergeTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of gift card balance merges that day. GetReportLostStolenCount String Only for GAPI, returns the total reported stolen or lost gift cards that day. GetReportLostStolenTotalAmo String unt Only for GAPI, returns the total amount of all stolen or reported lost gift cards that day. GetCashoutTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, returns the total amount of all cashout transactions processed that day. GetCashoutCount String Only for GAPI, returns the total number of the cashout transactions processed that day. GetReactivateCount String Only for GAPI, returns the total number of gift cards that have been reactivated that day. GetReactivateTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, the total amount of all gift cards that have been reactivated that day. User can set the local certificate to authenticate the SSL TCP/IP request. Note: This routine has four parameters. None SetSSLCertificate CertificateName store CertificateLocation CertificateIssuesby CertificateSerialNumber : this will store the Store name of the : this will assign the store location : This will assign Certificate issued by : This will assign certificate serial number Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. GiftCard.OCX Events Event Name Description – GiftCard.OCX Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the control. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. 234 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Batch.OCX Batch.OCX provides integrators with properties and methods used to perform batch settle, close, and inquire operations. This control may be used with both Host based and Terminal based processors. To use Batch.OCX to perform batch operations, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to perform batch operations by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the batch operation to be performed. (The properties marked with a ° in the Batch.OCX properties table are the minimum required to settle a batch.) 3. Call the Send method. 4. Wait for the Error or Finish event to occur. 5. Call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction. The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult method. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 6. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 7. Call the Clear method to reset all the properties and methods related to the transaction or destroy the object. Note: When using action code 39, an appropriate timeout value must be set to allow for closing/settling of all merchant numbers installed in PCCharge. If action code 39 is chosen, a default value of 1200 seconds is selected. If a longer time is needed, the timeout property must be set to an adequate value. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. 235 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Batch.OCX Properties Property Name Data Type Description – Batch.OCX Properties Action° Single The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). BatchCloseType String Flag that determines what type of batch close will occur. This flag only supported by FDMS Atlanta and Fifth-Third when using action code 30 or 31 Valid values: 1 – Standard End of Day Batch Close (Default) 2 – Shift Close 3 – Fifth-Third Terminal Based Batch Close of Debit, EBT, or Gift Cancel Boolean Set the Cancel property to TRUE to attempt to cancel the settle/close function. Check the GetResult method to see if the function was Canceled. CommMethod Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. EnableSSL Boolean For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. IPAddress String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. IPAddress of machine where PCCharge is running. Defaults to 127.0.0.1 MerchantNumber° String Account number issued to merchant by processor Single The delay time before the PCCharge directory is polled for a transaction response file (.oux file). The default is 0.25 seconds. This value should only be modified if the integration is not performing properly. This could be caused if the client machine is slow or there is network lag that causes the server to spend more time checking for .oux files than processing transactions. OutDelay For use with File_Transfer CommMethod method only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) or Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a “\”. String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. Processor° String The code for the processing company that will be used to perform batch operations. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). SplitProcessor String Only used when settling the processor CITI for private label transactions. Set this property to the main credit card processor ID code being used. TimeOut° Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the control. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). User° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). XMLtran Boolean Set to True to activate the XML message format. It is recommended that the “3” parameter be passed to the Send method to activate the XML message format instead of using the XMLtran property. See the description for the Send method for more information. Port 236 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Command String CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. CashierPassword String Submit Cashier’s password. String Submit batch number that was returned on the AMEX split dial settlement, needs to be passed when performing the following Action Codes: 35 – Reverse Batch 36 – Resubmit Batch 37 – Get Results 38 – Finalize Batch String Submit with a Batch Inquiry to receive summary results based on Card Type. Valid Values: MC – MasterCard VISA – Visa AMEX – American Express DISC – Discover Card DEBIT – Debit Card EBT – Electronic Benefits Card PL – Private Label JCB – JCB Card BatchNumber CardType Description – Batch.OCX Properties ° These properties are required to settle a batch. ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. The following properties are no longer available in the Batch.OCX and should be ignored: AmexAmount PurchaseCount AmexCount Response Balance ReturnAmount BatchDate ReturnCount BatchNumber Store CIC Terminal ItemCount VisaMCAmount PurchaseAmount VisaMCCount 237 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Batch.OCX Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - Batch.OCX Methods About Single The About method will display the About box associated with the control. None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: a. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods b. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called c. prior to running the next transaction DeleteUserFiles None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). For use only with File_Transfer CommMethod GetAccepted(Index) Boolean Index is an integer. Returns TRUE if batch settle/close was accepted GetBalance String Returns dollar value of batch GetBatches String Returns number of batches for settlement GetBatchNumber String After a terminal-based batch settles, returns the batch number. Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetItemCount String Returns the number of transactions in the batch GetNumberIndexs Integer The GetNumberIndexs method returns the number of merchant numbers that are stored in PCCharge. This number indicates how many batches will be settled or closed if an action code of 39 is submitted. GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetProcessed Boolean Returns TRUE if inquiry is successful Clear GetErrorCode GetRespCode String Returns the response code for the batch if the close batch command was given. The response code indicates whether or not the transaction was successfully closed. If the batch is declined, the GetResult method will provide more information indicating why the transaction was not approved. Valid Values: 2 = Settled, 6 = Declined, or 8 = Deferred. Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetResult String GetSettleAmount None No Longer Supported GetSettleNumber String Returns sequence number of batch String Returns the status of the batch when performing an inquiry or a batch close/settle operation. If performing a batch close/settlement operation, GetStatus will return a response from the processor that indicates whether or not the batch was successfully closed or settled. Example: If TSYS rejects the batch, GetStatus will return the RB (rejected batch) number from TSYS . If TSYS accepts the batch, GetStatus will return the batch number and an “ACCEPTED” response will be returned. GetStatus 238 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Batch.OCX Methods GetSystemInfo None The GetSystemInfo method is used to set the MerchantNumber and Processor properties of Batch.OCX. To use GetSystemInfo, pass the index number of a merchant number that is registered in PCCharge as a parameter (for example, the first Merchant number that is set up in PCCharge is assigned the index of “1” ). Once the index number has been passed to PCCharge via GetSystemInfo, the merchant number and processor can be retrieved using the MerchantNumber and Processor properties. GetTotals Boolean No Longer Supported String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved from the .oux file can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. String This method is used to echo the text that is sent in the request file associated with the transaction. The request (.inx) file contains XML string data. The text that is sent in the .inx file can be used to view the message of any transaction sent to the server. Note: This method must be called after the calling send and before DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. For use only with File_Transfer CommMethod Method Name GetXMLResponse GetXMLRequest PccSysExists The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the Batch.OCX will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Send None The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – RECOMMENDED Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. User can set the local certificate to authenticate the SSL TCP/IP request. Note: This routine has four parameters. SetSSLCertificate None CertificateName store CertificateLocation CertificateIssuesby CertificateSerialNumber : this will store the Store name of the : this will assign the store location : This will assign Certificate issued by : This will assign certificate serial number Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. GetRecordCount String The number of records matching the inquiry 239 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Batch.OCX Methods GetTerminationStatus String Retrieves Termination Status which returns a “6” upon successful settlement. If anything other than a “6” is returned there may be an issue with the settlement file and should be investigated. This applies to : GSAR, Elavon (NOVA), and NBS Response: 6 = Batch Settled and file has been deleted. 8 = Batch Settled, but the file is locked and cannot be deleted. GetEBTCount String Number of EBT Transactions GetEBTAmount String Total Dollar Amount of EBT Transactions GetAMEXCount String Number of AMEX Transactions GetAMEXAmount String Total Dollar Amount of AMEX Transactions GetTotalCount String Number of Transactions GetTotalAmount String Total Dollar Amount of Transactions in the batch GetVISACount String Number of VISA Transactions GetVISAAmount String Total Dollar Amount of VISA Transactions GetMCCount String Number of MC Transactions GetMCAmount String Total Dollar Amount of MC Transactions GetDISCCount String Number of DISC Transactions GetDISCAmount String Total Dollar Amount of DISC Transactions GetPLCount String Number of PL Transactions GetPLAmount String Total Dollar Amount of PL Transactions GetJCBCount String Number of JCB Transactions GetJCBAmount String Total Dollar Amount of JCB Transactions Method Name 240 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Batch.OCX Events Event Description - Batch.OCX Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the control. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. Note: In the event there are multiple batches waiting to be settled in one settlement, the integrated application will need to be designed to loop through the settlement response to retrieve the response for each batch. 241 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Device.OCX The Device.OCX allows integration to PINpads connected to the serial port. Currently, the Device.OCX supports the following devices: • • • • • • VeriFone 101/1000 (PIN entry only) VeriFone 2000 (Card Swipe and PIN entry only) Ingenico eN-Crypt 2100 (Card swipe and PIN entry) VeriFone SC5000 (Card Swipe and Pin Entry only. Only SC5000 with VeriFone 2000 emulation) VeriFone Everest (Card Swipe, Pin Entry, and Display Manipulation) VeriFone Omni 3730 (Card Swipe, Pin Entry, Printing) Additional devices will be added in the future. The Device.OCX provides the functionality to Initialize a PINpad and retrieve the PIN from the cardholder. If using the Ingenico eN-Crypt 2100, Verifone Everest, 2000, VeriFone Omni 3730, or SC5000, it also allows retrieving the card swipe data. The PINpad must be initialized once prior to retrieving the PIN. If the PINpad is powered off and back on, it must be re-initialized. If the object is destroyed and then instantiated, the PINpad must be re-initialized. Device.OCX Dependencies In order for the Device.OCX to function properly, a set of dependencies need to be present and registered in the system32 directory. The dependencies are deployed with the following DevKit(s): • • IPCharge DevKit PCCharge DevKit Integrators should ensure the following dependencies are part of their deployment package when installing any POS that utilizes the Device.OCX. • • • • • • MSCOMM32.OCX OPOSLineDisplay.ocx OPOSMSR.ocx OPOSPINPad.ocx OPOSPOSKeyboard.ocx SaxComm8.ocx 242 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Device.OCX Properties Property Name Data Type Description - Device.OCX Properties Amount°° String This amount displayed to customer on the PINpad for approval The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. Baud° String Baud rate Card°° String The debit card number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. Example: 5424180279791765 NOTE: Is it the integrator’s responsibility to remove spaces in the card number if there are spaces in the card number from the track data. Databits° String Databits (Example: "7" or "8") DefaultMessage String The default message for the PINpad that is connected to the machine the Device.OCX will be communicating with. For example, if this is set to "Welcome", "Welcome" will appear on the screen at times of inactivity. Note: Not applicable for all PinPads. Boolean The Demo mode flag. Indicates whether the Device.OCX should run in demo mode. In demo mode, a simulated response is returned in which the Pin and KeySerialNumber are set to demo values. Valid Values: TRUE – Activates demo mode FALSE – Deactivates demo mode (default) Device° Enum The PINpad that will be used. This parameter is specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). Valid values: 0 (ppdVerifone_101) – Verifone 101 or 1000 1 (ppdIVICheckMate_2100) – Ingenico EN-CRYPT 2100 2 (ppdVerifone_2000) – Verifone 2000 or Verifone SC5000(with Verifone 200 emulator) 3 (ppdVerifone_Everest) – Verifone Everest 4 (ppdVerifone_SC5000) – Verifone SC5000 (w/ 2000 emulation) 5 (ppdVerifone_3730) – Verifone Omni 3730 Example: Device = 0 DisplayString String For Verifone Everest only. Sets message that will display on Pin Pad. Must be set before initializing or calling RefreshDisplay. Maximum length of characters that the Everest can display is 34. EncryptMethod° Long The Encryption method that will be used. This parameter is specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). Valid values: 0 (ppmMasterSession) – Master Session encryption (only used with Elavon (NOVA)) 1 (ppmDUKPT) – DUKPT (Derived Unique Key Per Transaction Example: EncryptMethod = 1 MasterKey String Contains the Master Key for Master Session encryption. Not all processors who do Master Session encryption will have a Master Key. Set MasterKey to "0" if no Master Key is present. Parity° String Parity ("E" for even, "O" for odd, "N" for none) Port° String Number of the COM port to be used (Example: "1" used for COM port 1) Demo 243 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - Device.OCX Properties RefreshDisplay String For VeriFone Everest only. Refreshes display on Pin Pad to the DisplayString property. Must set DisplayString property before calling this method. ShutDownApp None For VeriFone Omni 3730 only. Cancels the application and closes the port. TimeOut Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the control. The default timeout value is 15 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). WorkingKey String Processor’s working key. This value is required for Master Session. ° These properties must be set before Initialize can be called. °° These properties must be set before GetPin can be called. Device.OCX Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - Device.OCX Methods About None The About method will display the About box associated with the control. Cancel Boolean The Cancel method will close the PINpad’s Com port. Only call after the application has been terminated. Clear Boolean The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods. GetCard String The GetCard method returns the card number that was obtained when the GetCardSwipe method was called. GetCardSwipe Boolean The GetCardSwipe method can only be used for the IVI eN-Crypt 2100 and will wait for a card to be swiped with the PINpad. If the card is not swiped within the timeout value, a timeout will occur. GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Cancel, Initialize, or GetPin. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetExpDate String The GetExpDate method returns the expiration date that was obtained when the GetCardSwipe method was called. GetKeySerialNumber String Gets the Key Serial Number. Only used for DUPKT encryption. GetMember String The GetMember method returns the cardholder's name that was obtained when the GetCardSwipe method was called. GetPin String Gets the PIN from the PINpad. This will prompt the user to enter his/her PIN. GetPin will then return the encrypted PIN. GetPin will return nothing if a timeout or cancel occurs. GetTrack1 String The GetTrack1 method returns the track I data of the card that was obtained when the GetCardSwipe method was called. Only for the IVI eNCrypt 2100. Currently, PCCharge does not support any Track 1 data for any processors. GetTrack2 String The GetTrack2 method returns the track II data of the card that was obtained when the GetCardSwipe method was called. Initialize Boolean Initializes the PINpad. Returns TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE if not. Initialize has an optional parameter than can be passed in that will allow checking of the com port. Device.OCX Events Event Description - Device.OCX Events 244 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Event Description - Device.OCX Events CardSwipe Used only for the Verifone 2000(including SC5000 with 2000 emulator), Omni 3730, Everest. Once the PINpad is initialized and a card is swiped, this event will fire. Once the event fires, call the various get methods (GetCard, GetExpDate, GetTrack2, GetMember) to retrieve data from the magnetic stripe of the card. Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the control. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). 245 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SC550.OCX The SC550.OCX allows integration to the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. The Verifone SC5000 PINpad is only used when performing Canadian Debit transactions with Global Payments East (NDC). Refer to the section Canadian (Interac) Debit Transactions (see page 113) for more information on using SC550.OCX to integrate Canadian Debit transactions. 246 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SC550.PinSC550 Class Properties Property Name Data Type Description – SC550.PinSC550 Class Properties Account String The bank account type ActionPending ENUM_ACTION_PENDING_INTERAC GPSActionPe ENUM_ACTION_PENDING_MSR ENUM_ACTION_PENDING_NONE nding ENUM_ACTION_PENDING_PRINTER AppName String This property contains the AppName of the PINpad. This data will be available once the GetSerialBlock method has been executed successfully. Example: [GPS/CA/CC/1.0b]. Provided for informational purposes only. AutoInterval°° String Sets how often the PinSC550 class polls for the OMC and IMC (Out MAC and In MAC) files Format: Milliseconds Default Value: “1000”. AutoProcess°° Boolean Determines whether the PinSC550 class will poll for and automatically process the OMC and IMC (Out MAC and In MAC) files in the PCCharge directory. Valid Values: TRUE – enable automatic processing (recommended) FALSE – disable automatic processing (default) BatchCode String Settlement number Baud° String Baud Rate used to communicate with the PINpad. Default Value: “9600” ChipSN String This property will contain the Chip Serial Number of the PINpad. This field is populated by running the GetSerialBlock method. The Chip Serial Number is passed as a parameter to the Debit.OCX’s GetPOSSequenceNumber method. ChipStatus String This property contains the Chip Status of the PINpad. This data will be available once the GetSerialBlock method has been executed successfully. Example: 00. Provided for informational purposes only. CommVisible Boolean Used to determine whether the PINpad communication monitor is displayed or hidden. Set to TRUE to display the monitor, FALSE to hide the monitor (default). The communication monitor is typically used to troubleshoot an integration to the PINpad. DataBits° String DataBits used to communicate with the PINpad. Default Value: “8” DefaultLanguageCode String “English” or “French” for Canadian Debit DeviceData String The property will contain string data returned from the PINpad. This property is populated when performing various PINpad operations with the PINpad. For example, when the Interac response data is returned from PINpad, the data is available in this property. DeviceState GPSRespStat Returns the state of the PINpad. Valid return values are listed in the us GPSRespStatus Values table (see below) FacilityCode String This property contains the Facility code of the PINpad. This data will be available once the GetSerialBlock method has been executed successfully. Example: 002. Provided for informational purposes only. FirmVersion String This property contains the firmware version of the PINpad. This data will be available once the GetSerialBlock method has been executed successfully. Example: 1513. Provided for informational purposes only. KernelID String This property contains the Kernel ID of the PINpad. This data will be available once the GetSerialBlock method has been executed successfully. Example: K1N8LE10. Provided for informational purposes only. KeyType ENUM_DUKPT GPSKeyMana ENUM_MAC gementType ENUM_MASTERSESSION 247 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – SC550.PinSC550 Class Properties LanguageCode° Language Code used when communicating with and displaying messages on the PINpad. GPSLangCod Valid Values: e 0 – English (default) 1 – French MacBlock String The MAC block returned from the PINpad. Once the RequestMAC method is called, this property will be populated with the MAC Block information that is returned from the PINpad. Parity° String Parity used to communicate with the PINpad. Valid Values: E – even O – odd N – None (default) PinBlock String PinBlock information from the PINpad. PinPadType String This property contains the PINpad type. This data will be available once the GetSerialBlock method has been executed successfully. Example: 001A. Provided for informational purposes only. Port° String Port Number to be used to communicate with PINpad. Default Value: “COM1” PortState GPSRespStat Returns the state of the PINpad’s Port. Valid return values are listed in the us GPSRespStatus Values table (see below) ProdData String This property contains the Prod Data of the PINpad. This data will be available once the GetSerialBlock method has been executed successfully. Example: 020605. Provided for informational purposes only. ReMacData String If ReMACing will need to occur, this property will contain the string that needs to be sent to the PINpad to retrieve the new MAC block. Use the RequestMAC method to request the new MAC block. RequireReMac Boolean If ReMACing is required this property will return TRUE, otherwise, this property will return FALSE. If TRUE, use the RequestMAC method to pass the string that appears in the ReMacData property to retrieve a new MAC block. RespCode GPSRespCod Returns a value that indicates the status of various operations. Valid return e values are listed in the GPSRespCode Values table (see below) ResponseAsString String Returns a string that is the English text that describes the GPSRespStatus enumerated value or code. Pass, as a parameter, either an enumerated value or code as defined in the GPSRespStatus Values table (see below). ResponseCodeAsString String Returns a string that is the English text that describes the GPSRespCode enumerated value or code. Pass, as a parameter, either an enumerated value or code as defined in the GPSRespCode Values table (see below). ROMVersion String This property contains the ROM Version of the PINpad. This data will be available once the GetSerialBlock method has been executed successfully. Example: 01. Provided for informational purposes only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to setting the AutoProcess property to TRUE. ServerPath°° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a “\”. TimeOut String The Timeout value Default Value: “5” 248 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – SC550.PinSC550 Class Properties TrackII String This property contains the Track II data from the card. This data will be available once the customer swipes a card in the PINpad. Note: The value will contain the sentinels (“;” and “?”) that are captured from the magnetic stripe of the card. Example: ;1234123412341234=08121234123412340001? Note: The value between the ; and = is the card number. The first four digits after the = is the expiration date in YYMM format (Note: The expiration date must be sent to PCCharge in MMYY format). The last digit (the digit before the ?) is the language code. VFIBlock String Chip Serial Number of the PINpad ° Must be set correctly prior executing the Initialize method °° Properties used to enable the automatic processing of OMC files. SC550.PinSC550 Class Methods Method Name Returned Value Description – SC550.PinSC550 Class Methods Base64Decode String Used to Base 64 decode a string that comes back from PCCharge. Only used if AutoProcess is disabled (not recommended). Base64Encode String Used to Base 64 encode a string. Use this prior to sending info to PCCharge. Only used if AutoProcess is disabled (not recommended). Cancel None Cancels the transaction. ClosePort None Closes the port that the PINpad is connected to. DispBankResponse None Displays the bank response. DispGenMsg None Displays a general message on the PINpad, 3 parameters, string, string, language code DispObtainCard None Displays text message onto the PINpad “Obtain Card’. DispPrinterDown None Displays message onto the PINpad “Printer Down”. GetSerialBlock° None Obtains the Chip Serial Number from the PINpad. This method populates the ChipSN property with the PINpad’s Chip Serial Number. Initialize° None Initializes PINpad. The properties in the SC550.PinSC550 Class Properties table that are marked with a ° must be set correctly prior to calling the OpenPort and Initialize methods. InteracAnalysis None If the AutoProcess property is set to FALSE (meaning that the integrator has chosen to manually process OMC and IMC files—NOT recommended), this method is used to verify the transaction response from the processor. If AutoProcess is set to TRUE, this method is not needed to process transactions. This method sends the data contained in the OMC file in the PCCharge directory to the PINpad for verification. Two parameters, the string from OMC file, and language code must be passed when calling this method. Before passing the string to this method, it must be decoded using the Base64Decode method. LoadKey None Used to load the key into the PINpad. Pass the key as a parameter. None Enables the port for PINpad. This method must be called first. The properties in the SC550.PinSC550 Class Properties table that are marked with a ° must be set prior to calling the OpenPort and Initialize methods. None This method is used to instruct the PINpad to prompt the customer to confirm the amount of the transaction, indicate the tip amount, indicate the bank account type, and enter their PIN. This method requires two parameters: The Interac request string (the string returned from clsInteracReq.BuildInteracRequest method) and the Language code of the card. Once the customer enters the data, the ActionEvent event will fire indicating the PINpad has returned the transaction-specific data such as the MAC block, the PIN block, the bank account type, and the tip amount. OpenPort° RequestInterac 249 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description – SC550.PinSC550 Class Methods RequestMAC None If ReMACing is required, this method is used to request a new MAC block from the PINpad. This method requires a parameter, the MAC data portion of the Interac request string, to be sent as a variable. Once the PINpad returns the new MAC block, the MacBlock property will be populated with the new MAC block value. Use the RequireReMac property in the PinSC550 class to determine if ReMACing must occur. If ReMACing is required, pass the data in the ReMacData property as a variable when using this method. StartMSR None Sends a command to the PINpad to prompt the customer to swipe their card. Once the card is swiped, the PINpad will read the magnetic data on the debit card, and then populate the TrackII property with the track II data from the card. Method Name ° Must be called prior to executing the StartMSR method 250 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SC550.PinSC550 Class Events Event Description – SC550.PinSC550 Class Events ActionUpdate The ActionUpdate event will fire when the state of PINpad changes. Once the ActionUpdate event has fired, two values, eAction and eResp, are set and can be used to determine the current state of the PINpad. EAction will contain one of the values defined in the GPSPinPadAction Values table (see below) and eResp will contain one of the values defined in the GPSRespStatus Values table (see below). The value returned in eResp can be passed to the ResponseAsString method to provide an English description of the code. GPSPinPadAction Values Code Enumerated Value – GPSPinPadAction Values 1 ENUM_ACTION_PORT_STATE_CHANGE 2 ENUM_ACTION_INIT_PINPAD 3 ENUM_ACTION_MSR_START 4 ENUM_ACTION_MSR_STOP 5 ENUM_ACTION_REQ_SERIAL 6 ENUM_ACTION_DEVICE_STATE_CHANGE 7 ENUM_ACTION_MSR_RECEIVED_DATA 8 ENUM_ACTION_MSG_DISP_GEN 9 ENUM_ACTION_MSG_DISP_OBTAIN 10 ENUM_ACTION_MSG_DISP_BANKRESP 11 ENUM_ACTION_MSG_DISP_PRINTERDOWN 12 ENUM_ACTION_PTR_RECEIVED_DATA 13 ENUM_ACTION_DEVICE_ACTION_CHANGE 14 ENUM_ACTION_REQ_MAC 15 ENUM_ACTION_REQ_INTERAC 16 ENUM_ACTION_INTERAC_RECEIVED_DATA 17 ENUM_ACTION_ANALYSIS_INTERAC 18 ENUM_ACTION_KEY_LOAD 19 ENUM_ACTION_AUTOPROCESS_CHANGE GPSRespCode Values Code Enumerated Value – GPSRespCode Values -1 ENUM_RCODE_CLEAR 0 ENUM_RCODE_SUCCESSFUL 1 ENUM_RCODE_UNSUCCESSFUL 2 ENUM_RCODE_TIMEOUT 3 ENUM_RCODE_CANCELED 4 ENUM_RCODE_CORRKEY 6 ENUM_RCODE_INVALID_ACCTLEN 7 ENUM_RCODE_MAC_NOVERIFY 9 ENUM_RCODE_MAC_NOBLOCK 11 ENUM_RCODE_KEY_DECRYPT_ERROR 13 ENUM_RCODE_KEY_LOCATION_ERROR 14 ENUM_RCODE_KEY_MTK_NOSELECT 16 ENUM_RCODE_KEY_LOAD_FAIL_REVERT 98 ENUM_RCODE_KEY_LOAD_FAIL_NOREVERT 251 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 GPSRespStatus Values Code Enumerated Value – GPSRespStatus Values -35 ENUM_STATUS_AUTOPROCESS_ON -34 ENUM_STATUS_AUTOPROCESS_OFF -30 ENUM_STATUS_PENDING_NONE -29 ENUM_STATUS_PENDING_MSR -28 ENUM_STATUS_PENDING_PRINTER -27 ENUM_STATUS_PENDING_INTERAC -20 ENUM_STATUS_DEVICE_IDLE -19 ENUM_STATUS_DEVICE_PROCESS -18 ENUM_STATUS_DEVICE_CANCEL -17 ENUM_STATUS_DEVICE_WAITING -16 ENUM_STATUS_DEVICE_INPUT_PENDING -10 ENUM_STATUS_PORT_OPEN -9 ENUM_STATUS_PORT_CLOSED 0 ENUM_STATUS_OK 1 ENUM_STATUS_INVALID_ACTION 2 ENUM_STATUS_DEVICE_INPROCESS 3 ENUM_STATUS_DEVICE_TIMEOUT 4 ENUM_STATUS_UNKNW_ERROR 252 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SC550.clsInteracReq Class Properties Property Name Account°° Data Type String Description – SC550.clsInteracReq Class Properties After the ParseResponseData method has been called, this property will contain the customer-specified bank account type. Possible return values: A – Chequing B – Savings If this customer-specified bank account type is different that the bank account type specified in the AccType when building the Interac Request, a ReMAC must occur. Use the RequireReMac property in the PinSC550 class to determine if ReMACing must occur. AccType° String The customer’s bank account type used when processing the transaction. 1 or ENUM_ACC_CHEQ – Chequing 1 or ENUM_ACC_SAV – Savings Note: When populating this property to build the initial Interac request string, the customer’s bank account type will not be known by the merchant (the customer will enter it once prompted). This value must be hard-coded. It is suggested to hard-code this value to “1” if most of the merchant’s customers use their checking accounts when purchasing products or “2” if most of the merchant’s customers use their saving account when purchasing products. Note: A new MAC value must be requested from the PINpad if the account chosen by the merchant differs from the account chosen by the customer. Use the RequireReMac property in the PinSC550 class to determine if ReMACing must occur. Amount° String Set this property to the Amount of the transaction to be processed. This property should not contain any decimals or commas. Example: to specify a $1.00 transaction, set this property to “100” DisplayAmount° String Set this property to the amount of the transaction. The amount specified is displayed to the customer for confirmation on the PINpad. This amount should include the decimal point and trailing zeros, if applicable. Example: to specify a $1.00 transaction, set this property to “1.00” MacBlock°° String After the ParseResponseData method has been called, this property will contain the MAC block information that was returned from the PINpad. PinBlock°° String After the ParseResponseData method has been called, this property will contain the customer’s encrypted PIN that was returned from the PINpad. SequenceNum° String The POS Sequence number. Set this property to the value that was returned by PCCharge when calling the GetPOSSequenceNumber method in the Debit.OCX control. TermID° String Set this property to the Chip Serial Number of the PINpad. Use the GetSerialBlock method in the PinSC550 class to acquire the Chip Serial Number of the PINpad. String After the ParseResponseData method has been called, this property will contain the optional customer-specified tip amount. If this property is populated with a value greater than 0, a ReMAC must occur. Use the RequireReMac property in the PinSC550 class to determine if ReMACing must occur. Integer Determines if the PINpad will prompt the customer to enter a tip amount and also determines if the PINpad will display a “suggested” tip amount prior to prompting for the tip amount. Valid Values: 0 – The customer is not prompted to enter a tip amount (Default) 1 – The customer is prompted to enter a tip amount. 2 through 99 – The PINpad will calculate a “suggested” tip amount and display it on the PINpad prior to prompting the customer for the tip amount. The integer value passed in represents the percentage that will be used to calculate the tip. For example, 20 would calculate a 20% tip amount. The customer would see this “suggested” tip amount and would then be prompted to key in the actual tip amount. TipAmount°° TipType° 253 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – SC550.clsInteracReq Class Properties TrackII° String Set this property to the track II data from the magnetic stripe of the card. For example: ;1234123412341234=08121234123412340001? TransCode° Set this property to the type of transaction being processed. This should be GPSTransCo set to the same transaction type specified in the TransNameID property. de 0 or ENUM_TCODE_PURCH_NORM – Purchase (default) 4 or ENUM_TCODE_REFUND – Refund TransNameID° GPSTransID Set this property to the type of transaction being processed. The property indicates to the PINpad to displays the type of transaction being processed to the customer. This should be set to the same transaction type specified in the TransCode property. Valid Values: 0 or ENUM_TID_PURCH – Displays “PURCHASE” (default) 1 or ENUM_TID_REFUND – Displays “REFUND” VFISerial°° String After the ParseResponseData method has been called, this property will contain the PINpad’s Chip Serial Number. ° These properties must be set prior to calling the BuildInteracRequest method. °° These properties will be set after the ParseResponseData method completes successfully. SC550.clsInteracReq Class Methods Property Name Returned Value Description – SC550.clsInteracReq Class Methods BuildInteracRequest String Builds and returns the Interac request string that will be sent to the PINpad. The properties in the SC550.clsInteracReq Class Properties table that are marked with a ° must be set prior to calling this method. BuildRemacData String Used internally ClearData None The ClearData method will clear the values in all properties. Boolean Parses the Interac response string returned by the PINpad. The response string is returned by the PINpad in the DeviceData property of the PinSC550 class. If the string is parsed successfully, TRUE is returned, FALSE otherwise. When the string is parsed successfully, the properties marked with a ° in the SC550.clsInteracReq Class Properties table will be populated with the customer entered data. ParseResponseData 254 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SC5X.OCX The SC5X.OCX allows integration to the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. The Verifone SC5000 PINpad is only used when performing Canadian Debit transactions with Chase Paymentech (GSAR). Refer to the section Canadian (Interac) Debit Transactions (see page 113) for more information on using SC5X.OCX to integrate Canadian Debit transactions. 255 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SC5X.OCX Properties Property Name Data Type Description – SC5X.OCX Properties Action String Transaction Action Code Amount String Transaction Base Amount Baud° String Baud Rate used to communicate with the PINpad. Default Value: “9600” Command String Transaction Action Code CommMethod Integer Defines the Method that the OCX will send the transaction to PCCharge 0 – INX File Method 1 – TCP/IP (For Future Use) DataBits° String DataBits used to communicate with the PINpad. Default Value: “8” Parity° String Parity used to communicate with the PINpad. Valid Values: E – even O – odd N – None (default) PinPadTimeout String Timeout value for the PinPad Default Value: “5” Port° String Port Number to be used to communicate with PINpad. Default Value: “COM1” IPAddress String The IP address of PCCharge. Only used when using the TCP/IP portion of the SC5X.OCX – For Future Use TcpIPPort String The port used to communicate with PCCharge. Only used when using the TCP/IP portion of the SC5X.OCX – For Future Use The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to setting the AutoProcess property to TRUE. ServerPath°° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a “\”. SurchargeAmount String Surcharge Amount assigned to the transaction. This is inputted for each transaction and is not to be included in the amount. SwipeTimeout String The amount of time the pinpad will wait for a card swipe. Default Value: 255 (seconds) Ticket String Ticket TimeOut String The Timeout value for the Transaction Default Value: “90” RequestTip Boolean Used to determine if PINpad will prompt for gratuity. Only used with the S21 action code. Valid Values: True - Prompt for gratuity False - Do not prompt for gratuity RequestCashBack Boolean Used to determine if PINpad will prompt for cash back. Only used with the S21 action code. Valid Values: True - Prompt for cash back False - Do not prompt for cash back CommVisible Boolean Used to determine whether the PINpad communication monitor is displayed or hidden. Set to TRUE to display the monitor, FALSE to hide the monitor (default). The communication monitor is typically used to troubleshoot an integration to the PINpad. Note: Only for use in development environment. ° Must be set correctly prior executing the Initialize method 256 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SC5X.OCX Methods Method Name Returned Value Description – SC5X.OCX Methods Cancel None Cancels the transaction. CancelPin None Cancels the pin pad request Initialize° None Initializes PINpad. The properties in the SC5X.OCX Class Properties table that are marked with a ° must be set correctly prior to calling the OpenPort and Initialize methods. The initialize command will attempt to initialize the PINpad 3 times prior to returning a response. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. GetApproved Boolean The GetApproved method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "APPROVED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. GetAuth String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetCaptured Boolean The GetCaptured method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "CAPTURED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. The GetCaptured method is used to determine if a transaction that will result in a monetary transfer (Sale, Credit, Post-Authorization, etc.) is approved or declined. A “CAPTURED” response indicates that the transaction has been approved, and that the transaction has been placed in the open batch. GetCashBack String Returns the cash back entered by the card holder. GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetReceipt String Returns the required receipt data, including tip amount. GetRefNumber String Returns the reference number associated with the transaction. The reference number is used to help identify the transaction and is useful for the cardholder and merchant when doing research. This value is not returned with all transactions. GetTipAmount String Returns the tip amount entered by the card holder. GetTroutD String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions for more information. GetXMLResponse String Returns the Raw XML from the oux response OpenPort° None Enables the port for PINpad. This method must be called first. The properties in the SC5X.OCX Class Properties table that are marked with a ° must be set prior to calling the OpenPort and Initialize methods. Shutdown None Closes the port and shuts down the OCX timer. 257 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description – SC5X.OCX Methods This method communicates with the Pinpad. Card number and expiration date are not required to be assigned to the pinpad before calling this method. This method requires the following properties of the OCX to be set: • MerchantNumber • Processor • Action/Command • Amount • Path Send RetrieveCreditSwipe RetrieveGiftCardSwipe None The following properties are optional but must be set if used. • Ticket • CashBack • SurchargeAmount • CommMethod • Language • TroutD • Timeout • Baud • Parity • PinPadTimeout Example: Send 3 Boolean Once this is called, the Pinpad will have the MSR function called. The merchant/customer swipes the card, then the pinpad gets reset to "ready". If successful, the function returns true. Then, the integrator can call: • GetCard • GetMember • GetExpDate • GetTrack If unsuccessful, the function returns false. Then, the integrator can call: • GetErrorCode • GetErrorDesc Boolean This is the same as RetrieveCreditSwipe, yet the processor code must be passed in. Example: .RetrieveGiftCardSwipe("VLNK"). Once this is called, the Pinpad will have the MSR function called. The merchant/customer swipes the card, then the pinpad gets reset to "ready". If successful, the function returnes true. Then, the integrator can call: • GetCard • GetMember • GetExpDate • GetTrack If unsuccessful, the function returns false. Then, the integrator can call: • GetErrorCode • GetErrorDesc 258 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 SC5X.OCX Error Codes ErrorCode -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 ErrorDescription Port Open Error Invalid Command Invalid Amount Invalid Baud Invalid Port Invalid Parity Invalid Databits Invalid Path Invalid Processor -10 Invalid Merchant Number -11 -12 -13 Invalid Card Invalid Expiration Date Chip Serial Number Error -14 -15 -16 Key Change Request Was Required. Retry Transaction. Card Swipe Error Confirm Amount Error -17 -18 -19 -20 Surcharge Was Rejected Pin Error Initialization Error Invalid Swipe Timeout -21 Card Swipe Timeout Description The OCX could not open the port to the pinpad The Command is not currently supported by the ocx The amount was not set or was in an incorrect format The baud was not set or was in an incorrect format The pinpad port was not set or was in an incorrect format The pinpad parity was not set or was in an incorrect format The pnpad databits were not set or was in an incorrect format The Path was not set Processor is not supported for Interac with this OCX (currently only Chase Paymentech) Merchant Number is not a valid Merchant Number for the selected processor (currently only Chase Paymentech) Credit Only. This card does not pass the Luhn Check. Expiration Date is expired or invalid The OCX could not obtain the Chip Serial Number from the Pinpad A Current Key Request was required and has finished. Continue with the original transaction. The card swipe did not return the correct information There was an error in the Confirm Amount dialogue of the pinpad. The customer rejected the surcharge amount. There was an error obtaining the Pin Block The OCX was unable to initialize the pinpad The passed in Swipe Timeout exceeds 255 seconds. This is the length of time that the pinpad will sit at "Swipe Card" Card was not swiped within timeout value Notes: In order to test Canadian Debit with Chase Paymentech (GSAR), the integrator will need to obtain a test merchant account directly from Chase Paymentech (GSAR) and a VeriFone SC5000 PINpad that is configured properly for use with Canadian Debit and the Chase Paymentech (GSAR) test merchant account. MAC data is specific to the PINpad and merchant number. If EBT transactions will be supported, a separate PINpad device is required. 259 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Reporting The Charge.OCX control may be used by integrators to submit report requests. A report request can have PCCharge print a report to it’s default report printer or have PCCharge generate a file containing the report output. If generating a file, the PCCharge reporting interface supports three different file types: 1. Portable Document Format (.pdf) 2. Rich Text Files (.rtf) 3. Standard Text files (.txt) Note: The reporting interface cannot be configured to send reports directly to the screen. The following outlines the properties used for submitting report requests to PCCharge with the Charge.OCX control. The properties in Charge.OCX that are not documented below should be left blank when submitting report requests. Property Data Type Description – Charge.OCX Reporting Properties Action° Long The action code that identifies what type of report will be requested. Valid Values: 81-84. Example: If running a credit card detail report, set the action code to “81”. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Card String User name filter. If a valid user name is set in the Card property, the report will be filtered by that user name. The report returned will consist of only those transactions processed by the user name specified. Example: “User1”. If this property is left blank, the report will show transactions processed by all users. CheckCard° Boolean Flag that indicates whether to activate credit card validity testing. Valid Values: TRUE; FALSE. Default value: TRUE. This value must be set to FALSE when submitting a report request. CommMethod Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. EnableSSL Boolean For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. IPAddress String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. IPAddress of machine where PCCharge is running. Defaults to 127.0.0.1 Manual Long Result filter. Use this filter to create a report consisting of only those transactions with the result specified. Valid Values: 0 = all (default), 1 = approved, 2 = declined Example: 1 String Ending Date/Time filter. Specifies the end date and end time of the report. Format: Date: MM/DD/YY Time: HH:MM:SS PM. When used in conjunction with Street; will create a report consisting of only those transactions processed between the start and end date/time specified (inclusive). If an end date is not specified, today’s date is assumed. If an end time is not specified, 11:59:59 PM is assumed. The end date can be passed without the end time. However, the end time cannot be passed without the end date. Examples: “07/06/05 06:00:00 PM” or “07/06/05” String Merchant Number filter. Set this property to filter the report by the merchant number specified. Setting this property will generate a report consisting of only those transactions processed via the merchant number specified. To generate a report that includes all merchant numbers in PCCharge, set this property to “ALL“ or leave blank. Example: “99999999911” Member MerchantNumber 260 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description – Charge.OCX Reporting Properties For use with File_Transfer CommMethod only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a “\”. PeriodicPayment String Report Output setting. Determines if the report will be printed by PCCharge or written to a file. Valid Values: “0” = print to default printer specified in PCCharge (default). “1” = print to file using filename specified in TransID and path specified in TRACK. Port String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. String Starting Date/Time Filter (Optional) Specifies the start date and start time of the report. Format: Date: MM/DD/YY Time: HH:MM:SS PM. Use to create a report consisting of only those transactions processed on or after the date specified. If a start date is not specified, today's date is assumed. If a start time is not specified, 12:00:00 AM is assumed. The start date can be passed without the start time. However, the start time cannot be passed without the start date. Examples: "03/04/05 09:00:00 AM" or “03/04/05” Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the control. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Street TimeOut Track String Destination Directory for Report File. Specifies the destination directory where the report file will be generated by PCCharge (if PeriodicPayment is set to "1"). Example: “C:\My Documents\PCCReports\” Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. Max Length: 40 characters (if the Destination Directory is longer than 40 characters, use CustCode for the additional characters. Must end with a "\" unless the directory name will be continued in the CustCode property. Note: If running in a Client/Server environment, this property is the path from the server running PCCharge, not the client. For example, if a client submitted a report request that specified “C:\“ as the destination directory, the report would be written to the local hard drive of the server running PCCharge, not to the client’s hard drive. String Destination Directory for Report File (continued). Continuation of the destination directory (if the directory name is greater than 40 characters). Max Length: 25 characters. Must end with a "\" TransID String Report File name/Report File Type. Specifies the filename and extension of the report file generated by PCCharge (if PeriodicPayment is set to "1"). Also determines what file type will be used when PCCharge generates the report. To specify the file type, set the extension to one of the following: .pdf – Create the report file in the Portable Document Format. Ex. Report.pdf .rtf – Create the report file in Rich Text. Ex. Report.rtf .txt – Create a report file in flat text. Ex. Report.txt Default: .txt (If an extension other than the ones listed is passed, the report will be returned as flat text and a .txt extension will be added to the filename) User° String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). CustCode ° These properties are required to submit a report request. 261 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 The following outlines the methods used to process report requests. The methods in Charge.OCX that are not documented below will not be used when processing report requests. Returned Value Description - Charge.OCX Reporting Methods Abort Boolean The Abort method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress and will return a Boolean value that indicates whether or not the transaction was canceled. Note: This method is not available when integrating using FoxPro. Use the Cancel method instead. About MsgBox The About method will display the About box associated with the control. Cancel None The Cancel method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress. Calling the Cancel method does not guarantee that the transaction will be canceled; it simply attempts to cancel the transaction. None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: a. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods b. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called c. prior to running the next transaction None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). For use only with File_Transfer CommMethod String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. For use only with File_Transfer CommMethod Method Clear DeleteUserFiles GetAuth PccSysExists 262 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Method Description - Charge.OCX Reporting Methods The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the control will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Integer Send The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. VerifyMerchantNumber Boolean The VerifyMerchantNumber method returns TRUE if the merchant number that is passed to it is set up in PCCharge, otherwise, FALSE is returned. Specifically, this method checks for the merchant number in the file TID.PCC, which is located in the PCCharge directory. The Path property must be set before calling this Method. Charge.OCX Events Event Description - Charge.OCX Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the control. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. 263 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 DLL (ActiveX) Method A DLL called PSCharge.dll is included in the DevKit. This DLL allows developers to access various processing functions using any Windows-based programming environment that supports referencing ActiveX DLLs. Before PSCharge.dll can be used, it must be added as a reference in the programming environment. For example, in Microsoft Visual Basic 6, follow the procedure below: 1. Choose Project | References from the Visual Basic menu bar. 2. After the References window opens, from the list, scroll to and check the box next to: • VeriFone’s ActiveX Payment Server DLL and click OK. (The DevKit installation registers the PSCharge.dll by default. If PSCharge.dll is not yet registered on the system, use regsvr32.exe to register it, or use the Browse button on the References window to register PSCharge.dll and add it as a reference to the project). Once registered, PSCharge.dll provides the developer with several classes to allow the integration of payment processing: • • • • • • Charge – contains properties and methods for credit card processing Debit – contains properties and methods for debit and EBT processing. Check – contains properties and methods for check processing. Gift – contains properties and methods for gift/loyalty processing. Batch – contains properties and methods for performing end-of-day inquiry and batch settlement. Offline – contains properties and methods for processing offline transactions. The properties and methods of the DLL’s various classes can be viewed through the object browser. If MS VB6 is not being used, refer to the language documentation for instructions on using ActiveX DLLs. Note: The additional classes in PSCharge.dll that do not appear in the list above are currently not supported for transaction processing. Using PSCharge.dll Create an instance of any of the DLL’s classes by using the following line of code: Set <instance name> = New <object name> For example, to create an instance based on the Charge class, the following line of code would be used in MS VB6: Set Charge = New PSCharge.Charge 264 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Charge Class The Charge class provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit credit card transactions to PCCharge. To use the Charge class to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed and validate the values using the various .Verify methods. (The properties marked with a ° in the Charge Class properties table are the minimum required to process a Sale or Pre-Authorization transaction.) 3. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 4. Wait for the transaction to process and then call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction (code using the .Get methods may be placed immediately after the Send method). The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 5. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 6. Call the Clear method to reset all the properties and methods related to the transaction or destroy the object. Consult the section Pseudo-code (see page 158) for various examples that may be followed when using the Charge class to perform transaction processing. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. 265 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Charge Class Properties Property Data Type Description - Charge Class Properties Action° Long The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. String The American Express Charge Description. This is a general description describing merchandise: the AMEX representative and the merchant will decide on an appropriate description. Note: Only Required for Retail, MOTO and Restaurant transactions when using AMEX direct settlement or TSYS Max Length: 23 bytes String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS String The Authorization code. This value is returned by the issuing bank and should only be set in a transaction request if processing a Post-Authorization and the Post-Authorization is being used to add a Voice-Authorization to the batch or to “store” a Voice-Authorization. (For information on stored VoiceAuthorizations, see page 91). The AuthCode property does not need to be set if the Post-Authorization completes a standard Pre-Authorization using the TroutD value of the Pre-Authorization. See the section Follow On Transactions for more information (see page 70). String Only valid for Visa debit and credit transactions. It is used to indicate the transaction is being ran for payment of a bill (ultilty, monthly gym dues, etc.) Valid values: 0 – Non-Bill payment transaction 1 – Bill payment transaction Amount° AmxChargeDescription AmxDescription_1 AmxDescription_2 AmxDescription_3 AmxDescription_4 AuthCode Billpay 266 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge Class Properties String The credit card number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. Example: 5424180279791765 NOTE: Is it the integrator’s responsibility to remove spaces in the card number if there are spaces in the Track II card number data. String For Retail or Restaurant transactions: Flag that indicates whether the card was present. For eCommerce transactions: Flag that indicates what type of transaction occurred. Valid values: 0 = Card not present, 1 = Card present (for Retail, MOTO, or Restaurant); D = Digital goods, P = Physical goods (for eCommerce) Boolean Flag that indicates whether to activate credit card validity testing. Valid Values: TRUE; FALSE. Default value: TRUE. This value must be set to FALSE when performing Follow on transactions such as Voids or Gratuities because the card number is omitted from these transaction requests. String The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Valid Values: 1-10, 13-15, ZI, ZH. Example: If running a credit card sale, set the action code to “1”. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Note: Because the Action property is defined as “long”, this property was added to allow action codes that contain strings (such as Transaction Inquiry - ZI). If the Command property is set, it’s value will override the value set in Action. String The type of commercial card being submitted. The getCommercialCardType method should be used to retrieve the 1 character value from PCCharge that indicates what type of commercial card will be submitted. See the section Commercial Card Transactions (see page 93) for more information. Max Length: 1 character Valid values: B – Business P,L,G -- Purchase C – Corporate F – Fleet Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. CustCode String Customer code for purchasing/commercial cards. This property must be set for commercial card transactions in order to get the best discount rate. Additionally, the transaction’s action code must indicate that the transaction is a commercial card transaction. Note: Global East (NDC), terminal based, requires the customer code be all upper case. Max Length: 25 characters, alphanumeric only. CreditPlanNumber String The credit plan number, only applicable when using Citi as the processor for private label cards. String The CVV2 value for the transaction. The card verification value (CVV2 for Visa, CVC2 for MasterCard, and CID for AMEX and Discover) is a 3 or 4 digit number that is embossed in the signature panel for Visa, MasterCard, and Discover and on the front of the card for AMEX. All AMEX cards utilize a 4 digit CID. Max Length: 4 characters. CVV2 should only be passed on nonswiped transactions. Boolean The demo mode flag. In demo mode, a simulated response is returned in which even amounts return approved, and odd amounts return declined. Valid Values: TRUE – Activates demo mode FALSE – Deactivates demo mode (default) String Destination Zip Code for American Express purchasing/commercial cards. This property must be set for American Express commercial card transactions when using American Express as the processor (or via split dial) in order to get the best discount rate. Additionally, the transaction’s action code must indicate that the transaction is a commercial card transaction. Card° CardPresent CheckCard Command CommercialCardFlag CommMethod CVV2 Demo DEST_ZIP_CODE 267 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge Class Properties DriverID String Driver identification field. Only required for Wright Express, Voyager and Fleet One cards. DriverPIN String Driver personal identification number. Only required for Fuelman cards. EstGratuityAmount String For use with Restaurant transactions only. The estimated gratuity amount for a Sale (action code 1) or Pre-Authorization (action code 4) transaction. If the EstGratuityAmount is populated, PCCharge will submit the sum of the values in the Amount and EstGratuityAmount fields for authorization. If the transaction is authorized, only the value in the Amount field will be placed in the PCCharge settlement file (if running a Sale). By using the EstGratuityAmount, the merchant can help ensure that the customer has enough available credit on their card to leave a tip. Once the customer indicates the amount of the tip that will be left, a gratuity transaction (action code 13) must be performed on the sale prior to settlement in order to add the actual gratuity to the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. See the section Restaurant Transactions (see page 105) for more information. Note: It is recommended to check with the processor or merchant service provider for guidance on what amount to set this value to. Incorrectly setting this value can result in downgrades. ExpDate° String The expiration date associated with the credit card number that will be processed. Must be exactly four characters long. Format: MMYY Example: 1208 EnableSSL Boolean For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. GratuityAmount String For use with Restaurant transactions only. The actual gratuity amount for a Sale with Gratuity (action code 14) , Gratuity (action code 13) , or PostAuthorization (action code 5) transaction. See the section Restaurant Transactions (see page 105) for more information. String Only required for Voyager cards, dependant on Restriction Code. Four to six digits. Note: Only used for Pre-Authorization transactions Update: Beginning with PCCharge version 5.8, this is also used for Citi© Private Label. Index Long The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the Charge class will access the file tid.pcc file and use the merchant number at that index in the file. Index and Path should be set prior to calling the GetCompanyCity, GetCompanyName, GetCompanyState, GetCompanyStreet, or GetCompanyZip methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. IPAddress String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. IPAddress of machine where PCCharge is running. Defaults to 127.0.0.1 String The Item ID for the transaction. This field is only used for Chase Paymentech (GSAR) and can store five (5) four-digit codes that are defined by Chase Paymentech. Example: If the ItemID is set to 00010002000300040005, it stores 5 item IDs (0001, 0002, 0003, 0004, and 0005). These numbers must be obtained from Chase Paymentech. LastValidDate String The last year that will be considered a valid expiration date. Currently, the default value in the charge class is “09”. It is recommended that a setting is provided by which the end-user can change this property; otherwise, in the future, end users will require a new PSCharge.dll to be distributed to resolve expiration date issues. Length: 2 digits. Format: YY Example: If LastValidDate is set to 05, then cards between 06 and 99 are considered to be 1906 to 1999, and cards between 00 and 05 are 2000 to 2005. Manual° Long Flag that indicates whether the transaction was manually entered or swiped. If the transaction was swiped, the Track property must also be set. Valid values: 0 = manual transaction, 1 = swiped transaction IDNumber ItemID 268 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property MCSC Data Type Description - Charge Class Properties String The Multiple Count Sequence Count. This is the total number of installments that will be charged in a non-restaurant recurring billing scenario. Max Length: 2 characters. Example: If there are 5 payments to be made, set this property to “5”. In a restaurant environment: The server or cashier id. Max Length: 2. This field should be passed for reporting and reconciliation purposes. See the section Restaurant Transactions (see page 105) for more information. Processor specific note: The Server ID is required for AMEX card transactions. Also required when using the processor NB and GSAR in restaurant business type. MCSN String Member String The cardholder’s name. Max Length: 20 characters. MerchantNumber° *** String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Credit Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. MTS Boolean No Longer Supported. Multi String Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. If set, this value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Default value: 0. See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 67). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. Odometer String The odometer reading. Only required for Fleet One (7 digits), Voyager (7 digits), and Fuelman (6 digits) cards. String Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should process the transaction offline. If the offline flag is set, PCCharge will put the transaction into a .BCH file that resides in the PCCharge directory for importing at a later time. The file can only be imported from the PCCharge GUI. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Single The delay time before the PCCharge directory is polled for a transaction response file (.oux file). The default is 0.25 seconds. This value should only be modified if the integration is not performing properly. This could be caused if the client machine is slow or there is network lag that causes the server to spend more time checking for .oux files than processing transactions. OffLine OutDelay In a non-restaurant environment, this field is the Multiple Count Sequence Number. This is the transaction number within the total number of payment installments in a recurring billing scenario. Max Length: 2 characters. Example: If there are 5 payments to be made and this transaction is the first transaction, set this property to “1”. The first transaction should also include the CVV property, but this value should not be stored or sent for subsequent transactions. For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a “\”. PeriodicPayment String Flag that indicates whether the transaction is a recurring transaction. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Note: If periodic payment is set to true, the recurring billing properties must also be set to achieve the best processing rates. Port String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. 269 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge Class Properties String The number of receipts that PCCharge should print for the transaction. This value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. PCCharge will retain this value for subsequent transactions. Valid values: 0-9. Setting the property to 0 will disable receipt printing. String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). ProductDetailAmount_XX String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. This is the total dollar amount for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX being authorized. For example, PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_1 has a PRODUCT_DETAIL_QUANTITY_1 = 2 and a PRODUCT_DETAIL_UNIT_PRICE_1 = $2.00, therefore the PRODUCT_DETAIL_AMOUNT_1 = $4.00 ProductDetailCount String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. All card types are configurable except for Fleet One which is limited to 7 records. Only 1 – 10 records are currently supported through PCCharge for all card types. ProductDetailCode_XX String Note: This is the number of items for RODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. PCCharge will support 1 – 10. • NBS supports using 1 – 10. • BAMS Tandem (NPC) supports using 1 – 3. ProductDetailQuantity_XX String Note: Only used for the processor NBS. This is the unit price for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. This is only used for Fleet One and Fuelman. Currently, PCCharge will support 1 – 10. String The reference number from the original transaction (returned by the processor). Set this property only if processing a Post-Authorization and the Post-Authorization is being used to add a Voice-Authorization to the batch or to “store” a Voice-Authorization. (For information on stored VoiceAuthorizations, see page 91). The Reference property does not need to be set if the Post-Authorization completes a standard Pre-Authorization using the TroutD value of the Pre-Authorization. See the section Follow On Transactions for more information (see page 70). Max Length: 8 characters. Note: NBS/ Fleet One cards require a Reference Number to be sent with each transaction. This is a minimum of 2 digits and a max of 15. This must be all numeric. RestrictionCode String Only required for Voyager cards. This is used to determine the level of identification and which fields are required. Two digits. Valid Values: 00 - No ID Number or Odometer required. Fuel and Other allowed. 01 - No ID Number or Odometer required. Fuel only allowed. 10 - ID Number only required. Fuel and Other allowed. 11 - ID Number only required. Fuel only allowed. 20 - Odometer only required. Fuel and Other allowed. 21 - Odometer only required. Fuel only allowed. 30 - ID Number and Odometer required. Fuel and Other allowed. 31 - ID Number and Odometer required. Fuel only allowed. Note: Required for both manual and swiped transactions. RFID String Set to 1 if card information was read from RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) device. If card was read from from RFID, track data must be populated and manual flag must be set to 1. Set to 0 otherwise. String Flag indicating whether a Voice Authorization transaction should be stored. This flag should only be submitted when performing a Post-Authorization transaction (action code 5) that includes an authorization code from the voice operator. For more information on stored Voice-Authorizations, see page 91. Valid Value: 1 - Store the Voice Authorization transaction. String The cardholder's billing street address. The Street property is used for address verification. Address verification can only be performed on nonswiped transactions. For FDC: Use first 5 digits only. Note: For manually keyed transactions, Street is required to qualify for the lowest transaction rates. Max Length: 20 characters Citi© - When used with Citi Plan PO Box’s are not allowed. PrintReceipts Processor° *** Reference Store Street 270 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge Class Properties TaxAmt String The tax amount. This is the portion of the amount that is tax. Providing the tax amount is required to obtain the best rate on commercial card transactions. Max Length: 9 characters (including the decimal). Format: DDDDDD.CC. The transaction's action code must indicate that it is a commercial transaction. Tax amount should be included in the amount field. TaxExempt Boolean Tax Exempt Flag. This flag is used to indicate if the purchase is tax exempt. Used only for Commercial Card Transactions. Valid Values: 1 – Purchase is tax exempt; 0 – Purchase is not tax exempt. String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all processors support alphanumeric characters. Note: For manually keyed transactions, Ticket is required to qualify for the lowest transaction rates. Note: When using NDC, lower case characters must not be used in the ticket number. Note: When using Elavon (NOVA), ticket numbers can only be alphanumeric, no hyphens. TimeOut Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the class. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. TotalAmount String No longer needed String The track II data captured from the magnetic strip of the credit card. The track II data is required to ensure the lowest per-transaction rate from the processing company when performing swiped transactions (Retail and Restaurant). Sending the track II data is not allowed if the merchant's industry type is MOTO or eCommerce. Max Length: 40 characters. Example: 5424180279791765=08121011000001234567 Note: The characters that are appended to the beginning and ending of track II (usually ; and ?) should not be passed in. Alternatively, the GetParseData method can be used to parse the track data and set the Card, ExpDate, and Track properties automatically. TroutD String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. User° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). VehicleID String Only required for Wright Express cards (5 digits) and Voyager cards (8 digits). Note: Required for both manual and swiped transactions. XMLtrans Boolean Set to True to activate the XML message format. It is recommended that the “3” parameter be passed to the Send method to activate the XML message format instead of using the XMLtrans property. See the description for the Send method for more information. Zip String The cardholder's zip code. The Zip property is used for address verification. Max Length: 9 digits. Address verification can only be performed on nonswiped transactions. Note: For manually keyed transactions, the Zip is required to qualify for the lowest transaction rates. Note: If submitting the 9-digit zip, do not include the dash. Citi© - When used with Citi Plan the zip is limited to 5-digits. CfgType Long Ticket Track The database archive configuration type setup in PCCharge. Valid value: Currently, only 0 is supported. 0 = CFG_TXN_ARCHIVE = Configure Transaction Archive. Use action code ZC. CfgEnabled Boolean Enable or disable current database archive configuration (1 = Enable, 0 = Disable). 271 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Data Type Description - Charge Class Properties CfgPath String Specify path for saved output files (Example: backed up transaction database). Must end with a backslash “\”. CfgSizeLimit String Transaction archive size limit for GUI archive prompting and validation. Specified in megabytes. CfgKeepDays String Transaction archive preservation range. All transactions within the past number of “keep days” will remain in the pccw.mdb database following a transaction archive command. CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. CashierPassword String Submit Cashier’s password. NewCashierPassword String Submit a new password for the Target Cashier. Note: case-sensitive Must be complex: • minimum 7 characters • must have at least one upper case character • one numeric character one special character (e.g., @, $, %, etc.) NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. NewCashierConfirmPassword String Resubmit the password for verification. Note: Must match the original NewCashierPassword NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. AddCashier1 String AddCashier2 String AddCashier3 String AddCashier4 String AddCashier5 String TargetCashierName String Submitted when performing a function to edit a cashier’s settings. This specifies which cashier’s information to alter. NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. String Applicant’s first name. String Applicant’s middle initial. String Applicant’s last name. String Applicant’s suffix. (Ex. M.D., Ph.D, Jr.) String Applicant’s apartment or suite number. String Applicant’s city. CustomerFirstName MiddleInitial 1 CustomerLastName Suffix 1 AptSuite 1 CustomerCity 1 1 1 Allows the integrator to submit new cashiers up to 5 at a time. Requires 3 Name Value pairs to be entered for each AddCashier tag submitted. CASHIER_NAME <Name> PASSWORD <Password> PERMISSIONS <Permissions> Example: <ADD_CASHIER_1>CASHIER_NAME CreditR PASSWORD CreditR123% PERMISSIONS 10000|000|000|000|000000000000|0000|000000 </ADD_CASHIER_1> NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. State 1 String Applicant data. (Ex: GA, FL, MA…) Email 1 String Applicant data. (Ex: [email protected]) String Applicant data. Format xxxxxxxxxx 10-digits No Dashes String Applicant data. Format xxxxxxxxx 9-digits No Dashes Phone_Number SSNum 1 1 Birth_Date EmpName 1 1 WorkPhoneNumber 1 String Applicant data. Format is MMDDYYYY. String Applicant data. Employer name. String Applicant data. Employer phone number. Applicant data. HomeOwner 1 String Format: 'O' = Own 'R' = Rent 'B' = Board 'P' = Live w/ parents 'M' = Military AnnualIncome 1 String Applicant data. Format: Up to 6 digits. Whole dollar amount with no decimals. PhotoIDState 1 String Applicant data. (Ex: GA, FL, MA…) 272 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property CorrelationUID PendingNumber 1 1 Data Type Description - Charge Class Properties String Received as a response to a Credit App (P3) String Received as a response to a Credit App (P3) Reply notification. ReplyFlag 1 Boolean Format: Y = Accept N = Decline Citi Plan SourceCode 1 String Format: Opt In – “AP” Opt Out – “AO” Applicant data. Type of identification being submitted. IDType 1 FraudFlag String 1 HealthCareAmount # PrescriptionAmount # Format: ‘D’ – Driver’s License ‘O’ - Other Boolean Code 10. Values are 1 or 0: 1 = True, 0 = False String Total Healthcare Amount. This amount must be greater than or equal to the sum of the other amount categories. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC String (Optional) Total amount of the prescription-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC VisionAmount # String (Optional) Total amount of the vision-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC ClinicAmount # String (Optional) Total amount of the clinic-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC DentalAmount # String (Optional) Total amount of the dental-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC String (Optional) Reserved for future use. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC String (Optional) Reserved for future use. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC Boolean Indicates the transaction is FSA. This will bypass PCCharge BIN checking as PCCharge will assume that the POS has verified that this card has met the BIN requirements for an FSA transaction. 1 = True, 0 = False Note: If this is not passed it defaults to False. TransitAmount CopayAmount FSA # # # ° These properties are the minimum required to process a Sale or Pre-Authorization transaction. ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. *** If the “Use Default Processor” option is enabled in the PCCharge preferences, and the Processor and MerchantNumber properties are omitted from the transaction request, PCCharge will process all transactions using the “Default Processor”. The “Default Processor” is defined as the first merchant number that is set up PCCharge. Consult the Multi-Merchant Support section (see page 68) for more information on the “Use Default Processor” option. In addition, Processor and MerchantNumber should not be set when doing follow-on transactions. Refer to the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. 1 These properties are required to process Citi applications. For more information and examples see Citi Credit Plan on page 116. # Additional tags used to process FSA/HRA transactions. For more information please see the section about FSA on page 99. 273 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Charge Class Methods Method Returned Value Description - Charge Class Methods AddMatch String The AddMatch method returns a string representation of the address verification response received from PCCharge. The address response code will be used to determine what string should go into AddMatch. Cancel None The Cancel method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress. Calling the Cancel method does not guarantee that the transaction will be canceled; it simply attempts to cancel the transaction. None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: a. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods b. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called c. prior to running the next transaction String The CommercialCardType method is used to determine whether or not a credit card is a commercial card. CommercialCardType requires that a string parameter, the credit card number, is passed when calling the method, that the Path property is set to a valid PCCharge directory, and that a valid Bin.mdb database resides in that directory. CommercialCardType returns TRUE if the BIN range of the card appears in the Bin.mdb database, FALSE if it does not. String The CVV2Match method returns a string representation of the card verification response that is received from PCCharge. The card verification response code will be used to determine what string should go into CVV2Match. DeleteUserFiles None For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). GetAcctDataSrc String Returns the entry method of the transaction. GetACI String Returns the VPS indicator to indicate wherever the card is a VISA, MC or AMEX card PS2000 data. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetAddText1 String Only supported on Fleet One, this field contains miscellaneous additional text returned from host. Currently PCCharge will support GetAddText1GetAddText4. Clear CommercialCardType CVV2Match Returns the amount due, only for Elavon (NOVA) pre-paid and FSA functionality. Format is DDD.CC GetAmountDue String Note: “Enable Pre-Paid Cards” option within PCCharge MUST be checked for this feature to work. The option is located under Setup>Credit Card Company>Extended Data and only with the Credit Card Company set to Elavon (NOVA). This option is only configurable in PCCharge version 5.7.1 release I sp9a and above. Note: For this to work with FSA transactions, one must enable FSA and Partial Auth within the Extended Data Screen for supported processors. GetAuth String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetAuthAmount String Used in partial redemption transactions where only part of the amount was authorized. Returns the actual authorized amount. 274 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Charge Class Methods GetAVS String Returns the AVS response code from the issuing bank. If performing Address Verification on card-not-present transactions, this code indicates how well the AVS information passed in matches what the issuing bank has on file for the cardholder. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a description of values that may be returned (see page 143) GetCCAvailBalance String Pre-paid credit cards with Elavon (NOVA) - Returns the PrePaid card balance. FSA – Returns the available balance on the FSA/HRA card. Format: DDD.CC GetCaptured Boolean The GetCaptured method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "CAPTURED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. The GetCaptured method is used to determine if a transaction that will result in a monetary transfer (Sale, Credit, Post-Authorization, etc.) is approved or declined. A “CAPTURED” response indicates that the transaction has been approved, and that the transaction has been placed in the open batch. GetCardIDCode String Returns a code that is used to verify the identity of the cardholder. getCommercialCardType String The getCommercialCardType method requires a string parameter, the credit card number, and will determine the credit card number’s commercial card type. This method requires that the Path variable be set to a valid PCCharge directory and it uses the Bin.mdb database in the PCCharge directory to determine the commercial card type. Valid return values: B – Business P,L,G -- Purchase C – Corporate F – Fleet Example: getCommercialCardType(“4055011111111111”) will return “P”. GetCompanyCity String The GetCompanyCity method returns the city of the merchant that is registered in PCCharge. The Index and Path properties must be set correctly for this method to work. GetCompanyName String The GetCompanyName method returns the company name of the merchant that is registered in PCCharge. The Index and Path properties must be set correctly for this method to work. GetCompanyState String The GetCompanyState method returns the state of the merchant that is registered in PCCharge. The Index and Path properties must be set correctly for this method to work. GetCompanyStreet String The GetCompanyStreet method returns the street address of the merchant that is registered in PCCharge. The Index and Path properties must be set correctly for this method to work. GetCompanyZip String The GetCompanyZip method returns the zip code of the merchant that is registered in PCCharge. The Index and Path properties must be set correctly for this method to work. String The GetCreditCardIssuer method returns the abbreviation of the credit card issuer's name for the card number that is present in the Card property. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a description of values (see page 143). GetCreditCardType String The GetCreditCardType method returns either the abbreviation of the credit card issuer of the card that is present in the Card property, or the optional card parameter that is passed to the GetCreditCardType method. Consult the section DevKit Constants for descriptions of values (see page 143). (GetCreditCardType is the same as GetCardIssuer). GetDCAvailBalance String Returns the available balance on pre-paid debit cards. Only for pre-paid debit cards with Elavon (NOVA). String Returns the CVV2/CVC2/CID response code from the issuing bank. If performing CVV2/CVC2/CID validation on card-not-present transactions, this code indicates if the CVV2/CVC2/CID code passed in matches what the issuing bank has on file for the cardholder. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a description of values that may be returned (see page 143) Method GetCreditCardIssuer GetCVV2 275 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Charge Class Methods Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetEstGratuityAmount String The GetEstGratuityAmount returns the estimated gratuity amount of the original transaction. GetGratuityAmount String The GetGratuityAmount returns the gratuity amount of the original transaction. GetHostType Integer The GetHostType method returns an integer that indicates if a processor / merchant number is Host based or Terminal based. GetHostType requires three parameters: 1) Processor code - Consult the section DevKit Constants (see page 143) for a list of valid processor codes 2) Merchant account - Must be a valid merchant account set up in PCCharge 3) TID type - Valid Values for TID type: 0 – Credit; 1 – Check; 2 – Debit; 3 – EBT; 4 – GiftCard GetHostType will return one the following values based on the parameters passed in: 0 – The processor is Host based 1 – The processor is Terminal based -1 – The processor is a Hybrid (supports both Host and Terminal processing) or invalid processor / merchant number. Example: .GetHostType(“VISA”, “999999999911”, 0) will return 0 Note: Chase Paymentech (GSAR), Elavon (NOVA), and FDMS South / NaBanco (NB) are considered hybrid processors. GetHostType will return a -1 for these processors. GetIND String Returns the IND code. The IND code is a transaction description code and an Interchange compliance field. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetIndex Long The GetIndex returns the index of the Processor and MerchantNumber combination that is stored in PCCharge file tid.pcc. The GetIndex function will not work property if valid Path, Processor, and MerchantNumber properties are not provided. GetItemID String The GetItemID echoes the item ID from the original transaction. GetMSI String Returns the Market Specific Indicator. This value indicates the transaction’s market segment. This value is assigned by the card associations and is not returned with all transactions. GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetParseData String The GetParseData method will parse a string (containing credit card track data) passed to it and populate the Card, ExpDate, and Track properties with the appropriate data. GetParseData will return an integer indicating its success. Valid return values: 0 (error parsing data), 1 (track I successful), or 2 (track I & II successful). GetPLProcessor String Retrieves the private label Processor ID currently setup in PCCharge. The .path property must be specified. GetPLMerchantNumber String Retrieves the private label Merchant Number currently setup in PCCharge. The .path property must be specified. GetPCard String The GetPCard method returns the PurchaseCard field from the .oux file. Not all processors support this field. Valid Values: 1 = purchasing card, 0 = otherwise GetPEM String Returns the Point of Entry Mode that is associated with the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. Method GetErrorCode 276 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Charge Class Methods GetPS2000 String PS2000 Data. This data will be as received during the original authorization processing. It will not be present for offline transactions. PS2000 Data is a variable; it will either be one character or up to 20. It is data concerning the card type and transaction that the processor will send back during the authorization process. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetRecordCount String The number of records matching the inquiry GetReceipt String Only used for CITI private label cards. Returns the disclosure agreement. GetRefNumber String Returns the reference number associated with the transaction. The reference number is assigned by the card associations. The reference number is used to help identify the transaction and is useful for the cardholder and merchant when doing research. This value is not returned with all transactions. GetRespCode String Returns the response code that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetResponseCommercialType String Returns the type of commercial card that was used for the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. Method GetResponsePurchaseCardType String Returns a flag indicating whether the processor indicated whether the card was a Purchasing Card or not. This value is not returned by all processing companies. Valid values: 1 = Purchasing Card, 0 = Otherwise GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetRestrictCode String Note: Only supported on Fleet One. The product restriction code. GetRet String Returns the Retrieval reference number. This value is not returned by all processing companies GetTBatch String Returns the active batch number for the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTDate String Returns the date that the transaction was processed. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTerminationStatus String Retrieves Termination Status which returns a “6” upon successful transaction. If anything other than a “6” is returned there may be an issue with the settlement file and should be investigated. This applies to : GSAR and NBS Response: 6 = Successful Transaction GetTI String This will indicate the transaction Identifier for VISA or AMEX, it will also return the MC Bank Net reference if the card is a MasterCard. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTicket String Returns the ticket number or invoice of the transaction. This value is echoed back from the original transaction or is generated by PCCharge if one is required to complete the transaction. GetTICode String Returns the validation code for VISA or the Bank Net Date if the card is a MasterCard.This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTIM String Returns the Time of the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTraceNumber String Returns the trace number from the processor. Only for pre-paid credit cards with Elavon (NOVA). GetTitem String Returns the Transaction Item number or the number that is associated with the transaction in the settlement file. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTransRecord String Contains nested XML tags providing information on transaction(s) pulled from Trans table in the PCCharge database (pccw.mdb) GetTransactionReferenceNumb String er Returns the transaction reference number from the processor. Only for prepaid credit cards with Elavon (NOVA). String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. GetTransNum 277 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method GetTroutD GetXMLResponse GetXMLRequest PccSysExists Returned Value Description - Charge Class Methods String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved from the .oux file can be used to view the results of a Transaction Inquiry (ZI) transaction. Refer to the section Transaction Inquiry (see page 128) for more information. The text can also be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. String This method is used to echo the text that is sent in the request file associated with the transaction. The request (.inx) file contains XML string data. The text that is sent in the .inx file can be used to view the message of any transaction sent to the server. Note: This method must be called after the calling send and before DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Send Boolean The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only—do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. ValidCardLength Boolean The ValidCardLength method returns true if the card is of the correct length. Otherwise, false will be returned. ValidCardLength has an optional string parameter in which a card number can be passed. If the parameter is blank, it will use the Card property. ValidDate Boolean The ValidDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is valid, or FALSE if it is not. 278 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Charge Class Methods Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Boolean The VerifyCreditCard method returns TRUE if the credit card number’s format is valid and meets the requirements set forth by the credit card companies, FALSE if it does not. If FALSE is returned, use the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the reason for failure. VerifyCreditCard has an optional string parameter in which a credit card number can be passed. If the parameter is left blank, VerifyCreditCard will analyze the value set in the Card property. Boolean The VerifyExpDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is correct and in the right format, or FALSE if it is not. VerifyExpDate calls the ValidDate function to validate the expiration date. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). VerifyMerchantNumber Boolean The VerifyMerchantNumber method returns TRUE if the merchant number that is passed to it is set up in PCCharge, otherwise, FALSE is returned. Specifically, this method checks for the merchant number in the file TID.PCC, which is located in the PCCharge directory. The Path property must be set before calling this Method. GetCurrentDBSize String Current transaction database size in bytes. GetConfigDBSize String Current configured size limit for transaction archive in bytes. Method VerifyAmount VerifyCreditCard VerifyExpDate User can set the local certificate to authenticate the SSL TCP/IP request. Note: This routine has four parameters. None SetSSLCertificate CertificateName store CertificateLocation CertificateIssuesby CertificateSerialNumber : this will store the Store name of the : this will assign the store location : This will assign Certificate issued by : This will assign certificate serial number Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. GetCorrelationUID 1 1 String Returned from Citi, needed for Counter Offer Submission. String Returned from Citi, needed for Counter Offer Submission. GetReplyFlag 1 String ‘Y’ or ‘N’ sent to Citi to notify message is a reply to an offer. GetOpenToBuy 1 String Only present in the response if the “Display OTB” is turned ON. Decimal is included. String Only present the in the response. Retrieves credit limit. GetPendingNumber GetCreditLimit 1 1 These properties are required to process Citi applications. For more information and examples see Citi Credit Plan on page 116. 279 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Debit Class The Debit class provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit debit card and EBT transactions to PCCharge. To use the Debit class to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Retrieve pertinent data, such as the PIN, the Key Serial Number (if DUKPT), etc., from the PINpad. 3. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed and validate the values using the various .Verify methods. (The properties marked with a ° in the Debit Class properties table are the minimum required to process a Debit Sale transaction.) 4. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 5. Wait for the transaction to process and then call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction (code using the .Get methods may be placed immediately after the Send method). The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 6. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 7. Call the ClearVariables method to reset all the properties and methods related to the transaction or destroy the object. When processing debit cards, a PINpad is required to allow the customer to enter their PIN. In addition, debit card information is always collected via a card swipe device, never via keyboard entry. Because of this, a card reader is also required. (Some EBT transactions can be manually entered). When processing U.S. debit card transactions, merchants have the option of allowing the customer to receive cash back on a transaction. For instance, the customer purchases $50 of products and wants $25 cash back, set the Amount to 50.00 and CashBack to 25.00. This will withdraw a total of $75 from the debit card account, $50 for the products and $25 for cash to give to the customer. Consult the section Pseudo-code (see page 158) for various examples that may be followed when using the Debit class to perform transaction processing. For information on integrating Canadian Debit, see the section Canadian (Interac) Debit Transactions (see page 113). Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. 280 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Debit Class Properties Property Name Data Type Description – Debit Class Properties Action° °° Long The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Amount° °° String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. Note: If performing an EBT Balance Inquiry transaction and providing an amount, set this property to “0.00”. AuthCode String EBT Only: For an EBT Post (Prior Auth Sale) or Force transaction: The Authorization code from the original voice authorization. Billpay String Only valid for Visa debit and credit transactions. It is used to indicate the transaction is being ran for payment of a bill (ultilty, monthly gym dues, etc.) Valid values: 0 – Non-Bill payment transaction 1 – Bill payment transaction Card° °° String The Debit/EBT card number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. Example: 5424180279791765 CashBack String The amount of cash back that the customer will receive. This amount is in addition to value entered in Amount property. For example, if the total amount of the sale is $10 and the customer has requested $5 cash back, Amount should be set to $10 and CashBack should be set to $5. The CashBack property should be formatted the same the Amount property. Max Length: 9 characters. Note: Some debit processors do not support the cash back feature. Command String Because the Action property is defined as “long”, this property was added to allow action codes that contain strings. This property is only used for action code M1 (Key Change Request). Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. DebitType°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Set this to the bank account type that the customer specified when entering transaction data into the PINpad. Valid Values: “Chequing” or “Savings” EnableSSL Boolean For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. ExpDate° °° String The expiration date associated with the Debit/EBT card number that will be processed. Must be exactly four characters long. Format: MMYY Example: 1208 Set this property if there is an expiration date associated with the Debit/EBT card. FoodStamp Boolean EBT Only: Indicates what type of EBT transaction will be performed. Valid Values: 1 – Food stamp transaction; 0 – Cash benefits transaction Gratuity°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. This is the Gratuity Amount of the transaction. CommMethod 281 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – Debit Class Properties IPAddress String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. IPAddress of machine where PCCharge is running. Defaults to 127.0.0.1 String If a Key Serial Number is returned from the PINpad, this property should be populated with that number. If processing transactions with a PINpad using DUKPT encryption, this value is sixteen or twenty characters long (depending on the processor’s encryption). The PCCharge DevKit provides several tools for retrieving data from PINpads. If the PCCharge integration method chosen doesn’t support these tools or the tools do not support the PINpad being used, a direct interface to the PINpad must be written by the integrator. If processing transactions with a Verifone SC5000 PINpad, set this property to the Chip Serial Number of the PINpad. LanguageCode°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Set this to the language that is indicated by the Language Code that is encoded in the track II data on the customer’s card. Valid Values: “English” or “French” (pass in the literal string) MACData°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Set this to the MAC Block value returned by the PINpad. Manual° °° Long Flag that indicates whether the transaction was swiped or manually entered. This property must be set to 1 (swiped) for Debit transactions or swiped EBT transactions. If the transaction was swiped, the Track property must also be set. If performing a manually keyed EBT transaction, such as a Force or Voucher, set this property to 0 (manually entered). Member String The cardholder’s name. Max Length: 20 characters. MerchantNumber° °° *** String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Debit Card Setup window or EBT Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. OrigPurchData String The Original Purchase Data. Used when performing a Debit Return with the processors TSYS, Heartland, RBS WorldPay, and NPC. This is the original transaction date. Format: DDMMhhmm Single The delay time before the PCCharge directory is polled for a transaction response file (.oux file). The default is 0.25 seconds. This value should only be modified if the integration is not performing properly. This could be caused if the client machine is slow or there is network lag that causes the server to spend more time checking for .oux files than processing transactions. KeySerialNumber°° OutDelay For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° °° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a “\”. Pin° °° String The encrypted PIN block that is retrieved from the PINpad. The PIN is provided to the processor for verification. Length: 16 characters. The PCCharge DevKit provides several tools for retrieving data from PINpads. If the PCCharge integration method chosen doesn’t support these tools or the tools do not support the PINpad being used, a direct interface to the PINpad must be written by the integrator. Port String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. This is the total dollar amount for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX being authorized. For example, PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_1 has a PRODUCT_DETAIL_QUANTITY_1 = 2 and a PRODUCT_DETAIL_UNIT_PRICE_1 = $2.00, therefore the PRODUCT_DETAIL_AMOUNT_1 = $4.00 ProductDetailAmount_XX 282 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – Debit Class Properties ProductDetailCount String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. All card types are configurable except for Fleet One which is limited to 7 records. Only 1 – 10 records are currently supported through PCCharge for all card types. ProductDetailCode_XX String Note: This is the number of items for RODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. PCCharge will support 1 – 10. • NBS supports using 1 – 10. • BAMS Tandem (NPC) supports using 1 – 3. ProductDetailQuantity_XX String Note: Only used for the processor NBS. This is the unit price for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. This is only used for Fleet One and Fuelman. Currently, PCCharge will support 1 – 10. Processor° °° *** String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). Reference String NBS/ Fleet One cards require a Reference Number to be sent with each transaction. This is a minimum of 2 digits and a max of 15. This must be all numeric. RFID String Set to 1 if card information was read from RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) device. If card was read from from RFID, track data must be populated and manual flag must be set to 1. Set to 0 otherwise. ShiftID Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. The Shift ID. This value is optional. Format: Alphanumeric Max Length: 1 character. Ticket String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all processors support alphanumeric characters. Note: When using NDC, lower case characters must not be used in the ticket number. Note: When using Elavon (NOVA), ticket numbers can only be alphanumeric, no hyphens. Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the class. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. Track° °° String The track II data captured from the magnetic strip of the card. The track II data is required for Debit transactions and for swiped EBT transactions. Max Length: 40 characters. Example: 5424180279791765=08121011000001234567 Note: The characters that are appended to the beginning and ending of track II (usually ; and ?) should not be passed in. TransNum String No longer needed TroutD String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. User° °° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). Voucher String EBT Only: The voucher number for an EBT force transaction. The voucher is provided by the processor at the time of authorization and must be supplied to clear the voucher. XMLtran Boolean Set to True to activate the XML message format. It is recommended that the “3” parameter be passed to the Send method to activate the XML message format instead of using the XMLtran property. See the description for the Send method for more information. CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. TimeOut 283 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – Debit Class Properties CashierPassword String Submit Cashier’s password. ° These properties are required to process a Debit Sale transaction. °° These properties are required to process a Canadian Debit Sale transaction using Global Payments East (NDC) and the SC5000 PINpad. ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. *** If the “Use Default Processor” option is enabled in the PCCharge preferences, and the Processor and MerchantNumber properties are omitted from the transaction request, PCCharge will process all transactions using the “Default Processor”. The “Default Processor” is defined as the first merchant number that is set up PCCharge. Consult the Multi-Merchant Support section (see page 68) for more information on the “Use Default Processor” option. In addition, Processor and MerchantNumber should not be set when doing follow-on transactions. Refer to the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. Debit Class Methods Returned Value Description - Debit Class Methods None The ClearVariables method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: a. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods b. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called c. prior to running the next transaction DeleteUserFiles None For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). GetApproved Boolean The GetApproved method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "APPROVED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. GetAuth String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetAuxRespCode String When using the SC5000 PINpad, returns the ISO response code GetAvlBalance String EBT Only: The GetAvlBalance method returns the available balance on the EBT card. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetCaptured Boolean The GetCaptured method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "CAPTURED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. The GetCaptured method is used to determine if a transaction that will result in a monetary transfer (Sale, Credit, Post-Authorization, etc.) is approved or declined. A “CAPTURED” response indicates that the transaction has been approved, and that the transaction has been placed in the open batch. GetEBTCashBalance String EBT Only: Returns the remaining balance on a Cash Benefits card. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetEBTFoodBalance String EBT Only: Returns the remaining balance on a Food Stamp card. This value is not returned by all processing companies. Method Name ClearVariables 284 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Debit Class Methods Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetMerchantInfo String The GetMerchantInfo method returns a string containing all of the debit merchant numbers and processors set up in PCCharge. The string will begin with STX and will end with ETX. GS will separate each record, and FS will separate fields within a record. Example: <STX>CES <FS>000000927996296767<GS>GSAR<FS> 999999999999519<GS>VISA<FS>999999999911<ETX> Refer to the section Multi-Merchant Support (see page 68) for more information on the GetMerchantInfo method. GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetMSI String For Debit Master Session: Returns the new master key (if one exists) sent by the processor that should be passed to the PINpad. GetPOSSequenceNumber String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Returns the current POS Sequence Number for the PINpad. The Path property must be set to the PCCharge directory and the PINpad’s Chip Serial Number must be passed as a parameter when calling the GetPOSSequenceNumber method. GetRefNumber String Returns the reference number associated with the transaction. The reference number is used to help identify the transaction and is useful for the cardholder and merchant when doing research. This value is not returned with all transactions. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetSurchargeAmount String For GSAR Debit US only: Returns the surcharge amount that was charged by the bank when using debit with GSAR. This value has to be called in order for the developer to know how much the card was actually charged in addition to the transaction amount and cash back. GetTermFee String The GetTermFee method returns the terminal fee that applies to the transaction. The terminal fee is designated by the processor. Not all processors return the terminal fee. GetTI String For Debit Master Session: Returns the new working key (if one exists) sent by the processor that should be passed to the PINpad for the next transaction. For GSAR EBT: Returns the ledger balance. GetTraceNum String The GetTraceNum method returns the trace number for the transaction that was returned by the processor. Not all processors support this field. GetTransNum String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. Method Name GetErrorCode GetErrorDesc GetTroutD GetXMLResponse 285 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name GetXMLRequest PccSysExists Returned Value Description - Debit Class Methods String This method is used to echo the text that is sent in the request file associated with the transaction. The request (.inx) file contains XML string data. The text that is sent in the .inx file can be used to view the message of any transaction sent to the server. Note: This method must be called after the calling send and before DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Send None The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. VerifyAmount Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns true if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC). Otherwise, VerifyAmount will return false. If false is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). User can set the local certificate to authenticate the SSL TCP/IP request. Note: This routine has four parameters. SetSSLCertificate None CertificateName store CertificateLocation CertificateIssuesby CertificateSerialNumber : this will store the Store name of the : this will assign the store location : This will assign Certificate issued by : This will assign certificate serial number Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. 286 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Check Class The Check class provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit check verification, guarantee, and conversion transactions to PCCharge. To use the Check class to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed. (The properties marked with a ° in the Check Class properties table are the minimum required to process a check verification transaction.) 3. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 4. Wait for the transaction to process and then call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction (code using the .Get methods may be placed immediately after the Send method). The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 5. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 6. Call the Clear method to reset all the properties and methods related to the transaction or destroy the object. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. 287 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Check Class Properties Property Name Data Type Description - Check Class Properties Account_Number°° String For Check, MICR, or Double ID: The account number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. Action° String The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Amount° String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. AdjustmentAmount String Total amount of the transaction after adjustment (i.e. if the original transaction was $5.00 and it should have been $50.00, the adjustment transaction request should have the .Amount property set equal to 50.00). Birth_Date°° String The date of birth of the check writer. Length: Exactly six characters. Format: MMDDYY. The birth date is required for DL (Driver’s License) check transactions. Cash_Back String The amount of cash back that the customer will receive. This amount is in addition to value entered in Amount property. For example, if the total amount of the sale is $10 and the customer has requested $5 cash back, Amount should be set to $10 and CashBack should be set to $5. The CashBack property should be formatted the same the Amount property. Max Length: 9 characters. Note: Some processors do not support the cash back feature. CashierNum String The Cashier Number CheckType String Valid Values: 0 = Personal check, 1 = Business check Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. Check_Number° String The check number of the check that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 10 characters. CommMethod Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. CustomerCity String The customer’s city. Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. CustomerName String The first and last name of the customer. Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. 288 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - Check Class Properties CheckReaderCode Enum Passes the type of Check Reader that is being used. Currently only used by Telecheck and will only be set if TECK is the set processor. Cannot be configured in the PCCharge GUI. Valid Values: 1 - Magtek_mini_micr 2 - EnCheck_3000 3 - IVI_2500 4 - IVI_430 5 - IVI_431 6 - ICE_5700 7 - MagtekImager 8 - VeriFone_CR1000i 9 - Epson_TMH6000 10 - Epson_TMH6000Imager 11 - WelchAllyn_ScanTeam 8300 12 - VeriFone_CR600 13 - Magtek_Imager_with_Modem 14 - IBM_4610_reader_printer 15 - Ingenico_EC2600 16 - RDM_EC5000 17 - RDM_EC6000 18 - NCR_7158_and_7167 19 - LS_100 20 - Magtek_Excella 21 - Magtek_Excella_DLCapture_FBChkImg 22 - Verifone_Model_Quartet CustomerStreet String The street address of the customer. Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. Drivers_License°° String The driver’s license number of the individual writing the check. Max Length: 20 characters. The driver’s license is required for DL (Driver’s License) transactions and when performing Double ID transactions. DLTrackII String The parsed TrackII data from the driver’s license. Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. EnableSSL Boolean For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. IPAddress String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. IPAddress of machine where PCCharge is running. Defaults to 127.0.0.1 ManagerNum String Used for BPS Double ID transactions. Optional Manager Number for manager override. Manual° String Flag that indicates whether the transaction was manually entered or swiped. Valid values: 0 = manual transaction, 1 = swiped transaction MerchantNumber° String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Check Services Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. MICR_DATA String The raw MICR data from the bottom of the check. Used for conversion transactions. MICRStatus String Valid Values: 15 = Valid read by MICR reader, 15I = Valid read by MICR reader with imaging capability, 9 = Manual only Note: Used only for processor TECK. Cannot be accessed in the PCCharge GUI. String Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. If set, this value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Default value: 0. See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 67). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. Single The delay time before the PCCharge directory is polled for a transaction response file (.oux file). The default is 0.25 seconds. This value should only be modified if the integration is not performing properly. This could be caused if the client machine is slow or there is network lag that causes the server to spend more time checking for .oux files than processing transactions. Multi OutDelay 289 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - Check Class Properties For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". Phone_Number°° String The phone number of the individual writing the check. Max Length: 7 digits. Format: digits only. The phone number is required for COD (Checks On Delivery). Port String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). Processor° Services The type of check verification to be performed. This property may be specified by using a numerical value or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values. Valid values: 0 (MICR) – MICR 1 (COD) – Checks-On-Delivery ServicesType 2 (DL) – Driver’s License 3 (DI) – Double ID 4 (SPS) – Use if Check processor is SPS Note: The value set in the Services property overrides the value set in the Action property. PrintReceipts String The number of receipts that PCCharge should print for the transaction. This value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. PCCharge will retain this value for subsequent transactions. Valid values: 0-9. Setting the property to 0 will disable receipt printing. State°° String The state code of the state that issued the check writer’s driver’s license. The state code is required for DL (Driver’s License). Format: 2 characters. String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all processors support alphanumeric characters. Note: When using NDC, lower case characters must not be used in the ticket number. Note: When using Elavon (NOVA), ticket numbers can only be alphanumeric, no hyphens. TimeOut Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the class. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. Transit_Number°° String The Transit Routing Number / ABA number that will be used when processing the transaction. This value indicates which bank issued the check. Max Length: 9 characters. This value is required for MICR transactions and when performing Double ID transactions. TroutD String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. User° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). Ticket 290 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - Check Class Properties XMLtrans Boolean Set to True to activate the XML message format. It is recommended that the “3” parameter be passed to the Send method to activate the XML message format instead of using the XMLtrans property. See the description for the Send method for more information. Zip_Code°° String The check writer’s ZIP code. Max Length: 9 characters. Format: digits only. This value is required for COD transactions. Note: If submitting the 9-digit zip, do not include the dash. CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. CashierPassword String Submit Cashier’s password. Note: To perform Double ID, both the MICR_DATA and Drivers_License fields must be populated. ° These properties are required, regardless of service type. ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. °° COD -- required for Checks-On-Delivery DL -- required for Driver’s License MICR -- required for MICR Check Class Methods Returned Value Description - Check Class Methods None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: d. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods e. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called prior to running the next transaction f. DeleteUserFiles None For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). GetApproved Boolean The GetApproved method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "APPROVED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. An “APPROVED” response indicates that a Verification has been approved. String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. Boolean The GetCaptured method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "CAPTURED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. The GetCaptured method is used to determine if a conversion transaction that will result in a monetary transfer is approved or declined. A “CAPTURED” response indicates that the transaction has been approved, and that the transaction has been placed in the open batch. Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Method Name Clear GetAuth GetCaptured GetErrorCode 291 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - Check Class Methods GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetRespCode String Returns the response code that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetResultCode String Returns the result code that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetReturnCheckFee String Returns the response from the processor which indicates the fee for returned checks. Note: Only used for the processor TECK GetReturnCheckNote String Returns the response from the processor which displays a note for returned checks. Note: Only used for the processor TECK GetReference String Returns the reference number that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTransNum String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. GetTroutD String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. GetTraceID String Only for TECK. Returns the Trace ID associated with the transaction. String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. String This method is used to echo the text that is sent in the request file associated with the transaction. The request (.inx) file contains XML string data. The text that is sent in the .inx file can be used to view the message of any transaction sent to the server. Note: This method must be called after the calling send and before DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. GetXMLResponse GetXMLRequest PccSysExists 292 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - Check Class Methods The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Send None The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only—do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. VerifyAmount Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). User can set the local certificate to authenticate the SSL TCP/IP request. Note: This routine has four parameters. SetSSLCertificate None CertificateName store CertificateLocation CertificateIssuesby CertificateSerialNumber : this will store the Store name of the : this will assign the store location : This will assign Certificate issued by : This will assign certificate serial number Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. 293 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 EBT Because Debit and EBT transaction are similar, the Debit Class should be used to perform EBT transactions. Consult the section Debit Class for more information (See page 280) 294 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Gift Class The Gift class provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit gift card transactions to PCCharge. To use the Gift class to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed and validate the values using the various .Verify methods. (The properties marked with a ° in the Gift Class properties table are the minimum required to process a Gift Card Redemption / Sale transaction.) 3. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 4. Wait for the transaction to process and then call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction (code using the .Get methods may be placed immediately after the Send method). The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 5. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 6. Call the Clear method to reset all the properties and methods related to the transaction or destroy the object. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. VeriFone Stored Value API (GAPI) The VeriFone Stored Value API (GAPI) is a proprietary specification that allows for stored value card processors to add themselves to PCCharge. Applications using GAPI can also integrate with PCCharge using the various integration methods. For more information on adding a stored value card processor to PCCharge, and how to obtain the VeriFone Stored Value API, please contact VeriFone sales at 1-800725-9264. 295 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Gift Class Properties Property Name Data Type Description – Gift Class Properties Action° String The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. For Valuelink (VLNK) Balance Adjustment: Format: +/-DDDDD.CC. Authcode String The auth code property that will be used for processing Voids for VTEC, VLNK, MELL, and GSAR. For VTEC and VLNK, set this property to the auth code of the original transaction to be voided. For GSAR and MELL, set this property to the reference number of the original transaction to be voided. For BPS, set to retrieval reference number of original transaction (the one to be voided). Card° String The gift card number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. CardSeqNum String The card sequence number for the transaction. Currently, GSAR is the only processor that uses this property. If sending multiple transactions to GSAR, this should be the sequence number of the transaction. For example, if ten cards are being issued and this is the fifth in the sequence, set CardSeqNum to 5. CardSeqNum should be no more than two characters long. CashierID String The numeric cashier ID for the gift card transaction. The only gift card processors that currently support the CashierID are VTEC and VLNK. Boolean Flag that indicates whether to activate gift card validity testing. Valid Values: TRUE; FALSE. Default value: TRUE. This value must be set to FALSE when performing Follow on transactions because the card number is omitted from these transaction requests. Amount° CheckCard CommMethod Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. Demo Boolean The demo mode flag. In demo mode, a simulated response is returned in which even amounts return approved, and odd amounts return declined. Valid Values: TRUE – Activates demo mode FALSE – Deactivates demo mode (default) EnableSSL Boolean For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. ExpDate String The expiration date associated with the gift card that will be processed. Must be exactly four characters long. Format: MMYY Example: 1208 Note: Most gift cards do not have an expiration date. Force Boolean The Force flag. The Force flag indicates whether or not an approval code has already been issued. The Force flag is used only by GSAR Redemption or a single GSAR Issuance/Add Value transaction. 296 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – Gift Class Properties GiftPin String Only used for the processor SVS. To retrieve pin, call GetGfitPin upon activation. Used for only for virtual gift card transactions. GratuityAmount String The gratuity amount for the transaction. Tip should be no more than 9 characters long (including the decimal). Format: DDDDDD.CC. Industry°° String The industry type for the transaction. Valid Values: 1 = retail, 2 = restaurant. For VLNK: 0 = retail, 1 = restaurant, 2 = e-Commerce. IPAddress String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. IPAddress of machine where PCCharge is running. Defaults to 127.0.0.1 LastValidDate String The last year that will be considered a valid expiration date. Currently, the default value in the class is “09”. It is recommended that a setting is provided by which the end-user can change this property; otherwise, in the future, end users will require a new class to be distributed to resolve expiration date issues. Length: 2 digits. Format: YY Example: If LastValidDate is set to 05, then cards between 06 and 99 are considered to be 1906 to 1999, and cards between 00 and 05 are 2000 to 2005. Loyalty Boolean The Loyalty flag indicates whether or not the transaction is a loyalty transaction. Currently, only VTEC supports the Loyalty flag. The default value of the Loyalty flag is false. Manual° Long Flag that indicates whether the transaction was manually entered or swiped. If the transaction was swiped, the Track property must also be set. Valid values: 0 = manual transaction, 1 = swiped transaction MerchantNumber° String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Gift Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. Multi String Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. If set, this value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Default value: 0. See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 58). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. OldCard String The old card property. OldCard should be no more than twenty characters long. For VTEC: OldCard will be used for the Replace transaction. For VLNK: OldCard will be used for the Balance Merge and Balance Transfer transactions. OutDelay Single The delay time before the PCCharge directory is polled for a transaction response file (.oux file). The default is 0.25 seconds. This value should only be modified if the integration is not performing properly. This could be caused if the client machine is slow or there is network lag that causes the server to spend more time checking for .oux files than processing transactions. Partial Boolean For GSAR: Flag indicating whether the transaction is a partial redemption transaction. For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a “\”. Points String The number of points that will be redeemed in a Loyalty Points transaction. Points should be no more than nine characters long. Port String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. String The number of receipts that PCCharge should print for the transaction. This value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. PCCharge will retain this value for subsequent transactions. Valid values: 0-9. Setting the property to 0 will disable receipt printing. PrintReceipts 297 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – Gift Class Properties Processor° String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). PromoCode String Used for GVEX: A code defined by the merchant that affects the calculation from amount and units to points. Refund String Flag that indicates whether to provide the customer a refund when performing a VTEC Deactivate transaction. Valid Values: 1 – Provide refund 0 – Do not provide refund RFID String Set to 1 if card information was read from RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) device. If card was read from from RFID, track data must be populated and manual flag must be set to 1. Set to 0 otherwise. String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all gift processors support ticket numbers. Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the class. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. String The tip amount for the transaction. TIP should be no more than 9 characters long (including the decimal). Format: DDDDDD.CC. Currently, tips are supported via the TIP property only for VTEC and VLNK restaurant transactions. String The total number of cards that will be sent to PCCharge. GSAR is currently the only processor that uses this property. If sending multiple transactions to PCCharge, this should be the total number of the transactions that will be sent. Example: If ten cards are being issued, set TotalCardNum to 10. TotalCardNum should be no more than two characters long. String The track II data captured from the magnetic strip of the card.. Max Length: 40 characters. Example: 5424180279791765=08121011000001234567 Note: The characters that are appended to the beginning and ending of track II (usually ; and ?) should not be passed in. Alternatively, the GetParseData method can be used to parse the track data and set the Card, ExpDate, and Track properties automatically. String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. User° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). VirtualGiftCardFlag Boolean Only used for the processor SVS. 0 - False, 1 - True – Only sent on an activation to determine if a pin should be returned. XMLtran Boolean Set to True to activate the XML message format. It is recommended that the “3” parameter be passed to the Send method to activate the XML message format instead of using the XMLtran property. See the description for the Send method for more information. TableNumber String Only used for GAPI in restaurant mode. This is the table number of the gift card holder TrackI String Only used for GAPI. The Track I information associated with the card CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. Ticket TimeOut TIP TotalCardNum Track TroutD 298 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – Gift Class Properties CashierPassword String Submit Cashier’s password. String GIVEX ONLY – Integration Only Pass this tag in order to send product codes, quantities and amounts for loyalty transactions. Format: Single Product Code: <SKU_LOYALTY>Product Code,Amount,Quantity</SKU_LOYALTY> Multi-Product Codes (Separated with a semi-colon): <SKU_LOYALTY>Product Code,Amount,Quantity; Product Code,Amount,Quantity</SKU_LOYALTY> SkuLoyalty ° These properties are required to process a gift card redemption or sale transaction. °° Required for VTEC gift card transactions ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. GiftCard Class Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - GiftCard Class Methods Abort Boolean The Abort method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress and will return a Boolean value that indicates whether or not the transaction was canceled. Note: This method is not available when integrating using FoxPro. Use the Cancel method instead. Cancel None The Cancel method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress. Calling the Cancel method does not guarantee that the transaction will be canceled; it simply attempts to cancel the transaction. None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: g. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods h. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called i. prior to running the next transaction DeleteUserFiles None For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). GetActivationCount String Returns the number of activations in the current batch GetActivationTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of activations in the current batch GetAddPointsCount String Returns the number of AddPoints Transactions in the current batch GetAddPointsTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of AddPoints transactions in the current batch GetAddValueCount String Returns the number of AddValue transactions in the current batch GetAddValueTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of AddValue transactions in the current batch GetAmountDue String Used in partial redemption transactions where only part of the amount was authorized. Returns the remainder amount that is owed to the merchant. Clear 299 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - GiftCard Class Methods GetAuth String The GetAuth method returns the authorization number for approved transactions or the reason the transaction was declined (if the processor provides one). For GVEX Balance transaction: GetAuth will return the balance remaining on an account. For all other GVEX transactions: GetAuth will return the transaction’s reference/error message. For VTEC, returns the Auth Code. For a VTEC Batch function: use this method to retrieve the number of sales done that day and the total amounts of sales in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>. GetAuthAmount String Used in partial redemption transactions where only part of the amount was authorized. Returns the actual authorized amount. GetBalanceTransferCount String Returns the number of Balance Transfers in the current batch Method Name GetBalanceTransferTotalAmou String nt Returns the total dollar amount of Balance Transfers in the current batch GetCaptured Boolean The GetCaptured method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "CAPTURED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. The GetCaptured method is used to determine if a transaction that will result in a monetary transfer (Sale, Credit, Post-Authorization, etc.) is approved or declined. A “CAPTURED” response indicates that the transaction has been approved. GetCashBack String Used in redemption for remaining balance transactions where the transaction amount is so close to the balance of the card that the entire balance is authorized. Returns the remainder that is owed to the customer. GetCreditCount String Returns the number of credits in the current batch GetCreditTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of credits in the current batch GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetExp String Returns the expiration date for processors who issue expiration dates in the response. GetGiftCardBalance String Returns the gift card balance. String The GetGiftCardIssuer method returns the gift card issuer of the card that is present in the Card property. Currently, there are no standards for indicating what type of gift card is present. Therefore, whatever value is in the Processor property is what will be returned. GetGiftCardType String The GetGiftCardType method returns the gift card issuer of the card that is present in the Card property or the optional card parameter that is passed to the GetGiftCardType method (the GetGiftCardType is the same as GetGiftCardIssuer). Currently, there are no standards for indicating what type of gift card is present. Therefore, whatever value is in the Processor property is what will be returned. GetGiftPin String Only used for the processor SVS. Returned on activation if the virtual gift card tag is set to “1”. GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetParseData String The GetParseData method will parse a string (containing credit card track data) passed to it and populate the Card, ExpDate, and Track properties with the appropriate data. GetParseData will return an integer indicating its success. Valid return values: 0 (error parsing data), 1 (track I successful), or 2 (track I & II successful). GetPointsCount String Returns the number of points transactions in the current batch GetPointsTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of points transactions in the current batch GetProcRespCode String The processor response code. Only returned by the processor SVS. GetGiftCardIssuer 300 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - GiftCard Class Methods GetRefNumber String The GetRefNumber returns the Reference field from the .oux file. The Reference field is used for different purposes (depending on the gift card processor). For GVEX Register transaction: The first eleven digits of an account number will be returned. For all VTEC transactions: The account’s remaining balance will be returned. For a VTEC batch function: use this method to retrieve the number of activations done that day and the total amounts of activations in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>.>. For a BPS Redemption transaction, returns the retrieval reference number. GetRespCode String Returns the response code that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetRet String For GVEX: Returns the loyalty balance. For VLNK: Returns the trace number. For a VTEC batch function: : use this method to retrieve the number of Gift Transactions Voids performed that day. You can call GetVoidBalance to determine the total amount of the voids. GetSaleCount String Returns the number of redemptions in the current batch GetSaleTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of redemptions in the current batch String The GetTicket method returns the Ticket field from the .oux file. The Ticket field will return the ticket for all transactions except for a VTEC batch function. For a VTEC batch function: use this method to retrieve the number of gift card that has been de-activated that day and the total amounts of de-activations in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>.>. GetTicket String The GetTicket method returns the Ticket field from the .oux file. The Ticket field will return the ticket for all transactions except for a VTEC batch function. For a VTEC batch function: use this method to retrieve the number of gift card that has been de-activated that day and the total amounts of de-activations in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>.>. GetTIM String Returns the Time of the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. For VTEC, returns the Amount Due. GetTipCount String Returns the number of Tip transactions in the current batch GetTipTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of Tip transactions in the current batch GetTransDateTime String Returns the transaction date and time when passed back by a processor. GetTransNum String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. GetTroutD String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. GetUpdateData String Used internally GetVoidBalance String Returns the Void Balance GetVoidCount String Returns the number of voids in the current batch GetVoidTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of Voids in the current batch String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. Method Name GetTI GetXMLResponse 301 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name GetXMLRequest PccSysExists Returned Value Description - GiftCard Class Methods String This method is used to echo the text that is sent in the request file associated with the transaction. The request (.inx) file contains XML string data. The text that is sent in the .inx file can be used to view the message of any transaction sent to the server. Note: This method must be called after the calling send and before DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Send None The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only—do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. ValidCardLength Boolean The ValidCardLength method returns true if the card is of the correct length. Otherwise, ValidCardLength will return false. ValidCreditCard has an optional string parameter in which a card number can be passed. If the parameter is blank, it will use the Card property. If false is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). ValidDate Boolean The ValidDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is valid, or FALSE if it is not. ValidIssuer Boolean Returns TRUE for valid card issuer Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Boolean The VerifyAmount2 method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (+/-DDDDD.CC). or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). The difference between VerifyAmount and VerifyAmount2 is that VerifyAmount2 allows a + or – to be in the first position of the Amount property. This is needed for Balance Adjustment transactions. VerifyAmount VerifyAmount2 302 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - GiftCard Class Methods VerifyExpDate Boolean The VerifyExpDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is correct and in the right format, or FALSE if it is not. VerifyExpDate calls the ValidDate function to validate the expiration date. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). VerifyGiftCard Boolean The VerifyGiftCard method verifies that a card is provided and that the card is the expected length. VerifyGiftCard will return true if these conditions are met. Otherwise, VerifyGiftCard will return false. VerifyMerchantNumber Boolean No Longer Supported VerifyProcessor Boolean No Longer Supported GetPreAuthCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total number of gift card pre-auth transactions processed that day. GetPreAuthAmount String Only for GAPI , this returns the total amount of gift card pre-auth transaction processed that day. GetPostAuthCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total number of the gift card post-auth transactions processed that day. GetPostAuthAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of the post-auth transactions processed that day. GetIssuanceCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total number of gift cards issued that day. GetIssuanceTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, returns the total amount of the gift cards issued that day. GetDeactivateCount String Only for GAPI, this returns how many gift cards where deactivated that day. GetDeactivateTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of gift card deactivations that day. GetBalanceAdjustCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the number of gift cards that were balance adjusted that day. Method Name GetBalanceAdjustTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of balance adjustment on gift cards that day. GetBalanceMergeCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total number of the gift cards that were balance merged that day. GetBalanceMergeTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of gift card balance merges that day. GetReportLostStolenCount String Only for GAPI, returns the total reported stolen or lost gift cards that day. GetReportLostStolenTotalAmo String unt Only for GAPI, returns the total amount of all stolen or reported lost gift cards that day. GetCashoutTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, returns the total amount of all cashout transactions processed that day. GetCashoutCount String Only for GAPI, returns the total number of the cashout transactions processed that day. GetReactivateCount String Only for GAPI, returns the total number of gift cards that have been reactivated that day. GetReactivateTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, the total amount of all gift cards that have been reactivated that day. User can set the local certificate to authenticate the SSL TCP/IP request. Note: This routine has four parameters. SetSSLCertificate None CertificateName store CertificateLocation CertificateIssuesby CertificateSerialNumber : this will store the Store name of the : this will assign the store location : This will assign Certificate issued by : This will assign certificate serial number Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. 303 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Batch Class Batch Class Properties Property Name Data Type Description – Batch Class Properties Action Single The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). BatchCloseType String Flag that determines what type of batch close will occur. This flag only supported by FDMS Atlanta and Fifth-Third when using action code 30 or 31 Valid values: 1 – Standard End of Day Batch Close (Default) 2 – Shift Close 3 – Fifth-Third Terminal Based Batch Close of Debit, EBT, or Gift Cancel Boolean Set the Cancel property to TRUE to attempt to cancel the settle/close function. Check the GetResult method to see if the function was Canceled. CommMethod Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. Demo String The demo mode flag. In demo mode, a simulated response is returned. Valid Values: 1 – Activates demo mode 0 – Deactivates demo mode (default) EnableSSL String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. IPAddress String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. IPAddress of machine where PCCharge is running. Defaults to 127.0.0.1 MerchantNumber String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the various setup windows of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. Single The delay time before the PCCharge directory is polled for a transaction response file (.oux file). The default is 0.25 seconds. This value should only be modified if the integration is not performing properly. This could be caused if the client machine is slow or there is network lag that causes the server to spend more time checking for .oux files than processing transactions. OutDelay For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a “\”. String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. Processor String The code for the processing company that will be used when performing batch operations. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). SplitProcessor String Only used when settling the processor CITI for private label transactions. Set this property to the main credit card processor ID code being used. Port 304 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description – Batch Class Properties Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the class. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). XMLtrans Boolean Set to True to activate the XML message format. It is recommended that the “3” parameter be passed to the Send method to activate the XML message format instead of using the XMLtrans property. See the description for the Send method for more information. Command String CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. CashierPassword String Submit Cashier’s password. String Submit batch number that was returned on the AMEX split dial settlement, needs to be passed when performing the following Action Codes: 35 – Reverse Batch 36 – Resubmit Batch 37 – Get Results 38 – Finalize Batch String Submit with a Batch Inquiry to receive summary results based on Card Type. Valid Values: MC – MasterCard VISA – Visa AMEX – American Express DISC – Discover Card DEBIT – Debit Card EBT – Electronic Benefits Card PL – Private Label JCB – JCB Card TimeOut User BatchNumber CardType The following properties are no longer available in the Batch class and should be ignored: AmexAmount PurchaseCount AmexCount Response Balance ReturnAmount BatchDate ReturnCount BatchNumber Store CIC Terminal ItemCount VisaMCAmount MTS VisaMCCount PurchaseAmount Batch Class Methods Method Name Clear Returned Value Description - Batch Class Methods None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: j. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods k. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called l. prior to running the next transaction 305 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name DeleteUserFiles GetAccepted Returned Value Description - Batch Class Methods None For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). Boolean The GetAccepted method returns a value of true if the batch was accepted (for Terminal based processors) or processed (for Host based processors). If the batch was not accepted or processed, GetAccepted will return a value of false. Index is an optional parameter. If multiple batches have been settled, there will be several entries in the .oux file. GetNumber(Index) will return the number of merchant accounts that will be in the .oux file. String The GetBalance method returns the dollar amount of the last settled batch or the amount waiting to be settled in the open batch. GetBatches String The GetBatches method can only be used with Batch Inquiry transactions. This method returns the number of batches that will be settled for a particular merchant number. Example: If a merchant account is set up as TSYS using TCP/IP, there is a limitation on how many transactions can be sent across on a single batch. Therefore, PCCharge breaks the batch up into smaller batches. GetBatches returns the number of smaller batches that would be created for that merchant account. GetBatchNumber String After a terminal-based batch settles, returns the batch number. Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetFileExt String Returns the file extension for the files the batch class will be accessing. GetItemCount String The GetItemCount method returns the number of transactions that are in the batch for which the function was performed. GetMerchantInfo String The GetMerchantInfo method returns a string containing all of the merchant numbers and processors set up in PCCharge. The string will also indicate whether the processor is Host based (H), Terminal based (T), or a hybrid (Y). The string will begin with STX and will end with ETX. GS will separate each record, and FS will separate fields within a record. Example: <STX>CES <FS>000000927996296767<FS>T<GS>GSAR<FS> 999999999999519<FS>T<GS>VISA<FS>999999999911<FS>T<ETX> Refer to the section Multi-Merchant Support (see page 68) for more information on the GetMerchantInfo method. GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetNumberIndexs Integer The GetNumberIndexs method returns the number of merchant numbers that are stored in PCCharge. This number indicates how many batches will be settled or closed if an action code of 39 is submitted. GetProcessor String Returns the processor ID specified in the Processor property. Only returned with CITI settlement. GetProcessed Boolean The GetProcessed method returns true if the result of the action performed was “Processed”. “Processed” is a response that PCCharge returns for an inquiry transaction and a Close on a Host based processor. GetBalance GetErrorCode 306 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name GetRespCode Returned Value String Description - Batch Class Methods Returns the response code for the batch if the close batch command was given. The response code indicates whether or not the transaction was successfully closed. If the batch is declined, the GetResult method will provide more information indicating why the transaction was not approved. Valid Values: 2 = Settled, 6 = Declined, or 8 = Deferred. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. The GetAccepted or GetProcessed methods will indicate whether or not the batch operation was successful. However, if both GetAccepted and GetProcessed are FALSE, the GetResult method will provide more information about why the batch operation was not successful. GetSettleAmount None No Longer Supported String The GetSettleNumber method returns the settlement number that is stored in association with the transaction in PCCharge’s database. This number is a sequencing number PCCharge generates internally; the processing company does not generate it. String Returns the status of the batch when performing an inquiry or a batch close/settle operation. If performing a batch close/settlement operation, GetStatus will return a response from the processor that indicates whether or not the batch was successfully closed or settled. Example: If TSYS rejects the batch, GetStatus will return the RB (rejected batch) number from TSYS . If TSYS accepts the batch, GetStatus will return the batch number and an “ACCEPTED” response will be returned. None The GetSystemInfo method is used to set the MerchantNumber and Processor properties of the Batch class. To use GetSystemInfo, pass the index number of a merchant number that is registered in PCCharge as a parameter (for example, the first Merchant number that is set up in PCCharge is assigned the index of “1” ). Once the index number has been passed to PCCharge via GetSystemInfo, the merchant number and processor can be retrieved using the MerchantNumber and Processor properties. String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. String This method is used to echo the text that is sent in the request file associated with the transaction. The request (.inx) file contains XML string data. The text that is sent in the .inx file can be used to view the message of any transaction sent to the server. Note: This method must be called after the calling send and before DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. GetSettleNumber GetStatus GetSystemInfo GetXMLResponse GetXMLRequest PccSysExists 307 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - Batch Class Methods The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Send None The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. User can set the local certificate to authenticate the SSL TCP/IP request. Note: This routine has four parameters. SetSSLCertificate None CertificateName store CertificateLocation CertificateIssuesby CertificateSerialNumber : this will store the Store name of the : this will assign the store location : This will assign Certificate issued by : This will assign certificate serial number Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. String The number of records matching the inquiry GetTerminationStatus String Retrieves Termination Status which returns a “6” upon successful settlement. If anything other than a “6” is returned there may be an issue with the settlement file and should be investigated. This applies to : GSAR, Elavon (NOVA), and NBS Response: 6 = Batch Settled and file has been deleted. 8 = Batch Settled, but the file is locked and cannot be deleted. GetEBTCount String Number of EBT Transactions GetEBTAmount String Total Dollar Amount of EBT Transactions GetAMEXCount String Number of AMEX Transactions GetAMEXAmount String Total Dollar Amount of AMEX Transactions GetTotalCount String Number of Transactions GetTotalAmount String Total Dollar Amount of Transactions in the batch GetVISACount String Number of VISA Transactions GetVISAAmount String Total Dollar Amount of VISA Transactions GetMCCount String Number of MC Transactions GetMCAmount String Total Dollar Amount of MC Transactions GetDISCCount String Number of DISC Transactions GetDISCAmount String Total Dollar Amount of DISC Transactions GetPLCount String Number of PL Transactions GetPLAmount String Total Dollar Amount of PL Transactions GetJCBCount String Number of JCB Transactions GetJCBAmount String Total Dollar Amount of JCB Transactions GetRecordCount 308 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Note: In the event there are multiple batches waiting to be settled in one settlement, the integrated application will need to be designed to loop through the settlement response to retrieve the response for each batch. 309 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Offline Class Offline Class Properties Property Name Data Type Description - Offline Class Properties GetInProcessRecord Long Returns the index of the record in the .bch file that is currently being processed. This property will be updated during the ProcessFile function to reflect the stage of the process. Boolean Returns true if the transaction requested is marked as void. GetVoid will take an integer and a string as arguments. The integer is the Index of the record to be checked, and the string is the name of the .bch file. If an error is encountered, GetVoid will set the error code and description and exit the function. MerchantNumber String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Credit Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. MerchantNumber will be used to process the transactions when the .bch file is processed. Path String The path of the directory in which the .bch file resides. Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\MyBatchFiles. GetVoid The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. PccwPath String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). Processor will also be used to determine the index that will be used for processing the .bch file. User String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). Void Boolean Sets the flag that indicates whether or not that transaction should be marked as voided. Usage: Load the transaction. Set the Void property to true. Use the UpdateRecord method to save the data. Returned Value Description - Offline Class Properties Boolean The Compact method takes all transactions marked as voided out of the .bch file. If no .bch file is passed in when Compact is called, it will use a file name that consists of the processor and index. Example: Visa1.bch. If an error is encountered during processing, Compact will set the error code and description and will exit the function. Processor Offline Class Methods Method Name Compact 310 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - Offline Class Properties Connect Boolean The Connect method sets an internal class to the object that is passed in to the Connect method. During the processing of the ProcessFile method, the object will call the OnUpdate function of that object and pass to that method an integer that identifies the record that is being processed. Connect will return true if it successfully sets the class to the object passed. Otherwise, Connect will be return false. Disconnect Boolean The Disconnect method sets the internal class to Nothing. The internal class is the same class that is modified when Connect is called. EraseFile Boolean The EraseFile method sends the .bch file to the Recycle Bin. If no .bch file is passed in when EraseFile is called, it will use a file name that consists of the processor and index. Example: Visa1.bch. If EraseFile encounters an error during processing, the error code and description will be set and will exit the function. GetAmount String The GetAmount method returns the amount of the transaction in the current record. The GetRecord method must be called first. GetAppCode String The GetAppCode method returns the approval code of the transaction in the current record. The GetRecord method must be called first. GetBalance Currency The GetBalance method returns the total balance of the current batch file. This balance will be set after calling GetTotals or ProcessFile. GetBchFile String The GetBchFile method returns a file name if one is not provided. The file name will consist of the processor code and index. Example: Visa1.bch. GetCard String The GetCard method returns the card of the transaction in the current record. The GetRecord method must be called first. GetCount Long The GetCount method returns the number of transactions that are stored in the .bch file. This variable will be updated after the Compact, GetTotals, and ProcessFile. Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during use of various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetExpDate String The GetExpDate method returns the expiration date of the transaction in the current record. The GetRecord method must be called first. GetIndex Long The GetIndex method returns the index of the process and merchant number combinations in the file tid.pcc. The MerchantNumber and Processor properties will be used to determine the index. GetItem String The GetItem method returns the item or record number of the transaction in the current file. The GetRecord method must be called first. GetRecord Boolean The GetRecord method updates the current transaction data with the data at the index that is provided when calling GetRecord. GetRecords Long The GetRecords method returns the number of records that are in a particular .bch file. This data will be updated after calling the GetVoid, GetTotals, and ProcessFile method. GetTicket String The GetTicket method returns the ticket number of the transaction in the current record. The GetRecord method must be called first. GetTotals Boolean The GetTotals method updates the balance, counts the transactions in the .bch file, and puts them in local variables. These figures can be retrieved with the GetCount and GetBalance. GetTransType String The GetTransType method returns a string representation of the type of transaction in the current record. Example: Sale, Void, Credit, etc. The GetRecord method must be called first. Method Name GetErrorCode 311 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - Offline Class Properties ProcessFile Boolean The ProcessFile method accesses the .bch file provided (or calls GetBCHFile if not provided), and processes the transactions in the file. If an error occurs while processing the file, ProcessFile will update the error code and description and processing will be terminated. Boolean The UpdateRecord method accesses the .bch file provided (or calls GetBCHFile if not provided), and marks the records provided as voided if the Void flag is set to true. If an error occurs while processing the file, UpdateRecord will update the error code and description and processing will be terminated. UpdateRecord Reporting The Charge class may be used by integrators to submit report requests. A report request can have PCCharge print a report to it’s default report printer or have PCCharge generate a file containing the report output. If generating a file, the PCCharge reporting interface supports three different file types: 1. Portable Document Format (.pdf) 2. Rich Text Files (.rtf) 3. Standard Text files (.txt) Note: The reporting interface cannot be configured to send reports directly to the screen. The following outlines the properties used for submitting report requests to PCCharge with the Charge class. The properties in the Charge class that are not documented below should be left blank when submitting report requests. Property Data Type Description – Charge Class Reporting Properties Action° Long The action code that identifies what type of report will be requested. Valid Values: 81-84. Example: If running a credit card detail report, set the action code to “81”. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Card String User name filter. If a valid user name is set in the Card property, the report will be filtered by that user name. The report returned will consist of only those transactions processed by the user name specified. Example: "User1". If this property is left blank, the report will show transactions processed by all users. CheckCard° Boolean Flag that indicates whether to activate credit card validity testing. Valid Values: TRUE; FALSE. Default value: TRUE. This value must be set to FALSE when submitting a report request. CommMethod Enum Specifies which communication method will be used. 0 – File_Transfer 1 – TCP/IP Please refer to page 20 for a description of these methods. If TCP/IP is selected, the IPAddress, Port and EnableSSL properties must also be set. If File_Transfer is set then the Path property must be set. EnableSSL Boolean For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. SSL is available starting with PCCharge version 5.8. Set to True to enable SSL Socket integration. Note: See SSL Information on page 70 for more information. IPAddress String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. IPAddress of machine where PCCharge is running. Defaults to 127.0.0.1 Manual Long Result filter. Use this filter to create a report consisting of only those transactions with the result specified. Valid Values: 0 = all (default), 1 = approved, 2 = declined Example: 1 312 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Member MerchantNumber Data Type Description – Charge Class Reporting Properties String Ending Date/Time filter. Specifies the end date and end time of the report. Format: Date: MM/DD/YY Time: HH:MM:SS PM. When used in conjunction with Street; will create a report consisting of only those transactions processed between the start and end date/time specified (inclusive). If an end date is not specified, today’s date is assumed. If an end time is not specified, 11:59:59 PM is assumed. The end date can be passed without the end time. However, the end time cannot be passed without the end date. Examples: “07/06/05 06:00:00 PM” or “07/06/05” String Merchant Number filter. Set this property to filter the report by the merchant number specified. Setting this property will generate a report consisting of only those transactions processed via the merchant number specified. To generate a report that includes all merchant numbers in PCCharge, set this property to “ALL“ or leave blank. Example: “99999999911” For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ (default) or Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a “\”. PeriodicPayment String Report Output setting. Determines if the report will be printed by PCCharge or written to a file. Valid Values: “0” = print to default printer specified in PCCharge (default). “1” = print to file using filename specified in TransID and path specified in TRACK. Port String For use with TCP/IP CommMethod only. Open port of PCCharge. String Starting Date/Time Filter (Optional) Specifies the start date and start time of the report. Format: Date: MM/DD/YY Time: HH:MM:SS PM. Use to create a report consisting of only those transactions processed on or after the date specified. If a start date is not specified, today's date is assumed. If a start time is not specified, 12:00:00 AM is assumed. The start date can be passed without the start time. However, the start time cannot be passed without the start date. Examples: "03/04/05 09:00:00 AM" or “03/04/05” Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from the class. The count will start when the Send method is called. The default timeout value is 90 seconds. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Street TimeOut Track String Destination Directory for Report File. Specifies the destination directory where the report file will be generated by PCCharge (if PeriodicPayment is set to "1"). Example: “C:\My Documents\PCCReports\” Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. Max Length: 40 characters (if the Destination Directory is longer than 40 characters, use CustCode for the additional characters. Must end with a "\" unless the directory name will be continued in the CustCode property. Note: If running in a Client/Server environment, this property is the path from the server running PCCharge, not the client. For example, if a client submitted a report request that specified “C:\“ as the destination directory, the report would be written to the local hard drive of the server running PCCharge, not to the client’s hard drive. CustCode String Destination Directory for Report File (continued). Continuation of the destination directory (if the directory name is greater than 40 characters). Max Length: 25 characters. Must end with a "\" 313 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property TRANSID User° Data Type Description – Charge Class Reporting Properties String Report File name/Report File Type. Specifies the filename and extension of the report file generated by PCCharge (if PeriodicPayment is set to "1"). Also determines what file type will be used when PCCharge generates the report. To specify the file type, set the extension to one of the following: .pdf – Create the report file in the Portable Document Format. Ex. Report.pdf .rtf – Create the report file in Rich Text. Ex. Report.rtf .txt – Create a report file in flat text. Ex. Report.txt Default: .txt (If an extension other than the ones listed is passed, the report will be returned as flat text and a .txt extension will be added to the filename) String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). ° These properties are required to submit a report request. The following outlines the methods used to process report requests. The methods in the Charge class that are not documented below will not be used when processing report requests. Method Returned Value Description - Charge Class Reporting Methods Cancel None The Cancel method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress. Calling the Cancel method does not guarantee that the transaction will be canceled; it simply attempts to cancel the transaction. None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. It is recommended that this method be called: a. after the transaction results have been retrieved by using the various .get methods b. after the DeleteUserFiles method has been called c. prior to running the next transaction None For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. Clear DeleteUserFiles GetAuth 314 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method PccSysExists Returned Value Description - Charge Class Reporting Methods Boolean For use with File Transfer CommMethod only. The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Send Integer The Send method has an optional parameter that indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. VerifyMerchantNumber Boolean The VerifyMerchantNumber method returns TRUE if the merchant number that is passed to it is set up in PCCharge, otherwise, FALSE is returned. Specifically, this method checks for the merchant number in the file TID.PCC, which is located in the PCCharge directory. The Path property must be set before calling this Method. 315 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 OLE/COM Method Several exposed OLE classes in PCCharge allow integrators to perform various processing functions. Before these classes can be used, a reference will need to be made to the PCCharge executable. For example, in Microsoft Visual Basic 6, follow the procedure below. 1. Choose Project | References from the Visual Basic menu bar. 2. After the References window opens, from the list, scroll to and check the box next to either: • • PCCharge Pro (to reference PCCharge Pro) Active-Charge Payment Server (to reference PCCharge Payment Server) and click OK. (The DevKit installation attempts to install both PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server by default. If the programs have not yet been installed on the system, install them from the DevKit CD and refer to the section Getting Started (see page 24) to set up both products.) PCCharge Pro and PCCharge Payment Server provide the developer with several OLE classes to allow the integration of payment processing: • • • • • • • • PccCharge (for Credit card integration) PCCDebit (for Debit card integration) PccCheck (for Check integration) PCCEBT (for EBT card integration) PCCGiftCard (for Gift/Loyalty integration) PccBatch & PccSettle (for Batch/Settlement integration) PccPinPad (for PINpad integration) PccBin (for utilities used to determine Commercial Card information) The properties and methods of the various classes can be viewed through the object browser. If MS VB6 is not being used, refer to the language documentation for instructions on adding OLE references. Note: The additional classes that are exposed that do not appear in the list above do not provide transaction processing functionality. These classes provide various utilities or provide setup functionality. See the sections Utility Related Classes (see page 378) and Setup Related Classes (see page 382) for more information on these additional classes. Note: The OLE method of integration was primarily designed to be used for integrations in which the PCCharge engine and the integrated application both reside on the same machine. WARNING: If integrating via OLE, the integrated application must use the same version of PCCharge as the version of the PCCharge DevKit used to create the integration. 316 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Using the OLE classes to integrate synchronously To program in a synchronous manner, create an instance of any of the OLE classes by using the following line of code: Set <instance name> = New <object name> For example, to create an instance based on the PccCharge class, the following line of code would be used in MS VB6: Set Charge = New ActiveCharge.PccCharge Using the OLE classes to integrate asynchronously To program in an asynchronous manner using the OLE classes, the object definition for the OLE class must indicate to use events. Also, a parameter must be passed with the Send method that indicates asynchronous communication. To define an object that indicates to use events based on the PccCharge class, the following line of code would be used in MS VB6: Dim WithEvents Charge As ActiveCharge.PccCharge To create an instance based on the PccCharge class, the following line of code would be used in MS VB6: Set Charge = New ActiveCharge.PccCharge To pass the parameter that indicates asynchronous communication to the Send method, use the following format: .Send [TRUE (for asynchronous) or FALSE (for synchronous)], 3 (XML message format)] For example, the following line of code would indicate asynchronous communication using the XML message format: .Send True, 3 317 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccCharge Class The PccCharge class provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit credit card transactions to PCCharge. To use the PccCharge class to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed and validate the values using the various .Verify methods. (The properties marked with a ° in the PccCharge Properties table are the minimum required to process a Sale or Pre-Authorization transaction.) 3. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 4. If programming asynchronously, wait for the Error or Finish event to occur. 5. If programming synchronously, code using the .Get methods may be placed immediately after the Send method 6. Call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction. The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 7. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 8. Call the Clear method to reset all the properties and methods related to the transaction or destroy the object. Consult the Pseudo-code section (see page 158) for various examples that may be followed when using the Charge.OCX to perform transaction processing. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. 318 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccCharge Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccCharge Properties Long The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. String The American Express Charge Description. This is a general description describing merchandise: the AMEX representative and the merchant will decide on an appropriate description. Note: Only Required for Retail, MOTO and Restaurant transactions when using AMEX direct settlement or TSYS Max Length: 23 bytes String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS String American Express Description data. Additional description or information about merchandise—if populated, should be printed on the receipt. Note: Only used for Retail transactions when using AMEX direct settlement. Max Length: 40 bytes This field is optional and should only be provided if the transaction will be settled directly with Amex or TSYS AuthCode String The Authorization code. This value is returned by the issuing bank and should only be set in a transaction request if processing a Post-Authorization and the Post-Authorization is being used to add a Voice-Authorization to the batch or to “store” a Voice-Authorization. (For information on stored VoiceAuthorizations, see page 91). The AuthCode property does not need to be set if the Post-Authorization completes a standard Pre-Authorization using the TroutD value of the Pre-Authorization. See the section Follow On Transactions for more information (see page 70). BDate String The Business / Batch Date. If populated, this value will be placed in the Business Date column of the transaction record in the PCCharge database (pccw.mdb). Format: MMDDYY Action° Amount° AmxChargeDescription AmxDescription_1 AmxDescription_2 AmxDescription_3 AmxDescription_4 319 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccCharge Properties String Only valid for Visa debit and credit transactions. It is used to indicate the transaction is being ran for payment of a bill (ultilty, monthly gym dues, etc.) Valid values: 0 – Non-Bill payment transaction 1 – Bill payment transaction String The credit card number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. Example: 5424180279791765 NOTE: Is it the integrator’s responsibility to remove spaces in the card number if there are spaces in the Track II card number data. String For Retail or Restaurant transactions: Flag that indicates whether the card was present. For eCommerce transactions: Flag that indicates what type of transaction occurred. Valid values: 0 = Card not present, 1 = Card present (for Retail, MOTO, or Restaurant); D = Digital goods, P = Physical goods (for eCommerce) String The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Valid Values: 1-10, 13-15, ZI, ZH. Example: If running a credit card sale, set the action code to “1”. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 93). Note: Because the Action property is defined as “long”, this property was added to allow action codes that contain strings (such as Transaction Inquiry - ZI). If the Command property is set, its value will override the value set in Action. String The type of commercial card being submitted. The CommercialCardType function in the PccBin class should be used to retrieve the 1 character value from PCCharge that indicates what type of commercial card will be submitted. See the section Commercial Card Transactions (see page 93) for more information. Max Length: 1 character Valid values: B – Business P,L,G -- Purchase C – Corporate F – Fleet String Customer code for purchasing/commercial cards. This property must be set for commercial card transactions in order to get the best discount rate. Additionally, the transaction's action code must indicate that the transaction is a commercial card transaction. Note: Global East (NDC), terminal based, requires the customer code be all upper case. Max Length: 25 characters, alphanumeric only. CVV2 String The CVV2 value for the transaction. The card verification value (CVV2 for Visa, CVC2 for MasterCard, and CID for AMEX and Discover) is a 3 or 4 digit number that is embossed in the signature panel for Visa, MasterCard, and Discover and on the front of the card for AMEX. All AMEX cards utilize a 4 digit CID. Max Length: 4 characters. CVV2 should only be passed on non-swiped transactions. CreditPlanNumber String The credit plan numbers are established by the processor CITI for each merchant, they define the type of Disclaimer to print on receipts. This information will vary from merchant to merchant. DriverID String Driver identification field. Only required for Wright Express, Voyager and Fleet One cards. DriverPIN String Driver personal identification number. Only required for Fuelman cards. DEST_ZIP_CODE String Destination Zip Code for American Express purchasing/commercial cards. This property must be set for American Express commercial card transactions when using American Express as the processor (or via split dial) in order to get the best discount rate. Additionally, the transaction's action code must indicate that the transaction is a commercial card transaction. EnhancedTransFlag Boolean Used internally ExpDate° String The expiration date associated with the credit card number that will be processed. Must be exactly four characters long. Format: MMYY Example: 1208 ExtMsg String Used internally Billpay Card° CardPresent Command CmrclCardFlag CustCode 320 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccCharge Properties String For use with Restaurant transactions only. The actual gratuity amount for a Sale with Gratuity (action code 14) , Gratuity (action code 13) , or PostAuthorization (action code 5) transaction. See the section Restaurant Transactions (see page 105) for more information. String For use with Restaurant transactions only. The estimated gratuity amount for a Sale (action code 1) or Pre-Authorization (action code 4) transaction. If the GratuityAmntEst is populated, PCCharge will submit the sum of the values in the Amount and GratuityAmntEst fields for authorization. If the transaction is authorized, only the value in the Amount field will be placed in the PCCharge settlement file (if running a Sale). By using the GratuityAmntEst, the merchant can help ensure that the customer has enough available credit on their card to leave a tip. Once the customer indicates the amount of the tip that will be left, a gratuity transaction (action code 13) must be performed on the sale prior to settlement in order to add the actual gratuity to the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. See the section Restaurant Transactions (see page 105) for more information. Note: It is recommended to check with the processor or merchant service provider for guidance on what amount to set this value to. Incorrectly setting this value can result in downgrades. IDNumber String Only required for Voyager cards, dependant on Restriction Code. Four to six digits. Note: Only used for Pre-Authorization transactions Update: Beginning with PCCharge version 5.8, this is also used for Citi© Private Label. ImpTransFlag Boolean Used internally IsPurchaseCard Boolean Used internally ItemCodes String The Item ID for the transaction. This field is only used for Chase Paymentech (GSAR) and can store five (5) four-digit codes that are defined by Chase Paymentech. Example: If ItemCodes is set to 00010002000300040005, it stores 5 item IDs (0001, 0002, 0003, 0004, and 0005). These numbers must be obtained from Chase Paymentech. LanguageCode String Used internally LastValidDate String The last year that will be considered a valid expiration date. This value can be set programmatically or through the PCCharge GUI. Length: 2 digits. Format: YY Example: If LastValidDate is set to 05, then cards between 06 and 99 are considered to be 1906 to 1999, and cards between 00 and 05 are 2000 to 2005. MACData String Used internally MACState MACState Used internally Manual° Long Flag that indicates whether the transaction was manually entered or swiped. If the transaction was swiped, the Track property must also be set. Valid values: 0 = manual transaction, 1 = swiped transaction String The Multiple Count Sequence Count. This is the total number of installments that will be charged in a non-restaurant recurring billing scenario. Max Length: 2 characters. Example: If there are 5 payments to be made, set this property to “5”. GratuityAmnt GratuityAmntEst MCSC 321 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccCharge Properties In a restaurant environment: The server or cashier id. Max Length: 2. This field should be passed for reporting and reconciliation purposes. See the section Restaurant Transactions (see page 105) for more information. Processor specific note: The Server ID is required for AMEX card transactions. Also required when using the processor NB and GSAR in restaurant business type. MCSN String member String The cardholder’s name. Max Length: 20 characters. MerchantNumber° *** String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Credit Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. Method TxnMethodT Used internally ype In a non-restaurant environment, this field is the Multiple Count Sequence Number. This is the transaction number within the total number of payment installments in a recurring billing scenario. Max Length: 2 characters. Example: If there are 5 payments to be made and this transaction is the first transaction, set this property to “1”. The first transaction should also include the CVV property, but this value should not be stored or sent for subsequent transactions. Multi String Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. If set, this value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Default value: 0. See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 67). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. Odometer String The odometer reading. Only required for Fleet One (7 digits), Voyager (7 digits), and Fuelman (6 digits) cards. String Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should process the transaction offline. If the offline flag is set, PCCharge will put the transaction into a .BCH file that resides in the PCCharge directory for importing at a later time. The file can only be imported from the PCCharge GUI. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Offline The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". PeriodicPayment PrintReceipts Processor° *** ProductDetailAmount_XX String Flag that indicates whether the transaction is a recurring transaction. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Note: If periodic payment is set to true, the recurring billing properties must also be set to achieve the best processing rates. String The number of receipts that PCCharge should print for the transaction. This value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. PCCharge will retain this value for subsequent transactions. Valid values: 0-9. Setting the property to 0 will disable receipt printing. String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. This is the total dollar amount for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX being authorized. For example, PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_1 has a PRODUCT_DETAIL_QUANTITY_1 = 2 and a PRODUCT_DETAIL_UNIT_PRICE_1 = $2.00, therefore the PRODUCT_DETAIL_AMOUNT_1 = $4.00 322 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccCharge Properties ProductDetailCount String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. All card types are configurable except for Fleet One which is limited to 7 records. Only 1 – 10 records are currently supported through PCCharge for all card types. ProductDetailCode_XX String Note: This is the number of items for RODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. PCCharge will support 1 – 10. • NBS supports using 1 – 10. • BAMS Tandem (NPC) supports using 1 – 3. ProductDetailQuantity_XX String Note: Only used for the processor NBS. This is the unit price for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. This is only used for Fleet One and Fuelman. Currently, PCCharge will support 1 – 10. String The reference number from the original transaction (returned by the processor). Set this property only if processing a Post-Authorization and the Post-Authorization is being used to add a Voice-Authorization to the batch or to “store” a Voice-Authorization. (For information on stored VoiceAuthorizations, see page 91). The Reference property does not need to be set if the Post-Authorization completes a standard Pre-Authorization using the TroutD value of the Pre-Authorization. See the section Follow On Transactions for more information (see page 70). Max Length: 8 characters. Note: NBS/ Fleet One cards require a Reference Number to be sent with each transaction. This is a minimum of 2 digits and a max of 15. This must be all numeric. RestrictionCode String Only required for Voyager cards. This is used to determine the level of identification and which fields are required. Two digits. Valid Values: 00 - No ID Number or Odometer required. Fuel and Other allowed. 01 - No ID Number or Odometer required. Fuel only allowed. 10 - ID Number only required. Fuel and Other allowed. 11 - ID Number only required. Fuel only allowed. 20 - Odometer only required. Fuel and Other allowed. 21 - Odometer only required. Fuel only allowed. 30 - ID Number and Odometer required. Fuel and Other allowed. 31 - ID Number and Odometer required. Fuel only allowed. Note: Required for both manual and swiped transactions. RFID String Set to 1 if card information was read from RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) device. If card was read from from RFID, track data must be populated and manual flag must be set to 1. Set to 0 otherwise. ShiftID String Used internally SmartTermMsg String Used internally SmartTermRequest Boolean Used internally String Flag indicating whether a Voice Authorization transaction should be stored. This flag should only be submitted when performing a Post-Authorization transaction (action code 5) that includes an authorization code from the voice operator. For more information on stored Voice-Authorizations, see page 91. Valid Value: 1 - Store the Voice Authorization transaction. String The cardholder's billing street address. The Street property is used for address verification. Address verification can only be performed on nonswiped transactions. For FDC: Use first 5 digits only. Note: For manually keyed transactions, Street is required to qualify for the lowest transaction rates. Max Length: 20 characters Citi© - When used with Citi Plan PO Box’s are not allowed. TaxAmt String The tax amount. This is the portion of the amount that is tax. Providing the tax amount is required to obtain the best rate on commercial card transactions. Max Length: 9 characters (including the decimal). Format: DDDDDD.CC. The transaction's action code must indicate that it is a commercial transaction. Tax amount should be included in the amount field. TaxExempt Boolean Tax Exempt Flag. This flag is used to indicate if the purchase is tax exempt. Used only for Commercial Card Transactions. Valid Values: 1 – Purchase is tax exempt; 0 – Purchase is not tax exempt. Reference Store Street 323 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccCharge Properties String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all processors support alphanumeric characters. Note: For manually keyed transactions, Ticket is required to qualify for the lowest transaction rates. Note: When using NDC, lower case characters must not be used in the ticket number. Note: When using Elavon (NOVA), ticket numbers can only be alphanumeric, no hyphens. TimeOut Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from PCCharge. The count will start when the Send method is called. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. Note: The TimeOut properly is only applicable when programming in an asynchronous manner. TotalAmount String No longer needed String The track II data captured from the magnetic strip of the credit card. The track II data is required to ensure the lowest per-transaction rate from the processing company when performing swiped transactions (Retail and Restaurant). Sending the track II data is not allowed if the merchant's industry type is MOTO or eCommerce. Max Length: 40 characters. Example: 5424180279791765=08121011000001234567 Note: The characters that are appended to the beginning and ending of track II (usually ; and ?) should not be passed in. TroutD String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. User° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). VehicleID String Only required for Wright Express cards (5 digits) and Voyager cards (8 digits). Note: Required for both manual and swiped transactions. Zip String The cardholder's zip code. The Zip property is used for address verification. Max Length: 9 digits. Address verification can only be performed on nonswiped transactions. Note: For manually keyed transactions, the Zip is required to qualify for the lowest transaction rates. Note: If submitting the 9digit zip, do not include the dash. Citi© - When used with Citi Plan the zip is limited to 5-digits. CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. Password String Submit Cashier’s password. NewCashierPassword String Submit a new password for the Target Cashier. Note: case-sensitive Must be complex: • minimum 7 characters • must have at least one upper case character • one numeric character one special character (e.g., @, $, %, etc.) NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. NewCashierConfirmPassword String Resubmit the password for verification. Note: Must match the original NewCashierPassword NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. AddCashier1 String AddCashier2 String AddCashier3 String AddCashier4 String Ticket Track Allows the integrator to submit new cashiers up to 5 at a time. Requires 3 Name Value pairs to be entered for each AddCashier tag submitted. CASHIER_NAME <Name> PASSWORD <Password> PERMISSIONS <Permissions> Example: <ADD_CASHIER_1>CASHIER_NAME CreditR PASSWORD CreditR123% 324 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccCharge Properties AddCashier5 String PERMISSIONS 10000|000|000|000|000000000000|0000|000000 </ADD_CASHIER_1> NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. TargetCashierName String Submitted when performing a function to edit a cashier’s settings. This specifies which cashier’s information to alter. NOTE: See Cashier Permissions on page 75 for an example. String Applicant’s first name. String Applicant’s middle initial. String Applicant’s last name. String Applicant’s suffix. (Ex. M.D., Ph.D, Jr.) String Applicant’s apartment or suite number. String Applicant’s city. CustomerFirstName MiddleInt CustomerLastName Suffix 1 1 1 1 AptSuite 1 CustomerCity 1 State 1 String Applicant data. (Ex: GA, FL, MA…) EMail 1 String Applicant data. (Ex: [email protected]) String Applicant data. Format xxxxxxxxxx 10-digits No Dashes String Applicant data. Format xxxxxxxxx 9-digits No Dashes Phone_Number SSNum 1 1 Birth_Date EmpName 1 1 WorkPhoneNumber 1 String Applicant data. Format is MMDDYYYY. String Applicant data. Employer name. String Applicant data. Employer phone number. Applicant data. HomeOwner 1 String Format: 'O' = Own 'R' = Rent 'B' = Board 'P' = Live w/ parents 'M' = Military AnnualIncome 1 String Applicant data. Format: Up to 6 digits. Whole dollar amount with no decimals. PhotoIDState 1 String Applicant data. (Ex: GA, FL, MA…) String Received as a response to a Credit App (P3) String Received as a response to a Credit App (P3) CorrelationUID PendingNumber 1 1 Reply notification. ReplyStatusFlag 1 Boolean Format: Y = Accept N = Decline Citi Plan SourceCode 1 String Format: Opt In – “AP” Opt Out – “AO” Applicant data. Type of identification being submitted. IDType 1 FraudFlag String 1 AmountHealthCare # AmountPrescription AmountVision # # Format: ‘D’ – Driver’s License ‘O’ – Other Boolean Code 10. Values are 1 or 0: 1 = True, 0 = False String Total Healthcare Amount. This amount must be greater than or equal to the sum of the other amount categories. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC String (Optional) Total amount of the prescription-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC String (Optional) Total amount of the vision-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC 325 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccCharge Properties AmountClinic # String (Optional) Total amount of the clinic-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC AmountDental # String (Optional) Total amount of the dental-related healthcare expenses in this transaction. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC String (Optional) Reserved for future use. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC String (Optional) Reserved for future use. Max: 12 - digits Format: DDD.CC Boolean Indicates the transaction is FSA. This will bypass PCCharge BIN checking as PCCharge will assume that the POS has verified that this card has met the BIN requirements for an FSA transaction. 1 = True, 0 = False Note: If this is not passed it defaults to False. AmountTransit AmountCopay FSA # # # ° These properties are the minimum required to process a Sale or Pre-Authorization transaction. ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. *** If the “Use Default Processor” option is enabled in the PCCharge preferences, and the Processor and MerchantNumber properties are omitted from the transaction request, PCCharge will process all transactions using the “Default Processor”. The “Default Processor” is defined as the first merchant number that is set up PCCharge. Consult the Multi-Merchant Support section (see page 68) for more information on the “Use Default Processor” option. In addition, Processor and MerchantNumber should not be set when doing follow-on transactions. Refer to the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. 1 These properties are required to process Citi applications. For more information and examples see Citi Credit Plan on page 116. # Additional tags used to process FSA/HRA transactions. For more information please see the section about FSA on page 99. PccCharge Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccCharge Methods Cancel None Cancels transaction in progress CheckPCard Boolean Used to determine whether a credit card is a commercial card or not. This method requires that a credit card number be passed as a parameter. Returns TRUE if a commercial card, FALSE otherwise. DeleteUserFiles None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered (if asynchronous) and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). GetACI String Returns the Authorization Characteristics Indicator is that is provided by the card associations. This value is stored for settlement. GetAddText1 String Only supported on Fleet One, this field contains miscellaneous additional text returned from host. Currently PCCharge will support GetAddText1GetAddText4. 326 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - PccCharge Methods Returns the amount due, only for Elavon (NOVA) pre-paid and FSA functionality. Format is DDD.CC GetAmountDue String Note: “Enable Pre-Paid Cards” option within PCCharge MUST be checked for this feature to work. The option is located under Setup>Credit Card Company>Extended Data and only with the Credit Card Company set to Elavon (NOVA). This option is only configurable in PCCharge version 5.7.1 release I sp9a and above. Note: For this to work with FSA transactions, one must enable FSA and Partial Auth within the Extended Data Screen for supported processors. GetAuth String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetAuthAmount String Used in partial redemption transactions where only part of the amount was authorized. Returns the actual authorized amount. String Returns the AVS response code from the issuing bank. If performing Address Verification on card-not-present transactions, this code indicates how well the AVS information passed in matches what the issuing bank has on file for the cardholder. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a description of values that may be returned (see page 143) GetCaptured Boolean The GetCaptured method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "CAPTURED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. The GetCaptured method is used to determine if a transaction that will result in a monetary transfer (Sale, Credit, Post-Authorization, etc.) is approved or declined. A “CAPTURED” response indicates that the transaction has been approved, and that the transaction has been placed in the open batch. GetCreditCardType String The GetCreditCardType method returns the abbreviation of the credit card issuer. This method requires that a credit card number be passed as a parameter. Consult the section DevKit Constants for descriptions of values (see page 143). (GetCreditCardType is the same as GetCardIssuer). GetCCAvailBalance String Pre-paid credit cards with Elavon (NOVA) - Returns the PrePaid card balance. FSA – Returns the available balance on the FSA/HRA card. Format: DDD.CC GetCVV2 String Returns the CVV2/CVC2/CID response code from the issuing bank. If performing CVV2/CVC2/CID validation on card-not-present transactions, this code indicates if the CVV2/CVC2/CID code passed in matches what the issuing bank has on file for the cardholder. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a description of values that may be returned (see page 143) GetDCAvailBalance String Returns the available balance on pre-paid debit cards. Only for pre-paid debit cards with Elavon (NOVA). GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetAVS 327 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - PccCharge Methods GetHostType Integer The GetHostType method returns an integer that indicates if a processor / merchant number is Host based or Terminal based. GetHostType requires three parameters: 1) Processor code - Consult the section DevKit Constants (see page 143) for a list of valid processor codes 2) Merchant account - Must be a valid merchant account set up in PCCharge 3) TID type - Valid Values for TID type: 0 – Credit; 1 – Check; 2 – Debit; 3 – EBT; 4 – GiftCard GetHostType will return one the following values based on the parameters passed in: 0 – The processor is Terminal based 1 – The processor is Host based -1 – The processor is a Hybrid (supports both Host and Terminal processing) or invalid processor / merchant number. Example: .GetHostType(“VISA”, “999999999911”, 0) will return 0 Note: Chase Paymentech (GSAR), Elavon (NOVA), and FDMS South / NaBanco (NB) are considered hybrid processors. GetHostType will return a -1 for these processors. GetIND String Returns the IND code. The IND code is a transaction description code and an Interchange compliance field. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetMSI String Returns the Market Specific Indicator. This value indicates the transaction’s market segment. This value is assigned by the card associations and is not returned with all transactions. GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetPCard String Returns 1 if PCCharge recognizes the card as a purchasing/corporate card. Otherwise, PCCharge returns 0. GetPEM String Returns the Point of Entry Mode that is associated with the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetPS2000 String PS2000 Data. This data will be as received during the original authorization processing. It will not be present for offline transactions. PS2000 Data is a variable; it will either be one character or up to 20. It is data concerning the card type and transaction that the processor will send back during the authorization process. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetRecordCount String The number of records matching the inquiry (ZI command). GetRefNumber String Returns the reference number associated with the transaction. The reference number is assigned by the card associations. The reference number is used to help identify the transaction and is useful for the cardholder and merchant when doing research. This value is not returned with all transactions. GetRespCode String Returns the response code that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetRestrictCode String Note: Only supported on Fleet One. The product restriction code. GetRET String Returns the Retrieval reference number. This value is not returned by all processing companies GetTBatch String Returns the active batch number for the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTDate String Returns the date that the transaction was processed. This value is not returned by all processing companies. Method Name 328 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - PccCharge Methods GetTerminationStatus String Retrieves Termination Status which returns a “6” upon successful transaction. If anything other than a “6” is returned there may be an issue with the settlement file and should be investigated. This applies to : GSAR and NBS Response: 6 = Successful Transaction GetTI String Returns the Transaction Identifier that is returned from the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTicket String Returns the ticket number or invoice of the transaction. This value is echoed back from the original transaction or is generated by PCCharge if one is required to complete the transaction. GetTICode String Returns the Transaction Indicator Code that is returned from the processor. The Transaction Indicator Code is a Validation code for VISA / MasterCard. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTIM String Returns the Time of the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTitem String Returns the Transaction Item number or the number that is associated with the transaction in the settlement file. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTraceNumber String Returns the trace number from the processor. Only for pre-paid credit cards with Elavon (NOVA). GetTransNum String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. GetTransRecord String Contains nested XML tags providing information on transaction(s) pulled from Trans table in the PCCharge database (pccw.mdb) (ZI command). GetTransactionReferenceNumb String er Returns the transaction reference number from the processor. Only for prepaid credit cards with Elavon (NOVA). GetTroutD String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. GetUpdateData String Used internally String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved from the .oux file can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. Method Name GetXMLResponse PccSysExists 329 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Method Name Description - PccCharge Methods The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). The Send method has two optional parameters. The first parameter indicates whether the Send method will process transactions synchronously or asynchronously. Note: The object must defined to use events in order to allow asynchronous communication. Valid Values: True – process asynchronously (Default) False – process synchronously None Send The second parameter indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send True, 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. ValidCardLength Boolean Returns TRUE for card of correct length ValidCardLengthII Boolean Returns TRUE for card of correct length ValidDate Boolean The ValidDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is valid, or FALSE if it is not. ValidIssuer Boolean Returns TRUE for valid card issuer Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Boolean The VerifyCreditCard method returns TRUE if the credit card number’s format is valid and meets the requirements set forth by the credit card companies, FALSE if it does not. If FALSE is returned, use the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the reason for failure. VerifyCreditCard has a required string parameter in which the credit card number to be checked must be passed. Boolean The VerifyExpDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is correct and in the right format, or FALSE if it is not. VerifyExpDate calls the ValidDate function to validate the expiration date. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). VerifyMerchantNumber Boolean The VerifyMerchantNumber method returns TRUE if the merchant number that is passed to it is set up in PCCharge, otherwise, FALSE is returned. Specifically, this method checks for the merchant number in the file TID.PCC, which is located in the PCCharge directory. The Path property must be set before calling this Method. VerifyProcessor Boolean Returns TRUE if processor is valid String Returned from Citi, needed for Counter Offer Submission. VerifyAmount VerifyCreditCard VerifyExpDate GetCorrelationUID 1 330 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name 1 Returned Value Description - PccCharge Methods String Returned from Citi, needed for Counter Offer Submission. GetReplyFlag 1 String ‘Y’ or ‘N’ sent to Citi to notify message is a reply to an offer. GetOpentoBuy 1 String Only present in the response if the “Display OTB” is turned ON. Decimal is included. String Only present the in the response. Retrieves credit limit. GetPendingNumber GetCreditLimit 1 1 These properties are required to process Citi applications. For more information and examples see Citi Credit Plan on page 116. PccCharge Events Event Name Description - PccCharge Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the class. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. 331 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PCCDebit Class The PCCDebit class provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit credit card transactions to PCCharge. To use the PCCDebit class to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed and validate the values using the various .Verify methods. (The properties marked with a ° in the PCCDebit Properties table are the minimum required to process a Debit Sale transaction.) 3. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 4. If programming asynchronously, wait for the Error or Finish event to occur. 5. If programming synchronously, code using the .Get methods may be placed immediately after the Send method 6. Call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction. The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 7. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 8. Destroy the object. When processing debit cards, a PINpad is required to allow the customer to enter their PIN. In addition, debit card information is always collected via a card swipe device, never via keyboard entry. Because of this, a card reader is also required. When processing U.S. debit card transactions, merchants have the option of allowing the customer to receive cash back on a transaction. For instance, the customer purchases $50 of products and wants $25 cash back, set the Amount to 50.00 and CashBack to 25.00. This will withdraw a total of $75 from the debit card account, $50 for the products and $25 for cash to give to the customer. Consult the section Pseudo-code (see page 158) for various examples that may be followed when using the Debit class to perform transaction processing. For information on integrating Canadian Debit, see the section Canadian (Interac) Debit Transactions (see page 113). This is a Multi Use class. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. 332 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PCCDebit Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PCCDebit Properties Action° °° Long The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Amount° °° String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. AuthCode String The AuthCode field is only applicable to EBT transactions. BDate String The Business / Batch Date. If populated, this value will be placed in the Business Date column of the transaction record in the PCCharge database (pccw.mdb). Format: MMDDYY Billpay String Only valid for Visa debit and credit transactions. It is used to indicate the transaction is being ran for payment of a bill (ultilty, monthly gym dues, etc.) Valid values: 0 – Non-Bill payment transaction 1 – Bill payment transaction Card° °° String The Debit card number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. Example: 5424180279791765 String The amount of cash back that the customer will receive. This amount is in addition to value entered in Amount property. For example, if the total amount of the sale is $10 and the customer has requested $5 cash back, Amount should be set to $10 and CashBack should be set to $5. The CashBack property should be formatted the same the Amount property. Max Length: 9 characters. Note: Some debit processors do not support the cash back feature. DebitType°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Set this to the bank account type that the customer specified when entering transaction data into the PINpad. Valid Values: “Chequing” or “Savings” DriverID String Driver identification field. Only required for Wright Express, Voyager and Fleet One cards. DriverPIN String Driver personal identification number. Only required for Fuelman cards. EBTType String Used internally EnhancedTransFlag Boolean Used internally ExpDate° °° String The expiration date associated with the Debit card number that will be processed. Must be exactly four characters long. Format: MMYY Example: 1208 Set this property if there is an expiration date associated with the Debit card. ExtFile File Used internally Gratuity°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. This is the Gratuity Amount of the transaction. String Only required for Voyager cards, dependant on Restriction Code. Four to six digits. Note: Only used for Pre-Authorization transactions Update: Beginning with PCCharge version 5.8, this is also used for Citi© Private Label. CashBack IDNumber 333 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PCCDebit Properties String If a Key Serial Number is returned from the PINpad, this property should be populated with that number. If processing transactions with a PINpad using DUKPT encryption, this value is sixteen or twenty characters long (depending on the processor’s encryption). The PCCharge DevKit provides several tools for retrieving data from PINpads. If the PCCharge integration method chosen doesn’t support these tools or the tools do not support the PINpad being used, a direct interface to the PINpad must be written by the integrator. If processing transactions with a Verifone SC5000 PINpad, set this property to the Chip Serial Number of the PINpad. LanguageCode°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Set this to the language that is indicated by the Language Code that is encoded in the track II data on the customer’s card. Valid Values: “English” or “French” (pass in the literal string) MACData°° String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Set this to the MAC Block value returned by the PINpad. MACState MACState Used internally Manual° °° Integer Flag that indicates whether the transaction was swiped or manually entered. This property must be set to 1 (swiped) and the Track property must also be set. member String The cardholder’s name. Max Length: 20 characters. MerchantNumber° °° *** String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Debit Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. Method TxnMethodT Used internally ype KeySerialNumber°° Multi Boolean Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. If set, this value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Default value: 0. See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 67). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. Odometer String The odometer reading. Only required for Fleet One (7 digits), Voyager (7 digits), and Fuelman (6 digits) cards. OrigPurchData String The Original Purchase Data. Used when performing a Debit Return with the processors TSYS, Heartland, RBS WorldPay, and NPC. This is the original transaction date. Format: DDMMhhmm The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° °° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". Pin° °° Processor° °° *** String The encrypted PIN block that is retrieved from the PINpad. The PIN is provided to the processor for verification. Length: 16 characters. The PCCharge DevKit provides several tools for retrieving data from PINpads. If the PCCharge integration method chosen doesn’t support these tools or the tools do not support the PINpad being used, a direct interface to the PINpad must be written by the integrator. String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). 334 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PCCDebit Properties ProductDetailAmount_XX String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. This is the total dollar amount for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX being authorized. For example, PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_1 has a PRODUCT_DETAIL_QUANTITY_1 = 2 and a PRODUCT_DETAIL_UNIT_PRICE_1 = $2.00, therefore the PRODUCT_DETAIL_AMOUNT_1 = $4.00 ProductDetailCount String Note: Only required for the processor NBS. All card types are configurable except for Fleet One which is limited to 7 records. Only 1 – 10 records are currently supported through PCCharge for all card types. ProductDetailCode_XX String Note: This is the number of items for RODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. PCCharge will support 1 – 10. • NBS supports using 1 – 10. • BAMS Tandem (NPC) supports using 1 – 3. ProductDetailQuantity_XX String Note: Only used for the processor NBS. This is the unit price for PRODUCT_DETAIL_PRODUCT_CODE_XX. This is only used for Fleet One and Fuelman. Currently, PCCharge will support 1 – 10. Reference String NBS/ Fleet One cards require a Reference Number to be sent with each transaction. This is a minimum of 2 digits and a max of 15. This must be all numeric. RestrictionCode String Only required for Voyager cards. This is used to determine the level of identification and which fields are required. Two digits. Valid Values: 00 - No ID Number or Odometer required. Fuel and Other allowed. 01 - No ID Number or Odometer required. Fuel only allowed. 10 - ID Number only required. Fuel and Other allowed. 11 - ID Number only required. Fuel only allowed. 20 - Odometer only required. Fuel and Other allowed. 21 - Odometer only required. Fuel only allowed. 30 - ID Number and Odometer required. Fuel and Other allowed. 31 - ID Number and Odometer required. Fuel only allowed. Note: Required for both manual and swiped transactions. ShiftID String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. The Shift ID. This value is optional. Format: Alphanumeric Max Length: 1 character. SmartTermMsg String Used internally SmartTermRequest Boolean Used internally String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all processors support alphanumeric characters. Note: When using NDC, lower case characters must not be used in the ticket number. Note: When using Elavon (NOVA), ticket numbers can only be alphanumeric, no hyphens. Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from PCCharge. The count will start when the Send method is called. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. Note: The TimeOut properly is only applicable when programming in an asynchronous manner. String The track II data captured from the magnetic strip of the card. The track II data is required. Max Length: 40 characters. Example: 5424180279791765=08121011000001234567 Note: The characters that are appended to the beginning and ending of track II (usually ; and ?) should not be passed in. String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). Ticket TimeOut Track° °° TroutD User° °° ** 335 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PCCDebit Properties VehicleID String Only required for Wright Express cards (5 digits) and Voyager cards (8 digits). Note: Required for both manual and swiped transactions. CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. Password String Submit Cashier’s password. ° These properties are required to process a Debit Sale transaction. °° These properties are required to process a Canadian Debit Sale transaction using Global Payments East (NDC) and the SC5000 PINpad. ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. *** If the “Use Default Processor” option is enabled in the PCCharge preferences, and the Processor and MerchantNumber properties are omitted from the transaction request, PCCharge will process all transactions using the “Default Processor”. The “Default Processor” is defined as the first merchant number that is set up PCCharge. Consult the Multi-Merchant Support section (see page 68) for more information on the “Use Default Processor” option. In addition, Processor and MerchantNumber should not be set when doing follow-on transactions. Refer to the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. ! WARNING: New password requirements in PCCharge version 5.8 are necessary to meet PA-DSS compliance standards. This also requires that all passwords will expire after a maximum of 90 days. PCCDebit Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PCCDebit Methods Cancel None Cancels current transaction DeleteUserFiles None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered (if asynchronous) and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). GetAddText1 String Only supported on Fleet One, this field contains miscellaneous additional text returned from host. Currently PCCharge will support GetAddText1GetAddText4. GetApproved Boolean The GetApproved method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "APPROVED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. GetAuth String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetAuxRespCode String When using the SC5000 PINpad, returns the ISO response code Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetMSI String For Debit Master Session: Returns the new master key (if one exists) sent by the processor that should be passed to the PINpad. GetErrorCode 336 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - PCCDebit Methods GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. Returns the current POS Sequence Number for the PINpad. The Path property must be set to the PCCharge directory and the PINpad’s Chip Serial Number must be passed as a parameter when calling the GetPOSSequenceNumber method. GetRefNumber String Returns the reference number associated with the transaction. The reference number is used to help identify the transaction and is useful for the cardholder and merchant when doing research. This value is not returned with all transactions. GetRespCode String Returns the response code that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetRestrictCode String Note: Only supported on Fleet One. The product restriction code. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetTI String Returns the Transaction Identifier that is returned from the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTICode String Returns the Transaction Indicator Code that is returned from the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTransNum String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. GetTroutD String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. GetUpdateData String Used internally String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved from the .oux file can be used to view the results of a Transaction Inquiry (ZI) transaction. Refer to the section Transaction Inquiry (see page 128) for more information. The text can also be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. GetPOSSequenceNumber GetXMLResponse PccSysExists 337 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - PCCDebit Methods The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). The Send method has two optional parameters. The first parameter indicates whether the Send method will process transactions synchronously or asynchronously. Note: The object must defined to use events in order to allow asynchronous communication. Valid Values: True – process asynchronously (Default) False – process synchronously Send None The second parameter indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send True, 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. VerifyAmount Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). PCCDebit Events Event Name Description - PCCDebit Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the class. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. 338 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccCheck Class The PccCheck class provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit check verification, guarantee, and conversion transactions to PCCharge. To use the PccCheck class to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed and validate the values using the various .Verify methods. (The properties marked with a ° in the PccCheck Properties table are the minimum required to process a check verification transaction.) 3. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 4. If programming asynchronously, wait for the Error or Finish event to occur. 5. If programming synchronously, code using the .Get methods may be placed immediately after the Send method 6. Call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction. The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 7. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 8. Destroy the object. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. 339 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccCheck Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccCheck Properties Account_Number°° String For Check, MICR, or Double ID: The account number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. Action° Long The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Amount° String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. Birth_Date°° String The date of birth of the check writer. Length: Exactly six characters. Format: MMDDYY. The birth date is required for DL (Driver’s License) check transactions. Cash_Back String The amount of cash back that the customer will receive. This amount is in addition to value entered in Amount property. For example, if the total amount of the sale is $10 and the customer has requested $5 cash back, Amount should be set to $10 and CashBack should be set to $5. The CashBack property should be formatted the same the Amount property. Max Length: 9 characters. Note: Some processors do not support the cash back feature. CashierNum String The Cashier Number Check_Number° String The check number of the check that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 10 characters. Drivers_License°° String The driver’s license number of the individual writing the check. Max Length: 20 characters. The driver’s license is required for DL (Driver’s License) transactions and when performing Double ID transactions. EnhancedTransFlag Boolean Used internally LanguageCode String Used internally ManagerNum String Used for BPS Double ID transactions. Optional Manager Number for manager override. Manual° Long Flag that indicates whether the transaction was manually entered or swiped. Valid values: 0 = manual transaction, 1 = swiped transaction MerchantNumber° String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Check Services Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. Method TxnMethodT Used internally ype MICR String The raw MICR data from the bottom of the check. Used for conversion transactions. Boolean Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. If set, this value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Default value: 0. See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 67). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. Multi 340 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccCheck Properties The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". Phone_Number°° Processor° Services String The phone number of the individual writing the check. Max Length: 7 digits. Format: digits only. The phone number is required for COD (Checks On Delivery). String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). Integer The type of check verification to be performed. Valid values: 0 – MICR 1 – Checks-On-Delivery 2 – Driver’s License 3 – Double ID Note: The value set in the Services property overrides the value set in the Action property. String Used internally String The state code of the state that issued the check writer’s driver’s license. The state code is required for DL (Driver’s License). Format: 2 characters. String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all processors support alphanumeric characters. Note: When using NDC, lower case characters must not be used in the ticket number. Note: When using Elavon (NOVA), ticket numbers can only be alphanumeric, no hyphens. Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from PCCharge. The count will start when the Send method is called. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. Note: The TimeOut properly is only applicable when programming in an asynchronous manner. String The Transit Routing Number / ABA number that will be used when processing the transaction. This value indicates which bank issued the check. Max Length: 9 characters. This value is required for MICR transactions and when performing Double ID transactions. TroutD String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. User° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). Zip_Code°° String The check writer’s ZIP code. Max Length: 9 characters. Format: digits only. This value is required for COD transactions. Note: If submitting the 9-digit zip, do not include the dash. ShiftID State°° Ticket TimeOut Transit_Number°° Note: To perform Double ID, both the MICR and Drivers_License fields must be populated. ° These properties are required, regardless of service type. 341 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. °° COD -- required for Checks-On-Delivery DL -- required for Driver’s License MICR -- required for MICR PccCheck Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccCheck Methods Cancel None Cancels transaction in progress DeleteUserFiles None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered (if asynchronous) and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). GetApproved Boolean The GetApproved method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "APPROVED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. An “APPROVED” response indicates that a Verification has been approved. GetAuth String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetRefNumber String Returns the reference number associated with the transaction. The reference number is used to help identify the transaction and is useful for the check writer and merchant when doing research. This value is not returned with all transactions. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetTroutD String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. GetUpdateData String Used internally 342 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name GetXMLResponse PccSysExists Returned Value Description - PccCheck Methods String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved from the .oux file can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). The Send method has two optional parameters. The first parameter indicates whether the Send method will process transactions synchronously or asynchronously. Note: The object must defined to use events in order to allow asynchronous communication. Valid Values: True – process asynchronously (Default) False – process synchronously Send None The second parameter indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send True, 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. VerifyAmount Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. Password String Submit Cashier’s password. 343 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccCheck Events Event Name Description - PccCheck Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the class. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. 344 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PCCEBT Class The PCCEBT class provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit EBT transactions to PCCharge. To use the PCCEBT class to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed and validate the values using the various .Verify methods. (The properties marked with a ° in the PCCEBT Properties table are the minimum required to process an EBT transaction.) 3. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 4. If programming asynchronously, wait for the Error or Finish event to occur. 5. If programming synchronously, code using the .Get methods may be placed immediately after the Send method 6. Call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction. The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 7. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 8. Destroy the object. When processing EBT cards, a PINpad is required to allow the customer to enter their PIN. In addition, debit card information is always collected via a card swipe device, never via keyboard entry. Because of this, a card reader is also required. (Some EBT transactions can be manually entered). When processing EBT card transactions, merchants have the option of allowing the customer to receive cash back on a transaction. For instance, the customer purchases $50 of products and wants $25 cash back, set the Amount to 50.00 and CashBack to 25.00. This will withdraw a total of $75 from the EBT card account, $50 for the products and $25 for cash to give to the customer. This is a Multi Use Class. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. 345 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PCCEBT Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PCCEBT Properties Action° Long The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Amount° String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. AuthCode String For an EBT Post (Prior Auth Sale) or Force transaction: The Authorization code from the original voice authorization. BDate String The Business / Batch Date. If populated, this value will be placed in the Business Date column of the transaction record in the PCCharge database (pccw.mdb). Format: MMDDYY Billpay String Only valid for Visa debit and credit transactions. It is used to indicate the transaction is being ran for payment of a bill (ultilty, monthly gym dues, etc.) Valid values: 0 – Non-Bill payment transaction 1 – Bill payment transaction Card° String The EBT card number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. Example: 5424180279791765 CashBack String The amount of cash back that the customer will receive. This amount is in addition to value entered in Amount property. For example, if the total amount of the sale is $10 and the customer has requested $5 cash back, Amount should be set to $10 and CashBack should be set to $5. The CashBack property should be formatted the same the Amount property. Max Length: 9 characters. Note: Some debit processors do not support the cash back feature. EBTType String Indicates what type of EBT transaction will be performed. Valid Values: F – Food stamp transaction; C – Cash benefits transaction EnhancedTransFlag Boolean Used internally ExpDate String The expiration date associated with the EBT card number that will be processed. Must be exactly four characters long. Format: MMYY Example: 1208 Set this property if there is an expiration date associated with the EBT card. ExtFile String Used internally KeySerialNumber String If a Key Serial Number is returned from the PINpad, this property should be populated with that number. This value is only applicable for PINpads using DUKPT encryption. This value is sixteen or twenty characters long (depending on the processor’s encryption). The PCCharge DevKit provides several tools for retrieving data from PINpads. If the PCCharge integration method chosen doesn’t support these tools or the tools do not support the PINpad being used, a direct interface to the PINpad must be written by the integrator. MACData String Used internally MACState MACState Used internally Integer Flag that indicates whether the transaction was swiped or manually entered. This property must be set to 1 (swiped) for swiped EBT transactions. If the transaction was swiped, the Track property must also be set. If performing a manually keyed EBT transaction, such as a Force or Voucher, set this property to 0 (manually entered). Manual° 346 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PCCEBT Properties member String The cardholder’s name. Max Length: 20 characters. MerchantNumber° String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the EBT Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. Method TxnMethodT Used internally ype Multi Boolean Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. If set, this value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Default value: 0. See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 67). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. OrigPurchData String Not needed for EBT Transactions. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ or Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". String The encrypted PIN block that is retrieved from the PINpad. The PIN is provided to the processor for verification. Length: 16 characters. The PCCharge DevKit provides several tools for retrieving data from PINpads. If the PCCharge integration method chosen doesn’t support these tools or the tools do not support the PINpad being used, a direct interface to the PINpad must be written by the integrator. Processor° String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). Reference String No longer needed SmartTermMsg String Used internally SmartTermRequest Boolean Used internally String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all processors support alphanumeric characters. Note: When using NDC, lower case characters must not be used in the ticket number. Note: When using Elavon (NOVA), ticket numbers can only be alphanumeric, no hyphens. Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from PCCharge. The count will start when the Send method is called. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. Note: The TimeOut properly is only applicable when programming in an asynchronous manner. String The track II data captured from the magnetic strip of the card. The track II data is required for swiped EBT transactions. Max Length: 40 characters. Example: 5424180279791765=08121011000001234567 Note: The characters that are appended to the beginning and ending of track II (usually ; and ?) should not be passed in. String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. Pin° Ticket TimeOut Track° TroutD 347 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PCCEBT Properties User° String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). VoucherNum String The voucher number for an EBT force transaction. The voucher is provided by the processor at the time of authorization and must be supplied to clear the voucher. CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. Password String Submit Cashier’s password. ° These fields are required to process a transaction. ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. PCCEBT Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PCCEBT Methods BalanceTotals String Current amount of EBT transactions Cancel None Cancels current transaction DeleteUserFiles None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered (if asynchronous) and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). GetApproved Boolean The GetApproved method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "APPROVED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. GetAuth String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetAuxRespCode String When using the SC5000 PINpad, returns the ISO response code GetEBTCashBalance String Returns the remaining balance on a Cash Benefits card. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetEBTFoodBalance String Returns the remaining balance on a Food Stamp card. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetRefNumber String Returns the reference number associated with the transaction. The reference number is used to help identify the transaction and is useful for the cardholder and merchant when doing research. This value is not returned with all transactions. GetRespCode String Returns the response code that is provided by the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. 348 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - PCCEBT Methods GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. GetTI String Returns the Transaction Identifier that is returned from the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTICode String Returns the Transaction Indicator Code that is returned from the processor. This value is not returned by all processing companies. GetTransNum String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. GetTroutD String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. GetUpdateData String Used internally String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved from the .oux file can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. GetXMLResponse PccSysExists 349 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - PCCEBT Methods The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). The Send method has two optional parameters. The first parameter indicates whether the Send method will process transactions synchronously or asynchronously. Note: The object must defined to use events in order to allow asynchronous communication. Valid Values: True – process asynchronously (Default) False – process synchronously Send None The second parameter indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send True, 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. VerifyAmount Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). 350 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PCCEBT Events Event Name Description - PCCEBT Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the class. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. 351 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PCCGiftCard Class The PCCGiftCard class provides integrators with properties and methods used to submit gift card transactions to PCCharge. To use the PCCGiftCard class to integrate transaction processing, follow the procedure below: 1. Set the path to the PCCharge directory and check to see if PCCharge is running and available to process transactions by using the PccSysExists method. 2. Assign the appropriate values to the properties required for the transaction to be performed and validate the values using the various .Verify methods. (The properties marked with a ° in the PCCGiftCard Properties table are the minimum required to process a Gift Card Redemption / Sale transaction.) 3. Call the Send method. (Note: When calling the Send method, it is recommended that “3” is passed as a parameter to activate the XML message format) 4. If programming asynchronously, wait for the Error or Finish event to occur. 5. If programming synchronously, code using the .Get methods may be placed immediately after the Send method 6. Call the various .Get methods to determine the outcome of the transaction. The most important information can be acquired by calling the GetResult and GetAuth methods. If an error occurs, call the GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods to determine the nature of the error. 7. Call the DeleteUserFiles method to delete all files related to the transaction. 8. Destroy the object. Note: PCCharge is a single-threaded application. This means that PCCharge can only process one transaction at a time. Keep in mind that no two transaction requests can be submitted at the same time with the same user name. VeriFone Stored Value API (GAPI) The VeriFone Stored Value API (GAPI) is a proprietary specification that allows for stored value card processors to add themselves to PCCharge. Applications using GAPI can also integrate with PCCharge using the various integration methods. For more information on adding a stored value card processor to PCCharge, and how to obtain the VeriFone Stored Value API, please contact VeriFone sales at 1-800725-9264. 352 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PCCGiftCard Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PCCGiftCard Properties Action° Long The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Amount° String The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. For Valuelink (VLNK) Balance Adjustment: Format: +/-DDDDD.CC. Authcode String For Void transactions. For VTEC and VLNK, set to auth code of original transaction (the one to be voided). For GSAR and MELL, set to ref num of original transaction (the one to be voided). For BPS, set to retrieval reference number of original transaction (the one to be voided). BDate String The Business / Batch Date. If populated, this value will be placed in the Business Date column of the transaction record in the PCCharge database (pccw.mdb). Format: MMDDYY Card° String The gift card number that will be used when processing the transaction. Max Length: 20 characters. CardSeqNum String For GSAR multi Issuance, sequence number of cards issued at time of transaction. Example: Ten cards are being issued. To send the fifth, set CardSeqNum to 5. CashierID String VTEC and VLNK -- (optional) –numeric value that identifies the cashier performing the transaction. DeactivateRefund Boolean Flag that indicates whether to provide the customer a refund when performing a VTEC Deactivate transaction. Valid Values: 1 – Provide refund 0 – Do not provide refund EnhancedTransFlag Boolean Used internally ExpDate String The expiration date associated with the gift card that will be processed. Must be exactly four characters long. Format: MMYY Example: 1208 Note: Most gift cards do not have an expiration date. ExtFile String Used internally FORCE Boolean Set to true (1 = true, 0 = false) to process a transaction for which an approval code has already been issued -- only valid for a GSAR Redemption transaction or a single GSAR Issuance/Add Value transaction. GiftPin String Only used for the processor SVS. To retrieve pin, call GetGfitPin upon activation. Used for only for virtual gift card transactions. IndType°° String Indicates industry type (1 = retail, 2 = restaurant). VLNK -- (0 = retail, 1 = restaurant, 2 = e-commerce). LanguageCode String Used internally LastValidDate String The last year that will be considered a valid expiration date. Length: 2 digits. Format: YY Example: If LastValidDate is set to 05, then cards between 06 and 99 are considered to be 1906 to 1999, and cards between 00 and 05 are 2000 to 2005. Loyalty Boolean VTEC loyalty transaction flag (0 = non-loyalty, 1 = loyalty). MerchantNumber° String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Gift Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. 353 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Method TxnMethodT Used internally ype Description - PCCGiftCard Properties Multi Boolean Flag that indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. If set, this value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid values: 1 = TRUE, 0 = FALSE Default value: 0. See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 67). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. OldCard String VTEC -- Replace transaction. Set to account number of old card. VLNK -Balance Merge and Balance Transfer transactions. Set to account number of old card. Partial Boolean For GSAR: Flag indicating whether the transaction is a partial redemption transaction. The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS (8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". Pin String Used internally for Givex. Points String For GVEX Points transactions. Set to number of loyalty points for account. String The number of receipts that PCCharge should print for the transaction. This value will override the corresponding value in the PCCharge GUI. PCCharge will retain this value for subsequent transactions. Valid values: 0-9. Setting the property to 0 will disable receipt printing. Processor° String The code for the processing company that will be used to process the transaction. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). PromoCode String Used for GVEX: A code defined by the merchant that affects the calculation from amount and units to points. Refund String Flag that indicates whether to provide the customer a refund when performing a VTEC Deactivate transaction. Valid Values: 1 – Provide refund 0 – Do not provide refund ShiftID String Used internally TI String No longer needed String The ticket or invoice number for internal referencing by merchant. This value is stored by PCCharge and passed to the processor for referencing purposes. Max Length: 9 characters. The value can be alphanumeric. Note: Not all gift processors support ticket numbers. TimeOut Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from PCCharge. The count will start when the Send method is called. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Setting the TimeOut value improperly could cause reconciliation issues and problems such as double-charging a customer’s account. Note: The TimeOut properly is only applicable when programming in an asynchronous manner. TIP String Used for VTEC and VLNK restaurant transactions. TotalCardNum String For GSAR multi Issuance, total number of cards being issued at time of transaction. String The track II data captured from the magnetic strip of the card. Max Length: 40 characters. Example: 5424180279791765=08121011000001234567 Note: The characters that are appended to the beginning and ending of track II (usually ; and ?) should not be passed in. PrintReceipts Ticket Track 354 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PCCGiftCard Properties TroutD String The TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) is used when performing “Follow On” transactions. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that will be associated with a transaction and any subsequent transactions related to it. This property must be set when performing Follow-on Transactions. Review the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for important information on implementing TroutD support. VirtualGiftCardFlag Boolean Only used for the processor SVS. 0 - False, 1 - True – Only sent on an activation to determine if a pin should be returned. User° ** String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). CashierName String Submit Cashier’s login name. Password String Submit Cashier’s password. String GIVEX ONLY – Integration Only Pass this tag in order to send product codes, quantities and amounts for loyalty transactions. Format: Single Product Code: <SKU_LOYALTY>Product Code,Amount,Quantity</SKU_LOYALTY> Multi-Product Codes (Separated with a semi-colon): <SKU_LOYALTY>Product Code,Amount,Quantity; Product Code,Amount,Quantity</SKU_LOYALTY> SkuLoyalty ° These properties are required to process a gift card redemption or sale transaction. °° Required for VTEC gift card transactions ** The user name is used to keep the transaction associated with the correct terminal. It is highly recommended that integrators review the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). This section contains detailed information about user names and how they should be implemented. PCCGiftCard Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PCCGiftCard Methods Cancel None Cancels transaction in progress DeleteUserFiles None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered (if asynchronous) and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). GetActivationCount String Returns the number of activations in the current batch GetActivationTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of activations in the current batch GetAddPointsCount String Returns the number of AddPoints Transactions in the current batch GetAddPointsTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of AddPoints transactions in the current batch GetAddValueCount String Returns the number of AddValue transactions in the current batch GetAddValueTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of AddValue transactions in the current batch GetAmountDue String Used in partial redemption transactions where only part of the amount was authorized. Returns the remainder amount that is owed to the merchant. 355 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - PCCGiftCard Methods GetAuth String The GetAuth method returns the authorization number for approved transactions or the reason the transaction was declined (if the processor provides one). For GVEX Balance transaction: GetAuth will return the balance remaining on an account. For all other GVEX transactions: GetAuth will return the transaction’s reference/error message. For VTEC, returns the Auth Code. For a VTEC Batch function: use this method to retrieve the number of sales done that day and the total amounts of sales in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>. GetAuthAmount String Used in partial redemption transactions where only part of the amount was authorized. Returns the actual authorized amount. GetBalanceTransferCount String Returns the number of Balance Transfers in the current batch Method Name GetBalanceTransferTotalAmou String nt Returns the total dollar amount of Balance Transfers in the current batch GetCaptured String The GetCaptured method returns TRUE if PCCharge returns "CAPTURED" as the result of the transaction. Otherwise, FALSE will be returned. The GetCaptured method is used to determine if a transaction that will result in a monetary transfer (Sale, Credit, Post-Authorization, etc.) is approved or declined. A “CAPTURED” response indicates that the transaction has been approved. GetCashBack String Used in redemption for remaining balance transactions where the transaction amount is so close to the balance of the card that the entire balance is authorized. Returns the remainder that is owed to the customer. GetCreditCount String Returns the number of credits in the current batch GetCreditTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of credits in the current batch GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetExp String Returns the expiration date for processors who issue expiration dates in the response. GetGiftCardBalance String Returns the gift card balance. GetGiftCardType String Returns type of gift card represented by card property. Consult the section DevKit Constants for descriptions of values (see page 143). GetGfitPin String Only used for the processor SVS. Returned on activation if the virtual gift card tag is set to “1”. GetMiscMessage String Returns the MiscMessage GetMerchantNumber String Returns the merchant number that was specified in the MerchantNumber property. GetPointsCount String Returns the number of points transactions in the current batch GetPointsTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of points transactions in the current batch GetProcRespCode String The processor response code. Only returned by the processor SVS. GetRefNumber String The GetRefNumber returns the Reference field from the .oux file. The Reference field is used for different purposes (depending on the gift card processor). For GVEX Register transaction: The first eleven digits of an account number will be returned. For all VTEC transactions: The account’s remaining balance will be returned. For a VTEC batch function: use this method to retrieve the number of activations done that day and the total amounts of activations in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>.>. For a BPS Redemption transaction, returns the retrieval reference number. GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. 356 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - PCCGiftCard Methods GetRET String For GVEX: Returns the loyalty balance. For VLNK: Returns the trace number. For a VTEC batch function: : use this method to retrieve the number of Gift Transactions Voids performed that day. You can call GetVoidBalance to determine the total amount of the voids. GetSaleCount String Returns the number of redemptions in the current batch GetSaleTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of redemptions in the current batch String The GetTicket method returns the Ticket field from the .oux file. The Ticket field will return the ticket for all transactions except for a VTEC batch function. For a VTEC batch function: use this method to retrieve the number of gift card that has been de-activated that day and the total amounts of de-activations in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>.>. GetTicket String The GetTicket method returns the Ticket field from the .oux file. The Ticket field will return the ticket for all transactions except for a VTEC batch function. For a VTEC batch function: use this method to retrieve the number of gift card that has been de-activated that day and the total amounts of de-activations in the following format <# of transaction>, <amount>.>. GetTIM String Returns the Time of the transaction. This value is not returned by all processing companies. For VTEC, returns the Amount Due. GetTipCount String Returns the number of Tip transactions in the current batch GetTipTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of Tip transactions in the current batch GetTransDateTime String Returns the transaction date and time when passed back by a processor. GetTransNum String Returns the Internal Sequence Number, which is a PCCharge-assigned unique number for each transaction. This number is stored in the Number field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. GetTroutD String Returns the TroutD (Transaction Routing ID) for the transaction. The TroutD is a PCCharge-assigned unique identifier that is associated with the transaction throughout its “lifespan”. This number is stored in the TroutD field in the PCCharge database (PCCW.MDB) for each transaction. See the section Follow On Transactions (see page 70) for more information. GetUpdateData String Used internally GetVoidBalance String Returns the Void Balance GetVoidCount String Returns the number of voids in the current batch GetVoidTotalAmount String Returns the total dollar amount of Voids in the current batch String The GetXMLResponse method is used to echo the text that is returned in the response file associated with the transaction. The response (.oux) file contains XML string data. The text that is retrieved from the .oux file can be used by integrators that wish to parse the results of the transaction themselves or for troubleshooting purposes. Refer to the section File Method (see page 481) for a description of the tags and values that are returned. Note: This method must be called prior to calling the DeleteUserFiles method. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. Method Name GetTI GetXMLResponse PccSysExists 357 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - PCCGiftCard Methods The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). The Send method has two optional parameters. The first parameter indicates whether the Send method will process transactions synchronously or asynchronously. Note: The object must defined to use events in order to allow asynchronous communication. Valid Values: True – process asynchronously (Default) False – process synchronously Send None The second parameter indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send True, 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. ValidCardLength Boolean Returns TRUE for card of correct length ValidDate Boolean The ValidDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is valid, or FALSE if it is not. ValidIssuer Boolean Returns TRUE for valid card issuer Boolean The VerifyAmount method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (DDDDDD.CC), or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Boolean The VerifyAmount2 method returns TRUE if the amount provided in the Amount property is in a valid format (+/-DDDDD.CC). or FALSE if it is not. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). The difference between VerifyAmount and VerifyAmount2 is that VerifyAmount2 allows a + or – to be in the first position of the Amount property. This is needed for Balance Adjustment transactions. VerifyExpDate Boolean The VerifyExpDate method returns TRUE if the expiration date provided in the ExpDate property is correct and in the right format, or FALSE if it is not. VerifyExpDate calls the ValidDate function to validate the expiration date. If FALSE is returned, check the error code to determine the reason for failure. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). VerifyGiftCard Boolean Returns TRUE if card is correctly formatted VerifyMerchantNumber Boolean The VerifyMerchantNumber method returns TRUE if the merchant number that is passed to it is set up in PCCharge, otherwise, FALSE is returned. Specifically, this method checks for the merchant number in the file TID.PCC, which is located in the PCCharge directory. The Path property must be set before calling this Method. VerifyProcessor Boolean Returns TRUE if processor is valid VerifyAmount VerifyAmount2 358 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - PCCGiftCard Methods GetPreAuthCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total number of gift card pre-auth transactions processed that day. GetPreAuthAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of gift card pre-auth transactions processed that day. GetPostAuthCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total number of gift card post-auth transactions processed that day. GetPostAuthAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of gift card post-auth transactions processed that day. GetIssuanceCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total number of gift cards issued that day. GetIssuanceTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, returns the total amount of the gift cards issued that day. GetDeactivateCount String Only for GAPI, this returns how many gift cards where deactivated that day. GetDeactivateTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of gift card deactivations that day. GetBalanceAdjustCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the number of gift cards that were balance adjusted that day. GetBalanceAdjustTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of balance adjustments on gift cards that day. GetBalanceMergeCount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total number of the gift cards that were balance merged that day. GetBalanceMergeTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, this returns the total amount of gift card balance merges that day. GetReportLostStolenCount String Only for GAPI, returns the total reported stolen or lost gift cards that day. GetReportLostStolenTotalAmo String unt Only for GAPI, returns the total amount of all stolen or reported lost gift cards that day. GetCashoutTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, returns the total amount of all cashout transactions processed that day. GetCashoutCount String Only for GAPI, returns the total number of the cashout transactions processed that day. GetReactivateCount String Only for GAPI, returns the total number of gift cards that have been reactivated that day. GetReactivateTotalAmount String Only for GAPI, the total amount of all gift cards that have been reactivated that day. PCCGiftCard Events Event Name Description - PCCGiftCard Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the class. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. 359 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccBatch Class The PccBatch class is used to perform inquire and close operations on Host based merchant accounts. To perform a batch operation, follow the procedure below: 1. Assign the appropriate values to at least the minimum set of properties (marked with a ° in the PccBatch Properties table). 2. Call the BatchFunction method to initiate the operation. BatchFunction will respond when the operation is complete. 3. Grab values from the various return properties. Response contains a string that indicates how the operation was resolved. PccBatch Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccBatch Properties Action° Integer The action code that identifies what type of transaction will be performed. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). ActiveID* Integer Returns the Index number of the merchant number associated with the batch operation. For example, the first Merchant number that is set up in PCCharge is assigned the index of “1” . AmexAmount* String Returns the total dollar amount of Amex transactions in current batch AmexAuthSettlement Boolean Amex Auth Settlement flag AmexCount* String Returns Number of Amex transactions in current batch Balance* String Returns the batch balance (the sum of all transactions in the batch) BatchCloseType Byte Flag that determines what type of batch close will occur. This flag only supported by FDMS Atlanta and Fifth-Third when using action code 30 or 31 Valid values: 1 – Standard End of Day Batch Close (Default) 2 – Shift Close 3 – Fifth-Third Terminal Based Batch Close of Debit, EBT, or Gift BatchDate* String Returns the date batch was closed (not supported by all processors) BatchNumber* String Returns the batch number for the current batch CIC* String Returns the compliance indicator code DebitAmount* String Returns the Debit Amount DebitCount* String Returns the Debit Count DebitRetAmount* String Returns the Debit Returns Amount DebitRetCount* String Returns the Debit Returns Count EBTAmount* String Returns the EBT Amount EBTCount* String Returns the EBT Count HangUpDelay Integer This value specifies if the modem should be hung up on subsequent calls to the BatchFunction method. The integer value passed in will cause a delay of that amount, in seconds, after the modem hangup command is called. This allows time for the modem to hangup before batch functions are allowed to call out. Setting the value to '0', the default, will prevent the modem from being hung up. ItemCount* String Returns the total number of transactions in the current batch MerchantNumber° String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Credit Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. 360 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccBatch Properties The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the BatchFunction method. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ or Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". Processor° String The code for the processing company that will be used when performing batch operations. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). PurchaseAmount* String Returns the total dollar amount of all purchases (sales) in the batch. PurchaseCount* String Returns the total number of all purchases (sales) in the batch. Response* String Response string returned by processor. ResultCode* Byte Returns the result of the batch operation. Valid Values: 2 – Batch Closed/Settled 6 – Batch Declined 8 – Batch Deferred ReturnAmount* String Returns the total dollar amount of all returns (credits) in the batch. ReturnCount* String Returns the total number of all returns (credits) in the batch. Status* String Status of current batch. SplitProcessor String Only used when settling the processor CITI for private label transactions. Set this property to the main credit card processor ID code being used. Store* String Store number associated with merchant account. Terminal* String Terminal ID associated with merchant account. TotalsType* Byte Totals Type VisaMCAmount* String Total amount of VISA/MasterCard transactions. VisaMCCount* String Number of VISA/MasterCard transactions. VoidAmount* String Returns the total dollar amount of all void transactions in the batch. VoidCount* String Returns the total number of all void transactions in the batch. String Submit with a Batch Inquiry to receive summary results based on Card Type. Valid Values: MC – MasterCard VISA – Visa AMEX – American Express DISC – Discover Card DEBIT – Debit Card EBT – Electronic Benefits Card PL – Private Label JCB – JCB Card CardType ° These properties are required to process a transaction. * The processor returns these values. PccBatch Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccBatch Methods AmexBatch Boolean Used internally BancTecBatch Boolean Used internally BatchFunction Boolean Call this method to start batch operation BPASBatch Boolean Used internally BPASTCPBatchCall None Used internally 361 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - PccBatch Methods Cancel None Cancels the current batch operation CCRDBatch Boolean Used internally GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during use of various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetEBTCount String Number of EBT Transactions GetEBTAmount String Total Dollar Amount of EBT Transactions GetAMEXCount String Number of AMEX Transactions GetAMEXAmount String Total Dollar Amount of AMEX Transactions GetTotalCount String Number of Transactions GetTotalAmount String Total Dollar Amount of Transactions in the batch GetVISACount String Number of VISA Transactions GetVISAAmount String Total Dollar Amount of VISA Transactions GetMCCount String Number of MC Transactions GetMCAmount String Total Dollar Amount of MC Transactions GetDISCCount String Number of DISC Transactions GetDISCAmount String Total Dollar Amount of DISC Transactions GetPLCount String Number of PL Transactions GetPLAmount String Total Dollar Amount of PL Transactions GetJCBCount String Number of JCB Transactions GetJCBAmount String Total Dollar Amount of JCB Transactions 362 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccSettle Class This class is used for settling batches with Terminal based systems. The batch must be settled regularly (at least once per day, ideally) to ensure that the funds from transactions are deposited before the authorizations expire. PccSettle Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccSettle Properties ActiveID* Integer Returns the Index number of the merchant number associated with the batch operation. For example, the first Merchant number that is set up in PCCharge is assigned the index of “1” . AmexAuthSettlement Boolean Amex Auth Settlement Flag Balance* String Returns the batch balance (the sum of all transactions in the batch) Batches* String Returns the number of batches settled BatchNumber* String Returns the batch number. Error_Record* Integer Returns the index number of the transaction that cannot settle if an error occurs settling the batch Indeterminate* Boolean Returns TRUE if the batch fails and returns an indeterminate response. ItemCount* String Returns the number of items in current batch MerchantNumber° String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Credit Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. MessageCount* Integer Returns the total number of messages sent to the processor NoFile* Boolean Returns TRUE if PCCharge has no record of transactions to settle NoSettle* Boolean Returns TRUE if the processor has no record of transactions to settle The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the SettleBatch method. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ or Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". Processor° String The code for the processing company that will be used when performing batch operations. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). record Integer Used internally ResultCode Byte Returns the result of the batch operation. Valid Values: 2 – Batch Closed/Settled 6 – Batch Declined 8 – Batch Deferred SettleNumber* String Returns the Settlement number from the processor SettleResponse* String Returns the Response from the processor Status* String Returns the Status of the batch TCount* String Returns the Number of transactions in current batch ° These properties are required to process a transaction. * The processor returns these values. 363 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccSettle Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccSettle Methods Cancel None Cancels the current batch operation Clear None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. ClearResponse None The Clear method will clear the values in all response related properties and methods. CloseAmexSettleFile Boolean Used internally CreateAmexSettleFile Boolean Used internally CreateCESSettleFile None Used internally CreateFDCNSettleFile None Used internally CreateFDCSettleFile None Used internally CreateGSARSettleFile None Used internally CreateNBSettleFile None Used internally CreateNDCSettleFile None Used internally CreateNOVASettleFile None Used internally CreateNPCSettleFile None Used internally CreateNVUSSettleFile None Used internally CreateTELMSettleFile None Used internally CreateVISAKSettleFile None Used internally DecryptSettleFile Boolean Used internally EncryptAmexArchiveBatches Boolean Used internally EncryptSettleFile Boolean Used internally GetAmexBatchTotal Boolean Calculates the Amex Batch total. The ItemCount and Balance properties will contain the returned data. TRUE is returned if the operation is successful, FALSE otherwise. GetBatchTotal Boolean Initiates an inquiry; returns TRUE if the inquiry was successful. Use this to determine how many batches are waiting to be settled. If multiple batches, a response will be returned for each batch. A loop must be initiated to read the response from each batch. GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during use of various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). SettleAmex Boolean Initiates AMEX direct settlement; returns TRUE if the settlement was successful. SettleBatch Boolean Initiates a settlement; returns TRUE if the settlement was successful UpdateSettleDB None Used internally WriteAmexSettleRecord Boolean Used internally WriteCESSettleDB None Used internally WriteFDCNSettleDB None Used internally WriteFDCSettleDB None Used internally WriteGSARSettleDB None Used internally WriteNBSettleDB None Used internally WriteNDCSettleDB None Used internally WriteNOVASettleDB None Used internally WriteNPCSettleDB None Used internally WriteNVUSSettleDB None Used internally WriteTELMSettleDB None Used internally 364 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - PccSettle Methods WriteVisaKSettleDB None Used internally Note: In the event there are multiple batches waiting to be settled in one settlement, the integrated application will need to be designed to loop through the settlement response to retrieve the response for each batch. 365 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccSettleGift Class This class is used for settling batches with Gift Card Processors. The batch must be settled regularly (at least once per day, ideally) to ensure that the funds from transactions are deposited before the authorizations expire. PccSettleGift Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccSettleGift Properties ActiveID* Integer Returns the Index number of the merchant number associated with the batch operation. For example, the first Merchant number that is set up in PCCharge is assigned the index of “1” . Balance* String Returns the batch balance (the sum of all transactions in the batch) Batches* String Returns the number of batches settled Error_Record* Integer Returns the index number of the transaction that cannot settle if an error occurs settling the batch ItemCount* String Returns the number of items in current batch MerchantNumber° String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. The value set in this property must match what is set up in the Credit Card Setup window of PCCharge. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. MessageCount* Integer Returns the total number of messages sent to the processor NoFile* Boolean Returns TRUE if PCCharge has no record of transactions to settle NoSettle* Boolean Returns TRUE if the processor has no record of transactions to settle The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the SettleBatch method. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". The code for the processing company that will be used when performing batch operations. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. The processor specified in this property must be set up with a valid merchant number in PCCharge. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). Processor° String record Integer Used internally SettleNumber* String Returns the Settlement number from the processor SettleResponse* String Returns the Response from the processor Status* String Returns the Status of the batch TCount* Integer Returns the Number of transactions in current batch ° These properties are required to process a transaction. * The processor returns these values. PccSettleGift Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccSettleGift Methods Cancel None Cancels the current batch operation Clear None The Clear method will clear the values in all properties and methods. GetBatchTotal Boolean Initiates an inquiry; returns TRUE if the inquiry was successful 366 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Method Name Returned Value Description - PccSettleGift Methods GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during use of various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetGiftTIDSeqNumber Integer This method returns the index of the credit card merchant number that relates to a gift card merchant number. Two parameters, the gift card merchant number and the gift card processor code must be passed when calling this method. SettleBatch Boolean Initiates a settlement; returns TRUE if the settlement was successful 367 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccPinPad Class The PccPinPad class allows integration to PINpad devices connected to the serial port. This is a Multi Use class. The PccPinPad class provides the functionality to Initialize a PINpad and to retrieve the PIN from the cardholder. The PINpad must be initialized once prior to retrieving the PIN. If the PINpad’s power is cycled, it must be re-initialized. If the object is destroyed and then instantiated, the PINpad must be re-initialized. PccPinPad Properties Property Name AccType Data Type Description - PccPinPad Properties The customer’s bank account type used when processing the transaction. 1 or ENUM_ACC_CHEQ - Chequing 2 or ENUM_ACC_SAV – Savings Note: When populating this property to build the initial Interac request string, the customer’s bank account type will not be known by the merchant (the customer will enter it once prompted). This value must be hard-coded. It is suggested to hard-code this value to “1” if most of the merchant’s customers use their checking accounts when purchasing products or “2” if GPSAccType most of the merchant’s customers use their saving account when purchasing products. Note: A new MAC value must be requested from the PINpad if the account chosen by the merchant differs from the account chosen by the customer. Set this property to the account chosen by the customer, call the BuildInteracRequest method again and use the RequestMAC method in the PinSC5000 class to request a new MAC value from the PINpad. Action String Set this property to the type of transaction being processed. This should be set to the same transaction type specified in the TransNameID property. 0 – Purchase (default) 4 – Refund AllDataReceived Variant Indicates whether all data has been received Amount** String This amount displayed to customer on the PINpad for approval The amount of the transaction. Format: DDDDDD.CC. Max Length: 9 characters, including the decimal. The value may not be negative. Do not use commas. Note: The amount MUST include the decimal point and the cents even if the amount is a whole dollar amount. Example: “3.00”, not “3” or “3.”. If sending less than one dollar, the zero place holder must be sent as well. Example: “0.50”. If the amount is set to an incorrect format, the Error event will fire after calling the Send method. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Note: Only add a zero to the front of the amount in the case of a cents-only transaction. An error will be returned if a dollar amount is padded with leading zeroes. Example: Incorrect format “0001.00”. Argements String N/A Baud* Variant Baud rate Example: “1200” Card** String Debit card number Command String N/A DataBits* String Databits Example: "7" DataWaiting Variant N/A Device* Variant The type of PINpad to be used. Types of PINpads are listed below. Example: “1” 368 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type ExpDate String Description - PccPinPad Properties N/A Gratuity String Only supported by Global Payments East (NDC) Canadian Debit and the Verifone SC5000 PINpad. This is the Gratuity Amount of the transaction returned by the PINpad. IdleMessage String The default message for the PINpad that is connected to the machine that PccPinPad will be communicating with. For example, if this is set to "Welcome", "Welcome" will appear on the screen at times of inactivity. IncomingData String N/A KeyManagement* PinPadMana Type of encryption method to be used. gement KeySerialNumber String LangCode Language Code used when communicating with and displaying messages on the PINpad. Verifone SC5000 only GPSLangCod Valid Values: e 0 – English (default) 1 – French LastChar Variant N/A MACData String MAC data from the PINpad. Verifone SC5000 only. MasterKey Integer The Master Key for Master Session encryption. Not all processors who do Master Session encryption will have a Master Key. Set MasterKey to "0" if no Master Key is present. member String Name of cardholder OLEPinState Byte This value must be set to “1” in order to communicate with the PINpad properly Parity* String Parity setting for PINpad. ("E" for even, "O" for odd, "N" for none) Pin String The encrypted PIN entered by user. Port* String Number of the COM port to be used (Example: "1" used for COM port 1) ReceivingData Variant Indicates whether device is in process of receiving data Response String Response from processor SerialNumber String Chip Serial Number from the PINpad. StartTime Long N/A State PinPadSta States of PINpads are listed below te TermID String Set this property to the Chip Serial Number of the PINpad. Use the GetSerialBlock method in the PinSC5000 class to acquire the Chip Serial Number of the PINpad. Verifone SC5000 only. TimeOut Long Length of time after a request for PIN before PCCharge times out. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Note: The TimeOut properly is only applicable when programming in an asynchronous manner. TipType Integer Determines if the PINpad will prompt the customer to enter a tip amount and also determines if the PINpad will display a “suggested” tip amount prior to prompting for the tip amount. Valid Values: 0 – The customer is not prompted to enter a tip amount (Default) 1 – The customer is prompted to enter a tip amount. 2 through 99 – The PINpad will calculate a “suggested” tip amount and display it on the PINpad prior to prompting the customer for the tip amount. The integer value passed in represents the percentage that will be used to calculate the tip. For example, 20 would calculate a 20% tip amount. The customer would see this “suggested” tip amount and would then be prompted to key in the actual tip amount. TrackData String Raw swiped track data from card WorkingKey String Property for future use The Key Serial Number of the transaction * These properties must be set before Initialize can be called. ** These properties must be set before GetPin can be called. 369 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccPinPad Methods Method Name Returned Value AtallaAsciiString String No longer supported AtallaComm Boolean No longer supported AtallaIO Boolean No longer supported Cancel Boolean Returns TRUE if transaction was canceled ClearData Boolean Clears all data from device ClearPort Boolean Clears PINpad buffer ClosePort Boolean Releases COM port to which PINpad is connected CreatPinPadFile None Used internally GetPin Boolean The GetPin method initiates the PIN entry prompt on the PINpad. If successful, TRUE will be returned. Once TRUE is returned, the PIN will be returned in the .Pin property and the Key Serial Number will be returned in the .KeySerialNumber property. Initialize Boolean Initializes PINpad LoadKey None N/A MAC Boolean Perform MAC with the PINpad OpenPort Boolean Captures COM port to which PINpad is connected ParseData Boolean Parse swipe data ReceiveData Boolean N/A Send None Not used. Use GetPin to retrieve PIN from PINpad Description - PccPinPad Methods The following is a list of available PINpad types supported. PinPadDevice Properties Property Name Data Type ppdIVI_CheckMate_eNTouch100 Enum 0 Description - PinPadDevice Properties Value = 10 ppdIVICheckmate_2100 Enum Value = 5 ppdIVIeNCrypt_BMON Enum Value = 7 ppdIVIPOSPad Enum Value = 6 ppdIVISentinel Enum Value = 3 PPDNone Enum Value = 0 ppdPenWare_3100 Enum Value = 8 ppdVerifone_101 Enum Value = 1 PPDVerifone_2000 Enum Value = 2 ppdVerifone_Everest Enum Value = 4 ppdVerifone_SC500_C Enum Value = 9 ppdVerifone_3730 Enum Value = 12 The following is a list of all available PINpad states. PinPadState Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PinPadState Properties PPSCancel Enum Value = 2 PPSIdle Enum Value = 0 PPSProcess Enum Value = 1 370 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccSC550 Class PccSC550 Class Properties Property Name AccType° Data Type Description - PccSC550 Class Properties The customer’s bank account type used when processing the transaction. 1 or ENUM_ACC_CHEQ - Chequing 2 or ENUM_ACC_SAV – Savings Note: When populating this property to build the initial Interac request string, the customer’s bank account type will not be known by the merchant (the customer will enter it once prompted). This value must be hard-coded. It is suggested to hard-code this value to “1” if most of the merchant’s GPSAccType customers use their checking accounts when purchasing products or “2” if most of the merchant’s customers use their saving account when purchasing products. Note: A new MAC value must be requested from the PINpad if the account chosen by the merchant differs from the account chosen by the customer. Use the RequireReMac property in the PinSC5000 class to determine if ReMACing must occur. Action String Used internally Amount° String Set this property to the Amount of the transaction to be processed. This property should not contain any decimals or commas. Example: to specify a $1.00 transaction, set this property to “100” Baud Variant Baud Rate used to communicate with the PINpad. Default Value: “9600” ChipSerialNum String This property will contain the Chip Serial Number of the PINpad. This field is populated by running the GetChipSerialNum method. The Chip Serial Number is passed as a parameter to the Debit classes’ GetPOSSequenceNumber method. DataBits Variant DataBits used to communicate with the PINpad. Default Value: “8” DisplayAmount° String Set this property to the amount of the transaction. The amount specified is displayed to the customer for confirmation on the PINpad. This amount should include the decimal point and trailing zeros, if applicable. Example: to specify a $1.00 transaction, set this property to “1.00” LanguageCode Language Code used when communicating with and displaying messages on the PINpad. GPSLangCod Valid Values: e 0 – English (default) 1 – French MACBlock°° String After the ParseResponseData method has been called, this property will contain the MAC block information that was returned from the PINpad. Parity Variant Parity used to communicate with the PINpad. Valid Values: E – even O – odd N – None (default) PINBlock°° String After the ParseResponseData method has been called, this property will contain the customer’s encrypted PIN that was returned from the PINpad. Port String Port Number to be used to communicate with PINpad. Default Value: “COM1” SC550Form Object Used internally SequenceNum° String The POS Sequence number. Set this property to the value that was returned by PCCharge when calling the GetPOSSequenceNumber method in the Debit.OCX control. TermID° String Set this property to the Chip Serial Number of the PINpad. Use the GetSerialBlock method in the PinSC550 class to acquire the Chip Serial Number of the PINpad. 371 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccSC550 Class Properties TipAmount°° String After the ParseResponseData method has been called, this property will contain the optional customer-specified tip amount. If this property is populated with a value greater than 0, a ReMAC must occur. TipType° Integer Determines if the PINpad will prompt the customer to enter a tip amount and also determines if the PINpad will display a “suggested” tip amount prior to prompting for the tip amount. Valid Values: 0 – The customer is not prompted to enter a tip amount (Default) 1 – The customer is prompted to enter a tip amount. 2 through 99 – The PINpad will calculate a “suggested” tip amount and display it on the PINpad prior to prompting the customer for the tip amount. The integer value passed in represents the percentage that will be used to calculate the tip. For example, 20 would calculate a 20% tip amount. The customer would see this “suggested” tip amount and would then be prompted to key in the actual tip amount. TrackII° String Set this property to the track II data from the magnetic stripe of the card. For example: ;1234123412341234=08121234123412340001? TransCode° Set this property to the type of transaction being processed. This should be GPSTransCo set to the same transaction type specified in the TransNameID property. de 0 or ENUM_TCODE_PURCH_NORM – Purchase (default) 4 or ENUM_TCODE_REFUND – Refund TransNameID° GPSTransID Set this property to the type of transaction being processed. The property indicates to the PINpad to displays the type of transaction being processed to the customer. This should be set to the same transaction type specified in the TransCode property. Valid Values: 0 or ENUM_TID_PURCH – Displays “PURCHASE” (default) 1 or ENUM_TID_REFUND – Displays “REFUND” ° These properties must be set prior to calling the BuildInteracRequest method. °° These properties will be set after the ParseResponseData method completes successfully. PccSC550 Class Methods Property Name Returned Value Description - PccSC550 Class Methods BuildInteracReqString String Builds and returns the Interac request string that will be sent to the PINpad. The properties in the SC550.clsInteracReq Class Properties table that are marked with a ° must be set prior to calling this method. GetChipSerialNum Boolean Obtains the Chip Serial Number from the PINpad. This method populates the ChipSerialNum property with the PINpad’s Chip Serial Number. GetPin Boolean Gets the PIN from the PINpad. This will prompt the user to enter his/her PIN. GetPin will then return the encrypted PIN. GetPin will return nothing if a timeout or cancel occurs. Initialize Boolean Initializes the PINpad. Returns TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE if not. Initialize has an optional parameter than can be passed in that will allow checking of the com port. KeyChangeRequest None Requests a key change from the PINpad. 372 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccBin Class This functions in this class will return information that indicates if a credit card is a Commercial Card, and what type of Commercial Card it is. See the section Commercial Card Transactions (see page 93) for more information. This is a Multi Use class. PccBin Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccBin Properties Canceled Boolean Used internally Boolean To test if the card is a Level II card (Business, Purchase, Corporate, or Fleet), pass the card number to this function. The function will return TRUE if the card’s BIN range appears in the Bin.mdb database that resides in the PCCharge directory. FALSE will be returned if it doesn’t. If TRUE is returned, check CommercialCardType to determine what type of Level II card it is. CommercialCard This property indicates the card type. After calling the CommercialCard function, the CommercialCardType property will be populated with one of the following values: CommercialCardType String B - Business P,L,G - Purchase C - Corporate F - Fleet N - not a Level II card If processing a commercial card, the CmrclCardFlag property in the PccCharge class should be populated with this value prior to submitting the transaction. Index Integer No longer supported MC Collection No longer supported Other Collection No longer supported VS Collection No longer supported Method Name Returned Value Description - PccBin Methods Load Boolean No longer supported Save Boolean No longer supported Show Boolean No longer supported PccBin Methods 373 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Reporting The PccCharge class may be used by integrators to submit report requests. A report request can have PCCharge print a report to it’s default report printer or have PCCharge generate a file containing the report output. If generating a file, the PCCharge reporting interface supports three different file types: 1. Portable Document Format (.pdf) 2. Rich Text Files (.rtf) 3. Standard Text files (.txt) Note: The reporting interface cannot be configured to send reports directly to the screen. The following outlines the properties used for submitting report requests to PCCharge with the PccCharge class. The properties in PccCharge that are not documented below should be left blank when submitting report requests. Property Data Type Description - PccCharge Class Reporting Properties Action° Long The action code that identifies what type of report will be requested. Valid Values: 81-84. Example: If running a credit card detail report, set the action code to “81”. Consult the section DevKit Constants for a list of valid values (see page 143). Card String User name filter. If a valid user name is set in the Card property, the report will be filtered by that user name. The report returned will consist of only those transactions processed by the user name specified. Example: "User1". If this property is left blank, the report will show transactions processed by all users. Manual Long Result filter. Use this filter to create a report consisting of only those transactions with the result specified. Valid Values: 0 = all (default), 1 = approved, 2 = declined Example: 1 String Ending Date/Time filter. Specifies the end date and end time of the report. Format: Date: MM/DD/YY Time: HH:MM:SS PM. When used in conjunction with Street; will create a report consisting of only those transactions processed between the start and end date/time specified (inclusive). If an end date is not specified, today's date is assumed. If an end time is not specified, 11:59:59 PM is assumed. The end date can be passed without the end time. However, the end time cannot be passed without the end date. Examples: "07/06/05 06:00:00 PM" or “07/06/05” String Merchant Number filter. Set this property to filter the report by the merchant number specified. Setting this property will generate a report consisting of only those transactions processed via the merchant number specified. To generate a report that includes all merchant numbers in PCCharge, set this property to "ALL“ or leave blank. Example: "99999999911" member MerchantNumber The path to the directory in which the PCCharge executable resides. This property must be set prior to calling the Send, PccSysExists, and other methods that require accessing the PCCharge directory. Path° String Example: C:\Program Files\PCCW\ or C:\Program Files\Active-Charge\ Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. 100 characters maximum. Must end with a "\". PeriodicPayment String Report Output setting. Determines if the report will be printed by PCCharge or written to a file. Valid Values: "0" = print to default printer specified in PCCharge (default). "1" = print to file using filename specified in TransID and path specified in TRACK. 374 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Street TimeOut Track Data Type Description - PccCharge Class Reporting Properties String Starting Date/Time Filter (Optional) Specifies the start date and start time of the report. Format: Date: MM/DD/YY Time: HH:MM:SS PM. Use to create a report consisting of only those transactions processed on or after the date specified. If a start date is not specified, today's date is assumed. If a start time is not specified, 12:00:00 AM is assumed. The start date can be passed without the start time. However, the start time cannot be passed without the start date. Examples: "03/04/05 09:00:00 AM" or “03/04/05” Long The number of seconds after which a timeout error will be returned from PCCharge. The count will start when the Send method is called. It is highly recommended that integrators review the section Timeouts (see page 59). Note: The TimeOut properly is only applicable when programming in an asynchronous manner. String Destination Directory for Report File. Specifies the destination directory where the report file will be generated by PCCharge (if PeriodicPayment is set to "1"). Example: “C:\My Documents\PCCReports\” Path Formats: UNC, MS-DOS(8 Characters) and Long. Max Length: 40 characters (if the Destination Directory is longer than 40 characters, use CustCode for the additional characters. Must end with a "\" unless the directory name will be continued in the CustCode property. Note: If running in a Client/Server environment, this property is the path from the server running PCCharge, not the client. For example, if a client submitted a report request that specified “C:\“ as the destination directory, the report would be written to the local hard drive of the server running PCCharge, not to the client’s hard drive. String Destination Directory for Report File (continued). Continuation of the destination directory (if the directory name is greater than 40 characters). Max Length: 25 characters. Must end with a "\" TRANSID String Report File name/Report File Type. Specifies the filename and extension of the report file generated by PCCharge (if PeriodicPayment is set to "1"). Also determines what file type will be used when PCCharge generates the report. To specify the file type, set the extension to one of the following: .pdf – Create the report file in the Portable Document Format. Ex. Report.pdf .rtf – Create the report file in Rich Text. Ex. Report.rtf .txt – Create a report file in flat text. Ex. Report.txt Default: .txt (If an extension other than the ones listed is passed, the report will be returned as flat text and a .txt extension will be added to the filename) User° String Sets the PCCharge user name associated with the transaction. The user name must be in DOS file format, no spaces. Max Length: 8 characters. For more information on user names, consult the Multi-User Support section (see page 62). CustCode ° These properties are required to submit a report request. The following outlines the methods used to process report requests. The methods in PccCharge that are not documented below will not be used when processing report requests. Method Returned Value Description - PccCharge Class Reporting Methods Cancel None The Cancel method attempts to cancel the transaction in progress. Calling the Cancel method does not guarantee that the transaction will be canceled; it simply attempts to cancel the transaction. 375 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Description - PccCharge Class Reporting Methods DeleteUserFiles None The DeleteUserFiles method attempts to delete all request and response files associated with the transaction. It will delete the files based on the value set in the User property. The DeleteUserFiles method should be called after the results have been retrieved from the transaction. If an error occurs while attempting to delete the files, the Error event will be triggered (if asynchronous) and the GetErrorDesc method will give a brief description of the error. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes and descriptions that will be returned (see page 150). GetAuth String For approved transactions, returns the authorization code from the issuing bank. For declined transactions, returns the reason why the transaction was declined (if the issuing bank provides one) or why the transaction was rejected. GetErrorCode Long The GetErrorCode method returns an error code if an error was encountered during the use of various methods such as the Send, Cancel, DeleteUserFiles, and PccSysExists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetErrorDesc String The GetErrorDesc method returns a string representation of the error that was encountered during the use of the various methods. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). GetResult String Returns the result, which indicates the transaction’s status upon completion. Refer to the Transaction Result Constants section (see page 156) for a list of valid values and descriptions. Boolean The PccSysExists method is used to determine if PCCharge is available to process transactions. If PccSysExists returns TRUE, the file SYS.PCC exists in the PCCharge directory and PCCharge is not available to process transactions. TRUE usually indicates that PCCharge is either not running, is performing a batch or database function, or is in an error state. The GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc methods will provide information as to why the file exists. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid error codes that will be returned (see page 150). If PccSysExists returns FALSE, then PCCharge is ready to process transactions. Method PccSysExists 376 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Returned Value Method Description - PccCharge Class Reporting Methods The Send method creates a text file containing the transaction request and places the file in the PCCharge directory. The Send method will check the action code specified and perform the transaction type indicated. If an error occurs while Send executes, the class will set the error code and description, raise the Error event, and terminate processing. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). The Send method has two optional parameters. The first parameter indicates whether the Send method will process transactions synchronously or asynchronously. Note: The object must defined to use events in order to allow asynchronous communication. Valid Values: True – process asynchronously (Default) False – process synchronously Integer Send The second parameter indicates what message format will be used for the request and response files. This parameter may be specified by using a numerical value (or an enumerated value if the programming language being used supports enumerated values). IMPORTANT NOTE: It is highly recommended that the XML message format parameter is set when calling the Send method. All DevKit documentation assumes that the XML message format parameter has been set. (The legacy INP message format is selected by default for backwards compatibility reasons.) Valid values: 3 (TTYPE_XML) – XML message format – (RECOMMENDED) Example: Send True, 3 Note: The other values that appear in the enumerated list are for internal use only-- do not attempt to use any values other than the ones listed above. VerifyMerchantNumber Boolean The VerifyMerchantNumber method returns TRUE if the merchant number that is passed to it is set up in PCCharge, otherwise, FALSE is returned. Specifically, this method checks for the merchant number in the file TID.PCC, which is located in the PCCharge directory. The Path property must be set before calling this Method. PccCharge Events Event Description - PccCharge Class Events Error The Error event is fired any time an error occurs in the class. Once an Error event has fired, call GetErrorCode and GetErrorDesc to determine what kind of error has occurred. Consult the section System Error Codes and Descriptions for a list of valid errors that will be returned (see page 150). Finish The Finish event will fire when the transaction has been completed. This means that PCCharge has processed the transaction successfully and has placed a file with the extension of .oux in the PCCharge directory. The name of the .oux file will be what was set in the User property of the transaction request. Call the GetResult method to determine whether or not the transaction was approved. A list of valid results can be found in the DevKit Constants section (see page 143). Note: When doing asynchronous transactions in an event-driven programming model, it is important to place all result or error routines in either the Finish or Error events. Do not place any code that uses the .get methods after invoking the Send method. 377 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Utility Related Classes OS The OS object contains information about the operating system on the local machine. This is a Multi Use class. OS Properties Property Name Data Type Description - OS Properties BuildNumber Long Returns the build number of the operating system on the machine that PCCharge is installed CSDVersion String Returns the CSD Version (Service Pack level) of the operating system on the on machine that PCCharge is installed MajorVersion Long Returns the Major version of the operating system on the machine that PCCharge is installed MinorVersion Long Returns the Minor version of the operating system on the machine that PCCharge is installed OSVersion EOS_VERSION Returns the version of the operating system on the machine that PCCharge is installed Platform String Returns the Platform of the operating system on the machine that PCCharge is installed PlatformID Long Returns the Platform ID of the operating system on the machine that PCCharge is installed Version String Returns the full version information of the operating system on the machine that PCCharge is installed Win2000 Boolean Indicates whether operating system of the local machine is Windows 2000. Win2003 Boolean Indicates whether operating system of the local machine is Windows 2003. Win95 Boolean Indicates whether operating system of the local machine is Windows 95. Win98 Boolean Indicates whether operating system of the local machine is Windows 98. WinME Boolean Indicates whether operating system of the local machine is Windows ME or was derived from Windows ME WinNT Boolean Indicates whether operating system of the local machine is Windows NT or was derived from Windows NT (Example: Windows 2000) WinXP Boolean Indicates whether operating system of the local machine is Windows XP or was derived from Windows XP 378 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccActiveCharge This class contains information about the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Multi Use class. PccActiveCharge Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccActiveCharge Properties Check Collection Contains merchant check processing information CompanyName Variant Merchant company information Credit Collection Contains merchant credit card processing information CSZ Variant This value is read-only Debit Collection Contains merchant debit processing information EBT Collection Contains merchant EBT processing information EmailHelp Variant Private label information specified in sys.cfg Fax Variant Private label information specified in sys.cfg GiftCard Collection Contains merchant gift card processing information HndUI Long This value is read-only. Contains the handle for the main UI window. If null, the UI is not loaded. In that case, set ShowAcUI to "1", then re-read HndUI. License Variant Private label information specified in sys.cfg PccModem PccModem Merchant modem information PccUtilities PccUtilities Database Utilities Phone Variant Private label information specified in sys.cfg ProgramName Variant Private label information specified in sys.cfg ShowAcUI Boolean This value is write-only. If set to "1", the PCCharge COM form becomes visible. Street Variant Private label information specified in sys.cfg Version String Private label information specified in sys.cfg Web Variant Private label information specified in sys.cfg PccActiveCharge Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccActiveCharge Methods GetActiveIndex Integer Returns index of active TID GetIndex Integer Returns index of specified arguments GetMaxMerchants Integer Returns number of TIDs in PCCharge ReInitialize Boolean Re-initializes PCCharge without shutting the program down. ShutDown Boolean Shuts down current instance of PCCharge StartUp** Boolean Starts up and initializes application ** Be sure to use this method to ensure that all variables and data structures are properly initialized. 379 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccDBBackup The PccDBBackup object allows access to PCCharge's transaction archive capabilities. This feature is briefly described below, however, a detailed explanation of this feature can be found in the PCCharge Pro or Payment Server User Manuals. PCCharge offers transaction archive capabilities via integration. Archived transactions are moved from PCCharge's working database (pccw.mdb) into the archive database (pccwhist.mdb). The following archive integration methods are supported: • • • • OCX Method OLE/COM Method File Method TCP Method The action code ZA specifies a transaction archive request. Consult the section DevKit Constants for descriptions of values (see page 143), and consult the section File Method for descriptions of transaction fields (see page 481). This is a Multi Use class. PccDBBackup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccDBBackup Properties ArchivePre5_6 Boolean Flag to indicate whether pre-PCCharge version 5.6 transactions should be archived. TRUE – Archive Pre 5.6 Transactions FALSE – Do not archive Pre 5.6 Transactions Cancel Boolean Set to TRUE to cancel the archive operation in progress. Enabled Boolean Enable or disable current configuration Valid values: 1 – Enable 0 – Disable KeepDays Integer Transaction archive preservation range. All transactions within the past number of “keep days” will remain in the pccw.mdb database following a transaction archive command. Path String Specify path for saved output files (Example: backed up transaction database). Must end with a backslash “\”. SizeLimit Long Transaction archive size limit for GUI archive prompting and validation. Specified in megabytes. PccDBBackup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccDBBackup Methods Backup(GUIPrompt) Boolean Perform transaction archive. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Set GUIPrompt to FALSE during a transaction archive request to suppress a GUI error message if the request fails. LimitExceeded Boolean Transaction database exceeds the configured archive limit. Load Boolean Load the saved archive configuration. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. PCCWDatabaseSize Long Current transaction database size in bytes. Save Boolean Save the current archive configuration. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. 380 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccUtilities Provides various PCCharge utilities to the integrator. PccUtilitiesMethods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccUtilities Methods BackUp Boolean Backs up the merchant configuration files and PCCharge database to a ZIP file. Requires the path to the PCCharge directory as a parameter. Compact Boolean Compacts the database and the settlement file. An optional parameter, the index of the merchant number, can be passed in. If this value is passed, the compact function will only compact the transactions related to that index. Repair Boolean Calls the database engine repair function. Repairs the PCCharge database. Restore Boolean Restores the merchant configuration files and PCCharge database into the PCCharge directory. Requires the path to the directory that contains the ZIP file as a parameter 381 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Setup Related Classes PccAddv This class contains address verification system settings for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Multi Use class. PccAddv Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccAddv Properties Add5Zip Boolean Indicates whether to capture transaction when address and 5-digit zip code match. Add9Zip Boolean Indicates whether to capture transaction when address and 9-digit zip code match. AddNoZip Boolean Indicates whether to capture transaction when address matches but zip code does not. Canceled Boolean Used internally Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. NoAdd5Zip Boolean Indicates whether to capture transaction when 5-digit zip code matches but address does not. NoAdd9Zip Boolean Indicates whether to capture transaction when 9-digit zip code matches but address does not. NoMatch Boolean Indicates whether to capture transaction when address and zip code do not match. NotAvailable Boolean Indicates whether to capture transaction when address information is not available. Retry Boolean Indicates whether to retry address verification when processor used by system is down. ServiceNotAvailable Boolean Indicates whether system used to verify the address is available. PccAddv Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccAddv Methods CreateAddressFile None Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. ShouldShow Boolean Indicates whether AVS setup form is visible Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Show 382 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccADSISetup This class contains Alliance Data Systems extended information for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Public Not Creatable class. PccADSISetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccADSISetup Properties BatchNumber String The Current batch number. This value is incremented by the processor after each successful settlement. BType Integer N/A Canceled Boolean Used internally CompanyID String The company ID assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor CompanyIdentifier String A unique company identifier assigned to each merchant by Alliance Data Systems. DebitReturnAmount String Amount of Debit and EBT Returns DebitReturnCount String Count of Debit and EBT Returns DebitSalesAmount String Amount of Debit and EBT Sales DebitSalesCount String Count of Debit and EBT Sales DebitVoidAmount String Amount of Debit and EBT Voids DebitVoidCount String Count of Debit And EBT Voids Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. MCSalesAmount String Amount of MC Sales MCSalesCount String Count of MC Sales PLabel Boolean Flag that indicates if the merchant will accept Private Label Cards. PLabelSalesAmount String Amount of Private Label Sales PLabelSalesCount String Count of Private Label Sales PurchasedAmount String Amount of credit purchase PurchasedCount String Count of credit purchases or post authorizations ReturnedAmount String Amount of credit Returns ReturnedCount String Count of credit Returns SequenceNumber String Unique sequence number that is assigned to each transaction. Also called a reference number. VisaSalesAmount String Amount of Visa Sales VisaSalesCount String Count of Visa Sales VoidedAmount String Amount of credit Voids VoidedCount String Count of credit Voids VoidReturnAmount String Amount of Credit Void Returns VoidReturnCount String Count of credit Void Returns 383 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccADSISetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccADSISetup Methods CreateADSIExtFile None Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Show 384 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccAmexDialSetup This class contains Amex split-dial settings for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Multi Use class. PccAmexDialSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccAmexDialSetup Properties AMEXDirect Boolean Indicates whether split dial will be used BType String The merchant’s business type. Valid values: 0 – Retail / MOTO 4 – Restaurant Canceled Boolean Used internally ExpansionFactor String Percent by which restaurant-based transactions will be incremented during gratuity-related transactions. This setting only applies when transactions are processed using the PCCharge GUI. Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. MerchantNumber String The American Express-assigned Service Establishment (SE) Number. Length: 10 bytes PrimaryPhone String The Primary number that will be used when processing transactions via dial-up modem. RequireServerID String Indicates whether PCCharge will require a Server ID during gratuity-related restaurant transactions. Consult the section Restaurant Transactions for more information (see page 105). Valid Values: 0 – Server ID not required 1 – Server ID required SecondaryPhone String The Secondary number that will be used when processing transactions via dial-up modem. TerminalID String The American Express-assigned Terminal ID. Length: 2 bytes PccAmexDialSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccAmexDialSetup Methods CreateAmexspltFile None Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Show 385 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccAmexSettleSetup This class contains Amex Settlement settings for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Multi Use class. PccAmexSettleSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccAmexSettleSetup Properties AmexSettle Boolean Used internally BatchNumber Integer Used internally BType Byte Used internally Canceled Boolean Used internally CurrencyCode String The Currency Code assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. This parameter is used to identify the merchant’s settlement currency. Length: 3 digits. Valid Value: 840 – U.S. Dollars DefaultDescriptor String General Description of what type of transactions will be processed by this merchant. This value should be determined by the merchant and American Express. Length: 23 Characters. Example: MENS WEAR, HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES FileSeqNumber Integer The File Sequence Number is the PCID-specific, unique sequence number for a file. That means that if you deliver transactions to American Express for more than one PCID, each PCID’s transactions are forwarded in a separate Financial Settlement File with its own file sequence numbering scheme. Note: A file sequence number must not be repeated during a calendar year. Length: 6 bytes. Example: 000001 HostPort String The FTP port used when processing AMEX settlements. This value is provided by American Express. HostURL String The FTP address used when processing AMEX settlements. This value is provided by American Express. String The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. String The Invoice Batch Code assigned by American Express. This code specifies processing options applicable to the batch. The code to be entered in this field is supplied by American Express at the same time the Process Control ID (PCID) is assigned. Length: 3 bytes InvoiceSubcode String The Invoice Subcode assigned by American Express. This code specifies additional Amex controls and processing requirements. The code to be entered in this field is supplied by American Express at the same time the Process Control ID (PCID) and Invoice Batch code are assigned. Length: 2 bytes Password String The password used to send settlements to American Express via FTP. This value is provided by American Express. PCID String The Process Control ID / Username assigned by American Express. This parameter is a unique identifier code assigned to merchants, locations, and Authorized Third Party Processors so that they can directly access the American Express Financial Settlement system to deliver settlement data. In some cases, a merchant may not receive a unique PCID, because many franchises and authorized processors submit files for multiple locations under one PCID. Length: 6 bytes RecSeqNumber Integer Used internally RequestTimeout String Not Yet Implemented SettlementFileName String Used internally TotalTransAmt Long Used internally TransCount Long Used internally Index InvoiceBatchCode 386 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Username Data Type Description - PccAmexSettleSetup Properties String The Process Control ID / Username assigned by American Express. This parameter is a unique identifier code assigned to merchants, locations, and Authorized Third Party Processors so that they can directly access the American Express Financial Settlement system to deliver settlement data. In some cases, a merchant may not receive a unique PCID, because many franchises and authorized processors submit files for multiple locations under one PCID. Length: 6 bytes PccAmexSettleSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccAmexSettleSetup Methods CreateArchiveDir Boolean Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Show 387 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccBPASSetup This class contains FDMS Atlanta extended information for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Public Not Creatable class. PccBPASSetup Properties Property Name Data Type AppID String Description - PccBPASSetup Properties Used internally BType Integer The merchant’s business type. Valid values: 0 = Retail 1 = Mail order 2 = Electronic commerce 3 = Restaurant Canceled Boolean Used internally Connect String Indicates method of connection to processor. Valid values: 0 – Dial-up 1 – TCP/IP EFSnet XML 2 – TCP/IP EFSnet Leased Line 3 – TCP/IP EFSnet Pass Through CurrencyCode String The Currency Code assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. This parameter is used to identify the merchant’s settlement currency. Length: 3 digits. Valid Value: 840 – U.S. Dollars DeviceNumber String Device number assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Length: 3 digits. Example: 001. DeviceType String Device type assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Length: 2 characters. Example: 5S. DialBackup Boolean Flag that indicates whether to use the backup dial connection if the Internet connection is not available. Value Values: TRUE – Use Dial-Up modem for Backup FALSE – Do not us Dial-Up modem for Backup ExpansionFactor String Percent by which restaurant-based transactions will be incremented during gratuity-related transactions. This setting only applies when transactions are processed using the PCCharge GUI. FSInquiry Boolean Used internally GiftConnect Integer Indicates method of connection to processor when processing gift cards. Valid values: 0 – Dial-up 1 – TCP/IP EFSnet XML 2 – TCP/IP EFSnet Leased Line 3 – TCP/IP EFSnet Pass Through GiftCurrencyCode String The Currency Code assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. This parameter is used to identify the merchant’s settlement currency. Length: 3 digits. Valid Value: 840 – U.S. Dollars GiftDeviceNumber String Device number assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Length: 3 digits. Example: 001. GiftDeviceType String Device type assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Length: 2 characters. Example: 5S. GiftDialBackup Boolean Flag that indicates whether to use the backup dial connection if the Internet connection is not available. Value Values: TRUE – Use Dial-Up modem for Backup FALSE – Do not us Dial-Up modem for Backup GiftPort String The system/socket port used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. GiftSequenceNumber String A unique sequence number assigned to each transaction by PCCharge. Length: 6 digits 388 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccBPASSetup Properties String The Internet Settlement Timeout Value. If GiftDialBackup is set to TRUE, GiftSettleTimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for a settlement operation to time out before attempting the settlement via dial Format: Seconds GiftStateCode String The merchant’s State Code. Length: 2 digits Valid Values: Alabama – 01; Alaska – 02; Arizona – 04; Arkansas – 05; California – 06; Colorado – 08; Connecticut – 09; Delaware – 10; District of Columbia – 11; Florida – 12; Georgia – 13; Puerto Rico – 14; Hawaii – 15; Idaho – 16; Illinois – 17; Indiana – 18; Iowa – 19; Kansas – 20; Kentucky – 21; Louisiana – 22; Maine – 23; Maryland – 24; Massachusetts – 25; Michigan – 26; Minnesota – 27; Mississippi – 28; Missouri – 29; Montana – 30; Nebraska – 31; Nevada – 32; New Hampshire – 33; New Jersey – 34; New Mexico – 35; New York – 36; North Carolina – 37; North Dakota – 38; Ohio – 39; Oklahoma – 40; Oregon – 41; Pennsylvania – 42; Rhode Island – 44; South Carolina – 45; South Dakota – 46; Tennessee – 47; Texas – 48; Utah – 49; Vermont – 50; Virginia – 51; Virgin Islands – 52; Washington – 53; West Virginia – 54; Wisconsin – 55; Wyoming – 56 GiftStoreID String EFSnet store number assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Length: 32 digits. GiftStoreKey String EFSnet store password assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Length: 64 digits GiftTimeOut String The Internet Authorization Timeout Value. If GiftDialBackup is set to TRUE, GiftTimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for a gift card transaction to time out before attempting the transaction via dial Format: Seconds GiftURL String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. PCard Boolean Flag that indicates to enable or disable the Commercial / Purchasing card fields (Tax and Customer code) in the PCCharge GUI. TRUE – Enable fields FALSE – Disable fields Port String The system/socket port used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. ReversalOption String 0 – Retry reversals the specified number of times set in the .RetryReversalCount property. 1 – Retry reversals indefinitely ReversalNumberRetry String The number of times a reversal is retried GiftSettleTimeOut Index RetryReversalSeconds String The amount of time (in seconds) between reversal retries String The amount of time (in seconds) between reversal processing RequireServerID String Indicates whether PCCharge will require a Server ID during gratuity-related restaurant transactions. Consult the section Restaurant Transactions for more information (see page 105). Valid Values: 0 – Server ID not required 1 – Server ID required SequenceNumber String A unique sequence number assigned to each transaction by PCCharge. Length: 6 digits SettlePwd String Password required for settlement String The Internet Settlement Timeout Value. If DialBackup is set to TRUE, SettleTimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for a settlement operation to time out before attempting the settlement via dial Format: Seconds ReversalSeconds SettleTimeOut 389 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccBPASSetup Properties StateCode String The merchant’s State Code. Length: 2 digits Valid Values: Alabama – 01; Alaska – 02; Arizona – 04; Arkansas – 05; California – 06; Colorado – 08; Connecticut – 09; Delaware – 10; District of Columbia – 11; Florida – 12; Georgia – 13; Puerto Rico – 14; Hawaii – 15; Idaho – 16; Illinois – 17; Indiana – 18; Iowa – 19; Kansas – 20; Kentucky – 21; Louisiana – 22; Maine – 23; Maryland – 24; Massachusetts – 25; Michigan – 26; Minnesota – 27; Mississippi – 28; Missouri – 29; Montana – 30; Nebraska – 31; Nevada – 32; New Hampshire – 33; New Jersey – 34; New Mexico – 35; New York – 36; North Carolina – 37; North Dakota – 38; Ohio – 39; Oklahoma – 40; Oregon – 41; Pennsylvania – 42; Rhode Island – 44; South Carolina – 45; South Dakota – 46; Tennessee – 47; Texas – 48; Utah – 49; Vermont – 50; Virginia – 51; Virgin Islands – 52; Washington – 53; West Virginia – 54; Wisconsin – 55; Wyoming – 56 StoreID String EFSnet store number assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Length: 32 digits StoreKey String EFSnet store password assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Length: 64 digits. TimeOut String The Internet Authorization Timeout Value. If DialBackup is set to TRUE, TimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for an authorization to time out before attempting the transaction via dial Format: Seconds URL String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. PccBPASSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccBPASSetup Methods Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter Advanced configuration information such as the communication method and other related settings. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling ShowAdvanced. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter extended or advanced Gift Card configuration information such as the business type, communication method, or other related settings. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling ShowGC. Show ShowAdvanced ShowGC SynchronizeSequenceN None um Used internally 390 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccBPSGiftSetup This class contains Fifth-Third – St. Pete gift card extended information for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Public Not Creatable class. PccBPSGiftSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccBPSGiftSetup Properties BankID String Acquiring Institution Identification Code assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Length: 4 digits BType Integer Used internally Canceled Boolean Used internally Connect String Indicates method of connection to processor. Valid values: 0 – Dial-up 1 – TCP/IP DialBackup Boolean N/A Integer Indicates method of connection to processor when processing gift cards. Valid values: 0 – Dial-up 1 – TCP/IP GiftDialBackup Boolean Flag that indicates whether to use the backup dial connection if the Internet connection is not available. Value Values: TRUE – Use Dial-Up modem for Backup FALSE – Do not us Dial-Up modem for Backup GiftPassword String The Password assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor for TCP/IP processing. GiftPort String The system/socket port used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. GiftSettleTimeOut String The Internet Settlement Timeout Value. If GiftDialBackup is set to TRUE, GiftSettleTimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for a settlement operation to time out before attempting the settlement via dial Format: Seconds GiftTimeOut String The Internet Authorization Timeout Value. If GiftDialBackup is set to TRUE, GiftTimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for a gift card transaction to time out before attempting the transaction via dial Format: Seconds GiftReversalNumberRetry String The number of times to retry a reversal GiftConnect GiftRetryReversalSeconds String The amount of time (in seconds) between reversal retries GiftReversalSeconds String The amount of time (in seconds) between reversal processing GiftURL String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. GiftUsername String The Username assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor for TCP/IP processing. Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. Password String N/A PCard Boolean Used internally Port String N/A PrimaryAuthIP String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. Retrieval String Retrieval Reference Number. Used to identify and track the original transaction. This value is assigned by the merchant’s processor. Length: 8 digits 391 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type SettleTimeOut String Description - PccBPSGiftSetup Properties N/A TerminalID String Contains terminal ID for merchant TimeOut Long N/A URL String N/A Username String N/A PccBPSGiftSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccBPSGiftSetup Methods Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Integer Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter Advanced configuration information such as the communication method and other related settings. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling ShowAdvanced. Show ShowAdvanced 392 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccBPSSetup This class contains Fifth-Third – St. Pete extended information for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Public Not Creatable class. PccBPSSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccBPSSetup Properties String Acquiring Institution Identification Code assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Length: 4 digits BType Integer The merchant’s business type. Valid values: 0 – Retail 1 – Mail order 2 – Electronic Commerce Canceled Boolean Used internally Integer Indicates method of connection to processor. Valid values: 0 – Dial-up 1 – TCP/IP Boolean Flag that indicates whether to use the backup dial connection if the Internet connection is not available. Value Values: TRUE – Use Dial-Up modem for Backup FALSE – Do not us Dial-Up modem for Backup Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. Password String The Password assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor for TCP/IP processing. PCard Boolean Flag that indicates to enable or disable the Commercial / Purchasing card fields (Tax and Customer code) in the PCCharge GUI. TRUE – Enable fields FALSE – Disable fields Port String The system/socket port used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. PrimaryAuthIP String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. Retrieval String Retrieval Reference Number. Used to identify and track the original transaction. This value is assigned by the merchant’s processor. Length: 8 digits SettleTimeOut String The Internet Settlement Timeout Value. If DialBackup is set to TRUE, SettleTimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for a settlement operation to time out before attempting the settlement via dial Format: Seconds TerminalID String Card Acceptor Terminal ID code. This value identifies the terminal at the merchant (card acceptor) location at which the transaction was entered. Length: 3 digits TimeOut String The Internet Authorization Timeout Value. If DialBackup is set to TRUE, TimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for an authorization to time out before attempting the transaction via dial Format: Seconds URL String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. Username String The Username assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor for TCP/IP processing. BankID Connect DialBackup 393 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccBPSSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccBPSSetup Methods CreateBPSExtFile None Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Integer Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter Advanced configuration information such as the communication method and other related settings. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling ShowAdvanced. Show ShowAdvanced 394 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccCESSetup This class contains FDMS North/Cardnet extended information for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Public Not Creatable class. PccCESSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccCESSetup Properties BType String The merchant’s business type. Valid values: 0 – Retail 1 – Mail order 2 – Electronic Commerce Canceled Boolean Used internally Integer Indicates if merchant is set up for check services. Valid Values: 0 – None 1 – ETC 2 – Equifax 3 – NPC 4 – TeleCheck Connect Integer Indicates method of connection to processor. Valid values: 0 – Dial-Up 1 – First Data IPN (Datawire – TCP/IP) CSNumber String The Merchant’s customer service phone number. This number will be printed on the customer’s statement if PrintCSNumber is set to TRUE. Not applicable for Retail transactions. Boolean Flag that indicates whether to use the backup dial connection if the Internet connection is not available. Value Values: TRUE – Use Dial-Up modem for Backup FALSE – Do not us Dial-Up modem for Backup String The Datawire ID. The value is provided to the merchant by their Merchant Service Provider or Processing company. The DID is required to process transactions via the Internet using the Datawire network. This value will be unique for each merchant number used. Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. IP String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. MaxBatchSize String Specifies the maximum number of transactions per batch that PCCharge will send to the processor. If the number of transactions to be settled is greater than the number specified in this setting, PCCharge will split the batch into multiple batches, each containing (at most) the number transactions specified in this setting. The batches are then sent to the processor one at a time. Example: A merchant has 250 transaction to settle and the MaxBatchSize is set to 100. PCCharge will send two 100-transaction batches and one 50-transaction batch. Max Value: 999 MCReversal Integer N/A PCard Boolean Flag that indicates to enable or disable the Commercial / Purchasing card fields (Tax and Customer code) in the PCCharge GUI. TRUE – Enable fields FALSE – Disable fields PrintCSNumber Boolean Flag that indicates whether to print customer service phone number on receipt. Not applicable for Retail transactions. CheckService DialBackup DID 395 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccCESSetup Properties RetryCount Integer Used internally SecondaryIP Boolean Used internally SendError Boolean Used internally SettleTimeOut String The Internet Settlement Timeout Value. If DialBackup is set to TRUE, SettleTimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for a settlement operation to time out before attempting the settlement via dial Format: Seconds TimeOut String The Internet Authorization Timeout Value. If DialBackup is set to TRUE, TimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for an authorization to time out before attempting the transaction via dial Format: Seconds URL String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. URL2 String The Secondary Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. URLAddress String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. VSReversal Boolean N/A PccCESSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccCESSetup Methods CreateCESAdvanceFile None Used internally None Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter Advanced configuration information such as the communication method and other related settings. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling ShowAdvanced. CreateCESExtFile Show ShowAdvanced 396 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccCheckSetup This class contains information about the credit card company setup in the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Global Multi Use class. Note: The extended information for check processors that support conversion and guarantee can be accessed by using the PccCreditSetup class. PccCheckSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccCheckSetup Properties Canceled Boolean Used internally Company Integer Used internally DemoMode Boolean Used internally Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. PrimaryPhone String The Primary number that will be used when processing transactions via dial-up modem. Processor String The code for the processing company. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). Records Integer Read-only property that Indicates how many merchant numbers have been set up in the current tid.pcc file. SecondaryPhone String The Secondary number that will be used when processing transactions via dial-up modem. Service Integer Indicates the type of check service that is supported. Valid Values: 0 – MICR 1 – Checks on Delivery 2 – Driver’s License 3 – Double ID TID String The check company Site ID / merchant number assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Version String Used internally 397 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccCheckSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccCheckSetup Methods CreateCheckFile None Used internally CreateChkExtFile None Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Show Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. 398 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccCompany This class contains information about the company name setup for the current instance of PCCharge and the associated active merchant number index. This is a Multi Use class. PccCompany Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccCompany Properties Canceled Boolean Used internally City String The name of city in which merchant’s company is located. Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. LogonScreen Boolean N/A Name String The name of merchant’s company. State String The abbreviation of state in which merchant’s company is located. Street String The street address of merchant’s company. Zip String The zip code of region in which merchant’s company is located. Method Name Returned Value Description - PccCompany Methods CreateCompanyFile None Used internally IsCompanyInfoValid Boolean Performs a check that determines whether or not the Merchant’s company information has been properly entered. Returns TRUE if the company information is valid, FALSE otherwise. Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. PccCompany Methods Show 399 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccConfig This class contains information about the global preferences for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Multi Use class. PccConfig Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccConfig Properties String Flag that indicates whether merchant accept all card types. Valid Values: 0 – Do not accept all card types (specify individual card types using the other AcceptXXXX properties and the PrivateLabel property) 1 – Accept all card types String Flag that Indicates whether merchant will accept American Express cards. Valid Values: 0 – Do not accept American Express cards 1 – Accept American Express cards String Flag that Indicates whether merchant will accept Carte Blanche cards. Valid Values: 0 – Do not accept Carte Blanche cards 1 – Accept Carte Blanche cards AcceptDCCB String Flag that Indicates whether merchant will accept Diner’s Club cards. Valid Values: 0 – Do not accept Diner’s Club cards 1 – Accept Diner’s Club cards AcceptDISC String Flag that Indicates whether merchant will accept Discover cards. Valid Values: 0 – Do not accept Discover cards 1 – Accept Discover cards AcceptENRT String Flag that Indicates whether merchant will accept Enroute cards. Valid Values: 0 – Do not accept Enroute cards 1 – Accept Enroute cards AcceptJAL String Flag that Indicates whether merchant will accept Japanese Airlines (JAL) cards. Valid Values: 0 – Do not accept Japanese Airlines (JAL) cards 1 – Accept Japanese Airlines (JAL) cards String Flag that Indicates whether merchant will accept JCB cards. Valid Values: 0 – Do not accept JCB cards 1 – Accept JCB cards String Flag that Indicates whether merchant will accept MasterCard cards. Valid Values: 0 – Do not accept MasterCard cards 1 – Accept MasterCard cards String Flag that Indicates whether merchant will accept Visa cards. Valid Values: 0 – Do not accept Visa cards 1 – Accept Visa cards AddCustomer Boolean Flag that indicates whether to prompt user to have PCCharge add customer to the customer database. Valid Values: TRUE – Prompt FALSE – Do not prompt Note: This setting only applies to transaction processing using the PCCharge GUI. AddVerify Boolean Used internally BillPayPrompt Boolean Flag that indicates whether to prompt user to indicate whether the transaction is a bill payment. AcceptAll AcceptAMEX AcceptCBLN AcceptJCB AcceptMC AcceptVISA 400 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccConfig Properties String Flag available for credit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by user name. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: Off Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for credit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by merchant number. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: On Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for credit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by card number. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: On Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for credit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by expiration date. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: On Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for credit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by ticket number. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: Off Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On CCAmount String Flag available for credit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by amount. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: On Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On Canceled Boolean Used internally String Flag that indicates whether to process a Post-Auth if the amount of the Post-Auth is greater than the amount of the corresponding Pre-Auth. Valid Values: 0 – Do not enable the processing of Post-Auths with a greater amounts than their corresponding Pre-Auths. 1 – Enable the processing Post-Auths with a greater amounts than their corresponding Pre-Auths. Note: Settling a transaction with an amount that is different (whether less than or greater than) than the original authorization amount can cause transactions to downgrade. Boolean Flag that indicates whether to notify the user when recurring billing contracts are due at startup. Valid Values: TRUE – Notify user FALSE – Do not notify user Note: This setting only applies to transaction processing using the PCCharge GUI. CCUser CCMerchant CCCard CCExpDate CCTicket chkAuthAmounts ChkContracts 401 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name ChkDuplicates ChkIP ChkMSV chkPrompt DCUser DCMerchant DCCard DCExpDate DCTicket Data Type Description - PccConfig Properties Boolean Flag that indicates whether PCCharge requires duplicate transactions to be forced. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Valid Values: TRUE – Require duplicate transactions to be forced FALSE – Do not require duplicate transactions to be forced Boolean Flag that Indicates whether to activate the TCP Interface for incoming transaction requests. Consult the TCP Interface section (see page 522) for more information on using the TCP/IP Interface. Valid Values: TRUE – Activate TCP Interface FALSE – (Default) Do not activate TCP Interface String Flag that indicates whether to activate Magnetic Strip Verification. Valid Values: 0 – Do not enable Magnetic Strip Verification 1 – Enable Magnetic Strip Verification Note: This setting only applies to transactions performed using the PCCharge GUI. Boolean Flag that indicates whether to prompt user for CPS 2000 Qualifiers (ticket number and zip code). Valid Values: TRUE – Prompt for CPS 2000 Qualifiers FALSE – Do not prompt for CPS 2000 Qualifiers Note: This setting only applies to transaction processing using the PCCharge GUI. String Flag available for debit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by user name. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: Off Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for debit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by merchant number. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: On Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for debit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by card number. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: On Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for debit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by expiration date. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: On Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for debit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by ticket number. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: Off Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On 402 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccConfig Properties DCAmount String Flag available for debit card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by amount. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: On Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On Days String Flag available for duplicate checking criteria. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: 01 Boolean Use Default Processor Flag. This flag indicates whether to use the first merchant number set up in PCCharge if one is not specified in the transaction request. Consult the Multi-Merchant Support section (see page 68) for more information on the “Use Default Processor” option. Valid Values: TRUE – Use the first merchant number. FALSE – Do not use the first merchant number. String Flag available for EBT card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by user name. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: Off Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for EBT card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by merchant number. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: On Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for EBT card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by card number. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: On Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for EBT card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by ticket number. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: Off Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On String Flag available for EBT card duplicate checking criteria. Enables or disables duplicate checking by amount. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: On Valid Values: 0 – Off 1 - On DefaultTID EBUser EBMerchant EBCard EBTicket EBAmount 403 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type EnableTCPIPClientRev Boolean ersals Description - PccConfig Properties Flag that indicates whether to enable client-side TCP/IP reversals. Client-side TCP/IP reversals are generated for some processors when the connection to the client is lost before PCCharge is able to return the transaction response to the client. Client-side reversals, when enabled, will help prevent double charges in cases where the client does not receive the response from the client as expected. Valid Values: TRUE – Enable TCP/IP Client Reversals FALSE – Disable TCP/IP Client Reversals Note: This option should be disabled if using a processor other than FDMS Atlanta. String Flag that indicates whether to return the Total Elapsed Time with the transaction response. Valid Values: 0 – Do not return the Total Elapsed Time 1 – Return the Total Elapsed Time EnableTransTime String Flag that indicates whether to return the Transaction Elapsed Time with the transaction response. Valid Values: 0 – Do not return the Transaction Elapsed Time 1 – Return the Transaction Elapsed Time Encrypt Boolean N/A –Transaction data is always encrypted based on CISP guidelines. Refer to the Important Security Notice (see page 9) for more information. Hours String Flag available for duplicate checking criteria. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: 00 EncryptSettle Boolean N/A –Transaction data is always encrypted based on CISP guidelines. Refer to the Important Security Notice (see page 9) for more information. Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. IPAddress String N/A String The last year that will be considered a valid expiration date. Currently, the default value is “09”. Length: 2 digits. Format: YY Example: If LastValidDate is set to 05, then cards between 06 and 99 are considered to be 1906 to 1999, and cards between 00 and 05 are 2000 to 2005. String Flag available for duplicate checking criteria. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: 00 MTimer String Multi-trans wait flag. This flag indicates whether PCCharge should leave the modem connection open in anticipation of other transactions that will follow shortly. Note that PCCharge can only keep the connection open as long as is allowed by the processing company. Valid Values: 0 – Do not leave the modem connection open after each transaction 1 – Attempt to leave the modem connection open after each transaction See the section Multi-trans Wait for more information (see page 67). This Flag has no effect if processing will occur over IP or leased line. Pass String The password for the ‘system’ user ID. Setting a password activates cashier permissions (this feature is only available in the PCCharge GUI) Note: It is recommended that a password always be set when using PCCharge in a live environment. Port Integer If the TCP Interface is activated (ChkIP = TRUE), this value is the TCP port that will be used for incoming transaction requests. Consult the TCP Interface section (see page 522) for more information on using the TCP/IP Interface. Default Value: 31419 Note: The default port of 31419 should be changed to maximize security when processing transactions in a live environment. PrivateKey String N/A EnableTotTime LastValidYear Minutes 404 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccConfig Properties PrivateLabel Boolean Flag that Indicates whether merchant will accept Private Label cards. Valid Values: TRUE – Accept Private Label cards FALSE – Do not accept Private Label cards ProxyServer Boolean N/A QTimer String This setting determines how often PCCharge will poll its directory for incoming transaction requests (.inx and .inp files). The default value of 00.50 should not be changed unless the client machine is slow or there is network lag. Format: seconds. ReAuthAttempts String Used internally String Flag available for duplicate checking criteria. See the description of “Duplicate Transactions” in the Warnings, Tips, and Guidelines section (see page 55) for more information. Default Value: 00 SecureCustomerDB Boolean Flag that indicates whether to mask credit card number on the Customer Database screen. Valid Values: TRUE – Mask credit card numbers FALSE – Do not mask credit card numbers Note: This setting only applies to transaction processing using the PCCharge GUI. UseProxyServer Boolean N/A Version String Used internally Seconds 405 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccConfig Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccConfig Methods CreateConfigFile None Used internally String The GetMerchantInfo method returns a string containing all of the merchant numbers and processors set up in PCCharge. The string will also indicate whether the processor is Host based (H), Terminal based (T), or a hybrid (Y). The string will begin with STX and will end with ETX. GS will separate each record, and FS will separate fields within a record. Example: <STX>CES <FS>000000927996296767<FS>T<GS>GSAR<FS> 999999999999519<FS>T<GS>VISA<FS>999999999911<FS>T<ETX> Refer to the section Multi-Merchant Support (see page 68) for more information on the GetMerchantInfo method. Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. GetMerchantInfo Show 406 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccCreditSetup This class contains information about the credit card company setup in the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Multi Use class. PccCreditSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccCreditSetup Properties Canceled Boolean Used internally Company Integer Used internally Default Boolean Flag that indicates whether to use default phone numbers. If this value is set to TRUE, any changes to the values in PrimaryPhone and SecondaryPhone will not take effect. Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. MerchantNumber String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. Note: This property cannot be modified using the Save method. PccADSISetup PccADSISetup Provides extended setup information for Alliance Data Systems, Inc. PccAmexDialSetup PccAmexDialSetu Provides extended setup information for American Express split dial p PccAmexSettleSetup PccAmexSettleSe Provides extended setup information for American Express direct settlement tup PccASISetup PccASISetup No longer Supported PccBMONSetup PccBMONSetup No longer Supported PccBPASSetup PccBPASSetup Provides extended setup information for FDMS Atlanta, Inc. PccBPSSetup PccBPSSetup Provides extended setup information for Fifth-Third Bank – St. Pete PccCESSetup PccCESSetup Provides extended setup information for FDMS North / Cardnet PccDiscDialSetup PccDiscDialSetup No longer Supported PccEchoSetup PccEchoSetup Provides extended setup information for ECHO PccENCNSetup PccENCNSetup No longer Supported PccEZCKSetup PccEZCKSetup Provides extended setup information for Check Services powered by RMRS (Check Conversion settings) PccFDCNSetup PccFDCNSetup Provides extended setup information for FDMS Nashville / Envoy PccFDCSetup PccFDCSetup Provides extended setup information for FDMS Omaha / FDR PccGsarSetup PccGsarSetup Provides extended setup information for Chase Paymentech PccHPTSSetup PccHPTSSetup Provides extended setup information for Heartland Payment Systems PccIPGSSetup PccIPGSSetup No longer Supported PccISDNSetup PccISDNSetup No longer Supported PccLYNKSetup PccLYNKSetup Provides extended setup information for RBS WorldPay, Inc. PccMDISetup PccMDISetup No longer Supported PccMPSSetup PccMPSSetup No longer Supported PccNBSetup PccNBSetup Provides extended setup information for FDMS South / NaBanco PccNBSSetup PccNBSSetup Provides extended setup information for National Bankcard Services PccNDCSetup PccNDCSetup Provides extended setup information for Global Payments-East PccNovaSetup PccNovaSetup Provides extended setup information for Elavon (NOVA) PccNovusSetup PccNovusSetup No longer Supported PccNPCSetup PccNPCSetup Provides extended setup information for National Processing Company 407 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccCreditSetup Properties PccRMRSSetup PccRMRSSetup Provides extended setup information for National Check Network (Check Conversion settings) PccSPSSetup PccSPSSetup Provides extended setup information for Secure Payment Systems (Check Guarantee settings) PccTelmSetup PccTelmSetup No longer Supported PccTMHSetup PccTMHSetup No longer Supported PccVisaSetup PccVisaSetup Provides extended setup information for TSYS PFlag String Used internally PreFix String Used internally PrimaryPhone String The Primary number that will be used when processing transactions via dial-up modem. Processor String The code for the processing company. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). Note: This property cannot be modified using the Save method. SecondaryPhone String The Secondary number that will be used when processing transactions via dial-up modem. Version String Used internally PccCreditSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccCreditSetup Methods AddMerchantNumber Boolean Used internally AddNewTID None Used internally CreateCreditFile None Used internally GetIndex Integer Used internally GetPCCVersion String Returns the version number of the PCCharge that is currently running. GetRecords Integer Returns how many merchant numbers have been set up in the current tid.pcc file. Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. ProcessorSetup Object RemoveMerchantNumber Boolean Used internally Used internally RemoveTID None Used internally Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Show None Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Boolean The VerifyTID method returns TRUE if the processor code merchant number that is passed to it is set up in PCCharge, otherwise, FALSE is returned. Specifically, this method checks for the merchant number in the file TID.PCC, which is located in the PCCharge directory. VerifyTID 408 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccDebitSetup Contains debit card company information about the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Multi Use class. PccDebitSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccDebitSetup Properties Canceled Boolean Used internally Company String Used internally Default Boolean Flag that indicates whether to use default phone numbers. If this value is set to TRUE, any changes to the values in PrimaryPhone and SecondaryPhone will not take effect. Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. KeyManagement Integer Used internally MasterKey Integer Used internally MerchantNumber String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. PccBPASSetup PccBPASSetup Provides extended setup information for FDMS Atlanta PccHPTSSetup PccHPTSSetup Provides extended setup information for Heartland Payment Systems PccLYNKSetup PccLYNKSetup Provides extended setup information for RBS WorldPay PccMPSSetup PccMPSSetup No longer Supported PccNBSetup PccNBSetup Provides extended setup information for FDMS South / NaBanco PccNBSSetup PccNBSSetup Provides extended seup information for National Bankcard Services PccNDCSetup PccNDCSetup Provides extended setup information for Global Payments - East PccNPCSetup PccNPCSetup Provides extended setup information for National Processing Company PccVisaSetup PccVisaSetup Provides extended setup information for TSYS PrimaryPhone String The Primary number that will be used when processing transactions via dial-up modem. Processor String The code for the processing company. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). SecondaryPhone String The Secondary number that will be used when processing transactions via dial-up modem. SerialNumber String Used internally String The working key. Only applicable for Debit processors using Master Session encryption. WorkingKey 409 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccDebitSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccDebitSetup Methods CreateDebitFile None Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Show Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. 410 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccDMRKSetup This class contains Datamark extended information for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Public Not Creatable class. PccDMRKSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccDMRKSetup Properties BatchNumber String The Current batch number. This value is incremented by the processor after each successful settlement. BType Integer The merchant’s business type. Valid values: Canceled Boolean Used internally Client String Client Number assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor. Length: 4 digits Integer Indicates method of connection to processor. Valid values: 0 – Dial-up 1 – TCP/IP DialBackup Boolean Flag that indicates whether to use the backup dial connection if the Internet connection is not available. Value Values: TRUE – Use Dial-Up modem for Backup FALSE – Do not us Dial-Up modem for Backup EDCType Integer Used internally ExpansionFactor String Percent by which restaurant-based transactions will be incremented during gratuity-related transactions. This setting only applies when transactions are processed using the PCCharge GUI. Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. LastRRefNum String Retrieval Reference Number. Used to identify and track the original transaction. This value is assigned by the merchant’s processor. Length: 8 digits Password String The Password assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor for TCP/IP processing. Port Long The system/socket port used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. PrimaryAuthIP String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. PrimaryAuthPort String The system/socket port used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. RequireServerID String Indicates whether PCCharge will require a Server ID during gratuity-related restaurant transactions. Consult the section Restaurant Transactions for more information (see page 105). Valid Values: 0 – Server ID not required 1 – Server ID required Sequence String This field is for identifying transactions within the batch. Assigned by PCCharge Length: 3 digits SettleTimeOut String The Internet Settlement Timeout Value. If DialBackup is set to TRUE, SettleTimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for a settlement operation to time out before attempting the settlement via dial Format: Seconds SIIP Boolean The Service Industries Incentive Program indicator flag. Used to indicate recurring payments for service industries such as insurance, telecom and utilities. TimeOut String The Internet Authorization Timeout Value. If DialBackup is set to TRUE, TimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for an authorization to time out before attempting the transaction via dial Format: Seconds Connect 411 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccDMRKSetup Properties URL String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. Username String The Username assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor for TCP/IP processing. PccDMRKSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccDMRKSetup Methods Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter Advanced configuration information such as the communication method and other related settings. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling ShowAdvanced. Show ShowAdvanced 412 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccEBTSetup This class contains information about the EBT company setup in the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Multi Use class. PccEBTSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccEBTSetup Properties Canceled Boolean Used internally Company String Used internally Default Boolean Flag that indicates whether to use default phone numbers. If this value is set to TRUE, any changes to the values in PrimaryPhone and SecondaryPhone will not take effect. Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. KeyManagement Integer Used internally MasterKey Integer Used internally MerchantNumber String The Merchant Number. This number is issued to the merchant by the Processor or the Merchant Services Provider. Max Length: 32 characters. This value can be alphanumeric. PccBPASSetup PccBPASSetup Provides extended setup information for FDMS Atlanta PccNPCSetup PccNPCSetup Provides extended setup information for National Processing Company PccVisaSetup PccVisaSetup Provides extended setup information for TSYS PrimaryPhone String The Primary number that will be used when processing transactions via dial-up modem. Processor String The code for the processing company. This value can be no more than four characters and must be capitalized. A list of valid processor codes are listed in the Processing Company Codes section (see page 152). SecondaryPhone String The Secondary number that will be used when processing transactions via dial-up modem. WorkingKey String N/A PccEBTSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccEBTSetup Methods CreateEBTFile None Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Show 413 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccEchoSetup This class contains ECHO extended information for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Public Not Creatable class. PccEchoSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccEchoSetup Properties BType Integer The merchant’s business type. Valid values: 0 – Retail 1 – Direct Marketing 4 – Telemerchant 5 – Electronic Commerce Canceled Boolean Used internally Connect Integer Indicates modem dial protocol. Valid values: 0 – Compuserve 1 – Dial 800 Number Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. PCard Boolean Flag that indicates to enable or disable the Commercial / Purchasing card fields (Tax and Customer code) in the PCCharge GUI. TRUE – Enable fields FALSE – Disable fields PccEchoSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccEchoSetup Methods CreateECHOExtFile None Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Show 414 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccEZCKSetup This class contains Check Services powered by RMRS extended information for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Public Not Creatable class. PccEZCKSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccEZCKSetup Properties BounceFee String The fee used in cases of returned checks due to insufficient funds. Format: Dollars Canceled Boolean Used internally ConnectType String FTPAddress String FTP address for check image upload. FTPPassword String Password for access to image upload FTP FTPUser String User ID for access to image upload FTP Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. OwnerCode String Owner code for image upload FTP SalesBalance String The current Sales Balance SalesCount String The current Sales Count Truncation Boolean Flag that indicates whether check truncation / conversion will occur. TruncationTID String This is a unique identifier assigned by the merchant’s bank or processor that identifies the merchant. It will be in the format: site id–location id–rule set , where site id can be from 1 to 5 characters (numeric), location id can be from 1 to 6 characters (numeric), and rule set can be from 1 to 4 characters (numeric). Example: 78-123456-9999 (dashes are necessary; no spaces). VoidsBalance String The current Voids Balance VoidsCount String The current Voids Count PccEZCKSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccEZCKSetup Methods CreateEZCKExtFile None Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Show 415 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccFDCNSetup This class contains FDMS Nashville / Envoy extended information for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Public Not Creatable class. PccFDCNSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccFDCNSetup Properties BatchNumber String The Current batch number. This value is incremented by the processor after each successful settlement. BType Integer The merchant’s business type. Valid values: 0 – Retail 1 – Mail order 2 – Electronic commerce Canceled Boolean Used internally Connect Integer Indicates method of connection to processor. Valid values: 0 – Dial-Up 1 – First Data IPN (Datawire – TCP/IP) DialBackup Boolean Flag that indicates whether to use the backup dial connection if the Internet connection is not available. Value Values: TRUE – Use Dial-Up modem for Backup FALSE – Do not us Dial-Up modem for Backup DID String The Datawire ID. The value is provided to the merchant by their Merchant Service Provider or Processing company. The DID is required to process transactions via the Internet using the Datawire network. This value will be unique for each merchant number used. Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. IP String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. MaxBatchSize String Specifies the maximum number of transactions per batch that PCCharge will send to the processor. If the number of transactions to be settled is greater than the number specified in this setting, PCCharge will split the batch into multiple batches, each containing (at most) the number transactions specified in this setting. The batches are then sent to the processor one at a time. Example: A merchant has 250 transaction to settle and the MaxBatchSize is set to 100. PCCharge will send two 100-transaction batches and one 50-transaction batch. Max Value: 999 PCard Boolean Flag that indicates to enable or disable the Commercial / Purchasing card fields (Tax and Customer code) in the PCCharge GUI. TRUE – Enable fields FALSE – Disable fields SecondaryIP Boolean Used internally SettleTimeOut String The Internet Settlement Timeout Value. If DialBackup is set to TRUE, SettleTimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for a settlement operation to time out before attempting the settlement via dial Format: Seconds TimeOut String The Internet Authorization Timeout Value. If DialBackup is set to TRUE, TimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for an authorization to time out before attempting the transaction via dial Format: Seconds URL String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. 416 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 Property Name Data Type Description - PccFDCNSetup Properties URL2 String The Secondary Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. URLAddress String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. PccFDCNSetup Methods Method Name Returned Value Description - PccFDCNSetup Methods CreateFDCNAdvanceFil None e Used internally None Used internally Load Boolean Loads the configuration data from the configuration file(s) and populates the various setup properties with the data. The data in the properties can then be modified programmatically or can be modified by the end-user using the GUI form that is displayed by the Show method. If the data is modified programmatically, invoke the Save method to update the configuration file(s) with the new values. After calling Load, TRUE is returned if successful, otherwise FALSE is returned. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Load. Save Boolean Updates the configuration file(s) with the values currently stored in the various setup properties. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter or modify configuration information. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling Show. Boolean Shows a GUI form that allows the end-user to enter Advanced configuration information such as the communication method and other related settings. Returns TRUE if successful, FALSE otherwise. Note: If the end-user clicks OK after modifying configuration data, the data will be saved automatically. If the end-user clicks Cancel, the data will not be saved. Note: Set the Index property prior to calling ShowAdvanced. CreateFDCNExtFile Show ShowAdvanced 417 PCCharge Version 5.9.2 sp1 Updated 12/15/2010 PccFDCSetup This class contains FDMS Omaha / FDR extended information for the current instance of PCCharge. This is a Public Not Creatable class. PccFDCSetup Properties Property Name Data Type Description - PccFDCSetup Properties Boolean Flag that indicates if merchant will use address verification when processing transactions. BType Integer The merchant’s business type. Valid values: 0 – Retail 1 – Mail order 2 – Electronic commerce Canceled Boolean Used internally String Device Identification. This value is a merchant assigned code identifying the device at the merchant’s location. This field is required if there is one merchant number assigned to more than one terminal at a merchant’s location. Length: 4 characters Boolean Flag that indicates whether to use the backup dial connection if the Internet connection is not available. Value Values: TRUE – Use Dial-Up modem for Backup FALSE – Do not us Dial-Up modem for Backup String The Datawire ID. The value is provided to the merchant by their Merchant Service Provider or Processing company. The DID is required to process transactions via the Internet using the Datawire network. This value will be unique for each merchant number used. Index Integer The Merchant Number index. If Index is set to a value greater than 0, the tid.pcc file will be accessed and the merchant number at that index in the file will be used. Index should be set prior to calling the Load, Save, or Show methods. The index of the merchant number is determined by the order that it was added to PCCharge. For example, the first merchant number added to PCCharge will have an index of “1”, the second, “2”, etc. IP String The Hostname, URL, or IP address used to connect to the processor when processing via TCP/IP. LBatch String The Current batch number. This value is incremented by the processor after each successful settlement. LItem String Sequence number of the last transaction transmitted PCard Boolean Flag that indicates to enable or disable the Commercial / Purchasing card fields (Tax and Customer code) in the PCCharge GUI. TRUE – Enable fields FALSE – Disable fields Prompt Boolean N/A SecondaryIP Boolean Used internally String The Internet Settlement Timeout Value. If DialBackup is set to TRUE, SettleTimeOut determines how long PCCharge will wait for a settlement operation to time out before attempting the settlement via dial Format: Seconds Sprint Boolean Indicates whether to use the SprintNet network when processing transactions. Note: The phone number to be dialed must be ">
/
Download
Just a friendly reminder. You can view the document right here. But most importantly, our AI has already read it. It can explain complex things in simple terms, answer your questions in any language, and help you quickly navigate even the longest or most compilcated documents.
Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated. You may view and manage your chat links after registration here.
Document public link
Advertisement
Key features
Supports various integration methods
Provides tools for developers
Enables integration with PCCharge system
Offers comprehensive documentation
Supports different transaction types
Frequently asked questions
The PCCharge DevKit is a software development kit that enables you to integrate your own application with VeriFone's PCCharge payment processing system. It provides tools and resources to simplify the integration process.
The PCCharge DevKit supports various integration methods, including ActiveX (OCX and DLL), OLE/COM, File method, and TCP interface. You can choose the method that best suits your specific application requirements.
The PCCharge DevKit provides sample code and documentation that illustrates how to implement various transaction types, including credit card sales, pre-authorizations, voids, and refunds, as well as other functionalities like batch settlements and inquiry operations.
